Bibliothe EMILE l'ata]o4|uc 'Proi'ioit de que botanique BURNAT \ \" —ZMC i Livrcs pl'()^e^alll iW la l)il>li()tlie(|ii(* l)olaiii(|iie (1 \' DU THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH ANT) FOREIGN. EDITED BY JAMES J3KITTEN, K.S.G., F.L.S. VOL. XXXIX. HEW YOKfc BOTANICAL (JAJgUfciW ILLUSTRATED WITH PLATES AND CUTS LONDON: WEST, NEWMAN & CO., 54. HATTON GARDEN 190 1. LONDON : WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., PRINTERS, HATTON GARDEN, E.C. CONTKIBUTORS TO THE PRESENT VOLUME. J. E. Bagnall, A.L.S. E. G. Baker, F.L.S. J. G. Baker, F.R.S. Ethel S. Barton. J. Benbow, F.L.S. Arthur Bennett, F.L.S. James Britten, F.L.S. G. L. Bruce, M.A. Cedric Bucknall, Mus. Bac. G. R. Bullock-Webster. William Carruthers, F.R.S. W. A. Clarke. Llewellyn J. Cooks. H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. E. J. Elliott. David Fry. Antony Gepp, M.A., F.L.S. John Gerard, S.J., F.L.S. W. H. Griffin. Henry Groves, F.L.S. James Groves, F.L.S. W. P. Hamilton. W. P. HiERN, M.A., F.L.S. C. P. HOBKIRK, F.L.S. E. M. Holmes, F.L.S. G. Holmes. A. 0. Hume, F.L.S. W. Ingham, B.A. A. B. Jackson. B. Daydon Jackson, Sec.L.S. Sir George King, F.R.S., etc. L. V. Lester, M.A., F.L.S. H. W. Lett. AuGusTiN Ley, M.A. E. F. LiNTON, M.A. W. R. Linton, M.A. Arthur Lister, F.R.S. Symers M. Mac vicar. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S. W. K. Martin. J. C. Melvill, M.A., F.L.S. P. MiCHELMORE. Spencer lk M. Moore, F.L.S. G. R. M. Murray, F.R.S. R. P. Murray, M.A., F.L.S. W. E. Nicholson. John Percival, M.A., F.L.S. C. B. Plowright, M.A. A. B. Rendle, D.Sc, F.L.S. H. J. Riddlesdell. W. Moyle Rogers, F.L.S. C. E. Salmon, F.L.S. E. S. Salmon, F.L.S. Hans Schinz. C. D. Sherborn. Annie L. Smith. W. G. Smith, F.L.S. G. Stabler. H. Stuart Thompson, F.L.S. Richard F. Towndrow. W. West, F.L.S. James W. White, F.L.S. J. A. Wheldon, F.L.S. W. Whitwell, F.L.S. F. N. Williams, F.L.S. Albert Wilson, F.L.S. A. H. WOLLEY-DOD, R.A. B. B. Woodward, F.G.S. Directions to Binder. Tab. 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 ;itelSaPrf^r=a:rr«3»«R') to face page 1 49 81 121 153 193 217 257 289 321 title Or all the Plates may be placed together at the end of the volume- The Supplement (' Flora of Staffordshire ') should be placed separately at the end of the volume. Parliinsor. del. .Morgan anal.etlith Ficus Parkin soni Hierp^ THE OAi^U^^ JOURNAL OF BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. BANKS AND SOLANDER'S AUSTRALIAN FIGS. By W. p. Hiern, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate 417.) Besides the drawings executed by various artists for the original sketches made by Sydney Parkinson during Cook's First Voyage, which were engraved on copper and are now being issued by the British Museum, there are several which were not engraved. Some of these are merely sketches by Parkinson ; of others there are also finished drawings, many of them of equal interest with those engraved. The Museum publication, save in one or two cases of exceptional importance, only reproduces the engraved plates ; but among those of which only the drawings exist are some which are well worth publishing, as they represent species which have not been met with since Banks's time, and of which no other figures exist ; one such, Drosera Banksii, was reproduced last year in this Journal (t. 410B, fig. B.). Among them are five finished drawings of Figs, made by F. P. Nodder from Parkinson's sketches, to which Mr. Britten directed my attention while I was elaborating the Muracece of the Welwitsch collection. The specimens collected by Banks and Solander are in the National Herbarium, and as two out of the five apparently have not been described, it may be worth while to publish some account *'of the series. Of the two in question, I have drawn up descriptions, ' based upon the specimens and figures, in which I have availed myself of certain details from Solander's MSS. ; of the three previously known species I have quoted Solander's description, in accordance with the plan adopted by Mr. Britten in the III ast rations of the Botany of Cook's Voyage. 1. Ficus Parkinsoni Hiern, sp. n. Arbor mediocris glabra lactescens, ramis obsolete angulatis, ramulis crassiusculis carnosulis longitudiualiter corrugatis levibus ochraceis apicem obtusam versus foliosis, foliis alternis sparsis suboblique ovali-oblongis apice bre- vissime subacuminatis obtusis vel subacutiusculis basi rotundatis vel obtuse angustatis inconspicue 3-5-nerviis coriaceis integris patentibus petiolatis baud scabridis super nitidis amoene viridibus Journal OF Botany. — Vol.39. [Jan. 1901.] b 4 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY poliendo. Folia opposita, petiolata, oblonga, acuta, integerrima, scaberrima, venosa venulisque subtus reticulata, basi parum & anguste cordata, quatuor vel quinque imcias longa. Petioli foliis sexies breviores ; alterni breviores. Peclunculi axillares, oppositi, solitarii, imiflori, lougitudine petiolorum. Fructus globosus, mag- nitudine Cerasi scaber, rnbicundus, apice perforatus apertura rotunda, parum rostrata. Cfr. Folium politorium Faimph. amh. 4, p. 128, t. 68, sed folia alteriia & basi angustata." — Solander MS. Hab. prope Labyrinth Bay, Palm Island, and Kocky Point, Endeavour Careeniug-place. Labyrinth Bay is on the east coast of Cape York peninsula. The Palm Islands are about 18° 45' S. lat., 146° 40' E. long. ; and Thirsty Sound (the locality mentioned on the drawing) is 22° 15' S. lat., 150° E. long. E. Brown identified his specimens from Keppel Bay, Shoalwater Bay, and Broad Sound, n. 3219, with those of Banks. This is the plant mentioned under the name of F. radnla in Banks's Journal, p. 316 (ed. J. D. Hooker, 1896), where it is stated that the Australian natives polish their darts with the leaves of this wild fig tree, " which bite upon wood almost as keenly as our European shave-grass [Equisetum hyemale L.] used by the joiners " ; it is not the R. Radula Willd. The native name is given in Solander' s MS. as *' de poor." 5. F. GLOMERATA Roxb. PI. Corom. ii. col. 13, t. 123 (1798) ; Benth. I.e. p. 178. " BractecB tres, ad basin fructus, persistentes, ovatse, acutae, concavae, 1^-lineares. Fructus obovato-subrotundus, cum collo angusto lougitudine bractearum, glaber, rubicundus (dia- metro sesquiunciali), odore debili fragarum nee penitus saporis ex- pers, subdulcis, apice notatus verruca convexa, quae tecta est squamis circiter decem, ovatis, acutiusculis, concavis, arete imbricatis, rubi- cundis, vix 1 lineam longis. Flores Masculi & Feminei in eodem fructu. Mas. Calyx hi- (forte interdum tri-) phyllus : Foliola ob- longa. Filamenta duo, filiformia, albida, calyce longiora. AnthenB oblongge, erect^e, majusculae, albida. Flores feminei omnes a Cynipidibus destructi ut illos describere uon potui. Eamuli proprii floriferi, aphylli, porrecti e caudice & ramis crassioribus, flores in racemum gerentes. Flores binati, pedunculati, cicatrice (forte folii decidui) interstite. Peduncidi parum compressi, vix -^--unciales. Folia sparsa, petiolata, oblonga, acuminata, basi parum cordata, integerrima, glabra, venosa : venae duae infimae oppositae, paulo a basi cum rachi confluentes, in quadam axilla glandula linearis, ferruginea. Stipida lanceolato-subulatae, acuminatae, f-unciales, marcescentes." — Solander MS. Endeavour river, collected by Banks. Banks and Solander were delayed about the Endeavour river from 17th June to 3rd August, 1770 ; it is situate about 15° 30' S. lat., 142° 10' E. long. R. Brown identified his specimens from the Northumberland Islands, n. 3224, with those of Banks. This is referred to in Banks's Journal (p. 299) under the name ON THE CULTIVATION OP MYCETOZOA FROM SPORES 5 F. caudiciflora (by which it is also called in Solander's MSS.) as " a kind of very indifferent fig, growing from the stalk of a tree." Explanation of Plate 417. — Ficus ParMiuoni : — Principal figure, reduced one half. Fig. 1. Frustum of a leaf, under side, natural size. 2. A male flower with adpressed bract and perianth, enlarged ten diameters. 3. The same, with the bract and perianth spread, enlarged about ten diameters. 4. A female flower, enlarged about ten diameters. ON THE CULTIVATION OF MYCETOZOA FKOM SPORES. By Arthur Lister, F.R.S. In some notes on Mycetozoa published in this Journal for 1899 (pp. 145-152), I referred to the unusually large clusters of the spores of Badhamia utriciilaris Berk, observed in gatherings in the autumn of 1898 both in Epping Forest and at Lyme Regis. Cultivations from plasmodium found associated with the sporangia produced varying results ; in some cultures the spores were in large clusters, in others they were in the usual small groups of seven to ten. Attempts had been made in former years to complete the whole cycle of development from spore to sporangium in Badhamia utricu- laris, but without success. Although the cultures above referred to proved that the size of the clusters of spores in this species is an inconstant character, it was desirable to have the point confirmed by a cultivation directly from the spores, and having now abundant material at hand another attempt was made. On January 10th, 1899, spores, in large clusters of from sixteen to twenty-four, were sown in four watch-glasses in filtered rain water, and supplied with thin slices of scalded Stereum hirsutaui preserved in a moist atmosphere under a bell-jar. On Jan. 12th no spores had germinated ; the preparations were allowed to dry, and were rewetted on Jan. 14th. On Jan. 15th a large proportion of the spores had hatched ; they were again exposed to the air and allowed to dry and, after rewetting, swarm-cells appeared in great numbers. On Jan. 19th all the swarm-cells had taken the form of microcysts, and in one of the cultures paramaecia had entered, and were rapidly devouring the microcysts. The contents of this watch- glass were therefore cleared away, and a fresh sowing was put down of large-clustered spores from the same source as before. Leaving for the present the history of the preparations in the other three watch-glasses, I will follow that of the fresh culture, which was the only one that yielded satisfactory results. But here it may be interesting to note that the process of drying and rewetting appears to have a distinctly stimulating influence in producing the germi- nation of spores, and in restoring microcysts to the active condition. Without attempting to offer an explanation, it is a matter of ex- perience in numerous cultivations of Didymium di forme Daby from 6 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY spore to sporangium, as well as in the experiments now under consideration, that the treatment has this marked effect. To return from this digression. The new culture was started on Jan. 26th, the spores being moistened in boiled water, and then spread over slices of scalded Stereum. On Jan. 27th no germination had taken place, and the spores were dried and rewetted. As none had hatched on the following day, they were again dried and were left until Jan. 30th, when they were wetted with boiled water, and a few more large-clustered spores were added. The preparation was not again examined until Feb. 10th, when the water was grey with hosts of dancing swarra-cells. On Feb. 20th these had all changed to microcysts : they were allowed to dry until Feb. 22nd, when boiled water was again added. On March 4th swarm-cells were present in great abundance. On March 10th a minute Plasmodium was seen under the microscope with y% obj. On March 12th about twelve small plasmodia were discovered, in which yellow granules could be detected. March loth, several plasmodia had coalesced, and slow streaming movement was visible. March 16tb, plasmodia could be seen with the naked eye, and under the microscope fine streaming through a net-work of veins could be made out. March 17th, the plasmodia had combined into two of unequal size ; the larger Plasmodium was now in contact with one of the slices of Stereum, and as the preparation swarmed with bacteria, producing an offensive smell, it was removed to another watch-glass and supplied with fresh Stereum, on to which it soon crawled. The culture was now transferred to a plate covered with a bell-jar and fed with Stereum until the plasmodium attained a large size. On April 10th the preparation was divided ; one part was exposed to the air to form into sclerotuira, of which a good supply was obtained, and the remainder was fed for a week or two longer, when it formed into about 2000 sporangia.'" In all those examined the spores were in the normal small clusters of seven to ten. Of the three other cultures put down on Jan. 10th, one was attacked by paramaecia, which devoured nearly all the swarm-cells, or microcysts ; the remaining two, though tended with some care and exhibiting from time to time swarm-cells and microcysts, never produced plasmodia, and were cleared away on April 6th. The usual and easy method of cultivating Badhamia utricularis is from the sclerotium, which can be kept dry and stored for years without losing its vitality. A piece of Stereum hirsutum on which the sclerotium has formed is soaked in water for a few hours, when it should be removed and kept wet, but not wholly immersed. In the course of a day or so the plasmodium will have revived, and the piece of Stereum, on which it will have begun to creep, should be placed on a dinner plate, near the edge, and covered with a bell- jar. A well-soaked pileus of Stereum. should now be laid on the awakened plasmodium, which will soon leave the original piece and * The sporangia of B. utricularis vary much in dimension ; those of the average size contain about a million and a half of spores. ON THE CULTIVATION OF MYCETOZOA FROM SPORES / spread over the new. Every morning a fresh supply of Stereum should be placed in front of, and touching, the piece over which the Plasmodium is advancing, so that it shall not go back on the exhausted fungus. In this way the growth may be led round the plate, the old pilei are cleared away behind, and fresh added in front until the cultivation has reached the desired dimensions, when it can be dried by exposure to the air to form a fresh store of sclerotium. If, however, it is desired that the plasmodium should form into sporangia, the supply of food is stopped. If this is done without taking any further precaution, it is often found that the plasmodium becomes poisoned by returning to the old fungus, now loaded with decomposing refuse-matter, and it produces imperfect sporangia or dies. Though this is not always the case, yet to insure perfect de- velopment the following method is found to give good results. A pile of well-washed thick sticks, with the bark on them, is placed under a bell- jar, and the Stereum, on which the plasmodium is growing, is laid on the pile ; it is as well to add a few pilei at first, that the shock of removal may be recovered from ; the plasmodium soon leaves the Stereum, and wanders over the sticks ; there it frees itself from impurities, and, finding nothing to feed upon, it changes to perfect sporangia in four or five days. Another cultivation of considerable interest is that from the spores of a possibly new species, which I have named provisionally Didyynium comatum, from the abundant straight threads of which the capillitium is composed. It was found in March, 1899, growing in company with Dldnmium diffonne Duby on old fronds of hart's- tongue fern on the Undercliff at Lyme Regis. It is no doubt nearly allied to D. diffonne, and may prove to be merely a variety of it. It is most difficult to distinguish between the two forms in the field ; in both the egg-shell-like crust may be removed entire from the iridescent membranous inner sporangium-wall, though sometimes the two layers are closely adhering ; in D. comatum, however, the crystals forming the outer crust are often more stellate and less densely compacted than in D. dlfforme. In the first gatherings there was a marked difference between the spores of D. comatum and those of its ally ; they were paler and smaller ; they contracted into a boat-shape when placed in Hantsch's fluid or spirit, in consequence of one side being thinner than the other, as do also the spores of D. diffonne ; yet they lacked the dark branching lines usually present on the contracting side of the spores of the latter species. Gather- ings of D. comatum in April, 1900, from the Lyme Undercliff exhibited spores similar to those above described ; but another gathering of the species from a straw-yard in an open field at about the same date showed profuse slender capillitium, but had spores that could not be distinguished from the normal spores of D. diffonne. The difference between the two forms resolves itself therefore into the structure of the capillitium, and in the behaviour under cultivation to be noticed in the following account : The capillitium of D. diffornii is sca,Qty, aid cm^isbs of stout and usually separate 8 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY scattered threads ; these branch upwards in a tree-like maimer, and are attached to the upper sporangium-wall by slender tips, and to the lower wall by broad bases. Ttie capillitium of the new form is very profuse, and consists of slender, usually straight threads con- nected together by a few anastomosing branches, and attached to the sporangium-wall above and below by narrow points. The colour varies in both species, but in D. di forme it is generally purple-brown ; in D. comatum it is almost always colourless, as far as can be ascertained from the comparatively limited material at hand. Beside the Lyme Regis gatherings a small specimen was obtained from near Luton in February, 1893, with profuse colour- less capillitium and pale spores, precisely similar to those of the sporangia first collected on the Lyme undercliff. No specimens have been found with capillitium intermediate in character between these strikingly diverging forms. In order to ascertain by cultivation whether the peculiar features of D. comatum would remain constant, the following experiment was made : — On March 9th, 1899, spores were sown in a hanging drop. In about six hours every spore appeared to have germinated, and the preparation teemed with swarm-cells. Three other cultures were put down in watch-glasses on March 10th, and at the same time spores were scattered over a piece of scalded blotting-paper, together with some boiled cress-seeds. As a check experiment, spores of D. di forme, gathered with D. coynatum, were also sown on similarly prepared blotting-paper. I may mention that in cultivations of D. di forme from spores sporangia almost invariably begin to appear in about a fortnight ; on one occasion, when the spores were sown with seeds of Plantago lanceolata, sporangia formed in eight days. In the case of this check experiment well-formed sporangia appeared in about fifteen days from the date of sowing, with characteristic coarse capillitium, which varied in quantity and was reduced in the very small sporangia to one or two threads, or was altogether wanting. This corresponded with former experience, when cultivations of this species have been carried on for many generations in suc- cession. It was not until forty days after the spores of D. comatum were sown — that is to say, on April 19th — that the first minute sporangia appeared in the blotting-paper preparation ; others con- tinued to develop until April 30th, when thirty- eight sporangia could be counted ; but they were so small that they could hardly be seen without the aid of a lens. Every one examined, even the most minute, had profuse slender colourless capillitium and pale spores of precisely the same character as that of the parent sporangia. In the watch-glass experiments no Plasmodium formed until May 2nd, or fifty-three days after sowing, and this occurred in only one of the glasses ; it increased to more than a millimetre across, and appeared to be quite healthy, when an accident prevented further observation. As far as it goes, this culture points to a specific difference between D. diforme and D. comatum,, but in the face of the straw- ■ yard gathering before referred to it seems safer to mark the new form as T). diforme var. comatum. SOME BRITISH VIOLETS. By Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S. The following are notes on some British violets of the Melanium section which have been sent to the Natural History Museum clurino- the last few months. ^ It may be well to group the plants referable to V. tricolor L. (sensu lat.), if we are dealing with British forms alone, under five or six heads ; if plants occurring on the Continent were dealt with, these groups would include about double this number.* Viola Pesneaui Lloyd, Fl. Ouest. ed. 3, p. 43 (1876) ; V. Curtisii Forster /? Pesneaui Eouy & Foucaud, Fl. France, iii. 50 (1896). This plant belongs to the group of which F. Curtisii Forst. is the representative species. The group is only a small one, all the members being found near the sea ; the diagnostic characters con- trasting with the other groups being drawn from the stipule and the flower. The former organ is nearly palmatipartite with straight, linear, narrow and pointed lateral segments. The flowers are not so large as in V. hitea Huds., but larger than in V. arvensis Murr. V. Curtisii Forst. was first described in Engl. Bot. Suppl. t. 2693, from Braunton Burrows, where it was gathered by William Curtis,! and cultivated in his garden. The roots are fibrous ; the stem is angular and rough. The lower leaves oval, or suborbicular, subcordate ; the others oval-lanceolate or lanceolate. The bracteoles are placed below the curvature. The petals are generally a little longer than the calyx, " yellowish with blackish branched radiating lines, the lateral paler than the lower, the upper whitish " ; but British specimens which have been referred to this species present great variation as to size of flower. V. Pesneaui Lloyd differs from the above more particularly in the violet colour of the flowers, the upper petals being of a deeper hue. Other alleged differences are that the bracteoles are either placed on the curvature or a very little below, and that the plant is more pubescent, and that the lobes of the stipules are rather larger. Specimens agreeing with this plant in all its principal charac- teristics have been received from Mr. D. A. Jones, gathered at * The representative species of these groups for British and Western Continental forms would be as follows (see also Eouy & Foucaud Fl de France, ni. p. 40) :— (1.) V. hortensis DC. (pro varietate), Prod. i. p. 303. (2. V. saxatihs Schmidt, Fl. Boh. iii. p. 60. (3.) V. tricolor L. Sp. PI. p. 935 (4.) F. arvensis^ Murray, Prod. Stirp. Gott. p. 73. (5.) V. Oly.siponensis Eouy n^ooJ^^S'];. ^''""- ^- '^^- ^^'^- ^ ^1^^^^)' P- 114; & in Bol. Soc. Brot. vi. p. 1^3 (i8b«). (b.) V. Kitaibeliana Eoem. & Schultes, Syst. 5, p. 383 (7) V rTt ^'n^°\?".^' ^^'- P^- '^^- P- ^- (S-) ^' ^"'•^'^^« Foi'st. in Eng. Bot! t. ^byd. (9.) V. Vivariensis Jord. Obs fragm. i. p. 19, t. 2. (10 ) V Rotho- magensis Desf. Cat. p. 153. (12.) F. lutea Huds. Fl. Angl. ed i. p 331 If Central and Eastern European plants were also included, several species, such asV Hijmettia Boiss. & Heldr. and F. Mercurii Orphanides, would have to be added. t A specimen from Curtis from Forster's Herbarium is in the National Herbarium. 10 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Mochras, near Harlech, Merionethshire. It may be well to give a description drawn up partly from a specimen sent me by Mr. Lloyd many years ago, and partly from Mr. Lloyd's notes : — V. CuRTisii Forster f3 Pesneaui Rouy & Foucaud, Flore de France, iii. p. 50 (1896) ; V. Rothomntfrnsh Pesneau, Cat. Loire- Infer, ed. 2, non Des-f. ; V. Pesneaui Lloyd, Fl. Quest, ed. iii. p. 43 (1876). Root slender. Stems numerous, covered with a fine pubescence. Lower leaves oval, the petiole being generally rather longer than the lamina, the intermediate oval or oval-lanceolate, the upper lanceolate, all crennlate-dentate ; described as being longer than the internodes, but in the specimens not always so. Stipules with somewhat arcuate, narrow, ciliate, lateral lobes. Peduncles several times longer than the leaves. Bracteoles de- scribed as being situated on or a very little below the curvature ; in the specimens examined they are always below the curvature. Sepals oblong-lanceolate, pointed, shorter than the corolla, finally somewhat of a violet colour, with appendages distinctly passed by the straight spur of the corolla. Upper petals violet, lateral also violet a little ascending, lower at first whitish then violet, yellow at the base with seven rays, covering the lower base of the lateral petals. Capsule rounded oval, very obtuse, a little shorter than the sepals. V. sabnlosa Boreau, an allied plant, differs in having longer narrower leaves. V. Pesneaui Lloyd is in the Index Kewensis reduced to V. Rothomar/ensis Desf., the Rouen violet. The former is a plant of the seashore, the latter is synonymous with V. hispida Lam. — a very hispid plant, first described from specimens obtained in the neighbourhood of Belboeuf, a short distance from Rouen. There is a very interesting plant allied to V. Pesneaui in the British Museum Herbarium, gathered by Messrs. Britten and Nicholson on the sand-hills at Southport in 1882. The flowers are for the most part violet, and the spur is singularly long and slender. It is apparently at present without a name. Mr. Arthur Bennett informs me he has had the same plant in his herbarium from coast sand-hills, Wallasey, Cheshire, collected by Mr. J. W. Burton. The Mullaghmore form, named by my father V. Sywei, also belongs to this group, there being numerous puzzling inter- mediates between the different named forms. V. cARPATicA Borbas in Koch's Synopsis, ed. iii. p. 222 (1892). Mr. J. A. Wheldon has recently sent for comparison specimens of a violet gathered on arable laud reclaimed from Cockerham peat moss, West Lancashire. The plant bore certain points of resem- blance to V. pohjckroma Kerner, but did not entirely agree with this species, and I submitted it to Prof. Borbas, of Budapest, an authority on this group of plants. He identifies it as his F. carpatica, a plant which is not uncommon in the Carpathian Alps, and which he states {op. cit.) = V. declmata x tricolor var. subalpina.^^ * It must, however, be remembered that V. decUnata W. & K. has not been recorded as British. SOME BRITISH VIOLETS 11 This plant belongs to the group of plants of which the repre- sentative is V. saxatilis Schmidt. These are plants generally of montane or submontane regions. The head-quarters of the group mav be said to be perhaps the Pyrenees, but F. lepida Jordan has been recorded for Britain, and in France has the following distri- bution,!.^. Morbihan, Charente-Inferieure, Ardennes, Meuse ; V. Froiwstii Boreau in France reaches Finistere and Morbihan ; and V. contempta Jordan, Morbihan, Manche, so that representatives of this group should be further searched for in this country. The members of this group are allied, on the one hand, to the group of V. Intea Huds., and on the other to that of V. tricolor (sensu stricto). With the former they agree in having rather showy flowers with petals always longer than the sepals, and being perennials and subperennials. In the shape of the stipules they agree rather with the latter, those organs beiuij pinnately partite ; while in V. lutea they are digitately multipartite. The following is a short description of V. carpatica, drawn up from specimens kindly sent by Prof. Borbas : — Root not seen. Stems elongate, internodes about 3 cm. long. Leaves ciliolate. Upper and middle leaves distinctly petiolate, lamina oblong or oblong-lanceolate (differing in this respect from V. pohjchroma Kerner, where the lamina is broader), grossly serrate- crenate, sharply contracting to petiole, about 2-2-5 cm. long., and less than 1 broad. Stipule ciliolate. pinnately divided, middle lobe of stipule entire, narrow oblong, larger than the lateral lobes, which are acute. Peduncles much longer than the leaves ; bracteoles sometimes just below the curvature, sometimes 1-5 cm. below. Sepals subacuminate, shorter than spur. Petals longer than sepals, violet-coloured, the lowest and lateral with radiating black lines, yellowish white in the throat, very similar to those of V. pohjchroma kerner. The longitudinal diameter of flower is rather over 2 cm. Capsule oblong, pointed a little shorter, or nearly as long as sepals. The plant submitted to Prof. Borbas from Cockerham moss agrees with the above in almost every particular except that the middle lobe of all but the upper stipules is somewhat crenate- serrate and rather longer. V. NANA Corbiere, Fl. Normand. p. 81 (1893). This is one of the most distinct of the forms of Viola coming under V. tricolor. It is not recognized in the London Catalogue, but is the plant named 7. nemausensis Jord. by Trimen in this Journal for 1871, p. 99. T'. nemausensis is now by some authors considered synonymous with F. Kitaiheliana Roem. & Schultes. This plant would then be F. Kitaiheliana Roem. & Schultes var. y nana Rouy & Foucaud, Fl. de France, iii. p. 49 {V. tricolor L. var. tt nana J)C. Prod. i. p. 304).* The distribution of this variety in France is maritime sands in Calvados, Manche, Vendee, Charente-Inferieure, and Gironde. Trimen's specimens in the National Herbarium are from St. Aubyn's * V. tenella Poir. Diet. p. 644 was referred to this variety by De Candolle in the Frodromus. 12 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Bay, Jersey, and Mr. C. P. Andrews has recently presented to the Herbarium a good series from sand-hills near Rousse Towers, Guernsey. This is probably the plant referred to by Babington (in Manual, 8th ed. p. 44) as a small form from Scilly of V. arvensis Murr., very like V. parvula Tineo. NOTES ON AFEICAN CONVOLVULACE^. By a. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc. The following notes have accumulated during the working out of several collections which have been recently presented to the Department of Botany from various parts of Tropical Africa. These include the plants of Mr. Scott Elliot's expedition to British East Africa and Mt. Ruwenzori ; Dr. Donaldson Smith's i^lants from Somaliland and the district around Lake Rudolph ; Lord Delamere's plants from British East Africa ; Dr. Rand's plants from Rhodesia; and small collections made in British East Africa by Mr. S. L. Hinde, and in the Congo Region by Mr. W. H. Migeod. In the course of this work the material in the National Her- barium has been to a great extent revised and rearranged, and has afforded material for various critical notes, as well as several new species, especially among the South African plants. In connection with the latter, it seemed well to compare the material from the Cape in the Trinity College, Dublin, Herbarium. This I have been able to do at leisure by the unfailing courtesy of Dr. Perceval Wright, who sent over the whole of his South African Convol- vulacese ; and I take this opportunity of recording my gratitude to him. In the limitation and arrangement of genera I have in the main followed Dr. Hans Hallier, to whom most of the recent work on the Order is due. In several instances I find myself at variance with him on the limitation of species, especially of those adopted in his later papers ; I do not think that any useful purpose is served by sinking a large number of readily distinguishable species to make a sort of species-aggregate, which is then broken up into subspecies, varieties, and forms. The relative value of characters is at present largely a matter of individual opinion ; and if a plant can be easily distinguished by characters which are generally considered to be of specific importance, it should, except in special cases, be regarded as a specific entity. It is thus more easy to manipulate, and becomes comparable with the average species. The specimens, except where otherwise stated, will be found in the National Herbarium. Ipomcea (§ Calycanthemum). I. gracilisepala sp. nov. Suffrutex caulibus elongatis pro- stratis ramosis subteretibus breviter hirsutulis ; foliis inter minores, hastatis cum basi triangulare et lobis basalibus margine lobulatis, NOTES ON AFRICAN CONVOLVULACE^ 13 apice obtusiusculis, facie superiore atrato-viride, glabra cum punc- tulis pellucidis notata, facie inferiore sparse pilosa cum nervo mediaiio venisque pinnatis valde asceudentibus prominentibus, breviter petiolatis ; floribus solitariis vel geminis, pedunculis obsol- etis, bracteolis lineari-lanceolatis acutis pilosis, pedicellis quam folia brevioribus, pubescentibus ; sepalis e basi lanceolata lineari-acumi- natis, ^qualibus, dorso marginibusque breviter pilosis ; corolla marcida, ut apparet tubuloso-campauulata et calycem baud super- ante, luteola (?), areis mesopetalis nervis binis conspicuis definitis ; staminibus subsequalibus, tubo inclusis, antlieris elliptico-sagittatis ; stigmate subgloboso ; capsula pilosa biloculare, cum valvis 4 dehis- ceute ; seminibus 4, breviter et appresse cinereo-pilosis. Described from a shoot broken below the apex, 60 cm. long, not exceeding 2 mm. in diameter. Leaves reaching 4 cm. long by barely 1-5 cm. broad at the hastate base. Bracteoles 6-8 mm. long by 1-1-5 mm. broad ; flowering pedicels 6-12 mm. long, increasing in the fruit to 1-7 to 2 cm. Sepals 1 cm. long, 2-2-5 mm. broad, in- creasing in the fruit to 1-5 cm. in length and 3 mm. broad in the lower part, the linear acuminate apex becoming incurved. Corolla apparently about equal to the calyx in length, with a tube 2 mm. in diameter. Filaments 2-5-3 mm. long, anthers a little over 1 mm. ; style 3-5 mm. long. Fruit globose, 7-8 mm. in diameter ; seeds 4-4-5 mm. long, 1*75-2 mm. broad. A very distinct species of the section, perhaps nearest to I. his- pida E. & Sch., which it resembles in habit, but is distinguished by its hastate leaves, with triangular not cordate base, solitary or geminate stalked flowers, and long attenuated sepals. Hab. South Africa, Zeijher, 1846, no. 1224. I. Hindeana sp. nov. Suffrutex humilis ramo abbreviato (in specimine singulo) sparse hirsutulo ; foliis oblongo-hastatis, obtusis, basi subcordata, lobis rotundatis, facie superiore glabra hispidula, atrate viride, facie inferiore in venis venulisque sparse hirsutula, margine breviter hirsutulo, petiolis tenuibus, aequilongis vel quam lamina paullo brevioribus, hirsutulis; pedunculis tenuibus petiolos sequantibus vel excedentibus, glabrescentibus, floribus 2 mono- chasialibus ; bracteolis lanceolatis acutis, pedicello glabro subfili- forme pedunculum sub^quante ; sepalis lanceolatis acutis, dorso sparse hirsutulis ; corolla infundibuliforme calycem 2^-plo ex- cedente, albo (?), areis mesopetalis distinctis, sparsissime pilosulis, cum venis binis luridis conspicue limitatis. The specimen consists of a slender branch, 1 cm. long, spring- ing from a short stouter woody shoot, 1-5 mm. in diameter, and bearing a few crowded leaves at the apex, in the axil of each of which springs an inflorescence. Leaves to 2 cm. long by 1 cm. broad at the base ; basal lobes spreading, barely 3 mm. broad ; petioles 1-5-2 cm. long. Peduncle 2-3 cm. long, bracteoles -5 cm. long, pedicel of opened flower (terminal) equal to the peduncle (2 cm.). Sepals 1 cm. long by 2 mm. broad at the base. Corolla 2-5 cm. long, about 2 cm. broad at the mouth. A very distinct species, the flowers resembling those of /. mom- bassana Hall, f., but the sepals show no trace of the basal auricles 14 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY which characterise those of the latter species. The leaf and flower also recall I. obscura Chois., hut the hirsutulous narrow pointed sepals at once distinguish it. Hab. British East Africa. Machakos, S. L. Himie, 1896. I. cEAssiPEs Hook. In Bull. Herb. Boiss. vii. 44-48, Dr. Hallier has elaborated this species, extending it to include a number of species previously described by himself and others. These are arranged under ten varieties, and one variety is further divided into subvarieties. I have not seen all the specimens cited in the above arrangement, but, after carefully working through the accessible material, I find myself somewhat at variance with the conclusions. For instance, if I. kewittioides Hall. f. becomes I. cmssipes var. heivittioides, why is not 1. fulvicaulis (Aniseia fulvictiulis Hoclist.), to which 1. heivittiuides shows far more resemblance than to typical I. crassipes, also included as a variety ? The same question arises with other species, e.g. /. asperifolia Hall. f. ; in fact, once start making these species-aggregates, and it is not easy to stop. Dr. Hallier, having gone so far, should certainly have gone farther. I have tried to arrange the forms in question in accordance with the more generally accepted views on the limitation of species, with the following results : — 1. crassipes Hook. (/. calystegioides E. Meyer) comprises the South African forms included by Hallier under var. genuina, var. long epe dune ulata, var. ovata, and probably var. thunbergioides, from the description. These hang together fairly well, varying in the greater or less hairiness, breadth of leaf, length of peduncle, and moderate to large lanceolate to ovate bracteoles. Var. iikambensis Hall, f., which is I. ukambemis Vatke, in LinniBa, xliii. 510, from East Tropical Africa, must, I think, be regarded as a distinct species closely allied to /. crassipes, but differing in the markedly rounded apex of its oblong leaves. Var. Jiewittioides Hall. f. (/. kewittioides Hall f.), in Engl. Jahrb. xviii. 127 (Dec. 1893), /. andowjejise Rendle and Britten in Journ. Bot. 1894, 171, an Angolan plant, is, as I have already indicated, very distinct, and more nearly allied to /. fidvicaidis, both in form of leaf and in the dense several-flowered inflorescence. Hallier also suggests that another Angolan species (i. adumbrata Rendle and Britten in Journ. Bot. 1894, 173) may be synonymous with his var. ononoides from the Transvaal. I have seen no authenticated specimens of the variety, but should prefer to retain /. adumbrata as a distinct species of the affinity of /. crassipes, but separated by the shorter, proportionately broader, very obtuse leaves, and small slender almost linear bracteoles. 1. Greenstockii Rendle in Journ. Bot. 1896, 35, is also indicated as a synonym of the species (p. 44) ; in fact, if we exclude the two Nyassaland specimens which are on p. 46 tentatively referred to var. akambensis, it remains as the sole typical representative. It is, however, a distinct form with dwarfed growth, short crowded ascending to suberect branches, and long narrow suberect leaves ; and, whether or no specifically distinct, is certainly far from typical. On this view of the species there are left two plants not yet NOTES ON AFRICAN CONVOLVULACEiE 15 accounted for, which, though doubtless inseparable from Dr. Hauler's aggregate, must, I think, in the more usual acceptance of the term, be regarded as distinct species ; their descriptions follow. I. sarmentacea, sp. nov. Sufirutex caulibus tenuibus lignosis e basi crassa lignosa brunnea eforuie prostratis, fiexuosis, teretibus, tortulis, ut sunt petioli, nervi in fohorum dorso prominentes, pedun- culi, bracteolc^, et sepala tenuiter hispiduhs ; foliis oblongo-ovatis, obtusis, basi breviter subcordatis vel retusis, facie superiore saturate viride, parciter appresse pilosa, facie inferiore veuulosa, petiolis brevibus ; pedunculis unifloris quam folia ^-i-brevioribus, bracteolis parvis, anguste lanceolatis acuminatis, a calyce paullo remotis • sepalis binis exterioribus ovatis basi vix ampliatis acutis, interiori- bus angustioribus ; corolla tubiiloso-infundibulare, calycem duplo excedente, ut apparet purpurea. Shoots 20-40 cm. long, a little over 1 mm. in maximum breadth. Leaves 2-5-5-5 cm. long by 1-8-2 cm. broad, the under surface a much lighter green than the upper, and chased with the darker and decreasmgly prominent midrib, ascending lateral veins, and often ladder-like cross unions. Petioles 5-7 mm. long. Peduncles (in- cluding pedicel) of open flowers 1-2-1-5 cm. long, bracteoles 7-8 mm. long by 1-5-1 -75 mm. broad. Outer sepals 12 to barely 15 mm. long by 5-6 mm. broad, the two innermost (1-5 cm. long) linear, tapering from a base scarcely exceeding 2 mm. broad, the intermediate lanceolate, 3-5 mm. long. Corolla nearly 8-5' cm. long, tube a little over 2 cm. long, and 5-6 mm. in diameter about the middle, spread of mouth of corolla 2-8 cm. The vegetative characters closely resemble, from the description {I.e. p. 49), those of Hallier's /. crassipes var. r/randifolia, but the peduncles are shorter (2-7 cm. in the variety), the small bracteoles narrow-lanceolate, not linear, and the sepals only about half as broad, those of var. grandifolia being described as "1 cm. lata" ; the corolla is also larger. The new species has the broad ovate outer sepals of /. crassipes, but in the form of leaf approaches I./u/vicaiilis ; the latter, however, differs in the density and colour of its tomentum, several-flowered heads, &c. Hab. Transvaal ; Pilgrim's Rest, Rev. \V. (J-reenstock, 1879. I. bellecomans, sp. nov. Suffrutex cinereo-pilosa, cauhbus robustis sublaxiter foliatis, ramosis, siccis stepe compressis, baud sohdis, ramis s«pe strictis, patentibus ; foliis parvis, breviter petio- latis ovatis obtusis basi interdum truncatis, utrinque densissime cmereo-pilosis ; pedunculis unifloris, folia excedentibus ; bracteolis a calyce remotis, ovatis ; sepalis externis maguis ovatis ad folia simihbus sed acutis, internis admodum angustioribus e basi lanceo- lata acuminatis ; corolla (marcida) ut apparet roseo-purpurea in- fundibuliforme et calycem plus duplo excedente, in areis mesopetalis pile sola. The longest shoot (broken at the base) in the specimens measures 55 cm. m length, and 3 mm. in breadth ; the shoots, like the branches, are somewhat densely covered with soft rather short whitish hairs' 16 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY the covering becoming denser, almost as on the leaves, in the young tops. Leaves generally about 1*5 cm. long by 6-7 mm. broad, rarely somewhat exceeding this ; on the shorter branches often much smaller, becoming oblong-ovate or lanceolate in shape. Peduncles 1-5-3 cm. long, bracteoles 8-10 mm. long by 2-5-3 mm. broad, pedicels generally 1 cm. long. Outer sepals 1-5 cm. long by -5 cm. broad just above the base, the innermost 3 mm. broad. Corolla apparently about 3 cm. long. Near I. crassipes, but distinguished by habit, the dense ash- coloured covering of hairs, the short bluntly ovate leaves, and the ovate outer sepals with a rounded and not enlarged base. Apparently near I. crassipes var. strigosa Hall, f., which I have not seen. Hab. South Africa, Zeyher, 1846, no. 1213. Transvaal, Apies river, Burke, no. 347. The following plants, not previously cited, are included in those South African forms which I regard as representing I. crassipes : — Var. GENUiNA Hall. f. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. vii. 46. South Africa, Zeyher, 1846, nos. 1210, 1212. Natal, Macalis- berg, Burke, no. 353, "flowering in October" ; and no. 177 (in herb. Trin. Coll. Dublin). Var. LONGEPEDUNCULATA Hall. f. /. c. 45. Zululand, W. T. Gerrard, no. 1330. Var. ovATA Hall. f. I.e. 47. Natal, near Newcastle, alt. 4000 ft., J. M. Wood, no. 6242, ''flowers rose-purple," Jan. 1897; and, without precise locality, J. Sanderson, 1860, no. 276 (in herb. Trin. Coll. Dublin). In the Catalogue of Welwitsc/i's African Plants, i. 732, two numbers are assigned to /. crassipes Hook. No. 6128 is /. adum- brata Rendle & Britten, and in my opinion is a distinct species. No. 6130 is a small dwarfed specimen bearing only young flower- buds, and may represent a new species allied to /. crassipes on the one hand, and I. blepharophylla on the other. It differs from the former in the subequal ovate sepals, the innermost only being conspicuously smaller, and the oblong leaves with rounded apex and base recalling those of typical I. blepharophylla, which is, however, distinguished by its narrowly ovate sepals. I. OBLONGATA E. Meycr var. hirsuta, var. nov. Foliis ovato- oblongis utrinque marginibusque dense et subferrugine hirsutis ; bracteolis sepalisque dorso hirsutis. Leaves generally between 3 and 4-5 cm. long by 1-2-1-5 cm. broad, covered with a somewhat dense covering of rather long appressed stiftish hairs with a tuberculate base. Similar but often paler hairs occur on the bracteoles and sepals. Hab. South Africa, Zeyher, 1846, no. 1208. Natal, Macalis- berg, Burke, no. 179 (in herb. Trin. Coll. DubUn). I. Lambtoniana, sp. nov. Suffrutex caulibus elongatis prostra- tis sparse hispidulis denique glabris; foliis cordato-ovatis, breviter petiolatis, apice abrupte acutiusculis, sparsissime pilosis, venulosis prsesertim in pagina inferiore ; pedunculis folia baud aequantibus, unifloris, basi articulatis, bracteolis anguste lineari-lanceolatis a NOTES ON AFRICAN CONVOLVULACEiE 17 calyce paullo remotis velut pedunculis hispidulis ; sepalis ovato- lanceolatis, acutis, dorso plus minus hispidulis; tribus interioribus, duos externos paullo excedentibus ; corolla infundibuliforme, pur- purea, calycem plus duplo excedente, areis mesopetalis valde limi- tatis, 3-5-nerviis. Described from a shoot cut off at the base, and 80 cm. long and 2 mm. greatest diameter. Leaves reaching 5 cm. long by 3-7 cm. broad, becoming smaller as we ascend the shoot ; petioles to 1 cm. long; midrib and pinnae subpromiuent on the under leaf-surface, pinn^ 5-6 on each side, spreadiug-ascendent, the two lower arising just above the leaf-base ; the reticulate connecting veins conspicuous on both surfaces in the dried leaf, but especially on the under. Peduncles -5-3 cm. long, jointed at the base ; bracteoles 5-6 mm. long, less than 1 mm. broad, 2-4 mm. below the calyx. Sepals 12-14 mm. long by about 4 mm. broad. Corolla 3-5 cm. long, tube 7 mm. in diameter (when dried and pressed), spreading to about 3-5 cm. at the mouth. Near /. oblongata E. Meyer, but distinguished by its cordate- ovate leaves and jointed peduncles. Hab. Natal, near Ladysmith, April, 1861, W. T. Gerrard, no. 622 ; *' a trailer with purple flowers." Specimen in herb. Trin. Coll. Dublin. I. sublucens, sp. nov. Suffrutex ramosus, cauhbus ramisque ut tota planta sublucenter et albide sericeo-pubescentibus, lignosis, flexuosis, siccis angulatis compressis, non solidis ; foliis oblongo vel elliptico-ovatis, apice rotundatis, basi subcordatis, petiolos triplo excedentibus, in facie superiore sparsius, in facie inferiore margini- busque densius, et in foUis junioribus lucenter, albide serfceo- pubesceutibus ; pedunculis uniflods, quam folia duplo brevioribus ; bracteolis ad_ calycem subapproximatis, lineari-spatulatis ; sepalis anguste ovatis, exterioribus latioribus acutis, interioribus acumi- natis; corolla purpurea quam calyx triplo longiore, ut apparet infundibuliforme, areis mesopetalis bene definitis, dorso albide- pilosis. The specimen consists of a branched shoot nearly 70 cm. long, which, especially in the younger parts, bears a short white some- what shining pubescence ; the angular internodes reach 2 mm. in diameter. Leaves 4-5-6-5 cm. long, 2-3*5 cm. or rarely 4 cm. broad ; petioles 2 cm. or less ; midrib broad, prominent on the back of the blade, lateral veins pinnate, subprominent, ascending, crowded at the base of the leaf ; the back and margin in the young still plicate leaves bears a dense shining silky pubescence, which on the back becomes less bright and dense in the older leaves. Peduncles 2-5-3 cm. long ; bracteoles about 1-5 cm. long, barely reaching 3 mm. in breadth below the apex. Sepals l'5-l-7 cm. long, 4 mm. or less in breadth, the inner narrower and sHghtly larger than the outer. Corolla much withered and eaten, 4-5 cm. long. A very distinct species, perhaps nearest I. oblongata E. Mey., but differing in its silky whitish covering, larger leaves, longer bracteoles, &c. Hab. Port Natal ; Miss Owen, in herb. Trin. Coll. Dublin. Journal OF Botany.— Vol. 39. [Jan. 1901.] o 18 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY I. Randii, sp. nov. Snffrutex ferrugine hirsutiilus, caulibus validis prostratis, subtriangularibus ; foliis ovatis apice rotimdatis, basi truncatis, petiolatis, lamina petiolum quadruple excedeute, venis conspicuis ; floribus inter majores, solitariis, pedicellatis, pedicellis quam folia triplo brevioribus ; bracteolis sub calyce, an- guste lineari-lanceolatis ; sepalis acuminatis, exterioribus ovatis, interioribus lanceolatis, dorso dense ferrugine hirsutulis ; corolla pupurea, calycem plus duplo excedente, fasciis mesopetalis cum nervo distincto utrinque limitatis, dorso superne hirsutulis ; fructu .... The strong horizontal shoots are about 3 mm. broad, and bear, like the leaf-stalks and pedicels, numerous short stiffish reddish brown hairs, internodes 2-4 cm. long. Petioles 1*5-2 cm. long ; blades 7-8 cm. long by 4-4-5 cm. broad just above the base, bear- ing numerous short appressed pale brownish or ferruginous stiffish hairs on each side, and a dense marginal covering. Peduncles 2-4 cm. long, bracteoles about 1-5 cm. long, 2-2-5 mm. broad, and, like the sepals, densely hirsutulous on the back ; sepals about 2 cm. long, scarcely 5-7 mm. broad, diminishing in breadth from the outer to the inner; corolla (withered) scarcely 5-5 cm. long, presumably infundibuliform. Near 1. eloiujata E. Meyer, but distinguished by the much larger leaves, the ferruginous hair-covering, and the larger densely hairy sepals. Hah. Rhodesia; Bulawayo, Dr. Rand, no. 271, December, 1897. I. Robertsiana, sp. nov. Sufi'ratex hirsutulus caulibus prostratis; foliis parvis, lineari-lanceolatis, breviter petiolatis ; floribus soli- tariis, pedunculis folia ^quantibus, majoribus, bracteolis 2, anguste linearibus, ad calycem approximatis ; sepalis lanceolatis ad ovatis, acuminatis, hirsutulis, interioribus latioribus ; corolla puri)urea, late infundibuliforme glabra, fasciis mesopetalis cum nervis 3 dis- tinctis lineatis ; staminibus valde inclusis ; stigmate subgloboso ; fructu .... The long spreading shoots have a somewhat sparse covering of short stiffish white hairs, which are present also on the leaf -stalks, the margin and backs of the leaves, the flower-stalks, bracteoles, and the backs of the sepals ; the upper leaf-surfaces are glabrous, and the leaves are often folded on the midrib. Leaves on well- developed shoots about 3 cm. long by -5 cm. broad, with a petiole of 2-3 mm. Flower-peduncles 2-3-5 cm. long, bracteoles 1 cm. or a little less ; sepals scarcely 1*5 cm. long by 3-5-5 mm. broad ; expanded corolla 5 cm. long by nearly as broad. Near I. elongata E. Meyer, but distinguished at once by its linear-lanceolate shortly stalked leaves, and longer flower-stalks. Recalls I. argyreioides Chois. (I. cana E. Mey.) in habit and leaf- form, but the smaller leaves and general hairiness of the whole plant distinguish it. Hab. Transvaal ; Pilgrim's Rest, Rev. W. Greenstock, 1879. I. Scotellii Rendle, sp.nov. Suffrutex humilis hirsutulus cauli- bus tenuibus brevibus, e basi lignosa flexuose difl'usis ; foliis trun- cato-cordatis, apice rotundatis interdum subemarginatis, petiolos NOTES ON AFRICAN CONVOLVULACEJE 19 flexuosos excedentibus ; dichasiis axillaribus, sessilibus, bracteolis anguste Imeari-lanceolatis ; floribus inter mediocres, breviter pedi- cellatip ; sepalis dorso dense hirsutulis, externis ellipticis snbacutis, internis hneari-angustatis acutis ; corolla purpurea tubuloso-in- fundibuhforme, fasciis mesopetalis dorso hirsutulis, conspicue tri- nervns ; stigmate subgloboso ; fructu .... A small low-growing plant with a stout woody caudex, from which spring a number of slender, very flexuose shoots, 5-9 cm. long, and 1-5-2 mm. thick, which, like the petioles, are densely covered with short stiffish flexuosely-spreading yellowish-brown hairs. Leaf-stalks 1-5-2-2 cm. long by about 1 mm. broad, leaves 2-5-3-5 cm. long, and generally as broad, densely covered on both surfaces, especially on the veins, with short stiffish appressed hairs springing from a small indurated base. Flower-buds bluntly coni- cal. Pedicels 4 mm. long or less, bracteoles -5 cm. long, hairy on the back like the leaves and the sepals, sepals 1 cm. long, the outer 4 mm., the inner less than 1 mm. broad. Corolla (withered) 2-2 cm. long, tube barely 2 mm. broad above the base. Near I. asperifoHa Hall, f., but distinguished by having leaves about as broad as long, and by the elliptical not ovate outer sepals. Hab. Shire, Urundi, 4-5000 ft., G, F. Scott Elliot, 1893-4, no. 8373. ' I. cARDiosEPALA Hochst. cx Choisy in DC. Prodr. ix 429 (Ipomcea catycina Clarke in Fl. Brit. Ind. iv. 201, non Meissn. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vii. 260.) Rhodesia ; Bulawayo, Br. Rand, no. 366, May, 1898. Section Dasygh^tia. ment '"'"''''iS^' IQ^^^""' '^''"^^"' ^" ^^^^^' ^^^^ pAanzengeogr. Docu- Suffrutex fulve hirsutus, caulibus ramisque valde diffusis, ro- bustis angulatis compressis non sohdis ; foliis ovatis ad oblon^o- ovatis rarms oblongis, obtusis mucronulatis, utrinque hirsutulis petiolos s^pe triplo excedentibus ; pedunculis folia sub^equantibus vel paullo brevioribus, 1-pluri-floris; floribus magnis brevissime pedicellatis, bracteohs hneari-subulatis, sicut sepaUs subsimilibus sed e basi latiore acuminatis, dorso hirsutulis; corolla carnea in- tundibuhforme calycem plus duplo superante, areis mesopetahs valde limitatis plurmerviis sparse pilosis. The strong hollow spreading shoots are conspicuously flattened «rffi T^ u ""^f .^'•'^' ^-^ ^^^- ^^ ^^^^^^1^' ^"^^ bear numerous stiffish yellowish hairs, a similar covering being found on the leaves and inflorescence as far as the exposed backs of the sepals Leaves 5-5-10 cm. long by generally between 2-5-4-5 cm. broad above the base, rarely narrower or broader ; petioles generallv between 1-5-4-5 cm. long. Peduncles 4-5-11 cm. long, bracteoles and sepals 1.5-2 cm. long, the former 1-5-2 mm., the latter to d mm. broad m the lower part pedicels 4 mm. or less. Corolla crimson, 5 to nearly 7 cm. long, 4 cm. broad at the mouth Very near /. pellita Hall. f. in Engl. Jahrb. xviii. 130 (1893), o2 20 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY but the latter is distinguished by its cordate leaves, and the very dense lucent hair-covering of leaves and stem. I have written out this species as I cannot find that any de- scription has ever been published or reference made to it in any published account of the genus. It belongs to the section Dasy- chcBtia of Hallier's arrangement of his African species in Engler's Jahrbuch, xviii. 180. This section contains two species, the closely allied I. pellita and also I. linosepala Hall, f., collected by Welwitsch in Angola. HalHer refers to a third species, from Natal {Gerrard, no. 577), represented by incomplete specimens in the Vienna Her- barium, and having large ovate long-stalked leaves, remarkably long flower- stalks exceeding the leaves, and long linear bracts. I have little doubt that this is I. ovata E. Meyer, as in the Her- barium of Trinity College, Dublin, there is a specimen from the Nototi River, Natal, collected by W. T. Gerrard, consisting of a leaf and a fruit-bearing peduncle, both detached and broken at the base, which evidently belong to this species, and were so determined many years ago by Mr. J. G. Baker. My description is based on specimens of Drege labelled ^'Ipomcea ovata E. Mey.," and others which agree with it, and, like it, come from Natal — namely, a specimen from near Camperdown {Medley Wood, no. 4999), and a specimen in the Dublin Herbarium labelled " Atterchff, J. Sanderson, Esq.'' It is possible that a larger series of specimens may show a more or less complete transition to I. pellita Hall, f., but whether or no the two are conspecific, it is worth while to have some account of a name, which, though included in the Index Keivensis and represented in herbaria by authenticated specimens, has nevertheless been overlooked by monographers. Section Pharbitis. I. cREPiDiFORMis Hallicr f . in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xviii. 131 (1893). I. tanganyikeyisis Baker in Kew Bullet. 1895, 70. Var. MINOR, var. nov. Planta humiUs caulibus ascendentibus quam in specie minoribus, foliis parvis lineari-oblanceolatis, in- terdum lineari-oblougis. Shoots 17-28 cm. long, 1-5-2 mm. thick; lower leaves smaller than the upper, which reach a length, including the short petiole (2-3 mm.), of 3-5-4 cm. long by 5-6 mm. broad. Peduncles to 7 cm. long, scarcely more than -5 mm. thick; flower-heads about 12 mm. across, the conical buds densely covered with a whitish silky pubescence. Bracteoles and sepals 1 cm. long, the latter reaching 1-5 mm. in breadth above the base, densely hairy on the back and margins. Corolla not quite 2-5 cm. long by 2 mm. in diameter at the base, apparently purplish in colour, the mid-petaline areas bounded by two strong nerves, with three less conspicuous nerves between. Hab. British East Africa; Machakos, 5-6000 ft., G. F. Scott Elliot, no. 6391, 1893. I. INVOLUCRATA Bcauv. Fl. Owar. ii. 52, t. 89. Bhodesia; Salisbury, Dr, Rand, no. 561, July, 1898. NOTES ON AFRICAN CONVOLVULACE^ 21 I. piLosA Sweet, Hort. Brit. 289 (1826). Rhodesia ; Balawayo, Dr. Rand, no. 555, June, 1898. I. KiLiMANDscHARi Dammer in Engl. Pflanz. Ost.-Afr. Th. C. 332 (Aug. 1895). I. ficifolia Lindl. var. laxlfiora subvar. parvijlora Hall. f. in Engl. Jahrb. xxviii. 35 (1899). East Tropical Africa. " Higher slopes of Mt. Kilimanjaro up to 10,000 ft. above Morang," Eev. W. E. Taylor, 1888, I cannot follow Hallier in uniting this species with the South African LJicifolia Lindl. It is, I think, as near /. pilosa Sweet (= /. dichroa Choisy), and distinguished from both by the ovate-cor- date leaves, with a flower smaller than that of I.Jicifolia, and larger than that of I. pilosa. I. Eenii, sp. nov. Suffrutex caulibus volubilibus albide- vel, in partibus junioribus, flavescente-pilosis ; foliis breviter petiolatis, palmato-3-partitis, segmentis lanceolatis vel anguste ellipticis acutis, lateralibus cum lobo basale instructis, pagina superiore, margine, et venis primariis secundisque paginae inferioris cum pilis flavescentibus indis, pagina inferiore venis exceptis breviter albo-tomentosa ; petiolis pedunculisque ut in caulibus pilosis ; pedunculis petiolos excedentibus 1- vel 2-floris ; bracteolis ad flores approximatis, ad sepala similibus ; sepalis lanceolatis, acumi- natis, dorso pilosis et margine ciliatis, tribus interioribus quam exteriora angustioribus ; corolla infundibuliforme calycem duplo su- perante, areis mesopetalis trinerviis ; genitalibus inchisis ; fructu . . . The specimen consists of about 35 cm. of the upper part of two intertwining shoots which reach 1-5 mm. in thickness, and have a covering of soft whitish or, especially in the younger parts, pale yellowish hairs. The median leaf-segment reaches 2-5 cm. long by 8-10 mm. broad, the lateral are slightly smaller, and bear on the outside at the base a blunt roundish lobe 5-8 mm. long ; petioles barely reaching 2 cm. long. Peduncles 2-5 cm. long, bracteoles immediately beneath tlie flower and resembling the sepals, but slightly smaller, 8-9 mm. long by 2 mm. broad. Sepals 11 mm. long, the outer 3 mm., the innermost 1*5 mm. broad. Corolla 2-5 cm. long, spread at mouth about 2*5 cm. ; diameter of tube 6 mm., length about 1 cm. Filaments 6*5-9 mm. long. Ovary conical, style 6 mm. long, stigmas subrotund. Apparently near I. Marpiusiana Schinz, which I have not seen, but which has much smaller bracteoles and flowers, longer-stalked leaves, &c. Hab. Dammara Land, T. G. Ken, 1879. I. Gerrardiana, sp. nov. Suffrutex volubilis, caulibus pra3- sertim junioribus flavide-pilosis ; foliis exacte cordatis, abrupte et breviter acuminatis, petiolum tenuem subaquantibus, in pagina su- periore breviter et appresse pilosis, et sparsius in veins venulisque paginae inferioris ; pedunculis folia aequantibus vel brevioribus, ut pedicellis depresso-pilosis, sEepe a dichasio 3-floro terminatis, interdum 5-floris ; bracteolis parvis linearibus caducis ; sepalis subsequalibus elliptico-lanceolatis ad lanceolatis, acutis, dorso prse- sertim basi marginibusque hirsutulis ; corolla alba, speciosa, ut 22 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY apparet campanulate-infundibuliforme, calycem circa 3-duplo ex- cedente, areis mesopetalis cum venis conspicuis binis limitatis ; filamentis elongatis, valde inaequalibus ; seminibus nigris, glabris. Shoots hollow, subherbaceous, 2 mm. in diameter, somewhat hispidulously pilose, the yellowish hairs closely appressed on the younger parts. Leaves 2-5-5 cm. long, and as broad or slightly broader, thin and papery when dry, and, except the venation, glabrous on the lower face with subprominent spreading veins. Peduncles 2-5-6 cm. long ; pedicels 6-10 mm. long, lengthening in fruit to 1-5 cm. Sepals 8-10 mm. long, the outer 2-5 mm. broad, the innermost about 1*5 mm. Corolla about 3 cm. long. Stamens slender from a broad hairy base, 9-14 mm. long ; style 2 cm. long; anthers sagittate, 2-5 mm. long. Fruit about 7 mm. in diameter. Closely allied to I. purjmrea Lam., but distinguished by its smaller white flowers. Hab. Natal ; Ladysmith, April, 1861, W. T, Gerrard, no. 620. ** Probably an annual ; flowers small, white, showy." (To be continued.) ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WEST LANCASHIRE. By J. A. Wheldon and Albert Wilson, F.L.S. Several brief excursions into West Lancashire during 1900 have resulted in the discovery of a number of species apparently new to the vice-county, and also fresh stations for several plants which are interesting on account of their rarity in this district, or because they are extinct, or are threatened with extinction, in the only localities hitherto published. The number of new plants, some of them of considerable interest, in the following list affords proof that West Lancashire will amply repay further exploration, and it is obvious that any botanist deciding to assist in the investigation of its flora will not go unrewarded. Plants not mentioned in our previous list published in this Journal for 1900 (p. 40), or in any of the publications there quoted, are distinguished by an asterisk, and are presumed to be now first recorded for the vice-county. Casuals, aliens, and denizens have the obelisk sign prefixed, while colonists and natives are undistinguished. As we were unable always to make our botanical excursions in company, our individual contributions are indicated by the abbreviations Wh. and Wi. ; where no authority is quoted, the plant was found by the authors jointly. We are much indebted to the Rev. W. M. Rogers for looking over our Rubi ; through his kind assistance we have been able to considerably extend the known range of many of our forms ; but a list of these does not fall within the scope of this article as defined in the opening paragraph. We have also to specially thank Messrs. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WEST LANCASHIRE 23 E. G. Baker, E. S. Marshall, H. & J. Groves, and F. Townsend, for naming critical species or confirming our own determinations. Without such help we should not have ventured to publish some of the species and varieties of the list. Ranunculus Baudotii Godr. This has proved to be frequent in suitable localities near the coast, from Preston to the Heysham Peninsula. \-''Sisy)iibnwn pannonicnm, Jacq. [S. Sinapistrum Crantz). Scattered abundantly over a considerable area near the Wyre Docks, Fleet- wood, and also more sparingly (one or two plants only) about Preston Docks, Wh. Y^'Lepidium Draba L. Near Morecambe, F, A. Lees (in Natuvdlist, 1900, p. 246). Wyre Docks, Fleetwood, very fine, June, 1900, Wh. "^'Raphayins Rapkanistrum, L. Fields near Preesall and Knott End, Wh. Near Overton and Heysham, Wi. This is quite a rare plant here, and these are the only records we have for it. \Reseda lutea L. Plentiful with R. luteola near Preston Docks, July, 1900, Wh. By the Wyre, Ghurchtown, near Garstang, Wi. ^Wiola tricolor var. Lloydii (Jord.). We have found this growing abundantly about the margins of Cockerham Moss, and in similar situations elsewhere. It seems to prefer newly cultivated soil that has been recently reclaimed from the moss tracts. Sometimes the upper petals are yellow, but they are usually more or less deeply suffused with purple, and examples may be found with both kinds of flowers on one plant. Mr. E. G. Baker, who kindly confirmed our naming of these plants as above, points out that Jordan's description embraces this yellow- flowered state. Y^'Saponaria officinalis var. puberula Wierzb. Plentiful on both banks of the river Lune near Caton, and descending to Halton, Aug. 1900, Wh. This agrees with the Hightown plant in every- thing but size, the former beiug somewhat taller. The congested heads of flowers have a markedly different facies from the ordinary plant, which grows by the Kibble to the east of Preston, &c. Mr. Groves informs us that this latter is never entirely glabrous. *Spergula arvensis L. var. vulgaris (Boenn.). Field near Pree- sall, Wh. '^'Hypericwa dubiuni Leers. Bank of the river Lune near Ark- holme, Aug. 1900, Wi. Radiola linoides Roth. Arkholme Moor, Aug. 1900, Wi. Geranium pusUluin L. Roadside between Caton and Halton, Aug. 1900, perhaps of only casual origni ? Wh. \^'lmpatiens Noli-tangere L. We are indebted to Dr. F. A. Lees for calling attention to this being a West Lancashire plant {Naturalist, Sept. 1900, p. 279). He says: "The Hindson station of Baker's Flora — Ghyll near Whittington Hall, south-west of Kirby Lonsdale — is in vice-county 60, West Lancaster. I saw plants in a Kendal garden brought thence." This locality, which is inserted in Baker's Flora of the Lake District as in Westmoreland, is about one mile south of the Westmoreland boundary. ^'^'Medicago sativa L. Plentiful on waste ground by the railway in 24 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Fleetwood Docks, and with it \-''Vicia villosa Both and an abundance of j'^'Melilotus indica AIL, Wh. Rubiis Jissns Lindl. By a ditch-side near Abbeystead, Wyres- dale, and near Bailey Hey, on the north side of Beacon Fell, Wi. — -'R. pHcatiis Weihe. Abundant on Cockerham Moss, June, 1900. — Pi. erijthrinus Genev. North bank of the river Wyre near Preesall, Wh. Hedges by the roadside. Lower Grizedale, near Garstang. — jR. nemoralis var. silumm Ley. By the roadside across Lancaster Moor, Aug. 1900, Wh. — U. Scheutzii Lindeb. Emmets, Over Wyresdale, Sept. 1900. — R. rusticanus Merc. A fine form of this is not uncommon in West Lancashire, distinguished by its white flowers, broad-based somewhat pyramidal panicle, and flat leaves. Mr. Eogers says of it : "A very marked form which I have oc- casionally met with, but have no separate name for." — *i?. Drejei'i G. Jensen. Koadside near the reservoir, Longridge, 24 July, 1900, Wh. Mr. Rogers writes: "You may put this to R. Drejeri without hesitation, as a form going off type towards my var. Leyamis, but still under the type." — "jR. cinewsus Rogers. In one or two places near Preesall and Knott End, Aug. 1900, Wh. — R. infestus Weihe. Caton Moor, Sept. 1900. This never occurs in quantity with us. In all our recorded stations, both in West and South Lancashire, only single bushes were found. PotentiUa procwnhens Sibth. Lancaster Moor and near Quern- more Park, Wh. '-^'Agrimonia odorata Mill. Lane near Melling, Aug. 1900, Wi. Rosa canina L. var. dumalis (Bchst.). Emmetts, Over Wyres- dale, Sept. 1900. — Var. urbica (Leman). Bank of the Wyre, Pree- sall, Aug. 1900, Wh. " On the whole, perhaps nearest to this variety, but differing from it in the glandular petioles and bracts." W. M. Rogers. — "^'R. glauca Vill. Emmetts, Over Wyresdale, Sept. 1900. — R. arvensis Huds. A handsome form of this, occurring about Longridge and Grimsargh with the ordinary form, is stated by Mr. Rogers to be " a glandular form (or hybrid?) approaching Baker's var. gcdlicoides:' — R. mollis Sm. This is very frequent and variable in the hilly districts of West Lancashire. CratcBgus oxyacmithoides Thuill. Ascends to 1100 ft. on Mal- low dale Fell, where its large oval fruits tipped with the multiple styles are quite ripe, when those of var. juonogynia (Jacq.) at a similar elevation are still hard and just commencing to change colour. Peplis Portida L. Muddy pool near Overton, in the Heysham peninsula, Wi. As the plant has long been lost at the Ribbleton Moor station, it is pleasing to be able to restore this to our list of existing species. \'^Carum Carvi L. Alien in Outermoss Lane, Morecambe, F. A. Lees (NaUiralist, Aug. 1900, p. 246). ■''Silaus flavescens Bernh. Frequent in pastures about Cantsfield, July, 1900, Wi. '''Caucalis nodosa Scop. Near Berwick and Carnforth, June, 1900, WL jSenecio saracenicus L. Banks of the Lune near Melling, Wi. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WEST LANCASHIRE 25 *Lactuca virosa L. Waste ground near the Wyre estuary, Fleet- wood, Wh. -''Trientalis europcca L. In great abundance on both sides of Black Clough, Marsha w Fell, Wyresdale, June, 1900. It was growing under thickets of deep bracken for a distance of about five hundred yards, at an elevation of from 750 to 1050 ft., Wi. This plant is singularly rare in the north of England on the west side of the Pennine range of hills. '''Centimculus minimus L. Arkholme Moor, alt. 300-860 ft., Aug. 1900, Wi. Erythraa littoralis Fr. Near Middleton, Wi. iSymphytum officinale L. Near Wennington, May, 1899, Wi. ; and south bank of the Lune, Caton, Wh. The pale-flowered form. -'' Lithospenmim arvense L. Between Silverdale and Carnforth, Oct. 1900, Wh. j-'Linaria viscida Moench. By the railway near Leek, Mr. L. Petty ; and in a similar situation at Longridge, Wh. On shingle by the Lune near Melling, Wi. '^LimoseUa aquatica L. By the margins of brackish pools on Overton Marsh, Aug. 1900, Wi. Veronica polita Fr. Garden weed at Caton, Wh. Euphrasia nemorosa H. Mart. Lancaster Moor, and many other localities. Our commonest form. — -'E. borealis Towns. Lower Salter, and roadside banks at the foot of Catshaw Greave. — -'E. curta Fr. var. glahrescens Wettst. Coast-banks near Little Bispham, July, 1900, Wh. Examples were sent to Mr. Townsend as E. curta, but he thought them better placed under this variety, and kindly sent us specimens, with which ours undoubtedly agree. "^ Scutellaria vmior Huds. Whittington Moor and Arkholme Moor, Aug. 1900, in the latter station growing with Radiola linoides and Centunculus minimus, Wi. \Lamium maculatum L. Knott End and Alston, Wh. — *L. am- plexicaule L. Near Lytham, Oct. 1900, Wh. \^^ Amaranthus Blitum L. On ballast in Preston Dockyard, and with it a few specimens of -^Ambrosia tri/lda, Wh. j^'Chenopodium JicifoUuni Sm. Ballast-heaps not far from the railway embankment outside the Wyre Docks, Fleetwood, with C. ruhrum L. and (7. murale L., Aug. 1900, Wh. "^^Atriplex Bahingtonii var. virescens Lange. Sparingly amongst shingle in the Lune and Wyre estuaries, Wh. ■^^Suceda maritima Dum. var. procumbens Syme. Saltmarsh, to the south of Glasson Dock, Wh. Salix phylicifolia L. Near Marshaw, Wyresdale, Wi. Listera cordata Br. Moor above Gavell's Clough, head of Wyresdale, Wi. Juncus diffusus Hoppe {J. effusus X ylaucus). In some quantity between Grimsargh and Alston, Wh. '■'^Lemna polyrrhiza L. In the canal between Galgate and Glasson, Sept. 1900, Wh. *Eleocharis multicaulis Sm. Boggy ground in Thornley Quarry (limestone), near Chipping, July, 1900, Wi. 26 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Scirpus fluitans L. Ditch near Bare Railway-station, Wi. The second locality only in the vice-county for this. — *5. maritimus L. var. compactus Koch {conglobatus S. Gray). Near the Wyre mouth, Wh. Ovangle, on the Lune estuary, Wi. Rhyncospora alba Vahl. Tarnbrook Fell, Wyresdale, amongst Vaccinium Oxycoccos and Sphagnum, medium. These three are also closely associated on Cockerham Moss. This latter locality is being so altered by drainage that the Rhyncospora is in danger of being lost ; therefore this additional station is a welcome discovery. ^Carex vulpina L. var. nemorosa Kit. Near Little Bispham, and by the canal between Galgate and Glasson, Wh. Here the plant generally grows by open ditches and canal-sides, and we have it verified by Mr. Bennett from similar situations in Yorkshire. It cannot therefore be considered to be a mere shade form. Y^^Phalaris minor Retz. On ballast near Preston Docks, Wh. . Y^' Anthoxanthum Puellii Lee. & Lam. Between the rails on the railway through Preston Docks, Wh. Y^'Apera Spica-venti Beauv. A few plants with the last two in Preston Docks, Wh. *Agrostis palmtris Huds. var. coarctata (Hoffm.). Very fine on waste ground near the Wyre embankment, south-east of Fleetwood, Aug. 1900, Wh. "^'Aira caryophyilea L. Embankments on both sides of the Wyre near Preesall and Fleetwood, July, 1900. Wh. Overton, in the Heysham peninsula, Wi. Poa nemoralis L. Near Cautsfield and Melling, Wi. Wood by the Lune near Catou, Wh. — P. compressa L. Plentiful near Glasson, at the edges of the footpath near the railway-station, growing with Festuca rigida, Sept. 1900, Wh. In the only pre- viously known locality it was in small quantity, and is perhaps lost. '■'''Qlyceria plica ta Fr. Between Grimsargh and Alston, Wh. Y^Loliiim italicum Braun. Fleetwood Docks, Wh. Weed in fields near Winmarleigh. Hordeum mariniitn L. Near the Ferry, Fleetwood, Wh. A singularly rare grass in West and many parts of South Lancashire. Cryptogramme crispa R. Br. Some fine plants among millstone grit rocks on white side of Tarnbrook Fell, Wyresdale, Wi. *Chara vulgaris L. Stonyhurst and Crowshaw Reservoir. Quarry near Leagram Mill, Flora of Sto7iyhurst. Pools in Thorn- ley Quarry, Wi. — "^'C. vulgaris var. longibracteata Kuetz. Pond near Middle Lane, between Blackpool and St. Annes, Oct. 1900, Wh. — ^^C.fragilis Desv. Below Cowan Bridge, Leek, Mr. L. Petty. Near Leighton Beck, Silverdale, Wi. '^'Sitella. A handsome form, abundant in Grizedale Reservoir, which Messrs. Groves think may be either .V. jiexdis or N. opaca, has unfortunately not yet been found in fruit. 27 THE BOX IN BRITAIN.- In conversation last year with Graf zu Solms-Laubach he made the extremely interesting suggestion that the Box and Yew trees of Box Hill might probably be the remains of a native forest which originally clothed the North Downs. Among his arguments against their being the remains of a plantation, he urged the great un- likelihood of such a soil as that of Box Hill being planted at all, and the still greater improbability of any one hitting upon such a combination as Box and Yew for the purpose. He urged that, since it is probably the only thing of its kind iu the world, careful enquiry should be made into its history. I have been able to make a few superficial enquiries to the following effect, and it will be seen that the subject is worth pursuing by some one with leisure and other advantages, which I do not possess. Mr. Warner, of the Manuscripts Department, has been good enough to search Domesday Book for me, but without result. He makes the suggestion that the old Court Rolls of Dorking be searched — if they can be found. He further sent me the following extract from Manning and Bray's History of Surrey, vol. i. p. 560 (1804) :— " The Downs, which rise to a considerable height from the opposite bank of the Mole, are finely chequered with Yew and Box Trees of great antiquity, and which form a scene no less venerable than pleasing. Of the latter of these, in particular, there was formerly such abundance, that that part of the Downs which is contiguous to the stream, and within the precinct of this Maner, hath always been known by the name of Box Hill, from which also is an extensive prospect into the neighbouring counties. Various have been the disquisitions concerning the antiquity of this plantation ; which, however, for aught that has hitherto ap- peared to the contrary, may liave been coeval with the soil. Here was formerly also a Warren with its Lodge ; in a lease of which from Sir Matthew Brown to Thomas Constable, dated 25 August 1602, the Tenent covenants to use his best endeavours for preserving the Yew, Box, and all other trees growing thereupon ; as also to deliver, half- yearly, an account of what hath been sold, to whom and at what prices : and in an account rendered to Ambrose his son by his Guardian, of the rents and profits for one year to Michaelmas 1608, the receipt for Box Trees cut down upon the Sheep Walk on the Hill, is 50 /. I have seen also an account of the Maner, taken in 1712, in which it is supposed that as much had been cut down within a few years before as amounted to 3,000 Z." I forwarded this extract to Graf zu Solms-Laubach, who replied in an interesting letter, of which the following is a translation : — *' Many thanks for your information, which I have received with the greatest interest. It is really sufficient in itself to clear up the * Becorders of coincidences may like to note that the two following com- munications, written independently of each other, reached us in the same week. — Ed. Jodbn. Bot. 28 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY subject, although it would be interesting to find still older proofs. If, however, box-wood was sold in 1608 for £50, it is clear that the woods must have been in existence in 1500, at which time there can hardly have been intentional planting of woods in England [?] . "It is much to be desired that either you or some younger London botanist should write a paper on the woods of Dorking, with a map showing the extent and distribution of the existing tracts of box. For one does not know how far these stretch westwards. It would be a subject of the greatest interest in plant geography, and one which can only be worked out by an Englishman who can go over the ground on foot and talk to the various land-owners. The general distribution of the plant, which in Europe is, broadly speaking, Mediterranean, should be noticed. I no longer doubt that Biixus belongs to the pal^otropical forms, which have outlived the ice age, and have once more penetrated to the north-west — as Sticta aurata to Brittany ; HymenophyUum tunhridgense, Isoetes Hystrix to Guernsey ; Lagurus ovata, Erica vagans, &c. Of these the greater part of the Mediterranean things are of course not palaeotropical, but Sticta aurata and Hymenophijllum may be reckoned in the category. Such a work would be therefore well worth doing ; and I must say I am surprised that no one, knowing the wonderful woods of Box Hill and their flora, which must of course be taken into account, should have taken up the subject. It is evident that on your side of the Channel you hardly realize the botanical marvels you possess in your woods." Looking further quite casually into Manning and Bray's History, I could not lielp being struck by the occurrence of old personal names, such as Peter de Boxstead (p. 90), Nicholas Box well (p. 341), William Box (vol. ii. p. 584), and at vol. ii. p. 656, a " Mr. Boxall sold 500 Yews at three guineas each." These names are strictly local, and Boxley in Kent and Boxgrave in Sussex occur to me as place names, as I write. I find in Messrs. Hanbury and Marshall's Flora of Kent, p. 310, under Buxus — "Boxley — Ray in Camden 262. Mr. Reeves doubted its being truly indigenous here ; but the fact of the village being apparently named after it is a strong argument in favour of its genuine wild- ness. It seems to have been more plentiful there formerly than at the present time First Record 1695. "Buxus I find in the notes of my learned friend Mr. John Aubrey that at Boxley (in Kent) there be woods of them. — Ray I. c." In Mr. Druce's Flora of Berkshire, p. 439, I find the following note under Buxus : — " The last remains of Boxgrove in Sulham parish near Reading, whence the country probably took its name, were grubbed up about forty years ago." — Gough's Camden, 155, 1789. " Prof. C. C. Babington, Jan. 28, 1853, sent a note to the Phytologist Club as follows : — * Mr. Watson, in his Cyhele, ii. 366, appears very much inclined to consider the Box-tree as not originally a native of England. The following extract from the THE BOX IN BRITAIN 29 beginning of Asser's Life of Kinrf Alfred appears to show that it was plentiful in Berkshire 1000 years since. His words are — • Berrocscire ; quae paga taliter vocatur a * berroc ' sylva ubi buxus abundantissime nascitur.' See Phyt. iv. (1853), 873. *'In the edition of Camden published in 1610, it states that 'Asterius Menevensis deriveth the name [of the county] from a certaine wood called Berroc, where grew good store of Box.' '' At Buckland there are some very fine specimens of the Box, and it is also well grown at Besilsleigh, Kingston Bagpuze, and at Park Place, where Mr. Stanton tells me it reproduces itself from seeds in the woods. In Mavor's Agr. Berks it is said to grow near Wallingford. " The Box is a possible native of Surrey at Boxhill, and on the Chilterns near Velvet Lawn and near Dunstable, Bucks. In the other bordering counties it is certainly introduced." It is certainly a prevalent idea, that as Buckinghamshire is the country of the Beech, so Berkshire is the country of the Berroc or Box, but I understand that there may be philological objections to it. If true, it would most strikingly confirm Graf zu Solms- Laubach's most ingenious idea. The matter is certainly worth prosecuting, and I print these few notes in the hope of inciting some young botanist to so attractive a task. G. R. M. Murray. It has hitherto been considered doubtful whether the Box is indigenous in Britain — some botanists excluding it, and others admitting it, more or less doubtfully, as a native. Watson does not mention it in Topogrccphical Botany, and in the Cybele calls it a "denizen." Syme [E^iglish Botany, ed. 3, viii. 94) considers that there is " some likelihood of its being truly native on Boxhill, Surrey," the only other counties in which there is " any possibility of its being a genuine native" being Kent, Bucks, and Gloucester. My attention being drawn to the subject by a reference in a letter from Sir J. D. Hooker as to its occurrence in the last-named county, I have endeavoured, with the kind assistance of Mr. G. H. Wollaston and Mr. J. W. White, to throw some light on the question. The Box wood to which Sir Joseph referred is situated between Wootton-under-Edge and Alderley, clothing the hill- side for a considerable distance ; although the shrub flourishes luxuriantly and produces abundance of seedlings in the wood itself, it does not appear to have extended into the neighbouring wooded hill-sides and valleys. There is nothing here to indicate whether it is native or not, except the presence of some larches, which, being introduced trees, would perhaps suggest a similar origin for the Box. It is shown as a wood both in the one-inch and six-inch Ordnance maps, the fact that it consists of Box not being in any way indicated ; but about three miles away, nearly due east, in a valley which extends in a north-easterly direction from Alderley, there is marked the name of Boxwell, suggesting that some traces of the Box might be found there. On visiting the locality this proved to be the case; 80 THE JOURNAL OK BOTANY another large wood, consisting exclusively of Box, occupies a similar position to that at Wootton, and extends for half a mile or more on the steep side of the valley. It was afterwards found that this is marked as "The Box Wood" in an old Ordnance map pubUshed about fifty years ago, as well as in the six-inch map ; but this is omitted in the recent one-inch map, in which only the names " Boxwell Court " and " Boxwell Farm " are to be found. The name thus being evidently connected with the wood, a search was made to discover, if possible, how long it had been in use. The following interesting account was found in the History of the CounUi of Gloucester, by the Rev. Thomas Rudge, pubUshed at Gloucester in the year 1803 :—" Boxwell, anciently Boxewelle. The name is derived from a box wood of about sixteen acres, within a warren of forty acres, from which rises a plentiful spring. This is the most considerable wood of the kind in England, excepting Boxhill in Surrey, and from the name, which has now been on record for more than seven centuries, it must have been of long standing."* This appears to leave no doubt that the Box is indigenous in this valley, and there can therefore be no reason why it should not also be a native of the woods at Wootton and Boxhill. Sir J. D. Hooker, to whom I have communicated the result of this investi- gation, tells me that it leaves no doubt in his mind that the plant is truly wild in these localities, and adds that Bentham, whose know- ledge of the conditions under which British plants are found on the Continent was profound, regarded it as a native. Cedric Bucknall. ROBERT SMITH (1873-1900). [A promising career has been cut short by the early death of Robert Smith, which took place at Edinburgh on the 28th of August last, from appendicitis, after an illness of only one day's duration. He was born in Dundee on Dec. 11, 1873, and had been intended for a business career, but the attractions of science proved too strong for this, and he became an assistant under Prof. D'Arcy Thompson in the zoological museum of the College, where he had previously been a student, and where he took his B. Sc. degree in 1896. Soon after this, he became Demonstrator in Botany under Prof. Patrick Geddes, and from that time devoted himself to plants. Prof. Thompson contributed a biography of Smith to College Echoes (the students' Journal for the University) for Nov. 9th, and this, with his permission, we reproduce, feeling confident that many of our readers will like to know more of so interesting a personaUty. For the accompanying portrait we are indebted to the Scottish Geographical Society, in whose Transactions it appeared.] • [««At Boxwel in Coteswold in Gloucestershire, and at Boxley in Kent there be Woods of them. Mr. Aubry's Notes.'' Baii Syn. ii. 310 (1696). — Ed. JOURN. BOT.] ROBERT SMITH 3l From early boyhood Smith had been a diligent student of plants ; he was a competent botanist before ever he came to College. He had a natural instinct for the study of form and the discrimination of species, an unbounded love of the plants themselves, a knowledge surprisingly wide and intimate of the mosses and higher plants of the whole British flora. Until four years ago, some modest excursions in the Scotch Highlands, a summer's journey to Norway with other students of my own, and a visit to the West of Ireland also in my company, had been the measure of his opportunities for outdoor study. In the winter of 1896-7, as Research Scholar of the Franco-Scottish Society, he had the good fortune to study under Professor Charles Flahault at the University of Montpellier. Under a distinguished and inspiring teacher, in a region vastly rich and attractive to the eye of a northern student, and stimulated by example and competition in an active and cosmopolitan school. Smith worked with sedulous energy, and came home with his mind prepared and determined for the work that afterwards occupied him to the end. This chosen task was to be the Botanical Survey of his own country. For some years past, on the Continent and in America, a certain school of botanists have occupied themselves with the study of plant- distribution in a more far-reaching manner than has been customary with us. Instead of merely noting the local occurrence of isolated plants, species by species, it is the business of these students, with more comprehensive insight, to discriminate certain assemblages of plants that for one reason or another are linked together in definite association. The beech and the oak, the larch and the pine, the 82 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY bent upon the links, the heather on the moor, have each associated with them a multitude of tributary and interdependent species ; and ere we can understand these complex social aggregates, and ere we beo-in to account for their nature and their distribution, we are involved in a network of problems — biological, meteorological, chemical, and geological. In the study of these difficult and very interesting problems Professor Flahault is a leader and pioneer. With him Smith made long journeys over the South of France, from the Pyrenees to the Italian Riviera, a country most admirably adapted to illustrate the methods of research involved, by reason of the great diversity and the clear lines of demarcation of the many distinct areas of vegetation contained within it. On his return home Smith began at once, not ignorant of and not deterred by the magnitude of the task, to map out the botanical topography of Scotland. Single-handed and with tireless industry he began and continued this task, travelling on foot incredible distances, and recording faithfully an immense multitude of details. Of much of this work the record is unfinished ; some of it is labour that has been spent in vain. But happily Smith lived to bring part of it to completion and to see its first-fruits harvested. His first publication of importance was a paper on " Plant Associations of the Tay Basin," read before the Perthshire Society of Natural Science, [the first part of which was] pubhshed in the Proceedings of that Society in 1898 [and the second and concluding portion, accompanied by an excellent map, in the same Proceedings for 1899-1900, pp. 69-87] . Short though it was, this paper attracted the attention of so high an authority as Professor Engler of Berlin, who makes special reference to it in a recent Memoir on the History of Plant Geography as being the first attempt to apply to the vege- tation of Britain the modern methods of topographical research. In the beginning of 1899 Smith published in Natural Science a paper " On the Study of Plant Associations," a clear and concise exposition of the literary history of the subject ; and in May of this year he was invited to give a lecture before the Royal Scottish Geographical Society in Edinburgh on his Botanical Survey of Scotland. He told me, with pleasure and gratitude, of the warm praise he received on this occasion from Sir John Murray, and, in particular, of the cordial and generous encouragement given him by Mr. Benjamin Peach, of the Geological Survey. The publication of certain of his maps was undertaken by the Society, and two of these, representing the districts of Midlothian and of Northern Perthshire, appeared, accompanied by descriptive articles, in the July and August numbers of the Scottish Geographical Magazine. These maps are an enduring monument to his talent and his devotion As a teacher, no less than as a student. Smith was painstaking and successful. His lectures were models of careful preparation. With a high view of his duty towards his students, he never spared himself in their service. He had a faculty of exposition such as does not always accompany even the soundest knowledge of a A DISEASE IN TURNIPS CAUSED BY BACTERIA 3S subject, and his unaffected enthusiasm for his science could not fail to arouse his students' sympathy and interest. Looking back now, where but a little while ago we thought only of looking forward, it behoves us not to estimate the measure of his work without remembering the difficulties against which he had to contend, and towards all of which he bore himself cheerfully and manfully. And writing these few lines as a tribute to his memory, my thoughts dwell not more upon his scientific work than on his personal character, for it was beyond common measure pure and lovable. D. W. T. A DISEASE IN TURNIPS CAUSED BY BACTERIA. By W. Carruthers, F.R.S., and A. Lorrain Smith. [This memoir was prepared for the Royal Agricultural Society. By permission of the Society it appears here contemporaneously with its publication in the Society's Journal, but with a few technical additions for scientific readers. — Ed.] For some years we have been acquainted with an injury to turnips, the cause of which we were unable to discover. The injured turnips had the crown of young leaves destroyed, and a cavity scooped out of the turnip occupied the top immediately below where the leaves had grown. The cavity was empty; its wall was of a dark brown colour, and the tissues were protected by the development of a corky layer. There was no indication of injury in the turnip beyond the wall of the empty cavity. The first specimen was received seven years ago, and some years later other specimens were obtained ; they threw no hght on the cause of the injury. It seemed probable that the injury was due to bacteria, but we did not discover any evidence of their presence. At the beginning of August, 1900, a number of badly diseased swede turnips were sent from the valley of the Nibb, in Yorkshire, in order that the nature and cause of the injury might be deter- mined. In the worst cases the young leaves had disappeared from the crown or were rotting away; the outer older leaves also showed signs of wilting, their stalks were decaying at the base, and a number of lateral buds were shooting up from the axils of these older leaves. As a rule, the outer skin of the turnip was intact, In some instances the top was as if scooped out, and the depression hned by a whitish slimy substance. In others the injury had further penetrated through the turnip to the base, and the whole centre was a mass of rotten pulp. Even in the plants less seriously affected, it was evident from the condition of the younger leaves that they were being cut off from their connection with the root. Some of the turnips had wounds at the side, through which the bacteria gained access, forming starting-points of disease in addition to the injury at the top of the bulb. In the specimen figured an older cavity was found agreeing with the injury already observed. Journal of Botany.— Vol. 39. [Jan. 1901.] d 34 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY From the base of this cavity a later attack was developed. This, with other characters, clearly established that it was the mysterious disease we were dealing with. Some of the turnips were suffering from Finger and Toe, which was of course quite distinct from the rottenness that was destroying the turnips. A careful microscopic examination of leaf and bulb was made, and it was found that the injury was due to bacteria, which had gained access to the living plants between the bases of the young leaves or through the broken surface of the bulb. They were ad- vancing into the substance of the turnip from cell to cell, destroying the tissues as they went. Sections were taken from the diseased parts and examined, and myriads of the bacteria were seen in the cells. They were motile, cylindrical rods, exceedingly minute, the Turnip attacked by bacteria. — a, external aspect, showing the crown killed and new growth from the axils of the first leaves, which had naturally fallen off; B, section of the same turnip, showing the crown of the turnip destroyed, the hollow cavity produced by the first stage of the disease, and the further injury by the bacteria in the centre of the turnip. Both half natural size. longest about seven times as long as they were broad ; they measure •65 fx in breadth, and from 1- to 4" /x in length. The larger rods multiplied by division into two and four, and thus they varied greatly in length, though not in width. Some of the slimy substance from the cavity at the top of the turnip was stained and examined, and was found to be crowded with the same bacteria. Cultures were tried in a mixture of gelatine and turnip decoction by introducing into the mixture the bacteria taken from different parts of the diseased swedes, the medium and in- struments being carefully sterilized ; and little colonies of very active A DISEASE IN TURNIPS CAUSED BY BACTERIA 35 rods were formed in a day or two, which liquified the gelatine, Unfortunately, there was no opportunity at the time of infecting healthy swedes from these colonies, and of following the entire life history of the bacteria. As a careful field examination seemed desirable, a visit was made to the injured crops in Yorkshire. The disease had advanced very rapidly ; fields of swedes that appeared healthy and thriving a (V fortnight previously were now completely ? ^ ^ ^ ^ blighted. In the worst field, twenty-five // J^ acres in extent, not one turnip in five 0 6^ seemed to have escaped. Yellow turnips ^ '^^ ^ had suffered very little, though here and \\, ^0 0^ 0 here a few plants growing on the head ff ^ rows of the fields containing diseased f /J swedes were attacked; cabbages growing '^^ 0 near were also diseased, but a strip of X 2000. kohl-rabi right through the centre of a Bacteria which cause the dis- severely diseased crop was quite healthy. ease in the turnip. Mag- The kohl-rabi appears so far to be im- nified 2000 diameters. mune, and cabbages and yellow turnips are probably safe when not in contact with a diseased crop. The mangolds growing in the same field were not in the least attacked. In all cases the bacteria had lodged in the central bud, by destroying the tissues of the turnip below, so that the young leaves were cut off from their connection with the root, and they speedily withered and died. Where circumstances favoured the development of the bacteria, they increased rapidly, and the whole interior of the root from the crown downwards was soon destroyed. For the information of farmers, who in some districts were alarmed at the serious injury to their crops, a letter was pubHshed four months ago in the Times and other daily papers, and in the Agricultural Gazette, giving a general account of the nature of the disease, and suggesting steps to be taken to prevent its spreading. The disease worked great havoc in Yorkshire, and the same injury was reported from two localities at a distance from each other in Dumfriesshire. At a later period the progress of the disease was to a large extent arrested. This no doubt arose from the destruction of so many leaves, which left the rows somewhat bare. Sunlight and air gained free access to the bulbs, and the bacteria were dried up or destroyed. Many investigators in recent years have experimented on the influence of sunlight on bacteria, and have proved that in most cases they develop only in darkness. In 1877 and 1878 Downes and Blunt found that, while their growth was retarded by the influence of diffused white daylight, it was completely stopped by sunshine. Another observer found that the destruction of germs was more rapid and complete when there was also a free admittance of air, though one of the most recent workers in this field. Professor Marshall Ward, has shown that the sun's rays alone are sufficient to kill them. He confirmed this view by exposing to the light plate cultures of the spores of the anthrax bacteria covered with D 2 S6 THK JOURNAL OF BOTANY pieces of cardboard, out of whicli figures and letters had been cut, thus allowing the direct influence of the san to act on the well- defined areas cut out of the card. The spores were inactive on the exposed patches, the gelatine remaining clear, while the darkened parts underneath the cardboard were opaque with the crowded colonies of bacteria that had developed from the spores. The same influence appears to have been equally powerful in the turnip-field, for in many cases the only trace of injury left was a clean walled cavity at the top of the turnip, from which no information could be gathered as to its origin. It is very doubtful whether any true reparation of the injury followed the growth in the lateral buds. These young growths could not arrest the progress of the bacteria in the turnip, much less could they repair the injury that had been done. ■' SHORT notp:s. Aublet's 'Histoire des Plantes.' — Dr. Otto Kuntze, during his recent visit to this country, called my attention to a peculiarity in the Kew copy of Aublet's Histoire des Plantes de la Giiiane franqaise: namely, at p. 440 there is a genus Tatnonea established, completed on the following page with the specific name (/uianensis. This had been duly registered in the Index Kcwensis, but he had not been able to verify the citation in any copy on the continent. On further examination it was seen that the Tamonea on p. 440 was not indexed by Aublet, but Fothergilla adjiiirabilis was given instead. I have since then referred to such copies of the book as I could find in London, with this result, that the Banksian copy at the Natural History Museum is like the Kew copy, while the copy in the Linnean Society's Library, and two copies in the British Museum at Bloomsbury, are like those described by Dr. Kuntze — that is, at the place mentioned the name is changed to Fothergilla ad- mirahilis, and on the plate (t. 175) to mirabilis. I can only suggest that the author found out when indexing that he had printed two genera Tamonea (pp. 440, 659), and consequently cancelled the two leaves, pp. 339-442 ; the issue of the uncorrected copies must have been accidental. It would be interesting to know if any other copies are like those at Kew, and the Botanical Department, British Museum. — B. Daydon Jackson. New British Hepatice. — During a fortnight's visit in June, 1900, to the Ben Lawers district of Perthshire, I added the following hepatics to our flora: — Cephalozia pleniceps (Aust.) c. per., growing * Some days after this paper was in type for the Koyal Agricultural Society's Journal, Prof. Potter read to the Royal Society a paper giving the results of investigations he had been making on this turnip disease. By his kindness we received a proof of his paper the day before it was read. He named the bacterium Facudomonas destructans. SHORT NOTES 87 with C. hicuspidata, Craig- an-Lochan, alt. 1800 ft., on a rocky bank close to the stream which flows into Allt a'Mhoirneas near its exit from Lochan na Larige. Mr. Pearson has confirmed the name. — Jungermania atrovirens (Schleich.) Dum. c. per., Craig-an- Lochan, alt. c. 2100 ft., on wet rocks by the side of the stream which comes out of Lochan Tarbh Uisge, and between the landslip and the rock cleft. This plant certainly comes near small J. ripdria, the only difference which I can see being that the perianth is oblong-ovate instead of pyriform as in the latter. I have expected for some time that this plant occm-red in Britain, and have asked correspondents at various times to send rae specimens of small riparia in the hope of finding it, but the Perthshire plant is the only one which I have seen. I think, however, that it will be found in other places, especially in limestone districts, and not necessarily on hills. Herr Kaalaas has confirmed the name of the Craig-an-Lochan plant. — J. quadriloha Lindb. in Arn.&Lindb.Musc, Asias bor. p. 55 (1888), Craig ChaiUeach, alt. 2800 ft., in some quantity on rock ledges on the east side of the hill going from the end of the fence to the summit. Herr Kaalaas writes of this plant : ** Your specimens of J. quadriloha are rather small, and the leaves sometimes trifid instead of quadrifid ; but in the form of the lobes and the sinus they exactly resemble our Norwegian plant." This is a well-marked species, but might be overlooked for J. Flcerkii or J. lycopodioides. It has hitherto only been found in the North of Europe. — J. polita Nees, on wet ground in two localities in the western ravine of Ben Lawers, on the east side of the main stream, between 2700 ft. and 3300 ft. This is a very interesting addition to our flora, and is a well-marked species. The name has been confirmed by Messrs. Pearson and Slater and Herr Kaalaas. — Nardia suhelliptica Lindb. ex Kaalaas, De Dist. Hep. inNorveg.p. 386(1893), c. per., Craig-an-Lochan, alt. c. 2000 ft., close to the locality for J. atrovirens, and near the stream. Herr Kaalaas writes of my plant: " The specimens of N. suhelliptica are a little larger than the plants I have seen from Norway, but in all essential characters they agree very well with the original specimens of Lindberg, especially in the form and structure of the perianth." Although I was able to identify it from the description alone, I cannot yet see how it differs further from iV. ohovata than the alpine form J. spharocarpa, the J. lurida Dum., differs from that species. I do not, however, understand the difference in the perianth which Herr Kaalaas apparently considers of much consequence ; in his De Dist. Hep. in Norveg., it is given as species distinctissima. I do not think that the colour of its rootlets is a character of much consequence, as I observed that ordinary N. ohovata on Ben Lawers had fre- quently more white rootlets than the low ground plant has, and the rootlets of the Perthshire N. suhelliptica have occasionally a faint reddish tinge. — Symers M. Macvicar. ToRTULA CERNUA (Huob.) Liudb. IN Britain. — Mr. George Webster, of York, is to be congratulated on being the discoverer of this interesting and latest addition to the British Moss Flora. 88 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY It was found in the last week of September of this year, in the magnesian limestone district, near Aberford, in the West Riding of Yorkshire ; and, now that attention is called to it, there is but little doubt that it may be found in other parts of the kingdom where similar strata are to be found, it being chiefly a limestone-loving plant, of moist situations, but of arctic type. It is a very distinct species, and not likely to be confounded with any other species of the genus ; distinguished by its short stumpy capsule with scarcely, if at all, twisted peristome, also its oblong-lanceolate tapering leaf with reddish nerve, and large lax cells. The specimens have been very carefully examined, not only by Mr. Webster and myself, but also by Mr. M. B. Slater, of Malton, and by Dr. Braithwaite, as well as compared with an authentic example gathered by Dr. Schimper in the Salzburg Alps, in the herbarium of the late Dr. Spruce. It is the Besmatodon cernuus of Bruch & Schimper, Bryol. Eur. ii. t. 134, and of Schimper's Synops. ed. ii. p. 186, and Trichostomum indinatum of Mueller's Synopsis, i. p. 593. — C. P. HOBKIRK. Mosses of North-east Yorkshire, " V.-C. 62" (Jouru. Bot. 1900, 484-9).— "V.-C. 62," as defined by Watson, is bounded on the south by the political boundary between the North and East Ridings, and on the west by the Rivers Ouse and Wiskett. In Mr. Ingliam's list several localities are given which are in v.-c. 64 (Mid-west Yorks) — e.g. Askham Bog, Appleton Roebuck, Thorp Arch, Boston Spa, and Bolton Percy ; while Leckby Carr, which is also mentioned, is in v.-c. 65 (North-west Yorks). The district has been closely worked by such excellent bryologists as Spruce, Slater, R. Barnes, and G. Webster, and records of their work are easy of access. Mr. Ingham's list would have been valuable had he made it as far as possible exhaustive by em- bodying in it all these earlier records. As it is, its utility is not very evident ; in fact, it may even be misleading. The second edition of Mr. J. G. Baker's yorth Yorkshire, now in course of publication, will contain a list of the mosses and hepatics of the North Riding, with localities revised and brought up to the present year by Mr. Matthew B. Slater. — Llewellyn J. Cocks. AcoRus IN Cheshire. — A specimen from Richardson (not that mentioned by Mr. Spencer Moore in Journ. Bot. 1899, 76) in Petiver's Hort. Sice. Angl. (Herb. Sloane, 152, fol. 177) gives an earlier date for his finding of Acorns than is given in the Flora of Cheshire. Richardson's MS. note runs: — *' This was gathered in an old moate at Holford, in Cheshire, where it grows in abundance ; and alsoe in some marle-pits called Holford pitts, about six miles from North- wich. I could have gathered 1100 in these places about the beginning of July 1711. R. Richardson." — James Britten. 39 NOTICES OF BOOKS. Catalogue of the African Plants collected by Dr. Friedrich Weltvitsch in 1853-61. Part iii.— Dipsacefe to Scrophulariacere (1899). Part IV. — Lentibulariacese to Ceratopbyllefe (1900). By William Philip Hiern, M.A., F.L.S. British Museum (Natural History) : Dulau & Co. Mr. Hiern is to be congratulated on the completion of bis part —the Dicotyledons— of the Welwitsch Catalogue. The Mono- cotyledons were published by Dr. Rendle in 1899— we regret that Dr. Schinz's other occupations have prevented him from preparing the notice of that part of the work which he had promised to con- tribute to these pages ; and the volume devoted to Cryptogams is passing through the press. In the course of next year, therefore, we may expect the completion of this lasting memorial to one of Africa's most eminent botanical explorers. In our notice of the first part of the Catalogue (Jonrn. Bot. 1897, 23-26) we indicated sufficiently the plan of the work, and paid tribute to the care and labour which Mr. Hiern had bestowed upon it. Although many of Welwitsch's novelties have been described in monographs, floras, and occasional publications, there yet remained a considerable number to reward Mr. Hiern's investigations. Thus in part iii. we have one new genus ( Velvitsia in Scrophulariacea — a very striking plant) and 127 new species, nearly half of them Composit(B; and in part iv. a new genus, Syniplostemon of Wel- witsch's MSS.— a Labiate earlier referred by Mr. C. H. Wright to Plectranthus — and eighty-nine new species. The Composite genus Ade7iogo7ium, published from Welwitsch's MSS. in this Journal for 1898 '(p. 290, t. 389) as new, had been already cited by Oliver (Ic. PI. t. 2205) as a synonym of Eufjleria ; and Mr. Hiern accepts this reduction, although he does not follow Oliver in regarding Welwitsch's plant as a variety of E. qfricana, but describes it as a new species — E. decumhens. We note that M. Hallier is followed in the limitation of the genera of Convolviilacece, and also mainly (perhaps somewhat too absolutely) as to species. Urticacece is divided, in accordance with Engler and Prantl, into three orders — Moracea and Ulmace(B being separated from the aggregate group. There is a good deal of work in Amaranthacea, where we find Adanson's name for Mrva, adopted by Dr. Kuntze in the modified form JJretia, stands in its original ugliness as Ouret, just as his Pupal replaces the more euphonious Pupalia of Jussieu ; Pandiaka Heudelotii, cited by Jackson as of Benth. & Hook, f., is here given more correctly as of " Jacks. Ind. Kew.," where the generic and specific names are first definitely combined. When noticing the last part of the Flora of Tropical Africa (pp. 279-281), we referred to the unfortunate absence of correlation between Mr. Hiern's work and that proceeding at the same time at Kew on the same groups of plants, and the consequent and unnecessary increase of synonymy. We are glad to know that 40 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY those responsible for the neglect have taken steps which will avoid a recurrence of the inconvenience ; and to see that only one of Mr. Hiern's new species has been forestalled — VUc.v Judllensis, which is antedated by V. grisea Baker. We fear, however, that the forth- coming part of the Flora of Tropical Africa will exhibit a more serious conflict, as we understand that some sheets were printed off before the publication of Mr. Hiern's last part, which of course will take priority. In one or two cases we note a difference of opinion as to genera — thus Premna coJorata of Hiern is identical with Vitex mlphurea of Baker: we presume that, should the position assigned to the plant by Mr. Hiern be maintained, those who insist on the retention of the earlicot trivial name will form a third combination. In matter of nomenclature Mr. Hiern continues to follow on the lines laid down by Dr. Kuntze, exercising, however, independent judgment and investigation. We note that he is al)le to rehabilitate the genus Ethulia, which had been set aside in favour of Pirarda, the former genus dating, not from Linn, "gen." [Sp. PL] ii. (July, 1763), as stated by Dr. Kuntze, but from " L. f. Decas i. p. 1, t. i. (1762)." Pattara {Ada^nson, 1763) for Embelia (Burm. f., 1768) and Parasia Rafinesque (1836) for Belmontia (E . Meyer, 1837) are instances in which Mr. Hiern has anticipated Dr. Kuntze in restoration ; and we note that he adopts Siphonanthus in preference to Clerodeiidron, as, although both are in ed. i. of the Species Plantarum, the former appears in the earlier portion, published in May, 1753, and the latter in the second part which appeared in August of the same year. We note that Mr. Hiern retains the name Wedelia for the well-known genus of Compositce ; that name, however, which was first employed by Loefling, must, we think, replace Allionia of Linnaeus, and Niehuhria Necker will supersede the Wedelia of Jacquin and most authors. We are glad to see that Mr. Hiern associates the name of Mr. Carruthers with one of Welwitsch's plants — Urticastriim Carruthersi- anum: "it was through his representations, when Keeper of the National Herbarium, that the Trustees of the British Museum undertook the publication of this Catalogue." Veitch's Manual of the Conifera. A new and greatly enlarged edition, by Adolphus H. Kent. 8vo, pp. 562, with numerous plates, and 141 figs, in the text. James Veitch & Sons : Chelsea. 1900. Veitch's Manual of the ConifercB has long been recognized as a standard work on Conifers; and in bringing out a new and revised edition the publishers have increased the obligation due to them from the botanist, as well as by the student of horticulture and forestry. Mr. Kent has done excellent service in connection with the Manual of Orchidaceous Plants, for the subject-matter of which he was largely responsible ; and we have no hesitation in saying that, except Dr. Masters, there is no one so well fitted to approach the subject of a handbook on Conifers. It is possible to prepare monographs of some families without going beyond the walls of a veitch's manual of the conifer;e 41 herbarium, but sncli a method of procedure in the case of the Conifera; would be disastrous. The family is one which must be studied while living and growing, under various conditions and in different stages of development, Mr. Kent has had exceptional opportunities for such studies, and hence his peculiar fitness for the task he has now undertaken. The plan of the book is as in the former edition. The " General Review" has grown to over a hundred pages, and forms an excellent introduction to the general morphology and distribution of the family, both in space and time. Here, as elsewhere, the author acknowledges his indebtedness to Dr. Masters's recent invaluable contributions to our knowledge of the order, chiefly throagh the medium of the Linnean Society's Journal. This part of the book has also been augmented by the inclusion of the papers on the "Diseases of Conifers," by Prof. Marshall Ward, and "Insects injurious to ConiferiE,'" by Mr. W. F. H. Blandford, which have been reprinted or abridged from the Report of the Conifer Con- ference held at Chiswick in 1891, under the auspices of the Royal Horticultural Society. In the systematic portion of the work Mr. Kent has followed the arrangement adopted by Dr. Masters. The Taxacem are considered to represent a group of ordinal rank as originally proposed by Lindley, a position which accords better with the marked structural peculiarities of the flower and fruit than the tribal rank subse- quently reverted to and maintained, among other botanists, by the authors of our Genera Plantarum, and also by Eichler, whose arrangement appeared in 1887 in the Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien of Engler and Prantl. The genera admitted in the Mamial are those of Dr. Masters's recent revision, with the exception of Endlicher's Ghjptostrohm, which is included in Ta.vocUum, and of Ahietia, a new name coined by Mr. Kent to replace Pseudotsuga of Carriere, with which he also includes Keteleerla of the same author. The name PseiuloUufja is rejected because it is a barbarous combination, and " misleading in such meaning as it has;" but we do not think many botanists will be inclined to follow Mr. Kent. The reformers of nomenclature have sufficient scope already, without extending their licence to barbarous names. Good descriptions are given of all genera, species, and varieties which are likely to be of the slightest value from an economic or horticultural point of view ; wherever it was possible, the descrip- tions have been made from fresh specimens. To extensive notes on geographical distribution, habitat, and economic use, Mr. Kent adds information as to the introduction and growth of the plant in this country. He has also given short biographies of those botanists, collectors, &c., who have been commemorated in specific names. The plates and figures, many of them new, are of a high order, and add much to the attractiveness and usefulness of the work, the whole get-up of which is excellent. The author has not only been eminently successful in his endeavour "to collect from the best available sources every item of information that should prove useful 42 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY and interesting to amateurs of this remarkable family of trees and shrubs, and also to foresters and horticulturists" ; he has also made a valuable addition to the literature of botany. A. B. Kendle. Cyclopedia of American Horticulture. By L. H. Bailey, assisted by WiLHELM Miller and many Expert Cultivators and Botanists. Illustrated with over 2000 original engravings. Vol. i. A-D ; vol. ii. E-M. 4to, pp. xxii, 510, xiv, 511-1054. Price one guinea each. Macmillan & Co. : London and New York. 1900. The '^1900'' Supplement to the Dictionary of Gardening. By George Nicholson, F.L.S., etc. A-F. 4to, pp. vi, 376. Price 10s. 6d. L. Upcott Gill : London. The American analogue of Mr. Nicholson's Dictionary of Gardening is a far more important work, from a botanical point of view, than its prototype. Whether it is as useful to gardeners, we are not in a position to state; it is certainly more comprehensive, for, besides articles dealing with cultivation and revisions of genera, it contains brief biographies of American worthies and descriptions of such things as aquaria, which would hardly seem to come within the scope of a work on horticulture. So far as externals go, its good and bad qualities are about equally balanced. Thus, the cover is artistic, contrasting very favourably with the ugly envelope affected by Mr. Nicholson's publishers ; but the binding up is so badly done, that the volumes come to pieces almost at a glance. It is very well printed, but on such outrageously heavy paper that only a strong man could carry the four volumes any distance. The illustrations are not of the miscellaneous seedsman's-catalogue order employed in the Dictionary of Gardening — those in the Supplement are better; but they are for the most part scratchy and inadequate : the absence of most of those (excluding the por- traits) to which a whole page is devoted would be a positive gain to the book. The contents, however, are less open to criticism, as would be anticipated from the fact that Prof. L. H. Bailey is responsible for them. Breadth and sanity of view, thoroughness of treatment, and a literary style which avoids dryness but never degenerates into gush — these are qualities which we expect to find in his writings, and we are never disappointed. In certain details of arrangement, the American work is in advance of the English ; for example, the species under each genus, which in Mr. Nicholson's book are arranged alphabetically, are here grouped under a more scientific system, according to their affinities, a clavis being sometimes prefixed. The alphabetical plan is of course in some respects more convenient — we have even heard it suggested that herbaria should be arranged throughout by the letters of the alphabet ! — but the scientific arrangement is manifestly far more instructive, and in the long run more useful. In view of the fact that certain of these articles will have to be taken account of from a botanical and nomenclatural standpoint, LA ROTANIQUE EN PROVENCE 48 it is satisfactory to note that each of them is signed. Prof. Bailey has indeed heen fortunate in obtaining so many collaborators ; the list of these in his first volume includes 170 names, and others appear in the second. On turning over the pages, we observe two or three references which show that the biographical notes would be the better for a little revision. It is odd, for instance, to find the date of John Bellenden Ker's death, which took place in 1842, given as 1871 (vol. i. p. xx) ; Banks was something more than a " famous English scientist " (whatever that may mean) ; and Cattley was hardly what we should understand by "an early English natu- ralist." It would also be well if the dates of birth and death were uniformly added, instead of only exceptionally, as at present. There is a certain grim humour in the account of a great American grape-grower: "Ephraim W. Bull was loved of his neighbours and honored by every countryman who grows or eats a grape. He made very little money from his variety, and died in extreme poverty." The Dictioyiary of Gardeninfj has become a standard book of reference ; it has been adapted into French, and a French Horti- cultural Society has awarded the French editor a prize of £100. Mr. Nicholson probably thinks this is one of the things they do better in France. " Nearly twenty years have passed," the publisher tells us, in a curiously- worded preface, since it "first saw the light" ; but by this he means the first number, for the preface to the last volume is dated December, 1888. Anyway it was quite time that a supplement should be issued, and here we have the first volume of it — or rather the first instalment, for there is to be but one " supplemental volume " — which is of course indispensable to possessors of the original. It possesses all the defects as well as the advantages of the earlier volumes— e. r/. the bewildering abbreviations of works cited, and the uniform and useless page- headings. The figures are less miscellaneous and more pleasing : a number of names appear on the ugly title-page as joint authors. The bulk of the book would have been lessened, and its usefulness not diminished, if a large number of the "English names" had been omitted: some of these, such as "Bastard Clover" for I'rifolium hybridum, are mere translations; others, like "Bastard Cress" for Thlaspi, are never used; " Branching Annual Stock," again, is assuredly not " a common name for Malculmia maritima,'* which is always known as Virginia Stock. But, as we have said, the Supplement is indispensable to all possessors of the Dictionary, to which it forms a worthy companion. Legr6 (Ludovic). La Botanique en Provence an XV I^ siecle. Leonard Rauwollf; Jacques Raynaudet. Marseilles : Aubertin et Rolle. 1900. Pp. x, 149. M. Legre continues to increase the indebtedness of the botanic world to him by his rapid issue of researches on the early workers in botany in the south of France. We have already in this Journal (1899, pp. 38-92, 283) referred in terms of high praise to his 44 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY previous performances, and this publication is quite equal to its predecessors. The name of Rauwolff is perhaps best known as the author of some quaintly written travels in the sixteenth century ; but he has a further claim on our interest by the fact of his collection of dried plants being still in existence, and well-preserved, in the University of Leyden. The author had the good fortune to secure the help of the French Government in his researches, and received a letter from the Minister for Foreign Affairs to the French representative at the Hague, and the French consuls throughout the Netherlands. In consequence of this potent aid, M. Legre was enabled to pursue his search to the best advantage, and a subvention to the Academy of Science at Marseilles has permitted of the issue of this work in its present form. Rauwolff was born at Augsburg between 1535 and 1540 : the first certain date being that of his matriculation at Montpellier, 22 November, 1560. He began to study the plants round that city as soon as he settled there, where he remained till 1562 ; the year after that he was in Italy, then, passing by the St. Gothard, he came back to Germany by Switzerland. In the year of his return to his native town he made the acquaintance of Clusius, and in 1565 he married. After five years' absence, he came back to Augsburg as municipal doctor of medicine. His brother-in-law, Melchior Mannlich, was settled at Marseilles as a wholesale dealer in drugs and spices ; he induced Rauwolff to undertake a journey to Syria to discover the source of certain drugs, offering not only to defray the cost of the voyage, but a salary also. Rauwolff consented, and set out first for Marseilles, thence sailing on 2nd September on board the ' Santa Croce.' After nearly three years of absence, he came back in safety to his own city, where he resumed his interrupted duties, becoming the doctor of the hospital for plague patients. In 1588 he was deprived of his place in con- sequence of his adherence to the Protestant faith ; he left Germany for Austria, became surgeon to the army, and died at Hatvan, in Hungary, in 1596. ' Such in brief is the story of his life, of which fuller details may be found in M. Legre's pages. The collection of plants which he formed now consists of four volumes, and these have been carefully gone over by the author, who gives lists of the contents ; the names in some cases have been altered by Clusius, and by an unknown hand. The name of Raynaudet may be found more than once in the Adversaria of Pena and Lobel : he was an apothecary of Marseilles, and the three months which were there spent by Rauwolff, when waiting to sail, were profitably employed in botanizing with Raynaudet in his garden or in the neighbourhood of Marseilles. Dates seem to be wholly wanting as regards this early worker, but what little can be discovered has been laboriously pieced together by the author in less than thirty pages. The only thing which appears certain is, that he must have died at an early age, ARTICLES IN JOURNALS 45 This volume has been drawn up with the accustomed care of the writer, and is therefore a valuable addition to our knowledge of the men of that interesting time, when, in the sixteenth century, botany was developing in the south of France. B. Daydon Jackson. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.* Bot. Centmlhlatt (No. 49). — F. W. Neger, ' Kritische Bemer- kungen zu einigen Pflanzen der chilenischen Flora.' — (Nos. 49-51). L. Cador, ' Anatomische Versuchung der Mateblatter ' (concl.). — (No. 50). H. Lindberg, 'Some species of Polytnchum' (1 pi.). — (No. 52). F. Quelle, ' Zur Kenntniss der Moosflora des Harzes.' Bot, Gazette (15 Nov.).— B. E. Livingston, * Change of form in Green Algae' (2 pi.). — C. MacMillan, ' Observations in Lessonia* (3 pi.). — C. D. Beadle, ' Studies in CratcBqm: — J. F. Corell, 'David Fisher Day' (1829-1900; portr.). — C. E. Preston, ' Root system of Cactacece.' Bot. Notiser (hiift. 6 ; 15 Dec.).— J. I. Lindroth, ' Mykologische Notizeu.' — B. Kaalaas, Tnchostoumm arcticum, sp. n. — K. Johann- son, 'Nagra bidrag till Dalarnes flora.' — B. F. Coster, ' Nagra weddelanden om hybrider af slaktet Epilobiwn.' — 0. Nordstedt, ' Om Sandhems flora ' (concl.). Garde7iers' Chronicle (24 Nov.). — F. Kranzlin, Stanhopea steno- chila Lehm. & Kranzl., sp.n. — J. Hoog, Iris urmiensis (fig. 116). — (1 Dec). H. N. Ridley, Habenaria coliimhiB, sp. n.). — (8 Dec). C. T. Druery, ' Pollen Grains ' (figs. 126-129). Journal cle Botanique (" Juin"; received 14 Dec). — G. Fron, Euphorbia Litisij. — A. De Coincy, Kchium )naritimum. — F. Guegnen, ' Surle tissu collecteur et conducteur des phanerogames ' (cont.). — P. Hariot, Ligmtrum Delavmjanum, sp.n. — E. Bonnet, 'Quel est I'inventeur des exsiccata ? ' — C. Bernard, ' Recherches sur les spheres attractives chez Lilium, candidum, etc' (cont.). Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Dec). — E. Lampa, ' Uber einige Blatt- formen der Liliaceen ' (1 pi.). — J. Freyn, ' Flora von Steiermark ' (concl.). — P. Magnus, Urophlyctis Kriegeriana. * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. 46 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. Messrs. Dent's little volume entitled Plant Life and Structure (price Is. net) is one of the " Temple Cyclopaedic Primers," *' a series of volumes of condensed information introductory to great subjects, written by leading authorities, both in England and abroad, adapted at once to the needs of the general public, and forming intro- ductions to the special studies of scholars and students." The book, which is a translation from the German of Dr. E. Dennert by Clara L. Skeat, is a neat little work in small 8vo, with 116 pages and fifty-six figures. It is fairly accurate, but it is not easy to understand to what class of reader it will prove useful. The in- formation is certainly condensed, far too condensed for the general public ; and, as regards the more serious student, there are several inexpensive books which will give a practical working introduction to the science, such as cannot possibly be acquired from this little primer. At the meeting of the Linnean Society held on Nov. 15th, 1900, Mr. W. B. Hemsley exhibited a number of specimens and drawings of Fitchia, including a new species from the island of Raratonga, in the Cook Archipelago, discovered by Mr. T. F. Cheeseman. The genus was described from specimens thought to have been procured on Elizabeth Island, a remote coral island in the Eastern Pacific ; but Mr. Hemsley gave reasons for believing that the locaUty of the plant described by Sir Joseph Hooker was Tubnai Island, in the same latitude, but 20° further to the west: an island of volcanic origin and mountainous, and theretore more likely than a coral island to be the habitat of such a plant, especially as it was originally discovered by Banks and Solander in Tahiti. Only three or four species are known : they are small resiuiferous shrubs of tree-like habit, with rather thick branches, opposite simple leaves borne on slender stalks, and terminal, usually solitary flower-heads. The systematic position of Fitchia is not very evident ; although usually placed in the Oichoriacece, Mr. Hemsley considered its affinities as a resiniferous plant to be with the Heliantkoidece, and near to Petrobiam. After discussing the views of systematists on this point, he briefly described the new species from Raratonga {Fitchia nutans), remarking that it secreted a resin which is exuded on the young branches and flower-heads, and is used to prepare an agreeably odoriferous oil. At the same meeting Mr. W. C. Worsdell read a paper entitled ♦'Further Observations on the Cycadacece,'' intended to throw additional light on the problem as to the phylogenetic origin and relationships of this group of plants. By some authorities these have been considered as allied to the Conifers, while in appearance they resemble palms and ferns. They are now con- fined to the warmer regions of the globe, though they were formerly widely distributed. The group was at its maximum in Jurassic and Triassic times ; and Cycad remains, especially in the Lias and the Oolite, are familiar to palaeontologists in this country. This paper, BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC, 47 like the rest of the author's work on this group, had two main objects — to contribute to the clear and precise knowledge of the vegetative structure, and to point out, by means of that knowledge the relationship of the Cycads to, and their descent from, fern-like plants. At the meeting of the same Society held on Dec. 6th, Dr. Kendle exhibited specimens of Zostera marina from Tibet and of Halophila stipulacea from Tuticorin, and made observations which we hope to publish later. Mr. H. Groves communicated a paper by Mr. G. C. Druce, entitled "A Revision of the British Thrifts" [Statice and Aiiiieria), in which he attempted a rectification of the synonymy, and discussed the value of the pubescence on the ribs of the calyx as a distinguishing character. The culture of Citrus trees in Australia is increasing year by year, and the Australian Department of Agriculture has published a little volume by Mr. D. McAlpine — Fungus Diseases of Citrus Trees in Australia — in which is given an exhaustive account of all the fungi that have been recorded on Citrus in the colony. He has found twenty-five species of fungi on the Orange, and thirty- one on the Lemon, besides eighteen common to both ; three species on the Citron, two on the Shaddock, and three which are parasitic on the scale-insects that infest Citrus trees. This formidable list might lead one to infer that these trees were peculiarly liable to attack from fungi; but, fortunately, they are not all parasitic. Many of them, such as PeniciUium glaucum, the familiar blue-mould, Clado- sporiiuii herhanim, and others, make their appearance after decay has set in, and grow on dead Citrus as on any other vegetable matter. The first part of the book, the most important section, deals with the fungi that are directly injurious to the growing plant. The second part is occupied by a description of fungi that are less harmful, or less frequent, grouped as they occur on fruit, leaf, stem, or root. Many of them are confined to Australia alone : as the fruit trees were originally imported from Europe, this seems rather remarkable ; but it is to be remembered that the native Citrus is used as stock in the colonies, and thus native diseases have probably persisted on the grafted plants. The harmful para- sites are all minute species, and occur mostly on the leaves and fruit. One species — Flwma omnivora — attacks the roots, causing root-rot. The book is well illustrated by twelve coloured plates of the diseases most frequently met with, and 186 figures of the fungi causing them ; the numerous new species are fully described, and each is furnished with an " English name," of which " Federation Dothiorella," " Scabbing Ramularia," and '' Corrugating Clado- sporium," may be taken as types. *' Citrus Sphaerella " is not, as might be supposed, a new species of Citrus, but the ''English" equivalent of Sphcerella citricola! Full and careful practical in- structions are given as to the treatment that has been found most efficacious in remedying or checking the pest. Just as we go to press, and too late for notice, appears the completion of vol. vii. of the Flora of Tropical Africa, bringing the 48 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY enumeration down to Plantaginea. Sir W. Tbiselton-Dyer con- tributes a brief preface, in the course of which he thus explains the delays which have hindered the progress of the work: — "The present volume was ready for the press at the beginning of 1898. The inconvenience of the delay in publication is obvious. The con- tributors see other writers secure the priority of their work, while the manuscript has continually to be re-written to incorporate what has been published while it is waiting for the printer. For all this I am in no way responsible. I prepare the work ; but over printing and publication I have not the slightest control. And as no less than five government departments have a say in the matter, the task of getting them into line is one of no small difficulty. A fire which took place at the printer's in December of last year was a further impediment. Fortunately, however, most of the manuscript was recovered eventually from the ruins. Three more volumes will complete the work as originally planned. Their preparation presents no inherent difficulty, but their fate lies on the lap of the gods." This explanation of course only refers to the delays in the publication of the present volume. The "inconvenience" men- tioned, however, applies with still greater force to the thirty-one years during which the work remained in abeyance, for the greater part of which — /. e. since 1872 — it was in the hands of the present editor, who issued the first instalment of the contniuation in 1896. As a result of this delay, the work has indeed had to be "re- written" ; but the responsibility for this can hardly be laid at the door of the printer. Mr. Hiern, for example, at the request of Mr. Dyer ''now Sir W. T. Thiselton-Dyer), prepared the ScrophularinecB in 1874-5, and is now, after an interval of twenty-five years, re- writing them. It will of course be noticed that the editor only claims the " preparation " as his share of the work, and in this he acknowledges the help of his staft" ; he has not so far contributed to the scientific contents of the volumes. The appearance of "Appendix I. 1901" of the Kew Bulletin, which, in spite of its thrice-repeated date, was actually issued in November last, suggests wonder whether the printers — in this case H. M. Stationery Office — are in this case responsible for the delay in publication. One would imagine that its "preparation" could " present no inherent difficulty," but no number has appeared since October, 1899, although, as we pointed out last month (p. 501), the volume for 1900 has been cited. The delay is the more inexplicable in that, when the existence of the Bulletin was threatened in 1892, the Times proclaimed that its pubhcation was "one of the most useful functions" discharged by Kew Gardens. It will be remem- bered also that the Bulletin replaced the annual reports of the work of the Gardens which used to be issued, and which contained much matter of botanical interest. The Guide to the Gardens, which was stated in the House of Commons in 1891 to be " almost ready," has never appeared. Is this, as well as the Bulletin and the Cape African Floras, "on the lap of the gods," or are the printers once more responsible ? /m. # L 3. barton del R.Morgan lith West,Newraan imp. A Galls m Furcellana and Chondrus B. Sporangia of Ectoearpus BreviarUculatus 49 ON CERTAIN GALLS in FURCELLARIA amd CHONDRUS. By Ethel S. Barton. (Plate 418, figs. 1-6.) The subject of gall -formation in algse, as the result of attack by animals, has never received much attention, though the interest of such a study should attract both zoologists and botanists. Up to the present the only instances recorded are those on Vaucheria caused by a rotifer'-'; on Rhodymeniapahiiata Grev.t and Desmarestia aculeata Lam.]: by a copepod ; and on AscopJiylluni nodosum Le Jol.| by a nematode worm. It may be remembered that the nematode of Ascophyllum was not only new to science, but was the first and hitherto the only recorded marine species. In this paper two more instances are described in which algae produce galls, as the result of attack by nematodes. In May of this year it was observed that a considerable number of plants of Fiucellarid fastigi/ita, thrown up on the shore at Lyme Regis, showed irregular swellings along the thallus, and on investi- gation these swellings proved to be galls inhabited by nematodes. Somewhat similar outgrowths were also observed on Chundrus crispus, though very sparingly. Specimens of these al^ae have been sent to Dr. de Man for determination of the nematode, and he reports that in neither alga does he find the Tylenchus fucicola which inhabits Ascophyllum. It is difficult to say as yet whether the nematodes found in Fuicellaria and Chondnis are identical species, but in any case they belong to a genus other than Tylenchus. A description of them will be published later by Dr. de Man. The Furcellaria galls were present in so much greater abun- dance than those on Chondrus, that it was possible to work them out more satisfactorily. The general development of the outgrowth in Furcellaria is much the same as that in Ascophyllum. In the youngest stages observed, the peripheral cells and the layer im- mediately below these are disturbed and forced asiuider by the entrance of the nematode, which is found sometimes near the opening, sometimes as deep down as the centre of the thallus. The peripheral cells of the thallus round the point of entrance begin to divide transversely, parallel to the surface, and grow out above the level of the surrounding cells ; thus forming a small excrescence, the first beginning of the gall. At this stage certain of the cells situated below the excrescence are to be found closely packed with rather large granules, to be described later. The gall continues to grow by subdivision of its outermost cells, while the * Vaucher, Conferves d'eau douce, t. iii. fig. 8 (1803). t E. S. Barton, " On the Occurrence of Galls in Rliodymenia palmata Grev.," Journ. Bot. 1891, 65, t. 303. X E.S.Barton, "On Malformations of Ascophyllum and Desmarestia,^^ in Phycological Memoirs, p. 21, t. vii. April, 1892. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 39. [Feb. 1901.] e 50 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY long narrow cells, present in the normal tliallus jnst below the superficial layer, become considerably elongated. The superticial position of the gall, together with the long narrow form of these ceils, suggests at first sight a parasitic alga with penetrating fila- ments. The cells of the gall exhibit walls of C(»n.>iderable tnickness, together with dense granular cont^nis. In the largest galls the tissue is to a certain extent destroyed by the nematodes which are present among the cells. The fact that the young gall remains intact may be explained by a rapid growth taking place while the animal is still buried m the main thallus. In order to escape, the nematode would afterwards have to force its way through the close structure of the mature gall, thereby tearing it apart. The galls sometimes arise close together, and as each one equals or exceeds in size the diameter of the main thallus, a group of them forms a conspicuous, irregular knob. The granules referred to above as occurring in the cells below and around the growing gall differ very much both in size and form from those of the ordinary thallus-cells. Their form is oval or round, and their diameter from 4 /x to 7 /x. They are of a clear and slightly retractive nature, having the appearance of small starch-grains, but showing no concentric structure. In polarized light they show the well-known black cross characteristic of starch- grains. Under the action of acids and alkalies they swell up, and soon dissolve completely ; with iodine they take on a brown tint slightly deeper than that of the surrounding cell-contents, but after heating in water to 100° 0. for a short time (presumably after hydrolysis of the substance of the granule) application of iodine produces a bluish-purple tint. Since these structures agree in all respects, except for the prersence of concentric layers, there can be little doubt that they are identical with the granules described by Prof. Van Tieghem as Floridean starch." They probably consist chiefly of amylodextrin.f It is interesting that structures which occur in the normal cells of FloridecB should be found in Furcellaria only in those cells which have been stimulated by the action of the nematodes. Among the slides in the ISchmitz collection at the British Museum are three of Furcellaria fastigiata, labelled " Knollchen- Johnson." The sections are very deeply stained and rather imperfect, but, so far as can be seen, the galls appear to be the same as those I have described, though I can detect no actual nematode. The material of Chondrus crispiis, which showed galls as the result of attack by nematodes, was so scarce that it has not been possible to make a full examination of them. So far as can be seen, a similar process takes place, but whether the same peculiar cell-contents are found in the young stages I do not know, as none * Van Tieghem, •' Sur les globules amylaces des Floridees et des Coral- linees," Comptes Rendus^ xi. 804 (1865). t Arthur Meyer in Botanische Zeitimg, 1886, pp. 697, 713. SPORANGIA OF ECTOCARPUS BREVIARTICULATUS 51 but mature galls were at my disposal. In one case the cystocarp had been attacked, but in another specimen the galls arose from the vegetative part of the thallus, as in Furcellaria. If sections across thallus and gall are stained with anilme blue, the colour is only taken up deeply by the uninjured parts of the thallus, and the diseased portions containing the colonies of nematodes remain much lighter in colour. Finally, I offer my best thanks to Mr. V. H. Blackman, to whom I owe the observations on the starch-like granules. SPORANGIA OF ECTOCARPUS BREVIARTICULATUS. By Ethel S. Barton. (Plate 418, figs. 7, 8.) During an investigation of some material of Chnoospora atlantica J. Ag., collected at St. Vnicent, West Indies, by Mr. W. R. Elliott, I was led to examine the tufts of Ectocarpus breviarticulatiis growing on it. This proved to be in fruit, and, as the sporangia have never been described for this species, it may be of interest to do so now. The sporangia in question are plurilocular, and occur sparingly; they are of an ovate form, with the upper end more or less pointed, and vary from 20-35 /x in breadth and 60-90 /a in length. They arise generally from a short pedicel cell, but occur also sessile, and even sometimes as the termination of a short two-celled branch. In Prof. Agardh's original description of E. breciarticalatm (Nya alger fian Mexico, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. 1847, p. 7), the cells of the primary creeping filaments are said to be shorter than their diameter, while the cells of the secondary filaments are 1^ times as long as their breadth. Tliis, however, is not a constant charac- teristic in the St. Vincent material : in some cases longer cells appear in the primary filament, and very often short cells are found in the superior filaments. Some of the latter are figured here. Explanation of Plate 418. — Fig. 1. Furcellaria fastujiata Lam. with galls, nat. size. 2. Ditto, thallus, showing early stage of gall, x 260. 3. Ditto, later stage of gall, x 130. 4. Ditto, mature galls, x 25. 5. Chondrus ciisiJus Stackh. with galls, nat. size. 6. Ditto, transverse section of mature galls and thallus, x 6. 7. Ectocarims hreviartkulatm J. Ag., plurilocular sporangium, X 375. 8. Ditto, some cells in an upper filament. E 2 52 PEMBKOKESHIRE PLANTS. By W. R. Linton, M.A. The following plants were noticed during a fortnight in Sep- tember, spent principally at St. David's, but including a few hours at Haverfordwest and a day at Tenby. Tiiose new for the county have an asterisk prefixed. I am indebted to Mr. A. Bennett for kindly corroborating the new records; to the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers for correcting or corroborating the PaiU ; to Mr. F. Townsend for the same with the Euphrasia ; and to Mr. J. Groves for help with the Char a. Ranuncaliis trichophyllus Chaix. Treleddyd Fawr Common. — a. hederaceus L. St. David's. — R. Flammula var. radicans Nolte. Frequent on wet commons, as Waun Fawr, Pwll Trefeithan, &c. — Aqudeijia vulgaris L. Haverfordwest. Fumaria covfusa Jord. On earthy wall-tops near Dowrog Com- mon, and in a field by Pen Berry. Cochlearia da7uca L. Porth Clais ; Tenby. — Brassica oleracea L. Tenby. — B. Sinajnoides 'Roth. Solva ; Haverfordwest. — Diplotaxis tenuifolia DC. Haverfordwest. — Lepidkim hirtum Sm. Frequent about St. David's. — Eaphanus maritimus Sm. Tenby. '^''Reseda lutea L. Dowrog ; fields by Pen Berry. — R. Luteola L. Solva. Viola Riviniana var. nemorosa Neum., W. & M. Pwll Trefeithan ; Treleddyd Fawr Moor. — V. ericetorum Schrader. Pwll Trefeithan ; Tenby. — ''T. lactea Sm. Waun Fawr; Pwll Trefeithan. — '''V. Cu'tisii Forst. Traeth Mawr. '''PolygaUi serpi/llacea Weihe. The Burrows; Treleddyd Fawr Moor. — P. vulgaris L. Tenby. Saponaria officinalis L. In several places. Wall-tops near Dowrog ; on the cliffs near the lifeboat station. — Sagina vmritima Don. Solva. — S. apetala L. Frequent on walls about St. David's. *5. ciliata Fr. St. David's, on walls. — S. nodosa Fenzl. Frequent on commons. — Buda rupestris Dam. Coast rocks, Caer Bwdy, &c. Hypericum perforatum Ij. \ H. quadratum. Stokes. Frequent. — '^H. undulatuni Suhousb. Caer Bwdy, and other places on banks by the sea ; probably also on boggy commons about St. David's, but I at first passed it over, until the red look of the petals attracted my attention. — H. puJchrum L. Frequent. — H. elodes L. Wet places on cliffs, St. David's. Malva sylvestris L. St. David's. Radiola lijioides Roth. Frequent on commons. — Linum angusti- folium Huds. In several places. Roadside, Dowrog ; Treleddyd Fawr Moor ; Porth Clais. Geranium columbinum L. Solva. — Erodimn cicutariiwi L. White-flowered, on walls, St. David's. — E. moschatum L'Herit. Solva. — E. maritimum L'Herit. Solva ; Porth Sele. Uiex Gal Hi Planch. Frequent. — Ononis repens L. Walls and fields. — Trifolium scabrum L. Traeth Mawr. — T. fragiferum L. Pont Pen Arthur, and other places. — 2\ procumbens L. Frequent, PEMBROKESHIRE PLANTS 53 rather taking the place of T. minus. — • AnthyUis Vulneraria L. Frequent. — ^'Vicia angusti folia Roth. Roadside between St. David's and Whitchurch. -''Prunus insititia Huds. Here and there in hedges, St. David's. — P. CerafiUH L. Between St. David's and Whitchurch. — Rubus a/finis W. & N. Treleddyd Fawr Common. — ''R. alfmisvdiX. Bngasi- anus Rogers. Waun Fawr ; Dowrog Common ; Treleddyd Fawr Common; Clegvr Foia. "I have seen a specimen oi Bnggsumns from Fishgiifird, Pembroke, in C. C. Babington's /entlgmosKs packet in the Cambridge hb.," W. M. R. inliit. — "/^. carimsis Rip. & Genev. Forth Clais. — *i?. pulcherrunus Neum. Frequent. — R. rusticaniis Merc. Frequent. — /?. Schlechtendald. Forth Clais. — R. leuco- sthacUr have a thick-walled gelatinous envelope, in wliich are included one or more cysts. The first member of the family tliat was recorded was Chontlromyccs crocatus Berk. & Curt., from South Carolina. It has an upright, somewhat branched irreguhir stalk, and several heads. The authors placed it among the Hyphoniycetes, where it remained until rescued by Prof. Thaxter, who has had it under observation, and who has described its true nature and affinities. Zukal, in a paper published in the Berich. Deut. Bot. Gesel. vol. XV. p. 542 (1897), states that the old monotypic genus Pdly- angium of Link is the same as Thaxter's genus Myxohacter, and claims for it priority of nomenclature. He had had PuJyangium vitellinum under observation some years ago, and considered it then to be a species of Mycetozoon ; it is to be regretted that Zukal does not give a more detailed account of his observations of Polyanyium. In 1886, Schroter, in Pilze Schl. p. 170, founded the genus Cysto- hacter, with two species. Both of these are typical Myxohacteria, and, in a paper published in the Bot. Gazette, vol. xxiii. p. 395 (1897), Prof. Thaxter accepts Cystobacterfidvus Schrot. as a member of his Myxohdcter group, and sinks the name in favour of Schroter's. The other species described by Schroter belongs to the older genus • Cliondromyces. In the same paper Prof. Thaxter follows up his previous observations by a further description of spore-formation in Myxo- coccus. The rods in this genus do not divide for sporulation, as he at first thought they did ; they gradually enlarge at one end, and become shorter, each rod forming an almost round spore. The subsequent germination of these spores or cocci was also followed most satisfactorily; their contents formed into a rod which emerged from the spore, the empty case being left behind, or in some cases it remained for a time attached to the end of the full-grown rod. MYXOBACTERIA 71 Most of the specimens described are from America ; one species is recorded from Liberia, in Africa ; and Zukal has recently found in Vienna four species of Clionihuiniicea identical with tliose dis- covered by Tliaxter; he has also described one new species — MyxococcKs mucrosporun. The specimen I have had under observation ^^rew on some pellets of rabbit-dung on which I was watching froui day to day the development of Dicti/osUdiuin, one of the near allies of the Mt/j:ohacteria. The pellets were gathered, on account of their very mouldy appearance, at Llanwymawddwy, in Merioneth.shire, towards the end of the long dry season of 1899. They were put away in a dry place for several weeks, then moistened and kept in a damp atmosphere. Numerous fnngi soon made their appearance, and in due course the cysts of what I now know were Myxobacteria. They looked exactly like the minute perithecia of some species of Nectria ; they were of a bright pinkish-orange colour, and grew in large numbers over the pellets. They were easily distinguishable with a small-power field-glass. A closer microscopic examination showed that the perithecia-like bodies were formed entirely of micrococci that were colourless when dispersed; there was no trace of fungal hyphse, and they could only be bacteria. I tried to cultivate the cocci in a hanging drop of sterilized decoction of the pellets, without success. Tube-cultures were also tried with a mixture of the decoction and gelatine, and these resulted in small spherical colourless colonies distributed in the gelatine after a few days, On examination these were seen to be formed of actively motile rods. An attempt was made to cultivate some of the bacteria from the colonies on carefully sterilized pellets, and so establish a relation between the different forms ; but this was, for unknown reasons, also unsuccessful. The coloured cysts first observed had disappeared meanwhile, and the whole matter was laid aside. In the Xatura/ist for November, 1900, I observed a reference by Mr. Massee to Prof. Thaxter's work on Mi/xohacteria, and recognized the nature of the cocci. I have no longer any doubt that the motile rods in the culture-tubes were a stage of the encysted cocci. Tne species differs in form and colour from the members of the genus already described, and is therefore an addition to the growing numbers of Myxohacteria, L ^ oooo n^ 0 o ^ u^ B Myxococcus pyriformis. — A. Cysts magnified about 50 diameters. B. Cocci from the cysts. C. Rods from tlie colonies in the culture-tubes, both magnified 2400 diameters. Myxococcus pyriformis, sp. n. Cysts scattered, pear-shaped, minute, varying in size, about ^ mm. in height, bright pinkish- orange-coloured, on a short transparent gelatinous stalk composed 7'2 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY of cocci wliich are irregularly round or somewhat oval, 1-1'5 fi in diameter, or 2 x 1*5 /x ; colonies in the culture-tubes colourless or dirty white, formed of motile rods varying in length up to about 3 X -8 /x. I have to thank Mr, Blackman for his valued advice and assist- ance during the progress of my investigation. The work was carried out in the Botanical Laboratory of the British Museum, and stained slides of the cocci and rods are placed in the Herbarium. SHORT NOTES. Viola tricolor L. var. nana DC. — The specimens mentioned by Mr. E. G. Baker as from Scilly are doubtless identical with the Channel Isle specimens. They are from Tresco, May, 1886 (IF. Curnoiv) ; St. Martin's, June, 1877 {J. Bdlj's). Mr. Curnow labelled the specimens " V. Curtisii.'' It was also distributed from St. Brelade's Bay, Jersey (Eer. A. Ley), named by Mr. Lloyd (Exchange Club Report for 1885, p. 124 (1886) ). I have it also from Mr. Andrews's station, gathered by Miss Dawber in 1894 ; also from Grand Havre, Guernsey, 1890, by the same lady. The plant is fully described by Mr. N. E. Brown in Eng. Bot. Supp. ed. 3, p. 32. Another interesting form of tricolor is that named by Mr. Lloyd " V. con finis Jordan, I". Provostii Bor." (Ex. Club Report, I.e.). It was gathered at Ecton, in North Staffordshire, by the Rev. W. H. Purchas. This has much the facies of (utea, but the colour is paler, and the growth that of tricolor. It is greatly to be desired that Mr. Baker will follow up the study of these plants, as there are several wanting names, and I trust that all who can will send him material. An interesting form occurs at Sheringham, Norfolk, wliich I have been unable to identify ; I hope Mr. Baker will do so. — Arthur Bennett. A Suffolk Note. — Accompanying specimens of Lycopodium in Petiver's Hort. Sice. Angl. (Herb. Sloane, 150, fol. 46) is a note by Adam Buddie which may be worth transcribing, as it mentions a local botanist unknown, so far as I am aware, to fame. Buddie's visit to Lothingland is referred to iu this Journal for 1881 (p. 55) by R. A. Pryor, who thought that it probably took place during Buddie's residence at Heuley, Suffolk, about 1697. This sef'ms to be confirmed by his note as to Lycopodium chivaUnn, which is interestmg, as the only locality recorded for the plant in the Flora of Snfnik is Tuddenham Heath, which is not very distant from Henley, and v\h cli is also a locality for L. inundatnni, the "crt epiiig Clubmoss " meniiontd by Buddie. The note (which is not dated) ji^us : — " I found y® Museus clavatus on a heath near me but very sjiaiingly y* being y^ onely head I found. The other creeping club moss I found abundantly on a boggy place on a heath in y^ Isle of Lovingland [Lothingland] y^ best place for simpling in Suffolk. I there found Sium alterum Olusatri facie [Cicnta virosa] , SHORT NOTES 78 Aspleninm siveCeterach, Equisetiim nudum G. asperum [E. hyemaJe] , Lathyrus vicineformis &c [/.. pahistris] , Eryiigium vulgaie seu medi- terraiiiii [E. oimpcstir] , with other rare phmts tho no strangers to you, in y" company of one Mr. Barker of Beccles an industrious botanist who without banter knows to a yard square of ground where every rare phint of y*" Island grows, having search'd it for these severall years past." — James Britten. The Box in Britain. — Dunstable is mentioned as a locality for Box on p. 29. The Box grows apparently wild on the chalk downs near Ashridge and Berkhampstead, some six or seven miles from here. I believe there are some old trees, but I have not been for some years. Near by, at the foot of the chalk hills, is Boxmoor. The Ashridge Hills are geologically similar with the Box Hill of the South Downs. The local name near Ashridge and Ivanhoe is *'Box Hill." The Box district here is chiefly in Hertfordshire, although the Box is not included in Mr. R. A. Pryor's flora of the county. There is a place in Beds on the top of Dunstable Downs (chalk), about four miles from here, near Whipsuade, named Box- stead, the local pronunciation of which is Buck-stead. There is a place named *'Boxe" in Domesday Book for Herts, sect, xxviii. ; I see by maps that this was in S. Beds or N. Herts, as Boxe is associated with Craulai and Westone (Crawley and Westoning) in S. Beds, and Oflelei (Offley), close by, in N. Herts. At the latter place there are chalk hills with woods, identical with the hills and woods where the Box now grows near Ashridge and Berkhampstead, but whether Box occurs on these hills now I do not know. Chauncy, Historical Antiquities of Hertfordshire, vol. ii. p. 126, 1826, identifies the Boxe of Domesday with Box and Boxbury, and says: — " Tiiis was a Vill or Parish, which was scituated between the Parishes of Stevenage, Chivesfield, and Walkerne ; there was anciently a Church to the same, which was erected in a Field on the Hill near the Woods, now called the Church-yard, where the Foundations may be seen ; and this Parish was called Box from a great wood, which retains this name to this day." On p. 128 he refers to Box- bury : — "As to the other Moyety of this Mannor, and Tythes of Boxbury King H. VIII granted them," &c. Two miles S.E. of Boxwood is Box Hall. In vol. i. p. 43, under Pipe Rolls of Edw. L, the personal names of Ralph Boxted and Ralph de Boxted, 1288, occur. The place-name Boxstead occurs on Dunstable Downs. In Chauncy's Map of Herts, 1700, he gives the place-name Box, not Box-wood, two miles E. of Stevenage. A farmer here, from Pirton, N.W. border of Herts, says there is a Box-orchard there with large box-trees. I have noticed that Box is pronounced bux by the ru^tics. Other Latni forms occur in this district, as the comp (tiie plain) — a field called Caiiipum downum or dinium (= field at base of down), itc. Tiie six incii Ordnance mnp is very inferior to the old one-inch, for place-names. — W. G. Smith. Mosses of North-east Yorkshire, " V.-C. 62" (Journ. Bot. 1900, 484-9). — I am much obliged to Mr. Cocks for pointing out a mistake in this paper. It arose from a persistent idea I have had 74 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY for some time that the "Ainsty" was in N.E. Yorkshire. Having had only a short time in which to prepare tlie paper, I inifortunately omitted looking at my vice-comity boundaries, or the mistake might have been avoided. Mosses from the following places mentioned in the paper should be transferred to v.-c. 6i : — Askham Bog, Moor- monkton, Hammerton, Healaugh. Appleton Roelmck, Thorparch, Boston Spa, Colton, Bolton Percy, Tockwith, Hen ; Jacob Rayer, Kentish plants; Rev. R. Relhan. of Cambs. ; Edward Robson, of Darlington, many plants ; Jonathan Salt, of Sheffield ; Rev. Charles Sutton, Norwich ; John Templeton, of Belfast, discoverer of Rosa hibeinica; and Lilly Wig^;:, of Yarmouth. During the progress of Emilish Bctani/ several works appeared, which may here be briefly noticed. In 1804, Walter Wade, of Dublin, published his Plantw rariores in Hibtrnia iiireiitce, which must have been very welcome, as very little had hitherto been done for Ireland ; and the next year (1805) Turner and Dillwyn's Botanisfs Guide thronqh Eiuiiaiul and Walex appeared, consisting simply of county lists of localities for our rarer plants. In 1807 a great work was completed by Prof. Thomas Martyn, of Cambridge — namely, a new edition of Miller's Gardener s Dictionanj. About the same time the British '"Fuci" were dealt with by Dawson Turner — first in a Synopsis (1802), and afterwards in a more complete work of four volumes (1808-1819). In 1802 Dillwyn commenced his valuable monograph on the British '• Conferva," illustrated by 116 coloured plates; and in 1816 a monograph on British Jimr/ermannicP was published by William Jackson Hooker. He also about the same time reissued Curtis's Flora Londinensis, with large additions ; and in 1818, with Thomas Taylor, produced an excellent work on British Mosses. The above-named are the chief works on British botany which appeared during the first twenty years of the century. The Lmnean system under the auspices of Sir James Smith held undisputed sway in England ; but the elder Hooker, above mentioned, who was then the ri>ing botanist, in the early part of 1821 published his Flora Scotira, '' arranged both according to the artificial and natural methods." In the preface, dated 10 April, 1821, the author claims the merit of being the first to arrange indigenous plants according to the natural system. This work being in the main a compilation from Lightfoot's Flora Scotica and Englinh Botany, need not BRITISH BOTANY IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 181 detain ns long. The additional localities were mostly derived from Hopkirk's Flora Glottiftna {\8lH), and notes supplied by Robert M;iughan, II. K. Greville. and others. In the Fangi, Persoon's Si/nopsis is followed, and Sowerby's figures are quoted. Mi/osutis repens and Hierochloe horealis are here first recorded as natives. Later in the same year (1821) a very interesting work appeared — namely, Gray's Natural Arraiujemeut of British Plants, "according to their relations to each other as pointed out by Jussieu, De Can- dolle, Brown, &c., including those cultivated for use, with an Introduction to Botany, in which the terms newly introduced are explained ; illustrated by figures." This work, though nominally by Samuel Frederick Gray, was mainly written by his son, John Edward Gray. It contains twenty-one good plates, dated "Nov. 1st, 1821." In the preface, Gray gives as a reason for not quotin<^ the plates of English Botany the very high price of the work — generally not less than fifty guineas ; he therefore quotes Gerard and Parkin- son. The introduction contains a short history of the progress of botany, and a list of works from 14G8 to 1821. One remarkable feature in this work is the nomenclature, for the author has, in a large number of instances, rejected the names of Linnaeus, especially his specific names, and given new ones of liis own invention. He always does this where the Linnean specific name is a substantive — thus, Achiilm Ptanrdca becomes A. nylrt^stris; Aoras Calamus, A. undnlatm; Aisma Plantago, A. ynajnr ; and so on. As a '* Flora" of the country in the modern sense, this work could be of very little use, as Gray gives hardly any localities, even for the rarer species. Tlie year 1823 saw the commencement of R. K. Greville's Scottish Cryptogainic Flora, followed next year by his Flora Fdinensis. And now we have a very important work to review. Sir J. E. Smith, who had done so much for British Botany, crowned his efforts by his excellent English Flora, the first two volumes of which appeared in 1821. The first volume is dedicated to Sir Thomas Gery Cullum, and in a long and interesting preface Smith reviews the cliief works on British Botany, commencing with How's Phytoloyia Britannica (1650). Adverting to his share in the production oi English Botany, he says : " My name at first did not appear ; but, finding the book a fit vehicle for original information and criticism, I publicly acknowledged it by a preface to the fourth volume in 1795, and the title-page of every succeeding volume declares its real author" ; but, notwithstanding this, he complains of *' the flippancy with which everybody quotes ' Sowerby,' whom they know merely as the delineator of the plates, without adverting to the information of the work or the name of its author." As to his Flora Bntannira, he says: "The chief merit to which this work aspires is originality. The author has examined everything for himself, copying nothing without investigation." In this preface and in the entire work Smith most improperly ignores Gray's Xatmal Arrangement, even having the hardihood to say, " I have for the first time in a general British Flora introduced the Natural Orders of our plants " ! Smith's 132 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY work, however, was arranged by the Linnean system, and merely contains the briefest references to the natural orders of Jussieu. Nevertheless the work was an excellent Flora of the country ; the third volume was published in 1825, and a fourth in 1828. The Cryptogams, except Ferns, are not included. It was the last work of the author, who died 17th March, 1828. In 1829 the Eev. J. S. Henslow, Professor of Botany at Cam- bridge, published a Cataloc/ue of British Plants ''arranged according to the Natural System, with the synonyms of De CandoUe, Smith, and Lindley." It comprises fourteen hundred and fifty indigenous and fifty-oue naturalized plants. This Catalogue is very interesting, being, as far as I know, the earliest of its kind, and a sort of precursor of the well-known London Cataloijiie. In the same year John Lindley, Professor of Botany in University College, London, published A Sijn- apsis of the British Flora "arranged according to the natural orders." This was a small book, the descriptions of the orders, genera, and species being concise, and localities mentioned few. In his preface, alluding to the long reign of the Linnean system under Smith and his followers, he says : " That the system of classification invented by Linnaeus was altogether worthy of the reputation of that great man, considering the state of science at the time when he lived, and that it effected much temporary good, may perhaps be conceded; but that any botanist should attempt to deny that when it fell into the hands of such men as were esteemed the heads of the Linnaean system during the last quarter of a century it became a positive incubus upon science, is to me, I must confess, a subject of un- feigned astonishment. Surely it cannot be denied that this school has acted as if the whole object of Botany were naming and de- scribing species, evidently mistaking the means for the end, and converting the study of the vegetable kingdom into a system of verbal trifling." This little book contained the first notice of Erica ciliaris, which had been lately found by Rev. J. S. Tozer near Truro ; also several new species of Buhiis. A second edition appeared in 1835. In 1830 Lindley published his Introduction to the Natural System, and in the same year Sir W. J. Hooker catered for the British botanist with his British Flora, which subsequently went through many editions. Hooker returned to the Linnean system in this hand- book, which, steering a middle course between the voluminous English Flora of Smith and the too concise one of Lindley, was a very meritorious work. A second edition appeared in 1831, a third in 1835, a fourth in 1838, and others later. The account of the Roses is very full and complete, embodying Joseph Woods's valuable paper in vol. xii. of the Linnean Transactions. In 1831 the first volume of a Supplement to English Botany appeared, the descriptive part being chiefly by Hooker & W. Borrer. The first part was issued in August, 1829. Three more volumes appeared in 1834, 1843, and 1849, and part of a fifth volume in 1865 ; these together form a very valuable addition to the original work, containing as they do a large number of excellent figures and descriptions of British plants, mostly discovered since 1814, with a BRITISH BOTANY IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 138 few others not figured in English Botany. It includes Cryptogams. In 1830 R. K. Greville published his Ahjce Britamdcce, with nineteen coloured plates ; and in 1831 Lindley & Hutton's Fossil Flora of Great Biitpf ndix to Salt's Abyssinia have of course no claim to recognition; but, as Moliicrel'a iiitetjrifolia is quoted, it is not easy to see why j\[. scariosa and M. repanda, which stand upon precisely the same footing, are omitted. Acrocephalus villosus Thoms. (non Benth.) in Appendix to Speke's Journal, 644, might have been quoted under A. cijUndraceus. In the genus Ociminu, the correlation (in the appendix) of the Welwitsch plants taken up in the Flora with those of Mr. Hiern's Catalogue is imperfect. For example, Welwitsch 5571, which Mr. Baker makes the type of a new species, is placed by Mr. Hiern without doubt under O. americanum Mill. (0. caniim Sims) ; No. 5583, which according to Mr. Hiern is partly 0. americanum and partly 0. kmjanum, is placed by Mr. Baker under the former ; No. 5568, similarly divided by Mr. Hiern, is not cited in the Flora ; No. 5572, according to Mr. Hiern is 0. suave, according to Mr. Baker, O. viride. Under 0. Johnstonii, 0. graveohns Oliv. in Trans. Linn. Soc. series 2, ii. 347 (not of A. Br.) should have been cited. In the genus MoJanthns, the Welwitsch correlation is again imperfectly done. For example, Mr. Hiern refers three Welwitsch numbers to M. Welwitschii Briq., and the plants they represent are manifestly identical. In the Flora, however, one of the tliree is taken as the type of a new species, .^. cnueifoliits Baker (which is placed in a section to wiiich it cannot possibly belong), and no reference is made to Mr. Hiern's determination. In the same way, the two numbers identified by Mr. Hiern as j^. Engleri Briq. are considered in the Flora as two species, one of tbem new ; and no allusion is made to the identification in the Welwitsch Catalogue. There are indeed many evidences that the comparison of the two books has been done in a perfunctory manner : e. g. on p. 459 it is stated that Salvia pseadococcinea "was found by Welwitsch in Angola," whereas Mr. Hiern rightly records it for the island of Madeira. Plectranthus cylindracem Hochst. In the Welwitsch Catalogue (i. 861) Mr. Hiern unites with this species, which he places under Germanea (an earlier name for the genus), Geniosporum lasiostachymn of Briquet (in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 164) — a species estabUshed on the Welwitsch number (5489) which Mr. Hiern places under P. cyJindraceus. In the Flora of Tropical Africa (v. 351) Mr. Baker retains Geniosporum, lasiostachyum, citing Welwitsch 5489, but adds a note that " Welwitsch's 5489 is represented at Kew by a Plfctranthus,'' Later on in the same monograph (p. 414) Mr. Baker establishes a new species, P. moschosmoides, upon Welwitsch 5489. In the National Herbarium we have besides Welwitsch's specimens the type of Hochstetter's cylindrareus ; and there can be no doubt as to these being identical. Mr. Baker, in his key to the species, characterizes P. moschosmoides as having entire leaves, those of P. cylindraceus being crenate ; but the leaves in Welwitsch's plant 142 THK JOTTRNAL OF BOTANY correspond exactly in their margins with those of P. cylindraceus. In the copious "addenda " to the Flora no reference is made to the identity of G. lusiostachyiun with P. cylindraceus, although this is clearly indicated by Mr. Hiern. The synonymy of the plant under Plectranthus is : Plectranthus cylindraceus Hochst. in Schimp. iter Abvss. Sect. 2, 1113 ! Benth. in DC. Prodr. xii. 60 (1848) ; Baker in Fl. Trop. Afr. V. 414 (Dec. 1900). Germanea cijlindracea Hiern, Welw. Cat. i. 861 (Aug. 1900). Geniosporum lasiostachyum Briquet in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 164 (1894) ; Baker in Fl. Trop. Afr. v. 351 (June, 1900). Plectranthus moschosmuides Baker in Fl. Trop. Afr. v. 414 (Dec. 1900). The omission under Solenostemon ccymoides of the synonym Coleus ? africanm (Benth. herb. 54) is not of much importance, but it might have been cited, especially as Don's specimens, on which Bentham's plant was estabUshed, are in the National Herbarium. Coleus orbicularis Baker (/. c. p. 437) is, as noted by Mr. Hiern (Journ. Bot. 1901, 108) the same as Solenostemon niveus Hiern, Welw. Cat. i. 864, the full description of which is transcribed on p. 526 of the Flora, without any indication that the plant had already been described from the same Welwitsch number earlier in in the book. " Coleus rupestris Hochst. in Schimp. PI. Abyss. No. 2172" is cited (p. 409) as the type of Plectranthus rupestris Baker, and later (p. 430) as a synonym of C. barbatus Benth. var. Schimperi Baker {C. Schimperi Vatke). According to Briquet (Bull. Herb. Boiss. ii. 131) the two plants are identical. This author retams the name C. rupestris Hochst., and says: " Le nom donn6 par Hochstetter ayant ete publie dans un exsiccata regulierement numerote, a etiquettes autographiees, a une priorite incontestable sur celui de Vatke, au terme des Lois de la Nomenclature, art. 42." This position seems, as M. Briquet says, *' incontestable," but it is not accepted by Mr. Jackson, in whose Index Hochstetter's names are ignored. Nor does Mr. Baker always cite them : e. g. I cannot find in the African Flora Acrocephnlus abyssiiiicus Hochst. in Schimp. PI. Abyss, ed. ii. no. 2046. There is also an unnecessary variety in the citation of the plants ; in many cases the names are quoted thus : " Thymus serrulatus Hochst. ; Benth. in DC. Prod. xii. 203 " ; in others thus : Micromeria longijiora Hochst. in Schimp. PL Abyss. Exsicc. no. 2192 " : the latter is manifestly the correct method. If, however, the principle be acted upon, it will result in changes of accepted names : Mr. Baker, for example, retains Salvia Schimperi Benth. in DC. Prod. xii. 282 [1848] , and cites (as does Bentham) S. hypoleuca Hochst. in Schimp. PI Abyss, exsicc. [sect. 3] no. 1916 [1844] . Bentham seems to have set this aside in favour of his own S. hypoleuca (Prodr. xii. 279), but if the Schimper label constitutes publication Hochstetter's name must be restored, and S. hypoleuca Benth. will require another trivial designation. 148 J. G. AGARDH (1813-1901). Jacob Georg Agardh, who died on January 17th last, was born at Lund on December 8, 1813. He was the son of Dr. Carl Adolf Agardh, who was at one tune a professor at Lund University, and afterwards became bishop in the diocese of Karlstad. Both father and son devoted their botanical energy to the study of marine algae, the elder Agardh laying the foundation and the son continuing the work till within a few months of his death. Jacob Agardh studied at the University of Lund, which he entered as a student in 1826 : in 1832 he became doctor of philosophy, docent in 1834, and demonstrator of botany in 1836. In 1847 he became extraordinary professor, and in 1854 he was made ordinary professor, which post he held till 1879, when he retired. The first few papers he published were on botanical subjects other than marine algae ; but in 1836 appeared his first paper in the branch of botany of which he was to become so great a master. From that year till shortly before his death he continued to write on marine algae, and leaves behind him a monument of labour and learning. His greatest work is the Species Genera et Oi dines Algarum, of which the first volume was published in 1848, and dealt with the group of PhBophjcem. Four volumes on Floridem followed, the last being a revision and enlargement of the first two. The CoralUne(By published in the second volume, were treated by Prof. Areschoug, and were not revised by Prof. Agardh in his later work ; indeed, that group was never worked oat by him, though he wrote so much on other orders of Floridece. The ChlorophycecB were also neglected by him as a whole, though he deals at some length with the group of Siplionea in his great work Till Algernes Systeniatik, published between 1872 and 1890. This consists of a series of monographs on various genera, including descriptions of many new species, and may indeed be regarded as an amplification of parts of his earlier work, the Species, Genera et Ordines, mentioned above. In 1879, Prof. Agardh published an important work, Florideernes Morphologie, and in 1889 a monograph entitled Species Sargassorum Australia^ with good coloured and other figures. In 1892, when in his eightieth year, he issued the first part of a new work on the lines of Till Algernes Sy^Umatik, entitled Analecta Alyilogict, and this he continued to publish till within a few months of his death. It is not to be expected that the work in these last few parts could be equal to that of his earlier life, but the very fact rhat a man of his advanced age could continue to work and publish the results shows his untiring energy and interest in his subject. Prof. Agardh received much material from Australia, where Miss Hussey and others collected for him, and from his position in the world of phycology, many plants must have been continually passing through his hands. A large number of specimens in the Kew Herbarium are named in his handwriting, and the herbarium of the late Mr. Bracebridge Wilson, now in the British Museum, 144 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY had been referred to him. Many of these plants are described or mentioned in his works. Prof. Agardh was always ready to answer an appeal for help in the identity of a plant, and whenever it was necessary he would send his own type specimen for comparison. At the end of last year he was kind enough to entrust a unique specimen to a worker at the British Museum, notwithstanding his advanced age and the fact that he was most anxious to have no phmt absent from his herbarium at the time of his death. The plant was returned in a few days' time, and it was not till after his death a few weeks later that a letter from his widow fully revealed the effort it had been to the aged botanist to part for even a short time with his type- specimen. Prof. Agardh's herbarium was given during his life-time to Lund University, but so long as he lived he retained the right of lending specimens. After his death, however, it was his wish that no plant should be taken out of the collection, and his herbarium will therefore be guarded as rigidly henceforward as is that of the British Museum itself. A full share of honours from his own nation and from others fell to Agardh's lot, in recognition of his work. He was elected a foreign member of the Linnean Society in 1867, and thirty years afterwards received the gold medal of the same Society, on which occasion the then President, Dr. Albert Giinther, thus summarized his work : — " There is no group of marine littoral algse which has not been presented to us in a more orderly arrangement by the genius of Agardh. His industry and extraordinary^ abilities have been devoted throughout his long life to the construction of a natural system of classification of marine plants, and his labours have been crowned with the success of universal acceptance." E. S. B. SHORT NOTES. Hayling Island Plants. — On September 13th, 1900, I spent some hours here, mainly devoted to examining the various forms of SaUcornia ; a few other things were incidentally met with, which may be worth mentioning. I am indebted for assistance in deter- mining them to Mr. Arthur Bennett and Rev. E. F. Linton. — Lepigonum ? A remarkable form occurred, having the general habit of L. neglectum Kindb., but with a strong, woody, doubtless perennial root, numerous interlaced stems, and smooth (not papillose) seeds, mostly winged. But for this membranous margin, Mr. Bennett "would have called it L. famculare Lonnrotb, Obs. PI. Suec. p. 13 (1854), who says, 'media fere est inter Lejyigonum viariunm Wahl. et L. saHniim Fr.' " — Chenopodiiiui hotryodes Sm. Very local, a short mile east of Hayling Bridge ; usually smaller than the Pegwell Bay (East Kent) plant, but evidently the same species, and quite different from C. ruhium var. pseudchotryoides. New for Hampshire, and I believe also for the English south coast. — SaUcornia stricta Dum. By far the most abundant saltwort ; conspicuous by its erect habit RHOHT XOI'ES 145 and its bright, translucent green colour. Seeds ovate-oblong, very bairy. — S. rmnosisshna Woods. I only saw this at one spot, near the station for Chenopodium hotnjodes, but no doubt it grows in other parts of the island. — S. pusiUa Woods. This, the chief object of my search, was met with in abundance about a quarter of a mile east of the bridge ; it is a very characteristic little plant, usually 2-3 in. high, but occasionally as much as 6 in, (these taller specimens branched freely), erect, grey-green in colour. It was in full flower at this season. I had only seen it previously in Herb. Woods, kindly lent to me some years ago by Mr. Townsend. — N. Ivjnosa Woods. Mr. Bennett concurs in referring to this a strong woody- rooted plant which is locally plentiful at the south end of the bridge. Unlike the forms of S. radicims Sm. that I have met with here or elsewhere, it produces numerous erect or ascending branches ; their flowering tops are stout, and of a clear pale green. The young seeds were covered with short stiff hairs, almost giving them the appearance of being tuberculate. In Fl. Hants this is reduced to a variety of radicam, with which Mr. Bennett agrees ; having regard to their very different habit when growing, I feel considerable doubt about the matter, which deserves further in- vestigation. — Zostera marina L. var. angmtifolia. Plentiful near Hayling Bridge, together with typical Z. marina and Z. nana ; I examined the fruit while fresh with a strong lens, but it did not then appear to be furrowed. Mr. Bennett writes that Prahl (Krit. PI. Schleswig-Holstein, p. 211) denies the identity of ^. avf/nstifolia Reichb. with var. august ifolia Hornem. (Flora Danica, t. 1501), an earlier name (1816) than that of Fries ; and that Prahl further suggests Reichenbach's anfiustifulia being Z. marina x 7ia7ia. It is quite possible that we have two plants in Britain under the name of dngnstifolia, and the southern form (usually much more luxuriant) may perhaps be a hybrid, though it fruits freely ; but the angusti- folia of Inverness, Ross, and Sutherland is certainly not so, being found where typical marina is absent, though frequently accompanied by nana. I have seen ^^avgustifolia'' in several stations, but I have never been able to find connecting links between it and typical marina. — Spartina Toivnsendi H. & J. Groves. Several strong tufts were observed a little south of the bridge; an extension of its known range eastwards. Comparing these with the S. stricta of the same locality, the divergence was seen to be great ; this good species has been somewhat disrespectfully treated in the Student's Flora, ed. 3, p. 471.— E. S. Marshall. SciRpus MARiTiMus. — DuHng last summer and autumn Mr. Fred. Davey and myself (he was the first to find it) noticed a very marked variety of Scirpus maritimus L., which does not appear to have re- ceived any special notice in England, though it certainly seems to merit a distinctive varietal name, which on the continent has been, I find, assigned to it. Var. b. ampactus, in which all the spikes of the inflorescence are gathered together into a compact clump, is, I believe, more or less common wherever the ty[)e occurs at all plentifully, but in the variety I refer to the entire inflorescence is reduced to a single spike. This variety was, so far as I have been 146 THK JOTTKNAL OF BOTANY able to ascertain, first ilefiiied by Dr. 0. W. Sender in his Flora Ra'nhurgemis (1851), p. 27, as follows: — ^'Ysii\ ^ mo )instachys — spicula soUtaria " ; and there is in the British Museum Herbarium one continental specimen, exactly agreeing with our Cornish speci- mens, which was received duly labelled " numostachys Sender." The variety is noticed in Ascherson's Flora of Brandenburg (i. 754), where it is said to be rare. No doubt it is merely a depauperated form of maritimus, just as niacrostachys and cymosus (/= mnhellatus) are very luxuriant forms ; but at first sight it seems difficult to account for these excessively depauperate forms, which are to be found growing side by side with typical maritimus and compactus. A. 0. Hume. Hypnum rotundifolium Scop. IN East Gloucestershire. — This spring we had the good fortune to rediscover this rare British moss near Stroud, Gloucestershire (v.-c. 33). The exact locality we with- hold for prudential reasons. Specimens have been submitted to Dr. Braithwaite and Mr. A. J. Wheldon, who assure us we are not mistaken in its identification. We understand that it is not now to be found in the only locality recorded in Dr. Braithwaite's British Moss- Flora and Dixon's Handbook, where previously it had been gathered by Mr. Bin&tead, and therefore the spot in which we discovered it to be growing remains at present, as far as we know, the only locaHty in Britain. It was apparently well established, and in good fruiting condition. We are hoping, through the medium of the Moss Exchange Club, to distribute a few specimens to its members. — Geo. Holmes and E.J. Elliott. Set of British Hieracia (p. 105). — In the sixth Fascicle, lately issued, H.snrreianuni F. J. Hanbury, var. megalodon E. F. Linton is rightly numbered 148 in the Table of Contents and on the label, but by a slip of the pen appears as 147 in the Preliminary Remarks and in the Index.— E. F. Linton. NOTICES OF BOOKS. Plant Names. Fiore Populaire, ou Histoire Naturelle des PlantPS dans le.nrs rapports avec la Linguistiqae et le Folk-lore. Par Eug^me Rolland. Tom. III. [Caryophyllaceae— Rutacese] . Paris: Libraire Rol- land. 1900. 8vo, pp. 378. Price 8 fr. Irish and Scottish Gaelic Names of H'^rbs, Plants, Tre^s, etc. By Edmund Hogan, S.J., John Hogan, B.A., and John C. MacErlean, S.J. Gill, DubUn ; Nutt, London. 1900. 8vo, cloth, pp. xii, 137. Price 3s. net. M. Rolland's work continues to make steady if not rapid pro- gress, and, as is the nature of such compilations, becomes more exhaustive as it proceeds ; the list of additional works cited in this KI.ORF. I'OPUT.AIRK. V.TC . 147 volume fills nearly three pages, so that there must already be a considerable accumulation of information supplementary to the two earlier parts. It is of course of the essence of a work of this kind that finality can never be attained ; a fact which none know better than the compilers themselves. In the present instalment more than a hundred pages are devoted to the Vine, which is treated under numerous heads — the plant as a whole ; its various parts ; the names of its various cultivated forms ; proverbs, popular sayings and customs connected with its growth and with the seasons which affect it ; and a long list of books in which some of these points are amplified. We are still unable to discover the principle upon which M. Rolland includes or excludes names. The most trivial variants of French names are included, but with regard to other countries, if England may be taken as an illustration, a process of exclusion is carried out. For example, only two of the eight names given in the Dictionary of Enqlisk Plant-Names for Hijpericum cahjcinum are taken up by M. Rolland; of Geranium sylvaticiun, two out of four; of Malva sylvestris, five out of seventeen, many of which, however, are mere variants : and this process of selection seems to be pretty generally adopted. It is curious, by the way, that so conspicuous a plant as the Hypericum, mentioned should have but one popular French name, and that only at Quimper ; the other French name given — " millepertuis a grandes fleurs " — is from a book, and sug- gests the inquiry as to iiow far it is desirable to include obviously manufactured titles in a work of this kind. As we have said before, it is to be regretted that M. Rolland does not submit his proofs to some botanist for revision as to the names given to the plants. He includes, for example, the genus Elatine in Caryophyllaceae, and gives as English names for it, on the authority of Ray, ♦' fluellin, speedwell," which of course the English botanist applied to Linaria Elatine and L. spuria. He includes in the Tiliaceous genus Corchorus, C. japonicus, which is an old name for Kcrria japonica in RosaceaB. We note a few misprints—^, g. on p. 180 " Saint Columbus- wort " should be *' Columba's wort." M. Rolland quotes freely from Mr. Cameron's Gaelic Names of Plants — a work which has been reviewed in this Journal. The cautionary attitude which we felt it necessary to adopt with regard to Mr. Cameron's work is more than justified by the criticisms passed upon it by Father Edmund Hogan in his Gaelic Names of Herbs. Father Hogan, however, is wrong in supposing that Mr. Cameron is dead, and that his work is no longer on sale ; the new edition, published last year, was noticed in this Journal for 1900, p. 450. Father Hogan's list will be far more useful to M. Rolland than Mr. Cameron's book, but he may find some difficulty in determining the hot mical synonyms of the plants indicated by their EngUsh equivalents, and in the transliteration of the Gaelic characters in which Father Hogan prints his names. It is a scholarly piece of work, and the compiler has brought together not 148 THK .TOTTRNAL OF BOTANY only all the published but much unpublished matter bearing on the subject. Besides tiie names of plants, words " immediately con- nected with asfriculture, horticulture, wood, corn, etc." find a place; there is an " English-Gaelic " as well as a Gaelic list. We could have wished that Father Hogan had not "resisted the temptation " to explam the meaning of certain names and their connection with Irish and Scottish folklore. As it is, however, he has made a serious contribution towards the bringing together of a complete collection of Gaelic names, and we doubt not that in M. Holland's next part he will add it to the list of the books he has cited. Cours de Botanique. Par Gaston Bonnier et Leclerc du Sablon. Tome I., fascicule 1. 8vo, pp. 1-384, figs. 1-553. Peelman : Paris, 1901. Subscription price to complete work, 20s.; each fascicle separately, 4s. 9d. This Course of Botany, for the use of students in Universities, in Schools of Medicine and Pharmacy, and in Schools of Agriculture, will form two volumes of about 2500 pages in all, with more than 3000 figures. It will appear in six fascicles, the last of which is promised for 1903. From the table of contents issued with the first fascicle we note the division of the subject-matter into twelve p-.irts — namely, i. ** Generalites," a general introduction ; ii. Morphology of Angio- sperms ; iii. Tiie Groups of Angiosperms ; iv. Gymnosperms ; V. Vascular Cryptogams ; vi. Mu^cineae ; vii. Thallophx ta ; viii. Physiology; ix. Experimental Morphology; x. Botanical Geo- graphy; xi. Paleontology; xii. Variation. The authors claim to have followed a new plan. The description and the anatomy of plant organs are studied in a number of typical examples selected from common plants. The account of plant families includes not only the external characters usually described, but also their more interesting anatomical peculiarities and their application to agri- culture, uidustry, and medicine. A large space is given to the study of plant diseases, plant geography and paleontology, and to "experimental morphology" — that is to say, the influence of en- vironment on the structure of plants. The authors have also made the history of botanical discoveries the object of special researches, the results of which are described at the end of the different parts of the work, while some of the more characteristic figures from these " ancient authors " are reproduced. The description of facta illustrated by concrete examples takes precedence of generalizations deduced therefrom ; the reader can thereby discriminate the proven from the hypothetical. Finally, the three thousand odd figures have all been drawn specially for the work, the majority from nature. The present fascicle contains the first part (pp. 1-138), which includes an introduction and a short account of the general struc- ture of plants, and about half of the second part (pp. 139-384), AUTIOLKS IN JOUKNALS 149 which deals with the morphology of Angiosperms. This is treated in six chapters, devoted respectively to stem, leaf, root, flower, frui and seed, and development. In the first part we note a somewhat full account of tlie various forms of cell and tissue elements, the metliods of wall-thickening and the development of vessels being especially well exi)lained and illustrated. In the second part the structure and arrangement of primary and secondary tissues is worked out by a study of various types. Thus for the primary structure of the stem we have Mercuri'ilis annua, Spartijonjuvceiim, Veronica Beccabnn[/a, Com^ulvuhis arvends, for dicotyledons ; and for monocotyledons, Zea Mai/s, Honieum murinum, Phcenix dacti/lifera, and Convallaria niajalis. Diagrammatic drawings illustrating the course of the bundles, and the arrangement of tissues in transverse section, and drawings of histological preparations under higher magnification are freely supplied. There is no doubt something to be said for this type method of studying plant structure, though, taking into consideration the attention which is now paid to practical work, the teacher may prefer to relegate such study of types to the laboratory and to look to the text -book to correlate and gather into one general account the facts which have been thus elaborated. Two useful features of this work are the resume at the end of each part and the short historical review. Thus at the end of part i. we find a short accoimt of the work of Hooke, Grew, Malpighi, Schieiden, and others on the cell and tissues, with reproductions of some of their figures. The historic side is so often neglected that we are glad to note that the authors have made its introduction one of the special points in their work. A. D. sx. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS. Bot. Gazette (23 Feb.). — H. C. Cowles, ' Physiographic Ecology of Chicago.' — J. Donnell Smith, * Undescribed Plants from Central America ' (1 pi.). Bot. Zeitumj (1 March). — E. Meissner, * Ueber das Verhaltuiss von Stamm- und Nadellange bei einige Coniferen ' (1 pi.). Bull, de VHerh. Boissier (28 Feb.). — 0. & B. Fedtschenko, ' Materiaux pour la Flore du Caucase ' (cont.). — J. Freyn, • Ueber neue bemerkenswerthe orientalische PHanzenarten.' — J. Huber, • Plantge Cearenses.' — G. Hegi, ' Das Obere Toesstal.' Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (2 March).— F. E. Lloyd & S. M. Tracy, 'Insular Flora of Mississippi and Louisiana.' — E. P. Bickuell, • The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their coverg or title-pages, but it must not always oe inferred that this is tne actual date of publication. 150 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ' Nomenclature of New England Agrimonies.' — F. V. Covilie, ' Home of Botn/chium pumicola' (1 pi.). — E. L. Morris, 'N. American Plantaijinacea' (1 pi.). — G. N. Best, 'Revision of N. American Hetet'odadium ' (2 pL). Gardeners'" Chronicle (2 March). — Pelargonium inaquilubum Mast., sp. n. Journal de Botanique (" Aout " and " Septembre " 1900, received 26 Feb. ; *' Octobre," received 14 March). — C. Sauvageau, ' Re- marques sur les Sphacelariacees.' — (Aug. & Sept.). N. Patouillard & P. Hariot, 'Champignons du Senegal et du Soudan' (1 pi.). — (Sept. & Oct. ). Ph. van Tieghem, ' Sur les Dicotyledones du groupe des Homoxylees.' — (Oct.). A. de Coincy, 'Especes critiques du genre Echium.' Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (MsLVch). — J. Brunnthaler, S. Prowazek, & R. V. Wettstein, * Vorlaufige Mittheilung iiber das Plankton des Attersees.' — V. Schiffner, ' Ueber Makinoa ' (1 pi.). — P. Magnus, * Zur les drichte der Untersucheidung des Kronenrostes der Graser in mehrere Arten.' — R. Frieb, ' Der Pappus als Verbreitungsmittel der Compositenfriichte.' Bhodora (March). — M. L. Owen, * Ferns of Mount Toby, Mass.' M. L, Fernald, 'Northeastern Carices' (Vesicarieae).' — Id., Juncus tenuis var. nov. Williainsii (1 pi.). — R. G. Leavitt, 'Embryology of Spiranthes cernua.' Trans. Linn. Soc, 2nd S. vi. 1 (Jan.). — N. E. Brown, &c., 'Two Collections made by F. V. McConnell & J. J. Quelch at Mount Roraima, British Guiana' (14 pi., see p. 151). BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. Under the auspices of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Mr. Newton B. Pierce has published (Bulletin no. 20) an ex- haustive treatise on the disease of Peach Leaf-curl. He has been engaged on the work, the results of which are here tabulated, since 1893. The disease has been long recognized to be caused by a fungus, Exoascus deformans, which attacks the leaves and twigs, causing in both cases swelling and deformation, with complete destruction of the foliage and consequent loss of fruit, which '^ceases to grow, yellows, wilts, and likewise falls." Mr. Pierce finds that the fungus develops on the upper surface of the leaf only, and that the irritation or stimulation caused by the parasite induces an abnormal development of the tissues of the host, resulting in the folding over and crumpling of the leaf and in the swelling of the diseased branches. It was thought that the mycelium harboured during the winter in the twigs and branches of the trees, and tbat in spring it developed with the growth of the leaf. BOOK-NOTKS, NEWS, ETC. 151 Mr. Pierce has proved that infection from this source is comparatively trifiing, that each season's attack is due to direct infection of the young leaves from spores that have wintered on twig or bud, and that germinate in spring on the newly formed leaves. He found that these spores could be killed and the disease effectually checked by spraying the trees with some fungicide about three weeks before the buds opened. The value of spraying the dormant trees had been already proved by growers in California ; they had been using various kinds of insecticide on their fruit trees to destroy the San Jose scale during the winter, and they found that the peach trees so treated were comparatively free from leaf-curl. Spraying the trees after the leaves had developed and the fungus had taken hold is found to be very ineffective in curing the disease. Some of the most striking results were obtained on trees known to be liable to the disease, of which the half only was sprayed, the other half being protected from the spray by a large canvas stretched through the tree. On the branches sprayed the leaves grew in a healthy and luxuriant manner, and the yield of fruit was large. On one such tree 718 peaches weighing 284'8 pounds ripened ; on the unsprayed portion 92 per cent, of the leaves dropped off the tree, and only 40 peaches weighing 14-3 pounds came to maturity. The volume is profusely illustrated by figures and by thirty beautiful plates from photographs of trees sprayed and non-sprayed, and of healthy and diseased branches and leaves. — A. L. S. The second part of the Australian portion of the Illustrations of the Botany of Cook's Voyaifes has been passed for press, and will be issued almost immediately by the Trustees of the British Museum. The illustrations are brought down to the end of Gamopetalae ; a third part will complete the work. The Trustees have also ready for publication the concluding portion, dealing with the Cryptogams, of the Welwitsch Catalogue. The most recent part of the Transactions of the Linnean Society (dated January last) is devoted to an account of botanical collections made by Messrs. F. V. McConnell and J. J. Quelch at Mount Roraima, British Guiana. Mr. N. E. Brown has undertaken the phanerogams, except the Orchidace* for which Mr. Rolfe is responsible; the ferns and their allies are by Mr. C. H. Wright; the mosses by Dr. Brotherus ; the hepatics by Dr. IStephani ; and the fungi by Mr. Massee. There are two new genera — Quelchia, a Composite allied to Moquinia, and Connellia, the latter based upon two species described by Dr. Mez under the one name of Pmja Augusta : these and other interesting novelties are illustrated by fourteen excellent plates. The first issue of " the Victoria History of the Counties of England" — a work of imposing appearance — is devoted to Hamp- shire. The natural history of each county is to be a feature of the series, and the editor has been fortunate in securing for this first instalment the services of Mr. Frederick Townsend, who contributes 152 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY a well-written and interesting introduction dealing with the flowering plants. This limitation should be borne in mind in connectifm with the statement, " it is remarkable that endemic species are not found in Great Britain " ; even as limited, this seems a little too absolute. The botany of each district (according to the Flora of Hampshire) is epitomized, and Mr. Moyle Rogers contributes a special account of the roses and brambles. The Cryptogams are dealt with by various authors. Mr. H. N. Dixon has undertaken the Mosses and Liverworts ; Mr. W. H. Wilkinson the Lichens; Mr. E. M. Holmes the Algse ; and the Rev. W. L. W. Eyre the Fungi. It is much to be regretted that the contributions of these authors were not made to conform to one plan. As it is, Mr. Dixon gives a suitable introduction to the Mosses, followed by a short list of '' some of the less common species " ; the Liverworts occupy only half a page. Mr. Wilkinson writes a brief general introduction to the classification of Lichens, with notes on tiieir uses — both entirely out of place in a work like the present — followed by what seems to be a complete county list. Mr. Holmes writes half a page about the Freshwater Alg£e and a page and a half concerning the Marine, but gives nothing in the shape of a list ; he mentions several seaweeds as " new to Britain," a statement which, he informs us in a footnote, means that they have been detected in this county since the publication of Harvey's Phijcologia Britannka half a century since. Mr. Eyre's contribution consists mainly of a list of Fungi, with a short introduction. From this description it will be seen tiiat for purposes of comparison or tabulation the material is practically useless : it is to be hoped that other counties will receive more adequate, or at any rate more con- sistent, treatment. We note, by the way, that Mr. Townsend says the Spartinas "are used for thatching, and are locally called Sage ! " There seems Httle ground for wonder at this if " Sage" be regarded as a local pronunciation of "sedge" — a name often extended to plants other than Car ex. To the Flora Exsiccata Bavarica published by the Botanical Society of Regensburg are now added two fascicles of Mosses and Hepatics, each containing twenty-five specimens. These may be obtained by purchase or by exchange. Enquiries should be addressed to Herr Dr. T. Familler, Karthaus-Trull, bei Regensburg. " The Nomenclature of the New England Agrimonies " is being discussed so warmly by Dr. B. L. Robinson in Rhodora and Mr. E. P. Bicknell in the Torrey Bulletin as to suggest that " New England Acrimonies " would form a more suitable title for the papers. The Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1899, for which the Rev. W. R. Linton is responsible, has just been published. We hope to give some extracts from it in our next issue. We have received the third part of Mr. F. M. Bailey's Flora. of Qaeendand, in which the enumeration is brought down to Gentimiacea. ES.Saimon del. B.Aloockl^t■h.. "West^vIewraaTi iiup. Thuidiiam Bro then Scblrmc rz . 153 THUIDIUM BROTHERI, sp. nov. By Ernest B. Salmon, F.L.S. (Plate 421.) DioicuM?, minutulum, dense csespitosum, bipinnatnm, ramispin- natis remotis 2-5 mill, altis frondes obloiigas minutas simulantibus, cjespitibiis dense iutricatis amcene viridibus fetate nigro-viridibus, caule depresso-prostrato gracili arcuato radiculoso paraphyllis sub- nuUis, foliis caulinis parvulis remotis (caulis apicem versus couferti- oribiis) patentibus apice saepe refiexis e basi cordata amplexante breviter acuminatis vel subtriangnlaribus margine infra revolnto, foliis rameis parvulis e basi latiore ovatis acutis nervo concolori pellucidiore, cellulis parvis distinctis subhexagono-quadratis circiter 8 IX latis dense papillosis, paraphyllis nullis vel perpaucis magnis solitariis, foliis ramulinis minutis ovatis vel ovalibus acutis, foliis omnibus siccitate contortulis margine cellulis prominulis et papillis papilloso-crenulatis, nervo sub apice evanido et dorso aspero, peri- chaetio radicaute, foliis perich^tialibus majoribus pallidis tenuiori- bus, externis e medio patentibus vel patulis e basi late ovata longe et anguste acuminatis dentato-serrulatis, nervo crassiusculo fere ad apicem cuspidis fiexuosae denticulatas prodacto, cellulis lasvibus quadrangulis et elongato-quadrangnlis, capsula in pedicello gracili rubello circiter H mill, longo apice scabrello oblonga vel tnrgide oblonga horizontali parvula circiter 1 mill, longa asymmetrica leptoderma laevi fulvella siccitate infra os strangulata sDtate arcuata interdum subapophysata, peristomii dentibus et processibus aequi- longis, externi dentibus siccitate inter processus incnrvis, ciliis 2-3 paulo brevioribus e membrana ad vel ultra dentium medium exserta orientibus, anuulo revolubili e una vel duabns cellularium seriebus composito, operculo rostrato, calyptra cucnllata Ifevi, sporis minutis laevibus circiter 12 /x diam. Patria. India; Chanda district, Central Prov. (J. F. Duthie, no. 10,047 in Herb. Kew.). Species minuta, ramis remotis frondiformibus et paraphyllis nullis vel subnuUis distinguenda ; T. contortuIcR (Mitt.) affinis. T. Brotheri quite approaches in habit the species of the section Pelekium of the genus, but differs in its smooth cucuUate calyptra. Dr. V. F. Brotherus, who has worked specially at Indian bryology, remarked on a specimen sent to him : " 1 am in possession of very ample material of Thuidia from India. The species sent by you is not identical with any of the new species I have proposed, and seems undescribed." Description of Plate 421. Thuidium Brotheri, sp. nov. — Fig. 1. Portions of plants, nat. size. 2. Part of stem, with branch, x 12. 3, 4. Two stem-leaves, x 150. 5. Leaf from branch, X 150. 6. Areolation of same, at one-third from the base, x 400, 7. Apex of sanae, x 400. 8. Leaf from branchlet, x 1")0. 9. Apex of same, x 400. 10. Perichtetial leaf, x 52. 11. Areolation of same, at one-fourth from the base, X 255. 1'^. Eipe capsule, x 12. 13. Capsule, with operculum, x 25. 14. Operculum, x 25. 15. Calyptra, x 25. 16. Portion of peristome, x 150. 17. Cells of the exothecium, x 2o5. 18. Spores, x 400. Journal OF Botany. — Vol.39. [May, 1901.] m 154 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY A KEY TO BRITISH HEPATITE. By Symers M. Macvicar. The following key being intended for the less advanced student and for beu^inners, 1 have used easily-observed characters as far as possible, and have only made use of those derived from tlie in- florescence or perianth where these are necessary, or are generally present. This unavoidably lessens the exactness of the key, but it seemed better not to depend mainly on characters which are either rarely to be found in the British species, or are too difHcult for beginners. Where there is only one species in a genus, I have not given the character of the genus, but the characters which disiingaished the species. Tlie inflorescence should be known in every case, but, as tliis is the stumbling-block of beginners, a few hints on the subject may be given. In the first place, it is absohitely necessary that the student be sure that he has an entire plant before him. Let him take a tuft of the plant to be examined, place it in a saucer with water, gently knead it with the fingers to remove the soil, and partially to separate the stems ; then place it in another saucer with water, and disentangle an entire plant with needles. This is the most difficult part with the inflorescence of small species as Ccpha- luzia, the stems being very delicate and closely interwoven. In such cases it is sometimes advisable to use camel-hair brashes instead of needles. With paroicous species the antheridia will seldom be found beneatli old perianths : it is better to examine plants with perianths which are immature. If it is a paroicous species which innovates beneath the mature perianth, swollen bracts with antheridia may be seen towards the apex of the branches, and young female flowers be detected by turning down the uppermost leaves. The male bracts of a large number of species resemble the ordinary leaves, except that they are more swollen at base, and are imbricated. They may form a terminal spike, or give an interrupted appearance to the middle of the stem. Some genera have their inflorescence on short lateral or postical branches, the male bracts often forming a small catkin, and dift'ering from the leaves. They are usually readily detected, but the student must not expect to find the inflorescence in every plant. Much care and patience are required, but with a little practice it becomes not difficult to detect male bracts, and young or sterile female flowers. In the swollen male bracts there is very frequently to be seen an air-bubble, which must not be mistaken for an antheridium. With minute species the finding of the inflorescence is a matter of manipulation which must be over- come. In dissecting off leaves of Acolea (Cesia) species for exami- nation, the student must be sure that they are not female bracts which lie has taken, as these difler in shape fr m the leaves. The genera are those used by Mr. Pearson in his Hepatica; of the British Isles, as far as has yet been published. The remainder are familiar, with the exception of rah/cuian'a. where I have followed KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF BRITISH HEPATICli 155 Stephani in his Species Hepaticanim, in preference to what has been generally named Mdrckla or DilcBna. Ricciorarpu^ natans has been inchided witli lUcria for the purposes of the key. Jnnf/t^nnmia crenubita Sm. will be found under ?Jucah/x. Maraupdla comerta and M. idpina are placed under Acolca. M. rnuiluta is omitted, as the evidence for its occurrence in the British Isles is considered insufficient. I have also followed Stephani in considering our lUccia nup-ella to be different from De Candolle's plant, and have employed the name B. Pearsoni given to it in Species Hepaticarum. The following contractions have been used : — ant. . antical. post. . jwsticaL int. . internal. occ. . occasionally. m.orl. more or less. stips. . stipules. per. . perianth. usu. . nsualiy. GENEEA. . f Plant foliose 2 ^{Plantfrondose 48 n J Leaves and stips. equal, or nearly equal, in size and shape 3 1 Leaves and stips. (if present) not resembling each other 12 o (Leaves entire or repand dentate Scalia Hoolisri (Leaves lobed 4 . f Leaves 2-lobed 5 JLeaves 3-4-lobed 9 - (Lobes entire or slightly dentate 6 I Lobes spinous-dentate or lacininte-ciliate 8 {Leaves usu. falcate-secund with long subulate acuminate segments ... Herherta adunca Leaves erect or slightly secund, segments not subulate 7 „ (Leaves § bilobed, usu. closely imbricate, rarely distant Anthelia ^^ Leaves ^-| bilobed, distant, plant smaller Hijgrohiella laxi folia Leaves spinous-dentate, plant red Mastigojjhora Woodsii Leaf-segments with long hair-like processes, plant cream-coloured or pale green Tricliocolea tomentella qj Leaves divided to base into setaceous segments 10 (Leaves not divided to base into setaceous segments 11 [Segments incurved, mostly 2 cells broad at base Lejndozia setacea: 10 \ Segments spreading, 1 cell broad throughout... J5Ze/>7Mro.s^om(X tricho- \ pi I y Hum Leaves erect, segments entire or spinous-dentate Cliandonanthus 11-1 st'tiformis Leaves almost transverse, segments longly ciliate BleijJiarozia 12 f Capsules opening irregularly Fossomhronia (Capsules opening with four entire valves 1.3 , q f Leaves complicato-bilobed 14 ( Leaves not complicato-bilobed 27 , , j Post, lobe smaller than ant. lobe 15 (Post, lobe equal to or larger than ant. lobe 20 M 2 156 THK JOURNAL OF BOTANY ^ ^ I Stipules present 16 ■^'^ (Stipules absent 19 (Post, lobe saccate 17 (Post, lobe not saccate (exc. Lej. calyptrifolia) 18 J Leaves entire Frullania \ Leaves spinous-dentate Juhula Hutchinsice (Post, lobe Ungulate or oblong Porella \Post. lobe not Ungulate or oblong Lejeunea [Minute; lobes nearly equal or ant. lobe echinate Lejeunea 19] Larger ; post, lobe much smaller than ant. lobe ; rootlets arising from ( post, lobe Badada 20 21 (Inner bracts not united to form a perianth Acolea [inner bracts united to form a perianth 21 (Per. adherent to the bracts Marsupella (Per. free 22 rto ( Per. compressed, bilabiate Scajpania "^"^jPer. not bilabiate 23 rtQ f Postical branches present 24 (Branches lateral, very rarely postical 25 (Lobes dentate or spinous-dentate, stips. x\\iin.evo\is,...Ceplialozla dentatd Lobes entire, stipules absent; lateral branches also present Eremonotus myriocarpus /■Whole margins of lobes acutely dentate-serrate. ..Pr/o??oZo&«/s Turneri 25] Margins of lobes entire, or toothed at upper part only, or with a tooth ( near tlie base ...26 I Leaves f divided, lobes very unequal ; ant. lobe at least twice longer than broad DijjlophyUum Leaves ^ or less divided, with ant. lobe not twice longer than broad ; or lobes equal, or ant. lobe almost reduced to a tooth ,. .Jungermania \ Stems flagelliferous, leaves 3-5-toothed or lobed 27 ( Stems not flagelliferous combined with leaves 3-5-toothed or lobed... 29 [ Stips. to about ^ divided or lower, segments narrow ; leaves usu. ] 4-toothed Lepidozia Stips. hardlj' more than notched, segments broad ; leaves usu. 3- \ toothed Bassania (Leaves whitish, translucent, more rarely pale green, flat or convex, stips. large, emarginate, or 2-4-toothed 30 Leaves green or brown; if whitish, then concave 31 [Leaves incubous, entire or shortlv 2-toothed Kantia 30] Leaves buccubous, irreg. or deeply 2-toothed, or the upper entire i Lo2}hocolea (Leaves with an indexed auriculate post, lobe ; plant large, purple ... Pleurozia cochleariformis Leaves without an auriculate lobe (except CephaJozia curvifolia)...d2 (Leaves cuneate, occas. subrotund, with narrow base; plant brown, miinute, epiphytic Clasmatocolea cuneifolia Leaves not cuneate or subrotund, with narrow base 33 (Stems erect, leaves thick, ant. margin incurved ; upper leaves irreg. spinous-dentate, lower leaves entire Adelanthus decipiens Leaves without these characters combined 34 26 27 28 KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF BRITISH HKPATICiE 157 (Leaves vertically appressed, obliquely orbicular, very concave, trigones larjjfe, stems erect ; plant ochraceous, or more rarely green. (See Nardia conipressa.) Jamesoniella Carringtoni Leaves without these characters combined ....85 gg I Perianth absent 36 ( Peria u th present 37 og j Cladocarpous ; leaves entire Saccogyna viticidosa (Acrocarpous; leaves lobed Acrobolbus Wilsoni ,^rj f Calyptra partly adherent to perianth Harpantlms [ Calyptra free 38 ygjBranches all postical Cephalozia (Branches mostly lateral 39 j'Cladocarpous ; calyptra large, fleshy, usu. longer than the small 39 j perianth Chiloscyphus (Acrocarpous ; calyptra never longer than the perianth 40 /"Leaves concave, bilobed, whitish; stips. large, ovate-lanceolate "^Oj ^ Pleuroclada (Stips. if present not large and ovate-lanceolate 41 ^^ (Per. m. or 1. adherent to the bracts 42 (Perianth free 43 ^2 (Per. adherent almost throughout Nardia (Upper half or more of per. free Eucalyx ('Leaves patent, elongate-ovate, shortly bilobed, margins incurved 'IS j Anastrophylliim Donianum (Leaves not elongate-ovate and bilobed 44 ^^ jPer. cylmdrical, depressed at apex Lioclilcena lanceolata (Per. not depressed at apex 45 .f, ( Per. laterally compressed, bilabiate 46 1 Per. not bilabiate Jungermania . g j Per. contracted at mouth Mylia (Per. not contracted at mouth 47 j'Rhizomatous caudex present; stems very rarely radiculose ^rjj Play lock ila No rhizomatous caudex ; stems creeping, rudiculosc... Pedinoj^hyUuvi [ ■:- inter riijjtwm [Frond with radiating lamellae on upper surface Petalophylhun 48 j Balfsii (Frond without such lamelke 49 /Several pyriform involucres close together on upper surface of frond 49- Spluerocarpus terrestris (Without pyriform involucres on frond 50 [Frond m. or 1. linear, with a globose dark purple involucre below the oOJ apex Targionia hypophylla (No globose involucre below apex 51 g-| (Capsules immersed in the frond Riccia (Capsules not immersed in the frond 52 52 Capsules hnear, bivalved AntJioceros Capsules globose 53 [Capsule solitary on a lougish pedicel; frond without pores 54 53 j Several capsules on the under side of a stalked receptacle ; frond with ( pores (exc. Dwmortiera) 59 g i j Plant having a perianth 55 (Plant without a perianth 56 158 THK JOURNAL OF BOTANY 55 i 58 62 68 Section of frond showing a fascicle of smaller cells Pallavicinia Lyellii Frond not showing such a fascicle Calycularia {■ Flagon-shaped receptacle for gemmaB very frequently present in the frond; ovate-toothed stips. present on each side of nerve beneath Blasia pusilla Stips. and gemmiferous receptacle absent 57 /Calyptra hairy; nerve of frond sharply defined Metzgeria STJCalyptra smooth or papillose; distinction between nerve and lamina ( not sharply defined 58 Elatprs persistent on centre of capsule ; antheridia beneath warty eminences scattered on face of frond Pellia Elaters persistent on summit of the valves ; antheridia in two rows on short lateral branches Aneura ;-qJ Frond without pores ; large wavy dark green ...Dmnortiera hirsuta I Frond with pores 60 [Semilunar receptacle for gemmae usu. present on the frond 60 ] Lunidaria cruciata (No semilunar receptacle for gemmae 61 / Female receptacle rayed ; frond usu. 1-5 in. long ; receptacle for gemmae 61-1 beaker-shaped, with fringed margin Marchantia polytnorpha (Female receptacle sinuate or lobed 62 Female receptacle conical ; frond usu. 2-5 in. long, areolae and pores very d istinct Conocephalus conicus Female receptacle not conical; frond 5-li in. long 63 Long hairs at base and apex of female peduncle ; frond smooth when dry Beboidia hemisphcerica No hairs at base or apex of female peduncle ; frond rough when dry Chomiocarpon quadratus SPECIES. FRULLANIA. 1 J Ant. lobe of branch leaves, at least, usu. with a line of enlarged cells... 2 I Lobes without a line of enlarged cells 4 ^ ( Stipules hooded Tamarisci \ Stipules plane 3 / Stips. \ divided with obtuse usu. truncate lobes ; enlarged cells scattered Q 1 fragiUfolia *" 1 Stips. \ divided with acute lobes ; enlarged cells in a continuous line i microphylla . I Per. tuberculate ; post, lobe }i breadth of ant. lobe dilatata (Per. smooth: post, lobe ^-J breadth of ant. lobe germana LEJEUNEA. I ! Leaves calyptriform ,. calyptrifolia \ Leaves not calyptriform 2 .^Plants with stipules 3 ""IPlants without stipules 13 o ( Stipules entire MacJcaii jStipules notched or lobed 4 , j Lobes of stipules divergent 5 \ Lobes of stipules m. or 1. incurved 6 wf Stips. rather deeply divided, lobes acute hamatifolia * (Stips. only emarginate, lobes very obtuse.. ovata KEY TO THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF BRUISH HEPATI0.1-: 159 ,. (Some of the lobes of leaves equal in size 7 (None of the lobes equal 8 r-J L'^bes mostly nearly equal, stems not rie, and its shorter spathe. It also approaches P. inaujnis Engl., but the leaf has an abruptly acuminate apex, and only two marginal nerves, and the inflorescence is smaller in every part. Baram district, Marudi, April, 1895 ; no. 582. Sciaphila major Becc. Baram, Nov. 24, 1894. no. 178; and Entoyut river, Nov. 12, 1894, no. 427. Endemic, KKNT MOSSKS 179 Dlplacnun caricinum E. Br. B:iiam, Nov. 1, 1894 ; no. 348. India ; Malaya. Ptmicum indicum L. Baram, Nov. 1, 1894 ; no. 276. Leptaspis urceolata Br. & Benn. Baram district, Entoyut river, Nov. 1894; no. 372. Dinorhloa Tjanlwrreh Biise ? Baram district, Miri river, Jan. 1895 ; no. 65. The spikelet clusters are larger and denser than in the type. The spikelets are mostly empty, with expanded lower glumes ; a few remain about 3 mm. long, but the stamens are all more or less aborted; the latter differ from those of the type in h?iving filaments nearly as long as the upper portion, which consists of a more or less aborted anther and an acuminate connective. KENT MOSSES. By E. M. Holmes, F.L.S. In 1877 a list of the Mosses of Kent was prepared with the view to Its mcorporation in the Blora of Keyit, when published. When that work was recently finished, I was unable to spare the time to bring the cryptogamic flora of the county up to date, but am now able to publish additional species of mosses. I pointed out in 1877 that several more species might be expected to occur in Kent, and the majority of those then indicated have since been detected and many new localities for previously recorded species have been dis- covered, especially by the Rt. Hon. Lord Justice Stirling, who has most carefully investigated the neighbourhood of GoudhSrst, where he resides, and where, as might have been expected from the simi- larity of the soil to that of the neighbouring districts in Sussex many species recorded for Sussex, but previously unknown as Kentish, have been discovered, especially on the damp sandy clay which, except near the neighbourhood of Tunbridge Wells is not frequent m Kent. Since the publication of the list of Kentish Mosses, Mr. Dixon's excellent Student's Handbook of British Mosses has appeared and has come into general use, and Mr. E. C. Horrell has published an account of the Spharpiacem as revised by Warnstorf In the following list, therefore, the names given by these two authors will be followed; those in the previous list will be given in paren- theses, but for the sake of convenience of reference the order followed will be that of the previous list published in 1877. The initials used indicate the following gentlemen by whom the various species were detected : — J. S. . . The Right Honourable Lord Justice Stirling W. E. N. . Mr. W. E. Nicholson, Lewes. E. S. S. . Mr. E. S. Salmon, Reigate. E. C. H. , Mr. E. C. Horrell, Peckham. 180 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY The Sphagna in this list have been determined by Mr. E. C. Horrell, who has paid special attention to this group. Where the collector's name is not given, the author is responsible for the names.. The species new to the county, added since 1877, are as follows : — Sphagnum suhnitens R. & W. var. violascens Warnst. Goudhurst, J. S. — S. cyntbi folium Warnst. var. versicolor W. Goudhurst, J. S. — Var. pallescens W. Keston Common, E. C. II. — S. medium Limpr. var. roseum Warnst. Keston Common, E. C. H. — S. papillosum Lindb. var. normale Warnst. Keston Common, K. C. B. — Var. sublme Warnst. Keston Common. E. C. H. ; Seal, near Sevenoaks. — S. ruhellum Wils. var. ruhrum. Grav. Keston Common, Cocks. — S. crassicladum Warnst. Near Ightham, E. C. H. — S. rufescens Warnst. Keston Common, Cocks. — S. cnspidatum R. & W. var. falcatiim. Keston Common, E. C. H. TetrapJds Browniana Grev. [Tetrodontium). On stones in a stream in Hungershall Wood, Tun bridge Wells, but on the Kentish side of the river, very sparingly. The place where it grows is being altered by building and sewerage operations, and several rare species of mosses have disappeared since 1877 in this locality. Catharinea amjustata Brid. Bedgebury Wood, near Goudhurst, W. E. N. d- J. S. Growing in some abundance in damper parts of the wood, it is not easily distinguished at sight from some forms of C. undulata, but under a lens it is easily recognized by its wide nerve. A few specimens were found in fruit in December. — C. tenella Rohl. In the same wood as, and in company with, the last species, K. S. S. S J. S. First found by Mr. Salmon in a barren state, but subsequently in fruit, sparingly. It resembles C. undulata in the young state, but the leaves have a more trans- lucent appearance, and are practically free from spines on the surface. The leaves also have a more lanceolate or broader appearance than in C. angustata. Fotytrichum strictwn Banks. Ginning's Springs, near Westen- hanger. Archidium alternifolium Schimp. On damp sandy clay in a quarry near Goudhurst, abundantly, E. M. H. d- J. S. Fleuridiuui alternifolium Rabenh. Ightham. Selifjeria pusilla B. & S. Morant's Court Hill, near Dunton Green ;* Kemsing Quarry. This species occurs in the same wood as S. paucifolia Carr., but is readily distinguished by the wide- mouthed capsule and the denticulate base of the leaves. Dicranella crispa Schimp. In a lane between Laugton Green and Speldhurst, abundantly, T. W.— D. rufescens Schimp. Goud- hurst, in two places, TF. E. N. d J. S. — D. Schreberi Schimp. Damp wood near Dover; field near Bessell's Green, Sevenoaks. In both places sparingly. — Var. /3 elata Schimp. Gravel-pit, Goud- hurst, W. E. y. d J. S. Dichodontium pellucidmn Schimp. In a damp lane between Langton Green and Ashurst, and at Hingershall Rocks, E. M. H. In two places near Goudhurst, J. S. d IF. E. N. Weissia multimpsiilaris Mitt. (Systegium). Field near Bessell's Green, Sevenoaks , sparingly. — W. crispa var. (3 aciculata Mitt. KENT MOSSES 181 In some abuiidance in a grassy field near Ightham. This variety has been distributed by me as IVeissia umlticapsnlarls, and has been accepted as sucii by several bryologists. It differs very mnch in habit from W. crispa Mitt., growing in somewhat loose spreading patches amongst grass, and almo«t hidden by it ; the uppermost leaves are longer; the plant is duller in colour, and less crisped when dry. In areolation of the leaf, however, it more nearly approaches \V. crispa, and fruits more freely than typical W. viulti- capsularis. Mr. W. E. Nicholson, who has carefully examined the plant, is of opinion that it is referable to the above variety. — W. viicrofitoma C. M. Seal, near Sevenoaks. This species appears to be by no means common in Kent. — IF. squarrosa C. M. Near Stone Street, Sevenoaks, and near Bessell's Green. Goudhurst, J. S. This species grows usually in much damper situations than W. viridiihi, and when the lid has fallen is easily recognized by the membrane closing the mouth of tlie capsule ; and also by the plane margins of the leaves. — \V. tenuis C. M. Fant Woods, Maidstone, in fruit abundantly ; and White Rock, near Stone Street, sterile. Goudhurst, on an old bridge, J. S. This species seems to prefer shady greensand rocks or stones. Leptudontium geuimasctus Braithw. On a barn near Riverhead. The thatch on the barn has since been renewed, and the plant has disappeared. Pha.wum Fkerkecuium W. & M. On clods of chalk in open fields, in September and October, Morant's Court Hill. Recognized by its reddish tint and by growing in a scattered manner, preferring the shady side of clods of chalk turned up by the plough. On the level soil it is quickly hidden from sight by the action of the rain. Pottia bryoides Mitt. On a grassy slope near Shoreham, very sparingly. Barbula Hpadicea Mitt. In one place near Goudhurst, W, E. N. Trichostomum tortnosum Dixon. Between Shoreham and Eynes- ford, on the side of a clialk cutting, H. W. Moninijton. I have not seen a specimen, but it is said to occur in similar localities in Surrey. Grimmia comniiitata Hiiben. On a tiled roof near Goudhurst, very rare, W. E. N. d J. S. — G. pnlvinata Smith, var. /? obtusa Hiiben. On a wall, Knowle Park, Sevenoaks. — G. orbicularis Bruch. A single tuft on a wall in Seal Hollow Lane, Sevenoaks. Easily recognized by the dimidiate calyptra, and by the fruit being more developed in February than that of G. pulvinata. Rhacomitrium lanwp'nosum, Brid. Three tufts only on a tiled shed, Bedgebury, near Goudhurst, W. E. N. S J. S. Zygodon viridissimiis Brown, var. (3 rupestris Lindb. In fruit near Bessell's Green. Ephemerum serratuni Hampe, f3 any usti folium. B. & S. In fruit abundantly in a grassy field near Ightham, in company with Weissia crispa var. aciculata Mitt, and Fnnaria fascicular is Schimp. ; Goud- hurst, IF. E. N. d J. S. — E. sessile Rabenh. Bedgebury Wood, near Goudhurst, W. E. N. d J. S, Funaria ericetorum Dixon. Goudhurst, in several places, J. S. 182 THK JOURNAL OF BOTANV Joyden's Wood, near Bexley. — F. fascicular is Dixon. Frequent on stony grassy fields on the lower greensand. Goudhiirst, in several places, ./. iS'. Near Ightham, abundantly; near Ide Hill, Cndliam. Brijnm pseudutriqiietnim Scliwaegr. Keston Common, E. George. Ightham, E. M. H. Goudhurst, not uncommon, J. S. Philunotis capUlaris Lindb. Godden Green, near Sevenoaks, E. M. H. d Mrs. Holmes. Bedgebury Wood, Goudhurst, sparingly, with male tlowers, W. E. A'. S J. S. Fissideiis virididus Wahlenb. Forest Hill, E. George. Seven- oaks, E. M. H. Goudhurst, in two places, J. S. — F. decipiens De Not. Godden Green, Sevenoaks. Found only in a sterile con- dition. — F. collinus Mitt. Kemsing. This plant, which grows amongst grass on chalky hill-sides, is regarded by Dixon as only a form of F. adiantoides Hedw. Eurhynchium striatulum B. & S. Basted Hill, near Borough Green and Plaxtol, rare and sterile. — F. abbreciatum Schimp. Plaxtol, E. M. H. Goudhurst, in three places, E. S. S. d J. S. Plugiothecium Borrerianiini Spruce. Rusthall, Tunbridge Wells, in fruit, J. S. The fruit is very rare. Ambli/stegiwn protensum Lindb. Woods near Stone Street, Seven- oaks. This plant is placed by Dixon under Hypnuni stellatum as var. jS protenmm B. & S. It is, hov,'ever, very distinct in habit from that moss. It was growing prostrate on boulders of greensand rock in a wooded valley, and grew closely adherent to the stone. NOTES ON SHROPSHIRE PLANTS. By William E. Beckwith. [The following list is evidently a continuation of the notes by the late Mr. W. E. Beckwith which appeared in this Journal for 1881 and 1882, and carries his records down to the year 1889. The manuscript was kindly lent by Miss Beckwith for the use of the Committee now engaged in the preliminary work of the pro- posed new Flora of Shropshire, and has been copied by Mr. R. de G. Benson. — W. P. Hamilton, Ron. Sec. to the Committee.'] Ranunculus Lingua L. By Blackmere and Osmere Meres, near Whitchurch ; by a pool near Baschurch Railway-station; in a small pool between Hufley and Perril, near Shrewsbury, but which is evidently the last remains of an extensive piece of water ; by Marton Pool, near Chirbury; ditches on Baggy Moor, near Bagley. Rare, except by large, or what have been large, pieces of water, or in wide open ditches. — JrL parvijiorus L. Bridge over Great Western Railway west of Baschurch Station. A rare plant in Shropshire. — ti. arvensis L. Ploughed fields on the outskirts of Wyre Forest; also near Cressage, Harley, Westbury, Cruckton, and Baschurch. Not common, but often imported with seed-corn. Trollius europmis L. Ditches at the Hayes near Oswestry, and NOTES ON SHROPSHIRE PLANTS 188 in grass -fields near Welsh Frankton. In both places ifc may have escaped from gardens. Aquilcffia vulgaris L. Plentiful on the steep right^ bank of the Mole brook below the village of Leighton, but the varied colours of the flowers betray its garden origin. Aconitum yapellm L. Plentiful by the river Ledwytch, in the neighbourhood of Pouglimill and Caynham, near Ludlow. Berbeds viilrjcuis L. Hedges about the Sharpstones Hill and Monkmoor ; by the river Perry near Baschurch ; by Westbury Railway-station; Shawbury (3/m Kilvert). ^ymphcBa alba L. Pools on Shawbury Heath ; Osmere Mere ; abundant in Sundorne Pool. Nuphar Uitea Sm. Osmere Mere ; river Perry, above Baschurch. Papaver Argetuone L. Ploughed fields and hedgebanks near Buildwas Abbey, Baschurch, and Croesmere. Corydnlis claviciilnta DC. On Grinshill Hill and Pirn Hill; in a bog near Welshampton ; in a wood near Colemere Mere. Brassica nigra Koch. By the Severn at Cressage, and near Dawley Church. Cardamine amara L. By the Worfe, from Rindleford to its mouth ; bogs near Arkoll and Lawrence Hill ; by the Severn near Shelton, Uffington, Eaton Constantine, Cressage and Leighton, and in wet places in woods in Leighton parish ; boggy field by the road from Cressage to Cressage Park ; by river Perry near Baschurch ; brook at Harnage ; Manor Pool, Shifnal ; Snow Pool, Dryton ; by the river Roden below Lee Bridge. — C. impatiens L. Helmuth, and woods above Watling Street, between Church and Little Stretton ; plentiful. Arabis perfoliate Lam. Lane near Moreton Corbet. Mr. W. Beacall has found it in hedges at the Cliff, and Marton, near Bas- church. Barbarea stricta Andrz. Mr. J. G. Baker considers specimens from by the stream flowing from Cross Houses to the Severn, and from by the mill on the Roden at Newton-on-Hine-Heath, to belong to this species. Cochlearia danica L. Old roofs near the Smithfield, Shrewsbury. Thiaspi arvense L. Neaves Castle, Garmeston and Lye Farm in Leighton parish ; Cound village ; plentiful by Lady Oak near Cres- sage and Belswardine Hall ; Fox Farm ; Chilton. Teesdalia nitdicaulis Br. Bank above Snow Pool near Dryton ; hedge by Hampton Bank near EUesmere. Lepidium Smithii Hook. Grinshill Hill ; Mary's Dingle, near Leighton; by a chapel on Overley Hill; lane near Moreton Corbet; frequent on the Sharpstones Hill, near Slirewsbury ; rather common about Church Siretton. Coronopux Ruellii Gaertn. On the roads on Kingsland Shrews- bury, and about Albright Lee, Cross Hill, Harlescott and Betton near that town ; lane below Eye Farm and by Leighton Hall, Leighton ; below Eaton Constantine Rectory ; bridle road from Donnington to Beslow, near Wroxeter. — C. didymus Sm. Left bank of Severn opposite Cherry Orchard ; sent me in 1889 by Mr. 184 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY H. Royle. (Mr. Beacall records this frora same neighbourhood in May, 1880.) Reseda Luteola L. Wenlock and Haughmond Abbeys ; by Severn, above Cressage and near Buildwas ; limekilns in Farley Dingle and Iron Bridge ; near Madeley and Coalport; near Cound, Caynham Court, Longville, Eaton Mascott, Battlefield, Harley, and Oswestry ; abundant around Oakengates on old pit-mounds. Helianthemum viiJf/are Gaertn. Sent me by Mr. W. Beacall from Haughmond Hill. Viola palustris L. Blackmere Mere, near Ellesmere; boggy field near Hampton Bank ; Shawbnry Park Wood. — F. hirta L. By roadsides and iu wood in Farley Dingle and near Tickwood. — T^ lutea Huds. On the Longmynds and Caradoc, near Church Stretton. Drosera rotund (folia L. Wet places at Hampton Bank and Moss by Swetmere, near Ellesmere ; plentiful in small bogs at the base of the Caradoc ; by pools on Hoduet Heath. — D. anglica Huds. ^oggy ground at Hampton Bank, on Whixall Moss. Silene injiata Sm. Hedgebanks at Grindle, near Shifual; abun- dant on Wenlock Edge, Harley, Cressage, Charlton Hill, Betton, West Felton, Baschurch, Grinshill, Oswestry, Ellesmere, Cockshutt, Martou near Chirbury. Lychnis Githago Lam. Plentiful in cornfields near Shifnal ; also found about Shrewsbury, Wroxeter, Eaton Constantine, Leighton, and Acton Burnell. Not common, but often imported with clover-seed. Cerastium guatenielluni Feuzl. Upon Charlton and Broomhill and near Snow Pool, Wroxeter. Mr. H. Auden has also collected it on Pontesford Hill. — C. seniidecandnon L. High Rock, Bridg- north ; by foot-road to Rindleford. Stellariu aijuaticn Scop. By the Severn, near Cressage, Leigh- ton, and Bridgnorth ; in its old bed near Salop ; Walford Pool ; by brooks and ditches about Minsterley, Bomere Farm, and abundant near Betton Pool ; by the old bed of the Tern, at its mouth; by brook at Hanwood ; Shelton Rough ; Baggy Moor ; Rodington ; Kinnersley ; Attingham Park ; by the brook at Yockleton, and river Perry at Baschurch ; Stanwardine-in-the-fields. — -S'. media With. A large form of this, which Mr. A. Bennett considers to be Hfglectit, grows in a wood at Pimley, near Uffington, and under the High Rock, Bridgnorth. Sagina nodosa E. Mey. Frequent about canal wharf near Rednal Station, and by the canal at Weston LuUingfields. Spergularia rubra Fenzl. Common about Bridgnorth ; Snow Pool, Wroxeter ; Shawbnry Heath ; Cliff Hill, near Nesscliffe ; by railway near Hodnet ; bottom of Carding Mill Valley, Church Stretton. Montia jontana L. Plentiful in ditches and wet places ; by Bomere Pool, Osmere Mere, and Newton Mere ; abundant by small streams and in wet places on the Longmynds. Elatine hexandra DC. Plentiful in Newton Mere, near Ellesmere. Hypericum AndroscBmum L. Hedges near Cressage Park ; iu NOTES ON SHROPSHIRE PLANTS 185 Willey Park ; wood by railway below Shinetou ; Hurst Wood, Leigbton. — H. huwifumni L. Charlton Hill, plentiful ; Grinshill ; Hawkstoue ; round Whixall Mosj*, and about Wyre Forest ; round Church Stretton, plentiful. — H. inontanum L. Lane near East- hope, on Wenlock Edge. Very rare. — H. hirsutum L. About Leigbton, Cressage Park, Harley, Cound, Hook-a-Gate, Redhill, Condover; near Bridgnorth, Linley, Hughley, Eaton Coustantine ; plentiful about Little Wenlock ; Coalport and Longville. — H. Elodes L. By Oxon Pool, Shrawardine Pool, Snow Pool, at Ber- rington, and on Shawbury Heath. Malva moschata L. Cressage, Cound, Berrington, Bomere Pool, Longville, Stokesay, Minsterley, Eaton Constautine, Arkoll Hill, and Charlton Hill ; about Whitchurch, Much Wenlock, and Sharp- stones Hill, plentiful; near Walk Mill, Ali-Stretton. (jreraniuni. pruteme L. By the Severn at Quatford, Hughley, and near Dowles ; by the river Roden at Stanton -on-Hine-Heath, and Shawbury ; by brook which flows into the Severn by Linley Railway-station. — G. pi/renaicnm. L. By the chapel at Eaton Mascott ; by road between Cound and Cross Houses ; on the Hermitage Hill, Bridgnorth, and by the Weir Coppice, Hanwood, and near Oxon. — (r. pusilhtm, L. Charlton Hill and by Snow Pool, Wroxeter. — G. columbhuim L. About Much Wenlock, Munslow, Kemberton, Harley ; by Severn above Cressage ; Prest- hope. — G, iwidiim L. Longnor and Dorrington, li. M. Serjeantson. Hermitage Hill; Hanwood; Brointield ; Ludlow Castle. — G. sylvaticum L. Many places in Wyre Forest, but nowhere plentiful. Erodium ciciitarium L'Herit. Norton, near Wroxeter ; Cound Arbour and Cound Stank ; Dryton ; Clitf Hill, Baschurch ; Charlton Hill. Enonymus europmis L. Woods about Buildwas and up Farley Dingle ; Acton Burnell ; Shawbury, by the Roden ; Chaiiton Hill ; Cause Castle ; Baschurch ; Minsterley ; Lee Bridge ; Eaton Mas- cott ; Cound Moor ; Cressage ; Apley Park ; High Rock ; Preston Boats; Sharpstones Hill ; Red Hill; Hanwood; Nobold ; Oakley Park; Poughmill ; Yockleton ; Cross Hill ; Plealey; Shrawardine; Easthope. Rhainiuts catharticus L. Woods by the line east of Baschurch Railway-station; about the '' Yestalls," plentiful. — E. Fnuu/iila L. Baggy Moor, by Limpit Hill; one bush (''in fruit," IV. Beacall) ; Wyre Forest, plentiful ; hedges near Rednal Station and by Croes- mere Mere. Ult'x nanus Forst. Shelve ; thought to be so by authorities at Kew, but requires further investigation. Genista anglica L. Sliawbury Heatii ; small bog by Sharpstones Hill. — G. tinctoria L. About Sundorne ; Much Wenlock ; Eaton Constantine ; Golding ; Battlefield ; abundant near Longville, Kenley, Hughley, and Easthope. Ononis spinosa L. Hadnal Ease ; Under Wenlock Edge ; near Harley ; by Leigbton Hall. Melilotiis arvensls Wallr. Sides of railway by Buildwas ; on Kingslaud ; m clover-fields at Dorrington ; Wroxeter. Journal OF Botany. — Vol, 39. [May, 1901.J p 186 THK JOTRNAL OF BOTANY Anthyllis VnJneraria L. Wenlock Edge, near Presthope. Trifolium striatum L. Ranslett (?) Diugle, right bank of brook. — T. hi/hrpliim L. Red Hill; Eaton Constanrine, sown with clover and rve-grass. — T. arvense L. Rock-hole at Rusliton ; Grinshill; Shawbdry; rock-hole by Baschurch ; near Hodnec. ('' Hodnet Heath," BeaccU.) A.straf^ahis fih/ci/phyllus L. Rhidleford Bridge, below the mill ; back of liirch Pool. Ornithopus perpusillus L. Hawkstone Park ; Nesscliffe ; Grins- hill; The Cliff; Sharpstones ; abundant on Longmynds. Vicia tetrasperma Moench. Hawkstone Park, and about Weston, Gound, Cressage, Upton Magna, and Ludlow. — V. sylvatica L. Wood by railway below Shiueton ; woods east of railway between Church and Little Stretton. Latliyrus hitifolius L. Rock-hole by railway west of Baschurch Station. — L. syivt^stns L. Shelton Rough. — L. wacrorrhiza Wimm. Welshampton ; Farley Dingle, plentiful. Prunns insititia L. By Severn above Cressage ; Beslow ; Eaton CoDstantine Glebe. — P. avium L. Sharpstones Hill; Oteley Park; near Wem ; BettonWood; Upper Mill, Leighton ; near Westbury; Linley ; Henged, near Oswestry ; by Grove, Leighton, and near Buildwas Church. — P. Padua L. Moreton Corbet; Shawbury; hedges near Prees ; by the Perry about Baschurch ; plentiful about Henged, Whittington, and Halston. Spircea salicifolia L. By roadside near Nesscliffe (Leighton's Flora). No claim to be wild, as the late MissL. H. Jenkins planted it there. — S. Filipendtda L. Bushy rough ground by Olympian field, Much Wenlock. Sanguisorba officinalis L. Meadows by small brook above Cruck- ton Hall. Poteriiim Sanguisorba Ij. Farley Dingle; Tickwood; Buildwas; plentiful on Wenlock Edge. AlchemiUa vulgaris L. Stokesay ; Much Wenlock ; Little Wen- lock ; West Frankton, plentiful ; ArkoU ; Charlton and Newton Hills ; Cantlop Mill ; Farley Dingle ; Church Stretton ; Oswestry ; Baschurch ; Oakley Park ; Leighton ; Shawbury Park. Potentilla argentea L. Haughmond Hill, by Downton ; Sharp- stones Hill. — P, Comarum Nestl. WhixallMoss; Grinshill; Shaw- bury Heath ; Osmere Mere ; Oxon Pool ; Shrawardine Pool, abun- dant ; Weeping Cross Bog ; Longville ; Hufley ; Marton Pool, by Chirbury. Geum rivale L. Brook below Lumhole Pool ; foot of Charlton Hill ; by Roden at Newton, plentiful ; Perry, above Milford ; old bed of Severn at Halston, plentiful ; Wilfield ; Shawbury ; Shaw- bury Park, plentiful ; Holdgate (yir. Bcacall). — G. intermedium. In several places by streams about Halston, near Whittington. Pyrus torminalis Ehrh. Farley Diugle, Tickwood Hall, Black- firs (?) ; one large tree, dingle below Neaves Castle. — P. Aucuparia Gaertn. Woods above Buildwas, and in Farley Dingle ; hills and bogs. [The MS. ends here.] 187 SHORT NOTES. Impatiens Roylei. — Last year we found this plant growing in thousands and in the greatest luxuriance along some two miles of the uppermost course of the East Looe River (there only from four to eight feet in width), between Coombe Gate and Moorswater, Cornwall. I notice that it has been called " a cumbersome and weedy thing ; " but, growing in the soft warm south-west, with the base of its stem in the clear running stream, it is a magnificent plant, 5-7 ft. or more in height, stalwart, with a stem from 1 to 1| in. in diameter just above the surface of the water, erect, symmetrical in shape, with numerous aggregations of blossom, the central mass as big as a man's head, and those terminating all the principal lateral branches, though smaller still most striking — masses of bloom varying on different plants through a dozen lovely shades of colour from the very palest pink imaginable to the deepest claret-colour, and with a profusion of large, elegant, dark green, lanceolate leaves, some of them fully 15 in. in length. Stunted specimens of this Balsam are common in Cornwall in orchards and cottage gardens; but in the Upper Looe River the plant has become thoroughly naturalized, and I have never seen it quite as fine even in its native habitats. — A. 0. Hume. LoNicERA Xylosteum IN Kent. — At the end of May last I saw a large bush of Lonicera Xylosteum on a hedge-bank in a tane not far from Keston Church, Kent, The Flora of Kmt does not mention the species as occurring in the county. — W. H. Griffin. Camptothecium nitens in Worcestershire. — My esteemed co- worker in the moss-flora of Worcestershire, Mr. E. Cleminshaw, M.A., has recently found this rare moss in a marshy spot in the Clent district, where I have since had the pleasure of seeing it. This is a somewhat unexpected moss for the midlands. — J. E. Bagnall. Leptodontium recurvifolium in Ireland. — This fine moss, which was first found by Dr. Tavlor in 1842 on Knockavohila, a mountain between Kenmare and Killarney, in Co. Kerry, is stated by Dr. Braithwaite and Mr. Dixon to be extinct in the locality. It is therefore interesting to mention that it was rediscovered by the Rev. C. H. Binstead in 1896 at Connor Hill Pass and on Brandon Mountain, both in Co. Kerry ; and by myself in 1898 at Coomanard Loughs, which are situated in a remote and wild deep glen two miles north-east of Connor Hill Pass. — H. W. Lett. 188 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.* Annalii of Botitny (March). — A. G. Tausley & E. Chick, 'Con- ducting Tissue-System in Bryophyta ' (2 pi.). — E. A. N. Arber, ' Effect of Salts on assimilation of carbon dioxide in Vlca latissima.' — D. T. Gwynue-Vauglian, 'Anatomy of Loxsnma' (1 pi.). — W. Watson, 'Germination of seeds of Bertholettid ' (2 p\.). — D. H. Campbell, * Embryo-sac of Pepe^-onda ' (1 pi.). — R. H. Bififen, 'Biology of Bulgaria poh/niorpha' (1 pi.). — E. C. Jeffrey, -Infra- nodal organs in Calamites and Dicotyledons ' (2 pi.). — B. M. Davis, •Nuclear studies on P^///a ' (2 pi.). — I. H. Burkill, 'Ovary of Parnasda palustris.' Bot. Gazette (16 March; received 10 April). — H. C. Cowles, 'Physiographic Ecology of Chicago' (concl.). — M. L. Fernald, ' Nomenclatorial Principles.' — J. W. Harshberger, ' Feeding Plas- modia of FuUgo.* Bot. Notiser (haft 2 ; 1 April). — T. Hedlund, ' Ora Ribes nibnim.' — R. Sernander, ' Om de buskartade lafvarnes Lapterer.' — L. P. ii. Matsson, Rosa caryoplu/llacea. Bull, de VHerb. Boissier (31 March). — C. de Candolle. ' PiperacesB et Meliaceae brasilienses a cl. W. Schwacke lectre.' — 0. & B. Fedt- schenko, ' Flore de la Crim^e ' (cont.). — R. Chodat, ' PlantaB Hass- lerianae' (Paraguay). Bull. Torreij Bot. CI lib (27 March). — A. Eastwood, • Nemophilas from Pacific Coast ' (6 pi.). — M. A. Howe, ' Uicci<( Bei/richiana & R. dictyospora.' — E. P. Bicknell, ' Teucrium in E. United States.' — P. A. Rydberg, ' PotentillecB.' Gardeners' Chronicle (30 March). — C. T. Druery, ' Fern phe- nomena discovered in 19th century.' Journal de Botanique (" Novembre 1900" ; received 30 March). — C. Sauvageau, • Les Sphacelariacees ' (cont.). — A. de Coincy, ' Especes critiques du genre Ischium ' (concl.). — Ph. van Tieghem, ' Sur les Dicotyl6dones du groupe des Homoxyl^es ' (cont.). Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) xxxv. no. 242 (1 April). — A. L. Smith, ' Fungi from West Indies ' (3 pL). — I. H. Burkill, ' Flora of Vavau.' — G. C. Druce, ' British species of Sea-Thrifts and Sea-Lavenders.' ' Oesterr. Bot. Z e itschrift {A^ril). — F. Pax, ' Neue Pflanzenformen aus den Karpathen." — A. V. Schiftner, • Zur Flora von Madeira, Tenerififa, und Grand-Cauaria ' {Hepaticce). — A. Waisbecker. ' Zur Flora des Eisenburger Comitats.' — H. Freilach, 'Anatomie des Blattes von Sanseviera.' Rhodora (April). — M. A. Day, ' Herbaria of New England.' — C. S. Sargent, ' CrattEgus from Montreal.' — G. P. Clinton, 'New Smuts on Eriocaulon.' — E. L. Greene, Eupatorium boreale^ sp. u. • The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date ol publication. 189 BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. At the meeting of the Lianean Society on April 4th, 1901, Mr. W. B. Heinsley exhibited specimens of Sapium and Hei-ea and Ca^tilloa, with a view to clear up certain questions concerning the Rubber-trees, by examining a large series of plants and seeds forwarded by Mr. Jenman, Government Botanist in British Guiana. The genus Hevm included ten or a dozen described species in- habiting eastern tropical South America, but none in the West Indies. Hevea brasi liens is, the source of the true Pard rubber, is not very different from Hevea ijuianensis, which is restricted to French Guiana, the differences between them being shown in the figures given of the floral structure and seeds in Hooker's Icones PInntarum, plates 2570-2577. It was formerly supposed that two species of Hevea might be distinguished in British Guiana, one {Hevea pauciflora) having thin leaves and a hairy ovary, the other thick coriaceous leaves and a glabrous ovary ; but, after examining a large number of specimens, Mr. Hemsley had come to the conclusion that the differences were not constant, and that all the specimens exhibited might belong to one spe- cies, and merely represented individual variation. The exhibition demonstrated the difficulty of determining species of Hevea from imperfect specimens, and especially from seeds alone. A paper was read by Messrs. W. B. Hemsley and H. H. Pearson. " On a Small Collection of Dried Plants made by Sir Martin Conway in the BoHvian Andes in 1898-99." This collection contained but forty-six species, but these were of special interest from the great height at which they were found, /. f. between 18,000 ft. and 18,700 ft. above sea-level. The highest Andine plants on record were stated to be Mah-astruiu jiabel latum Wedd., and a grass, Dey- eiixia glacialis Wedd. Dr. E. L. Greene publishes, in the Catholic Uyiiversitij Bulletin of Washington for April, a severe criticism of "Some Literary Aspects of American Botany." " It would be extreme to say that, from the literary point of view, the condition of American botany has been retrograding somewhat rapidly for ten or a dozen years past, and is in a state which I am sure the forefathers of our Science in this country, the good men of sixty and of thirty years ago, would think of as deplorable ; and they would be right." Dr. Greene, we think, weakens his case by the strength of his language, and by a certain vein of hypercriticism which pervades his paper ; but he has written an interesting essay (to be followed, we gather, by others on the same subject), to which we may take occasion to recur. We have received a circular with reference to the formation of a new society, to be called the International Botanical Association, which is to be inaugurated at a meeting to be held in the botanical laboratory of the University of Geneva on the 7th of August. '• The chief object of the Association will be the foundation of a bibliographic periodical criticising in a perfectly impartial manner 190 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY all botanical publicatious in such a way that the important be separated from the less so. It will not-— as some periodicals do — devote page after page to pubUcations of questionable value, while most important works are put off with two or three lines or even not mentioned at all. The criticisms will — at the desire of the contributors — be published in engiish, frencb or german. All will be submitted to the judgment of au editor nominated by the Association and responsible to it. Under no circumstances the membership will cost more than 25s., including the gratis delivery of the periodical." Dr. J. P. Lotsy, Wageningen, Holland, receives applications for membership. The Botanical Gazette for March contains a detailed and very trenchant criticism of '• Some Recent Publications and the Nomen- clatorial Principles they represent," from the pen of Mr. M. L. Fernald. It is based on Mr. Heller's recent Cittalofjue of North American Plants, to the methods of which we took exception on p. 119, but deals unsparingly with the " Rochester Code," and the results of its application. Mr. Fernald advocates the adoption of the Berlin rule for generic names, and " the so-called Kew rule of retaining the first specific name used under the accepted genus." Messrs. Roscoe Pound and F. E. Clements have issued a hand- some volume on the Phytor/fOf/raphy of Xehraska, embodying a general survey of " the result of nearly five years of active study of the floral covering of Nebraska, carried on by members of the Botanical Seminar in the Botanical Survey of the State : " it is " published by the Seminar " at Lincoln, Neb. The first edition of the work was issued in 1897, but the greater part of it was de- stroyed by fire. The work is of course mainly of local interest, but is very comprehensive ; the table of contents occupies four pages of small print, the main division being into five chapters — I. Physiognomy and Climatology; II. Statistics and Regional Limitations ; III. The Vegetation-Forms of the Flora ; IV. The Ecological and Biological Relations of the Natural Groups ; V. The Plant Formations : these headings, however, give no adequate idea of the amount and varied interest of the information contained in the volume. There is a very complete and rather extravagantly printed index of the plants referred to ; the nomen- clature is that of Britton and Brown's Illastrate'l Flora, and the objectionable innovation of trinominals is adopted. The conve- nience of the book for purposes of reference is greatly impaired by the absence of italics for the names of plants, the whole text being printed in excellent but uniform type; the inconvenience is inten- sified by the spelling of all specific names with a small initial letter. Under the auspices of the Scliweiz. botanisch. Gesell.-chaft, the elements of a great work on the Cryptogamic Flora of Switzerland are in course of publication. The composition of the several treatises being entrusted to acknowledged ex})erts, the completed work is likely to be of au exhaustive character. We have just received the second part of the first volume — Die Farnkrdiiter der Schweiz, by H. Christ (Bern : K. J. Wyss. 1900. Pp. 189 ; 28 figures in the text. Price i francs) — which is a monograph of all the vascular cryptogams of BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 191 the country, with the exception of Equisetum, Lycopodiiim, Isoetes, and Selafjinella, an adequate census of which has not yet been made. i)r. Christ's contribution is divisible into three portions — a lengtliy introduction, a handy key to the genera and sptcies, aud a systematic arrangement of the phiuts. In this last we tind 23 gener.i, 53 species, 119 varieties and subvarieties, some 19 hybrids, and 25 sports — a precision of treatment which mdicates the exhaus- tive manner iu whicli tlie author has dischar^'ed his task. Inter- spersed are plenty of critical notes and records of the distribution at home and abroad. The introduction atibrds much attractive reading on such matters as the existing collections of dried ferns in Switzerland and the published literature ; the variation and hybridization of the species ; the iufluence of locality, soil, and altitude; plant-associations, geographical distribution, and so forth. William Hodgson, who died at Workington, Cumberland, on March 27, was born at Raughtonhead Hill, near Dalstou, in the same county, on April 7, 1824. At the age of seventeen he became parish schoolmaster at Watermillock, and later tilled with much success a similar post at Aspatria. He was active in local politics in the Liberal interest, and in other ways was a useful member of the community. From a very early period Hodgson was interested in botany, and, largely owing to the encouragement of Mr. J. G. Baker, published in 1898 a Flora of Cumbedand, which was noticed at some length in this Journal for 1899 (pp. 184-6). At the time of his death he was engaged on an account of Cumberland plants for the "Victoria History " of the Enghsh counties. He was elected an Associate of the Linnean Society in 1884. Dr. Peter Cormack Sutherland, who was prematurely included in the Biographical List of BritisJi Botanists, died at Durban, Natal, on the 30th of last November. He was born at Latheron, Caith- ness, in 1822, and graduated at Aberdeen in his twenty-fifth year. In 1850-1 he went on the expedition in search of Franklin, and published a Journal of his voyage in 1852. In 1853 he went to the colony of Natal, where he shortly became Government Geolo- gist and (in 1855) Surveyor-General, a post which he held until his retirement in 1887. In Harvey's Flora Capensis he is mentioned as having sent " small but carefully selected collections made in various parts of his district during hasty professional visits ; in one of which expeditions he discovered Greijia Sutherlandi, one of the most remarkable of South-east African shrubs." According to the Gardeners' Chronicle, in which a fuller account of Sutherland is given, he "■ had the honour of initiating into the ways and customs of South African life " Mr. Cecil Rhodes, who resided with him for several months iu 1871, "before entering upon his great mission in life." Sutherland does not seem to have done any botany after this. We take the following notice of Mr. Arthur Coppen Jones, who died at Davos Platz on March 8th, from the British Medical Journal for March 30 (p. 806) :— " Mr. Coppen Jones was born in London thirty-five years ago. He studied at the Royal School of Mines, where he won the Forbes prize. He had been intended for a life of pure science, and he 192 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY worked at comparative anatomy under Huxley. But his health broke down when he was about twenty, and he went to Davos on account, of })uhnonary tubercle, which after some years healed, and never troubled him again. In the meantime he had taken up the study of bacteriology under Koch at Berlin. The medical men of Davos were not slow to avail themselves of his service for bacterio- logical work and chemical examinations. In the course of his extensive work in this direction, the occurrence of branched forms of the tubercle bacillus and the occasional presence of club-shaped bodies suggested a relationship with actinomydes. To test this view he worked in some of the pathological laboratories of Germany. The outcome of his researches was embodied in a paper in the Centralblatt filr Baktefioloijie, 1895, Nos. 1 to 3. He advanced reasons for regarding the tubercle bacillus as a mould of fungus [sic] instead of as a bacterium, and in a later paper suggested the name * tuberculomyces.' The well-deserved recognition on the part of German bacteriologists of this careful piece of work stimulated Jones to further exertions. But he overtaxed his strength. While he was working in Zurich in 189G, symptoms of vesical tuberculosis appeared. Tliis distressing ailment more than once seemed likely to become quiescent, as the same disease in the lung had previously done ; but the restless energy of tiie patient and his devotion to work led again and again to fresh outbursts of activity. In spite of the great handicap such an illness inflicted, Jones translated Fischer's Structure ami Function of Bacteria for the Clarendon Press. Tlie translation, which appeared a few months ago, was very favourably received. Coppen Jones was a man of sterling worth, honest and painstaking in everything he did, and withal a good fellow." Charlotte Mary Yonge. the well-known Anglican writer, to whose list of Hampshire (Hursley and Otterbouriie) plants reference was made on p. 79, died at Otterbourne (where she was born on Aug. 11, 1827) on the 24th of March. Although not a botanist, Miss Yonge had much affection for and some knowledge of plants. The Herb i>f the Field, which first appeared in a little magazine then under Miss Yonge's editorship, was printed as a volume in 1853, and again in 1858 ; it is a pleasant little book, in the style of which Miss Anne Pratt was a better known exponent. She also supplied the letterpress for a folio volume of plates (first printed abroad), entitled Lessons from the Vegetable Kingdom ; this was first published in Edinburgh in 1857, and went through several editions. The Daily ^ews has been indulging in botany, with the usual result. From its columns (April 17) we learn that "botanists regard the beautiful rambling hedge rose of our country lanes as the original stock whence all the delightful varieties of the double roses of our gardens sprang." We are also told that "railway travellers often mistake" the "yellow grouping" of the lesser celandine " for another gold dainty of early spriug, the gorse," and that " the elegant snowdrop grows in gleaming tufts in every hollow " ; and so on. -. rf^^^S 198 LIMONIUM LYCHNIDIFOLIUM var. COEYMBOSUM. By C. E. Salmon. (Plate 422.) Last August, as announced in this Journal for 1900, p. 483, Mr. 0. R. P. Andrews discovered this plant in Alderney, where he found it growing sparingly on low rocks by the sea, in company with FAmcndum, occidentale. This is a new record for the Channel Island Flora, although it is known to occur in many places on the west coast of France, and also in Normandy ; and it is possible that this striking and distinct-looking plant may be found in Great Britain itself. I have followed Dr. Kuntze in adopting the earlier name Limonium for the genus which appears in our books as Statice. The synonymy of the plant under description is as follows : — Limonium lychnidifolium 0. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Plant, ii. 395 (1891). Statice auHcidcc-ursifoUa Pourr. in Act. Acad. Toul. iii. 330 (1788), pro parte. 8. auricuUefolia Benth. Cat. PI. Pyren. 123 (1826) pro parte et auct. pi., non Vahl. S. lychnidi folia Girard in Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, xvii. 18 (1842). var. CORYMBOSUM. 8. lychnidifolia /J conjmbosa Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xii. 647 (1848). Girard' s original description of his lychnidifolia (omitting for the present Pourret's plant) was published in 1842, and may be translated : " Leaves more or less obovate, rather broadly acuminate, scurfy-pulverulent ; lowest >icale of the scape often differing from the upper ; branches stiffly erect, distichous ; spikes erecto-spreading, subcongested, rather dense ; inner bract exceeding the outer three times-''; calyx very obtusely 5-lobed; reproductive organs exserted; anthers oblong." In the long and careful account which follows, Girard further distinguishes his plant. I give what seem to be the most valuable specific characters in condensed form : — Plant 6-18 in. high ; rather robust. Root stout, woody. Leaves 2-4 in. long or more, ^-1 in. wide, more or less obovate, sometimes subrotund or obovate- lanceolate, rather broadly acuminate, subacute (usually tapering to an obtuse point); apiculate (or not); scaly; glaucous; petiole 2-41 lines wide, longer (or shorter) than the blade ;^ 5-9-veined. Scape (tapering from base) branched in its upper third (oi* in its upper half). Scales usually varying in shape ; the lowest foliaceous, |-1| in. long, 1-6 lines wide, the others smaller (and decreasing to) 2-3"hnes long^ 2 hnes wide, ovate-triangular, acuminate, with a * Probably by a printer's error, the words " inner " and " outer " have their positions reversed in his original description. Journal OF Botany.— Vol. 39. [June, 1901.] p 194 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY scarious margin. Branches stiffly erect, 1-3 in. long (lowest ones, with spike, 2^-3 in. long) ; (panicle broadest about the middle) ; (no sterile lower branches). Spikes i-l in. long, dense-flowered, spreading, at first straight, then recurved. Spikelets 2-4- (3-5-) flowered ; not congested. Outer and middle bracts §-1^ lines long. Inner bract 2^-2^ lines long ; 3 (2^-2^-) times longer than the outer bract, Bracteoles (1-3 in each spikelet) a little shorter than inner bract, frayed at the apex, (slightly gibbous). Calyx with very obtuse short subrotund lobes ; tube rather hairy ; (teeth of veins short, broad-based, acute ; veins usually hairy, more copiously so near base, occasionally half-way up teeth). I have added in brackets certain variations from and additions to Girard's description ; these are the results of an examination of an undoubted example of I ijchnidi folium, in Herb. Brit. Mus. collected by Companyo in 1852 near Perpignan and Sainte-Lucie (Aude). (Fl. Gall, et Germ. Exsicc. C. Billot. No. 1053). The variety corymbosum was first described (under Statice lychnidifolia Gir.) by E. Boissier in De Candolle's Prodromus in 1848, where we find this diagnosis: — " /?. corymbosa, panicula minus ramosa confertiore ramorum inferiorum elongatione sub- corymbosa." A close examination of Mr. Andrews's plant, which is, I think, best placed under this variety, gives the following further points of difference from true lyclinidifoUam : — Plant 8-10 in. high. Scape branched below the middle, often from quite close to its base. Branches (lowest) very long, 3-4f in. with spike, forming a broad panicle usually broadest above the middle and so rather corymbose ; very rarely 1-2 sterile lower branches. Spikes \-l in. long. Spike- lets 1-2-flowered, usually 2. (Jute)- bract l|-li lines long. Inner bract 2^ lines long, scarcely twice as long as outer. Bracteoles 1 in each spikelet (or 0 in the 1 -flowered spikelets), strongly gibbous. L. lychnidlfolinm and its var. corymbosum may be distinguished from our other British species as follows : — L. occidentale 0. Kuntze (Statice occidentalis Lloyd) is a more slender plant with lanceolate- spathulate and smaller leaves (never so broad), 1-3- veined ; scales of the scape varying but little in size (about 4-1^ hues long), and never foliaceous ; spikes ascending- spreading, never horizontal or recurved nor so congested as in lychnidifolium ; teeth of calyx-veins longer, narrow and very acute. Mr. C. R. P. Andrews also noted that in his plant, when growing, the rich brown colour of the bracts showed up the scarious calyx m stronger contrast, as compared with the species in question. L. Dodartii 0. Kuntze {Statice Dodartii Girard) is nearer lychni- difolium, and is quite as robust ; it is distinguished by the stout scape, which hardly tapers at all from base to apex ; by its leaves, which are not so large, and which are rounded (or very obtusely pointed) at the apex, 3-5-veined; its spikes are rigidly erect, sub- vertical, never spreading or horizontal, and its panicle narrow and elongated; also the scales vary but little in size (about 2^-1 line long). I omit mention of the plant called intermedia by Syme, as this and forms near it require further study. "STATICE PUBESCENS SM." ' 195 The earlier name for the species, Statice auricida-ursifolia of Pourret, cannot stand as a synonym of L. hjch)ddi folium without the words "pro parte " being added; in the British Museum Her- barium is a sheet from Pourret on which are specimens of both lijch nidi folium and Girardianum (Statice densijiora Girard), which seems to show that Pourret mcluded two plants in his description. I should be very grateful for the loan of any dried examples of British L. occideutale, Dodartii, and intermedium, for the study of this particular group of Limonium ; any fresh living specimens sent to " Clevelands," Reigate, Surrey, would also be extremely useful. I have to express my thanks to Mr. C. R. P. Andrews for notes on the finding of the plant, and to Mr. Britten for help given in the preparation of this paper. Explanation of Plate 422. Limonium lychnidifoliuin 0. Kuntze, var. corymbosum, natural size, drawn from an Alderney specimen:—!. Outer bract. 2. Middle bract. 3. Inner bract. 4. Bracteole. 5. Calyx. All enlarged four times. STATICE PUBESCENS Sm. By the Editor. Mr. Druce in the recently issued number of the Linnean Society's Journal'' follows Dr. Otto Kuntze in placing under Statice the Thrifts, which have usually been called Armeria, and in adopting Limonium for the Sea-Lavenders ; and in this change all who accept the rule of priority will concur. He recognizes three species as British, thus following Boissier, though with some hesitation, in regarding Armeria pubescens Link as entitled to specific rank. This view, so far as I have been able to ascertain, is not maintained by most British botanists, but the limits of a species are of course matters on which there will always be difterences of opinion : Mr. Druce's method of dealing with the subject, and his creation of "varieties or subvarieties " both of S. maritima and S. pubescens, does not, however, inspire confidence as to their claim to specific distinction. Meanwhile I think it is clear that if the latter is to figure in our lists as an independent species, it must do so under a name other than that given by Mr. Druce. Mr. Druce writes the name " S. pubescens, Sm. ex Schult. Syst. vi. 772." In the Inde,v Kewensis it stands ^' S. pubescens Sm. ex Schult. Syst. vi. 772 (cum cit. falsa) "—an important qualification * Botany, vol. xxxv. No. 242, pp. ^6, 67 (April, 1901). The present seems a suitable opportunity for expressing our regret that, owing to the non-publication of a note sent to this Journal in 1898, Mr. Druce should feel himself unable to contribute to our pages papers hke the present, which would thus be more accessible to British botanists than they can be in the Journal of a learned Society. It would, we are sure, be as satisfactory to the readers of this Journal as to its Editor if Mr. Druce could see his way to a renewal of the old relations between us. p 2 196 THK JOURNAL OF BOTANY which Mr. Druce ignores. Schultes (/. c.) writes " Statice Armeria Linn Smith Brit. i. p. 341. Engl, bot t. 226 (sub puhes- cente) " ; but in neither of the works cited does Smith employ the name pubescms. It will hardly be contended that Smith can be credited with the name on the authority of a false citation ; and it cannot be assigned to Schultes, who does not himself employ it. I do not know the date of ''Armeria piibescens Link in Repert. Nat. Cur. Berol. i. 180" — a reference to a work which neither Mr. Jackson nor Mr. Druce seems to have seen, and which is not in the library of the Natural History Museum ; but those who follow the rule of re- taining the first name given under the accepted genus will probably call the plant under discussion S. linear i folia Laterrade, Fl. Borde- laise, ed. 2, p. 189 (1821). The earliest edition to which I have access is the fourth (1846) ; in this S. Armeria var. pubescens DC. is cited as a synonym, and it is so placed (with a mark of certainty) by Godron (Fl. France, ii. 733), who adds, "nonRiedel." "Riedel" is probably a misprint for " Loisel " ; there was an earlier linear i- folia of Loiseleur (Fl. Galhca, 182 (1806)), but on a later page (723) of the same work, the author says: '' Statice linear if olia'^. non est species nova et distincta, sed vera S. Armeria Linn^ei." The synonymy of the plant as a species is : — Statice linearifolia Laterr. Fl. Bordelaise, ed. 2, p. 189 (1821). Armeria j^ubescens Link in 'Repert. Nat. Cur. Berol. i. 180' (? date) ; Boiss. in DC. Prodr. xii. 680 (1848). S. pubescens Druce in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) xxxv. 76 (1901). Those who follow the rule of adopting the oldest trivial will retain the name pubescens (with, I presume, Mr. Druce as the authority) ; Mr. Druce has not adopted that rule in his treatment of Limonium, where he retains L. hjchnidifolium'''' for a plant which (under Statice) has an earlier trivial, as will be seen from Mr. Salmon's paper in the present number of this Journal (p. 193). I do not add under *S'. linearifolia the varieties named by Mr. Druce under S. pnbeMem, partly because I have not knowledge sufficient to enable me to arrive at a definite conclusion as to their value, but still more because the practice of transference on purely literary grounds can only increase synonymy, and seems prompted mainly by a desire to associate one's name with new combinations. I am sorry to see that Mr. Druce, in addition to the arrangement which he adopts for Statice, indicates an alternative which necessitates three fresh combinations, all duly set forward. A further and more striking example of this objectionable practice is found in the last report of the Botanical Exchange Club (p. 599), where Mr. Druce, having described a new variety of Buda media as "var. glandulosa mihi,'' continues : — " I have ventured to give it the above name, whether it be considered a variety either under the generic * It may be noted here that Limonium occidentale, for which Mr. Druce gives no authority, is so called by Dr. Kuntze on the same page for which L. lychnidifolium is cited. Mr. Druce does not tell us why he leaves L. Dodartii O. K. as a variety of auriculcefolium while he gives L. occidentale as a separate species: Mr. C. E. Salmon (see p. 193) considers the three plants distinct. QUEENSLAND ORCHIDS 197 names Buda, Arenaria, Tissa, or Spciy/ulana, and, with the alteration of the terminal letter, under Lepu/onum or Urion, for it is blessed with an astomiding variety of synonyms." It would appear from this that Mr. Druce has here at one stroke created six combinations — or seven, for '^ Urion'' is of course a misprint for '^ Corioji," a generic name which cannot be used if 1753 be taken as the starting-point of nomenclature. Whichever be accepted, the re- mainder must, I presume, be cited by a future monographer as synonyms, unless such wholesale naming can be ignored by common consent. This proceeding, which has lately been suggested from Berlin, would be difficult if not impossible of execution ; we can only appeal to botanists to avoid a practice which, however gratifying to an individual, can only result in unnecessary additions to our already encumbered synonymy. QUEENSLAND OECHIDS. By a. B. Eendle, M.A., D.Sc. We are again indebted to Mr. J. Sparkes for two interesting Orchids which he has received from his correspondent in North Queensland, Mr. Arthur Owen Jones, J. P. The specimens will be found in the National Herbarium. The first is a form of Cijmbidiiim Sparkedi noh., received from the same source and described in this Journal for 1898 (p. 221). Like the type-specimens, it shows the longer ligulate perianth- leaves which is the chief distinction from its nearest ally, C. canali- culatiun E. Br., but approaches the latter in its less deep crimson colour and its crimson-spotted lip. The second is a new Dendrohium. Dendrobium (Stachyobium) Jonesii, sp. nov. Planta caulibus simplicibus 6-12-pollicaribus anguste fusiformibus teretibus pluri- vaginatis, basi subtumidis, apice specimine 4-foliatis; foliis anguste ellipsoideis basi angustatis apice breviter acutis ; racemis sub- terminalibus folia subsequantibus gracilibus nutantibus specimine 12-floris, bracteis minutis ovatis obtusis ; floribus albidis, sepalis petalisque erecto-patentibus, subacutis, sepalo dorsali anguste tri- angulari, sep. lateralibus subfalcate-triangularibus, basi cum pede columnae mentum obtusum efficientibus ; petalis sepala fequantibus linearibus subacutis ; labello breviore concavo glabro transverse purpureo-striato, lobo terminali truncate subobtuso, lobis lateralibus brevibus obtusis, disco cum carina flava mediana instructo ; columna superne purpureo-maculata. Habit of D. gracilicaule, but a larger plant with stouter more fusiform stems 8-11 mm. in greatest diameter. Leaves about 10 cm. long by 2-5-3 cm. broad. Fertile bracts brownish, mem- branous, 2 mm. long; flower-stalks 8 mm., white; ovary green, 2 mm. long. Sepals 12 mm. long, the dorsal 3 mm., the lateral 4 mm, broad at the base. Petals 1*7-8 mm. broad. Lip barely 198 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 6 mm. long, 5*5 mm. greatest breadth when flattened, terminal lobe 1-25 mm. long by 4-75 mm. broad. Column 3 mm. long, foot 8-5 mm. Anther-cap rounded, poUinia deep yellow, cohering in pairs. Mr. Sparkes says : •* Sometimes, usually early in the day it is very sweet-scented, later no trace of scent is to be perceived." Nearly allied to D. gracilicaule F. Muell., but apparently a larger plant with stouter more fusiform stems, cream-coloured flowers and sepals not spotted, more pointed perianth-leaves, and narrower petals. The lip also has shorter lateral lobes, and the disc bears a single, not a trilamellate keel. D. gracilicnule has a more southern subtropical distribution, occurring in New South Wales and as far north as Moreton Bay, in Queensland ; the present species is well within the tropics. I). Jonesii is evidently closely allied to, and may be identical with, D. gracUicauU var. Howeamon Maiden (in Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxiv [errore xxv] , 1899, 382), from Lord Howe Island. This agrees in the stouter stem and the colour of the flowers, but the author makes no mention of any differences in form and size of sepals, petals, and lip. Hab. Near Geraldton, Johnstone Eiver, North-east Queensland, A. Owen Jones, Esq., J. P. Flowered by Mr. J. Sparkes at Ewhurst, Surrey, January, 1901. NOTES ON POTAMOGETON. By Arthur Bennett, F.L.S. (Continued from Journ. Bot. 1900, p. 130.) Potamogeton fluitans Roth. The following extract from Roth's Catalecta Botanica (fasc. 1, p. 31, 1797) will show that Schreber's specimens in the Munich Herbarmm are, as I supposed, the plant of Roth: *^ Potamogeton Jill itans foliis inferioribus longissimis, lanceo- latis, acuminatis, membranaceis ; superioribus ovali-lanceolatis, cariaceis omnibus petiolatis. Pioth, Fl. Germ. torn. 1, pag. 72; tom. 2, pars 1, pag. 202, no. 2. Prope Erlnngam etiam obser- vavit 111. Praes. de Schreber.'" To the best of my belief these specimens represent the plant accepted by European botanists as the plant of Roth. P. poLYGONiFOLius Pour. In his account of this plant (as P. ohlongus Viv.) in Linnaea, ii. 216 (1827), Chamisso says: " Hujus loci forsitan est : Potamogeton de St. Pierre Miguelon pres Terre- neuve in Herb. Brongniart, sed major." Since that time I know of no record of the species from the American continent. Specimens allied to it occur in Chili!, Uruguay!, Argentina!, &c., but they are not the same. I have not seen Brongniart's specimen, and Dr. Morong does not include polygunifoUus in his N. American XaiadacecB ; but, from the occurrence of Calluna in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, I have been expecting to hear of its occurrence in Canada. Prof. Macoun has now sent me specimens from Sable NOTES ON POTAMOGETON 199 Island, about a hundred miles from the coast of Nova Scotia, just such as one might gather on a Scottish moor. Sable Island is some two hundred and seventy-five miles from the Isle of Miguelon and St. Pierre, off Newfoundland ; the next nearest points in which it has been gathered are, I believe, the Azores (about fifteen hundred miles), Madeira, and the Canaries. On Sable Island the plant occurs in shallow pools where water was deeper earlier in the spring ; indeed, in some places the pools were almost dry. It was the common species in the shallow or (nearly) dried up pools. Lobelia Dortrntmna, Polygonum hydropiperoides, and MyriophyJlum teneUum. occurred with it. In a deep pool on the island there also occurred F. perfoiiatiis L., P. pectinatus f. pseudo- marimis Ar. Benn., P . pennsijlvanicus Qih^^in., and P. pusUlnsJj. var. capitatns Ar. Benn. I hope the plant will now be searched for, particularly by botanists in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. Originally Sable Island consisted of two adjacent islets, but it is now, according to Prof. Macoun, merged into one, and is "a bank of sand about twenty-one miles long, and from one hundred yards to one and a half mile in width. The lagoon that receives the sea-water is about nine miles long ; at the point where the lagoon ends is a sand-bank, which shuts off the lagoon from a series of pools of fresh water which were certainly part of the lagoon long ago." P. LUCENS L. var. Connecticutensis Kobbius. Dr. Morong, when sending me specimens after the publication of his monograph, wrote, "I think this should go rather to P. Zizii than to luceiis," and in this I entirely agree. It will stand as P. Zizii Koth var. Con- necticutensis MoroDg in litt. = P. angustifoliiis Bercht. & Presl. var. Connecticutensis mihi. P. Faxoni Morong, Naiad. N. Amer. (Mem. Torr. Club, iii. 22 (1893) ). The plant here described by Dr. Morong as a new species was named by its finder " P. rufescens?"; others suggested F. lonchites, and in this Journal for 1890, 301, I suggested it might be a hybrid. It was afterwards found that specimens of rufescens, lonchites, and a third doubtful plant had been distributed as if the same. The plant seemed to approach lonchites on one side, and, though less nearly, rufescens on the other. When specimens were first sent me by Dr. Morong, I suggested to him it was possibly Claytonii X rufescens [alpinus). Further specimens did not support the affinity with rufescens, but I still have some difficulty in re- garding them as distinct from Io7ichites, and am still of opinion that the two specimens first sent are different from all those sent later, and that the upper leaves very closely resemble those of P. Claytonii Tuck. In its submerged leaves lonchites has a wide range of variation — in some specimens leaves 13 in. x i in., in others 15 in. X li in. ; the latter form will likely enough some day be suggested as lonchites x amplifoUus Tuck. P. nitens Weber ?. Prof. Macoun sends me specimens of two remarkable plants collected by Mr. W. Scott in 1897 at Navy Island, and at Queenstown, Ontario. Although unlike in habit, I 200 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY believe them to belong to the same form, which, I think, must be referred to P. nitens, but in a form not found in Europe, as they are probably produced by the var. Fiichanlsonii of perfoliatus, the leaves being elongated in the same proportion, and so much longer than any European form of nitens. Not only this, but one of these specimens assumes the closely branched habit of that var. of perfoliatus, with the dark and shining colour of nitens. The Rev. E. J. Hill sends me, from " St. Mary's River (in deep water), often 6 ft. long; Sault Ste Marie, Michigan, U.S.A.," a plant that I am unable to refer to any other than nitens Web. ; in fact, it bears a remarkable resemblance to Dr. Scully's specimens from Kerry, Ireland. Mr. Hill writes that it grows in deep water with strong current. There are two or three spikes of flowers, and these show the closed state usual in nitens. If Macoun's plant is a product of the elongated leafed form of perfUiatus v. Piichanhonii (often 4J in.), this will perhaps be the case with the intermediate form, which seems absent in Europe. Forms approaching the American have been sent so named, but I have not been able to convince myself they are so. I have seen }ntens from the following localities in North America : Wenham, Mass. (one specimen identical with some of Nolte's Schleswig-Holstein specimens) ; Indian River, Millsboro', Dela- ware, 1885, A. Conimaiis; and the stations already given from Rev. E. J. Hill and Prof. Macoun. P. DiMORPHus Rafin. (P. Spirillus Tuck.) A very interesting extension of the distribution of this species has been sent me by the Rev. 0. Hagstrom ; specimens from Brazil gathered by Dr. Lindman in 1892. In the United States, I do not know of it south of Virginia (about 35° N. lat.), whence I have specimens ; but the allied species, F. diversif alius Rafin. (P. hijbridus Michx.), ranges soath to San Luis Potosi, Mexico ! (25° N. lat.) on the west, and to Cuba ! on the east of the continent. It is possible that when the intervening countries are more thoroughly examined one or the other of these species will be discovered. In the British Museum Herbarium is a specimen, " Bahia Blanca. B. Ayres, Argentina, 1884. M. G. Mansel, R.N.," which is allied to P. amplifolius Tuck., but the lower (middle) leaves are tapering into the petiole. Further specimens would perhaps connect the two, and prove another interesting extension. P. amplifolius occurs south to Forida, Chapman, 1844 ! (as P. natans). P. AcuTiFOLius Link. In Schreber's herbarium at Munich are specimens of this plant labelled "Lancaster, Pennsylvania, Muhlen- berg." I asked Dr. Morong his opinion of this ; he replied that he thought there was a mistake in the label. He wrote further : " Dr. Porter, of Lafayette College, has been all over that region, and two keen- sighted students of ours have been fishing in these waters for the last two years ; none of them has found this species, or my Hillii, P. zosterifolins occurs in the region, as well as further north." There is no question that the specimen is acutifolitis, and, although perhaps some transference of labels may have taken place, it would be well for American botanists to keep it in mind. NOTES ON POTAMOaKTON 201 P. ANGusTiFOLius Bercht. & Presl (P. ZUi Roth). Prof. Macoim sends from Ontario, collected by Mr. W. Scott, a very interesting form of what appears to be the above plant. It is a characteristic specimen showing the lower leaves of liicens (or rather longifolins), and the floating ones of heterophyllus. Dr. Morong gives "" leaves (submerged) 2-6 in. long," but these are 12 in. and over, though the floating leaves are only those of fine heterophyllus. P. PUsiLLus L. var. nov. capitatus. This was sent me by Prof. Macoun from Sable Island, and I have also specimens from the " Spallumsheen River, British Columbia, 10.7.1889, leg. J. M. Macoun," which I had wrongly referred to my var. elongatus. The present variety differs from the usual form of P. pusilhis by the long and exactly linear leaves, tapering only at the extreme end, the prominent medial nerve, the long and very slender peduncles (the heads of flowers at a short distance looking as though they are elevated above the plant without any peduncle), and the extra- ordinary long hafts to the sepals (perianth-segments) ; these are as long and often longer than the segment itself (the usual state being something like a sixth of the segment) ; and the fruit-stems ap- proach in character to those of my P. Aschersoiiii rather than the usual form of pusilhis. P. PUSILLUS L. var. nov. pseudo-rutilus. Habit of P. rutilus Wolfg., but with nearly the fruit of pusillus. Leaves linear attenuate, rigid, spreading, central nerve prominent, laterals almost obsolete ; stipules appressed to the stem, in the upper branches all as long as the internodes ; apical propagating-buds abundant ; peduncles one mch ; spikes dense-flowered. Differs from any form of pusilhis known to me by its extreme rigidity, and the leaves all spreading like a fan, by the substance of the leaf being nearly taken up by the central nerve, by the strong and appressed stipules, and its likeness to rutilus in habit. Lake Scugog, Ontario, Canada, 1897, W. Scott, ex Prof. Macoun • Wolf Lake, Indiana, U.S.A., 1900, Bev. E. J. Hill. P. cRispus L. Since the publication of the North American Naiadacem this species has been found in Canada. Morong over- looked the fact that Pursh gives it from " Canada to Virginia " in his Fl. Am. Sept. 120, 1814, marking it ''v v." as having seen a hvmg specimen, and referring to Curtis's Fl. Lond. and Flora Banica, t. 927. At a meeting of one of the American Botanical Societies, Dr. Morong noted that it had been found in Arizona (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 1886, 171) ; here he considered it had been introduced by birds. The oldest dated American specimen I can find in England is in Mr. Cosmo Melvill's herbarium, "Phila- delphia, 1841-2, Gavin Watson & Kilvington." One from Delaware in the British Museum Herbarium is probably older ; it was collected by R. Eglesfeld Griffith, of Philadelphia, whose name is not in Prof. Harshberger's volume on Philadelphia botanists. Prof. Macoun now sends it from lakes at Niagara. (To be continued.) THK JOURNAL OF BOTANY BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES. XXVII. — The Dates of Humboldt and Bonpland's *' Voyage." So much difficulty is found by workers in ascertaining the dates of books which have been publisiied in parts, that we do not hesi- tate to place on record the results of an effort to elucidate the periods of the actual publication of the zoology and botany of the Voyatje aux regions eqiiinoxiales du Nouveau Continent, &C., by Humboldt and Bonpland. With the exception of the two parts of the Monoyraphia Melastomaceanim, dealing respectively with the MelastovKB and Pihexie(B, our account is fairly complete ; anyone possessing the unbound livraisons will confer a favour on us and on others by filling up the gaps which remain in our list. The brief account of the zoology has already appeared in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, for 1899, but as we are able to add to the information there given, we reprint it here, in order that the record for the whole work may be, as far as possible, complete. ZOOLOGIE (Recueil d' Observations de). This book was issued in livraisons as follows : — Vol. I., Uvr. 1, pp. 1-46 {& 47, 48), 1805, forming pp. 1-25 of 2nd issue. 2, 49-104, 1807, „ 26-64 3, 105-196, 1807, ,, 65-12(5 4, 197-293, 1809, „ 127-200 & 253-259 of 2nd issue. 5 & 6, 294-412, 1809, „ 261-297 & 201-252 & 298-809 of 2nd issue. A break then occurred until 1812, when livraison 7 was issued, with the following " Avis " on a loose slip of paper : — " Avec cette Livraison, qui terminera le premier volume des Observations de Zoologie et d'Anatomie comparee, on fournit aux Abonnes un nouveau texte pour la totalite de ce volume. On a cru devoir faire ce sacrifice, afin que cet ouvrage resemblat, pour le caractere et le papier, a toutes les autres parties du Voyage de M. de Humboldt. Les Acquereurs pourront faire relier ce volume ; ils rendront tout le texte des livraisons precedentes, dont il ne conserverout que les planches." Fortunately for nomenclature, the British Museum (Natural History) secured some years ago a parcel of odd parts, which prove to be a complete set of the first issue ; these are properly cared for, and are of considerable interest. The completion of the work dates as follows : — Livr. 7, pp. 305-368 (with reprint of pp. 1-412 of 1st issue, forming pp. 1-309 of 2nd issue), 1812 (title-page dated 1811), Bibl. Fran?. 7, viii. 1812. Vol. II., livr. 8, 1-64, 1813 (Bibl. Fran?. 2, i, 1813). 9, 65-96, 1813 ( ,, 24, ix, 1813). 10, 97-144, 1817 ( „ 13, xii, 1817). }M 145-224, J821 1 ( „ 15. ix, 1821). 13, 225-256, 1827 ( „ 17, i, 1827). 14 9^7 R^2 1832 1^ " 15, xii, 1832). 14, 257-352, 1832 | (Title-page dated 1833). THE DATES OF HUMBOLDT AND BONPLAND S "VOYAGE 208 BOTANIQUE. Plantes 6QUIN0XIALES ^'= I— VII, 234; 191, Pref. dated 1805. Livr. 1, sheets, pp. 1-8, 2 pis J.Gen. Litt. Fr., viii (5) 131. 1805. 2, 9-88, 10 viii (8) 229. 1805. 3, 39-72, 10 ix (6) 161. 1806, 4, 73-106, 11 ix(10)291. 1806. 5, 107-138, 9 x (4) 101. 1807. c, 139-170, 9 xi (1) 2. 1808. 7, 171-202, 49-57 xi (2) 34. 1808. 8, 203-232, 58-65 xi (4) 98. 1808. Vol.11. 9, T.P . to vol. ii., double frontispiece, & 1-20, 66-68 xi(ll)323. 1808. 10, 11, 21-36, 74&81 xii (2) 34. 1809. 12, 13, already published -88, Bibliographie Fran(;'ais, 22 Nov. 1811. 14, [4] 89-104, 106-113 ,, 16 Ap. 1812. 15, 5 105-124, 8 ,, 12 Feb. 1813. 16, 7 125-152, 8 ^^ 1 Oct. 1813. 17, 10 (end) 153-191, 11 M ,, 21 June 1817. Melastomace^ : — Melastomes, VI, 146 ; Rhexies, II, 160. Preface dated 1806 ; of II, dated 1823. Livr. 1, (Melast.) 1806. 2, 3, (Rhex.) ? 9 4, (Me'last.) pp. -18, 5-9 pis J. Gen. Litt. Fr. x (4) 101. 1807. 5, 19-34, 10-15 X (7) 194. 1807. 6, 35-43, 16-20 x(ll)323. 1807. 7, (Bhex.) -40, -15 xi (5) 131. 1808. 8, „ 41-56, 16-20 xi (9) 258. 1808. 9, 10, (Melast.) 44- xii (8) 228. 1809. 11, 12, 2 !! -80, 4 Bibl. Fran?. 22 Nov. 1811. 13, 4 81-96, 5 26 June 1812. 14, 3 (Rhex.) 57-68, 5 9 Oct. 1812. 15, 3 69-80, - 5 22 Jan. 1813. 16, 3 81-92, 5 , 11 June 1813. 17, 3 (Melast.) 97-108, 5 13 May 1815. 18, 6 109-l;32, 4 3 Aug, 1816. 19, 4 133-end, 5 26 Oct. 1816. 20, 3^ (Ehex.) 93-104, 5 21 Mar. 1818. 21, 4 105-120, 6 1 July 1820. 22, 4 121-136, 5 28 Ap. 1821. 23, 3 137-146, 5 5 July 1823. 24, H 147-end, 5(Fer.,Bull.l82 3,iv,53);„30Aug. 1823. In the Gott. gelehrt. Anz. 1809, p. 1777, Melas ^omes, pp. 1-46, pis . 1-20, and Ehexies pp. 1-40, pis. 1-15, are reviewed as 180 3-1808, Nova Genera et Species Pla NTARUM. This consists of seven volumes. as follows : — Vol. I, Iviii, 377 ; Pref. dated 1815. 55 shts,, 96 pis. II, 406 ; T.P. „ 1817. 51 „ 96 „ III, 456 ; T.P. „ 1818. 57 „ 108 „ IV, 312; T.P. „ 1820. 39 „ 112 „ V, 432 ; T.P. „ 1821. 54 „ 103 „ VI, 542 ; T.P. „ 1823. 58 „ 93 „ VII, 506 ; T.P. „ 1825. 36 „ 104 „ * The dates of the parts are followed by the authority for these, when known. au4 t THK JOURNAT, OF BOTAN1 The dates of the parts are :- — ivr. 1, 2, ]u shts . Vol . I, PP 1- 44 pi 5. Bibl. Franc,'., 3 Feb. 1816. 3, 20 25 M 2 May 1816. 4, 251 27 ,, 31 Aug. 1816. "4, '13i Vol 11, pp. 1- 25 ,» 3 May 1817. 0, 18 25 1, 13 Dec. 1817. 7, 17 22 28 ^eb. 1818. 8, 50 34 [? 24] ,, 6 June 1818. 9, 20 Vol III PP- 1- 25 J, 3 Oct. 1818. 10, 19 15 j^ 13 Feb. 1819. 11, 19 25 ,, 17 July 1819. 12, 18 25 ,j 27 Nov. 1819. 13, 15 f) ^^ 11 Mar. 1820. 14, 14 Vol (111,417-456) IV, 1-72 J 25 ,, 15 Ap. 1820. 15, 16 pp. 73-152 25 326-340 ,, 27 May 1820. 16, 12 24 jj 22 July 1820. 17, 12 24 ,, 16 Sept. 1820. 18, 9 13 >) 24 Dec. 1820. 19, 16 Vol V, pp. 1- 24 >J 26 May 1821. 20. 14 24 29 Sept. 1821. 21, 16 20 ,, 23 Feb, 1822. 22, 15 20 29 June 1822. 23, 251 305-encl 15 Fer Bull. 1823, h, 84; „ 22 Mar. 1823 24, 28 Vol VI pp. 1-72 37 „ „ 472 19 Ap. 1823 25, 17 73-178 15 „ iv, 55 30 Aug. 1823. 26, 15 179-240 15 ii, 1824, 45 24 Jan. 1824. 27, 16 241-320 17 ii, „ 165 24 Ap. 1824. 28, 15 321-392 10 V, 1825, 71 21 Aug. 1824 29, 15 15 ,, 4 Sept. 1824. 30, 13 Vol VI] , pp. l-5(') 15 ,, iv, „187f.n.„ 13 Nov. 1824 31, 16 15 Bibl. Franc., 25 Dec. 1824 32, 16 15 jj 19 Feb. 1825. 33, 15 15 M 14 May 1825. 34, 15 15 18 June 1825 35, 15 18 »» 30 July 1825 36, 29 -506 10 »J 3 Dec. 1825 [The sheeting of the French records is a L mystery to both of us.] MiMosEs :— T.P. 1819 ; pp. 233. Livr 1, 3^ sheets, pp. 1-4, 5 pis ] Bibl. Frano., 12 June 1819. 2, 3 5-16, 5 25 Sept. 1819. 3, 3 17-28, 5 18 Dec. 1819. 4, 3 29-40, 5 22 Ap. 1820. 5, 3 41-52, 5 29 July 1820. 6, 5 53-72, 5 15 Dec. 1820. 7, 3 73-84, 5 15 June 1821. 8, 3 85-96, 5 3 Nov. 1821. 9, 3 97-108 5 12 Jan. 1822. 10, 3 109-120 5 20 July 1822. 11, 5 121-140 3 26 July 1823. 12, 5 141-160 5 24 Jan. 1824. 13, 6 161-184 2 15 May 1824. 14, 10 185-223 2 3 July 1824. Synopsis Plantarum. Tom. I, 31i sheets. Bibl. Frane., 14 Dec. 1822. II, 33| ,, L9 Ap. 1823. III, 3U „ ^, 6 Mar. 1824. IV, 33^ „ ». 4 Feb. 182 6. THK DATES OK HUMBOLDT AND BONPLAND's " VOYAGE " ' 205 Kevision des Gkaminees :— I, T.P., 1829. II (plates) T.P. dated 1835. Livr. 1, r, sheets, pp. 1-16, 5 pis. Bibl. Franc., jif ^'^^*'- 1829. o i 1^ ^o . '(21 Feb. 1829. ^' i IJi^' '! " 11 Ap. 1829 3, 5, 4 6, 4 7, 4 8, [4J 9, 4 10 23, 4 RAMINEES : 1, T.P., T.P. dated 1835. pp. 1-16, 5 pis. 17-32, 5 33-48, 5 49-64, 5 65-80, 5 81-96, 5 97-120, 5 121-136, 137-152, 5 153-168, 6 169-184, 5 185-200, 5 201-216, 5 217-232, 5 233-252, 5 253-272, 5 273-292, 5 293-308, 5 309-324, 5 325-340, 5 341-356, 5 357-374, 5 375-386, 5 387-398, 5 399-410, 5 411-422, 5 423-434, 5 435-446, 5 447-458, 5 459-474, 5 475-486, 5 487-498, 5 499-510, 5 511-522, 5 2 May 1829. 6 June 1829. 4 July 1829. 22 Aug. 1829. 19 Sept. 1829. 4 f«"lfi« « " 11 Nov. 1829. 12 4 }«?"J^' r " '^0 Jan. 1830. Jo' I 185-200, 5 „ 13 j^eb. 1830. J!' 1 '-^Ol-^l^' 5 „ 13 Mar. 1830 J!' i ^17-232, 5 „ 27 Mar. 1830 ]u' I 233-252, 5 „ 8 May 1830 v' ? ^.3-272, 5 „ 5 June 1830 18' 4 ISIo'l' - " 12 June 1830. 22; 4 3l-1i: . " ys?-^??? 11 Dec. 1830. ^^' ^ 375-386, 5 „ 25 T>po iR^(\ If I ^B7-B98, 5 ;; f2'?etJ8l?: '^6 ^ 5??iP,' 2 " 26 Feb. 1831. 2?' 3 tJ1!?' f " 18 June 1831. £' ^ ^23-434, 5 „ 25 June 1831. 20' 3 Al'tt' '5 " 2'^ July 1831. ' ' ^ 447-458, o . « A no- -^QQ^ 3?' I i??-f^' '^ '' 17Se"^t.8l: S' ? II^!f' ^ " 22 Oct. 1831. 33' 3 slUfn 5 " 12 Nov. 1831. 3!' 3 i??"?5 5 " 10 Dec. 1831. ' 'j11-o22, o ,, 31 r)pp ^oo^ 35, [Counted as issued with 40] ^' ^^^^• 3 ??fr^i' ? " ''5 ^^-^y 1832 o .f^"?^^' '^ " 26 May 1832 ^*'' 3 547-558, 5 „ o jn/p ^009 39, 3 559-570 - " .:!'!""" ^??2 37' 3 ?Si!^' ? " 5 May 1832. 38 3 S7IS' S' " 26 May 1832. ^^; ^ ^^^-' ; '; 23Sn:l?^^- il ' 571-578 (d^ T.P.) 10 ;; lljulyim 42' 43,' f 21i 579-end, 21 „ 22 Mar. 1834. 44, C. Davie s Sherborn. B. B. Woodward. [The following notes on the dates of publication of the botanical portions of some French voyages, contributed by the same authors to the Aimah and Magazine of Natural History for April last, may be appended to the above paper.] 'Voyage aux Indes orientales .... pendant .... 1825-29 pubhee .... par M. C. Belanger.' Botanique. Livr. 2 & 3 were issued in 1834 (Bibl. Frany.), but apparently consisted of St Vin^n^''^^^^'-- ??> '.' CyPtogamie," by Belanger and Bory de bt. Vincent, according to Pritzel, seems to have been issued in 1846. 206 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ' Voyage au Pole Sud et dans rOceanie sur les Corvettes TAstrolabe et la Zelee, execute .... pendant .... 1837-40, sous le commandement de M. J. Dumont d'Urville,'. &c. Botanique. 2 vols. I. Plantes cellulaires. 1845. Bibl. Fran?. 16 Aug. 1845. II. Plantes vasculaires. 1853. Wiegmann, Arehiv, 1855, ii. 372. Geologic. The Atlas of Geology, which was issued in 1847 (Bibl. Fran?. 23 Jan. 1847), contained 5 pis. of fossils named by Orbigny — they are " nomen et figura," since no descriptions were published. * Voyage autour du Monde execute pendant .... 1836 et 1887 sur . . . . ' la Bonite,' commandee par M. Vaillant,' &c. Botanique. Par M. Gaudichaud. Introduction. 8vo. 1851. Explication et description des planches de I'Atlas par C. d'Alleizette. 186 pp. 1866. Cryptogames. 355 pp. 1846. Bibl. Franc,^ 7 Nov. 1846. Note. — The whole of the tJryptogams appeared in 1846 ; Montague, in the preface, says that the complete MS. was sent to the editor in Dec. 1843, that some proofs were sent by him to Berkeley in 1844, who published extracts therefrom ; but the work was not issued till 1846. Atlas. 150 pis. [1846-49?] * Voyage autour du Monde .... sur .... la Coquille pendant .... 1822-25 . . . .' Par L. J. Duperry, &c. Botanique. Livr. 1. 6 sheets. Crypt, pp. , 1- 48. Bibl. Franv. 12 Sept. 1827. 2. 6 49- 96. 26 Dec. 1827. 3. 5 97-136. 16 Feb. 1828. 4. 8 137-200. 3 Jan. 1829. 5. 6 201-2.50. 8 Aug. 1829. 6. 6^ 251-300^ 14 Nov. 1829. 7. 5 Phan. 1- 40. 1 Aug. 1829. 8. 6 41- 88. 2 Apr. 1831. 9. 2 89-104. 2 July, 1831. 10. 4 105-136. 10 Mar. 1832. 11-14. 8J 137-200. 12 July, 1834. Voyage autour du Monde . . . . execute sur I'Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant . . . . 1817-20 . . . .' Par M. L. de Freycinet. Botanique. Par M. C. Gaudichaud. Alg», by Agardh ; Fungi, by Persoon. jivr. 1. 6 sheets, 2.5 pp. 1-48. Bibl. Fran?. 25 Oct. 1826.) j,, ^.. ■ ,007 49- 88. 27 Dec. 1826.r^';n ' 3.5 89-128. 24 Feb. 1827.) ^""'' 4.5 129-168. 13 June, 1827. Ibid. xii. 233. 5.6 169-216. 12 Sept. J827. Ibid. xiii. 1828, 75. 6.6 217-264. 23 Feb. 1828. Ibid. xiii. 1828, 418. 7.6 265-312. 16 Aug. 1828.) 27 Dec. 1828. Ij,.^ .7 18July, 1829.t^''''^•'^''•'^^• 12 Sept. 1829. J 8.6 9. 4 (? 5) 313-360. 361-400. 10. 4 401-432. 11.4 433-464. 28 Sept. 1829. ) ..-. ■■■ 70 6 Mar. 1830. p^^*^- ^^"^- ^^^ 12. 7i 465-522. 207 BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1899. [The following are among the more interesting notes published in the above-named Report, which was issued on March 28, and is edited by the Rev. W. R. Linton, the distributor for 1899.— Ed. Journ. Box.] Ranunculus scoticus Marshall. Traheen's Lough, Achill Island, W. Mayo, 23rd June, 1899. Just my Scotch pctiolaris, and growing in a similar situation, on the stony margin of the lake. It seems to fruit much more freely than li. FlaiiwuUa. The first certain record for Ireland. — E. S. Marshall. '* Herr Freyn {B. E. C. Rep. 1898, p. 564, 1900) refers this to Wallroth's var. am/ustifolms {Sched. Crit. 1822, p. 288). I cannot agree with him. I have grown the plant for several years side by side with a form of Flanwmla, and the specimens grown by me and seen by me in no way agree with Wallroth's description. See note in Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. 1894, p. 51. The variability of B. Flammula is, I know, great, but I am inclined to think scoticus a subspecies." — A. Bennett. Arabis ciliata R. Br. var. Jiispida Syme ? Origin, Cong, E. Mayo ; garden, Milford, 6th July, 1899. This is the only Arabis that I have observed on the limestone about Clonbur and Cong, whence I originally brought roots during the winter of 1894-5° It has since seeded and spread freely in my garden, keeping remarkably constant. The stem-leaves are not auricled, but truncate, and it seems different from our A. hirsuta of S. England, agreeing better with book descriptions of A. ciliata var. hispida Syme, of which I have not seen authentic specimens. If this suggestion proves to be correct, no doubt a good deal of Irish (probably also of Scotch) A. hirsuta will rank with it. The differences from typical hirsnta appear to be rather subspecific than specific. — E. S. Marshall. '* We consider this is A. hirsuta, which is distinguished from A. ciliata and its var. by the root-leaves being more stalked, the pods longer and narrower, and the seeds (fourteen to the inch) more scattered. These features are conspicuous in Mr. Marshall's plant " E. F. L. and W. R. L. Erophila virescens Jordan (capsulis angustioribus). Milford, Surrey, 8rd and 17th April, 1899. This whitlow grass, which I have observed about Milford for several years, agrees well with Jordan's type-specimens, figure, and description of his K. virescens, except in having narrower capsules with a more wedge-shaped base! It is remarkable for its brii/ht green, fleshy, glabrescent leaves! usually appressed to the ground in a regular rosette, and is a very pretty little plant. I believe it to be a good and perfectly distinct species, well apart from E. prcecox. — E. S. Marshall. BuDA MEDIA Dum. var. glandulosa mihi. Hay Cliffs, Dover, Sept. 1899. This curious variety of B. media grew on the bare chalk cliff of Hay, Dover, probably on a slightly more impervious band, in District 7 of the Flora of Kent, where this plant is referred to on p. 67. It was originally referred to in the Phytoloijist, n. s. vol. v. p. 33 ; but the authors of the Flora of Kent say that the 208 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY station seems an unlikely one for B. media or B. marina, and they would not be surprised if it proves to be B. rupestris. As a matter of fact, the specimen belongs to B. media, but it differs from the type not only in its place of growth, but in having a woody root- stock; and the pedicels, instead of having glabrous calyces, are distinctly glandular. Geranium purpureum Vill. Dry sunny banks, St. Ouen's, Jersey, 21st May, 1899. This plant seems to correspond well with the very full description of G. purpureum Vill. in Lowe's Flora of Madeira, except that the carpels are downy, whereas Lowe describes them as smooth. The Rev. R. P. Murray tells me that it is exactly the form which is abundant in Portugal. It is distinguished from (t. Eobertianum L. by (1) the erect habit ; (2) the absence of the villous hairs, and consequently of the very characteristic odour of (r. Robert ianum : (3) the smaller size of the parts of the flower. What relation does this bear to the G. purpureum auct. angl. of the London Catalogue.^ In Brebisson's Fl. de Normandie two species (besides G. Robertianum) are given: (1) G. minutijiorum Jord. = G. purpureum Vill. pro parte, of which G . modestum Jord. is put down as a variety ; (2) G. Lehelil Bor., the description of which will not tit the Jersey plant. In the Student's Flora, G. purpureum Vill. = G. modeatum. Jord. — G. Lebelii Bor., and according to Reichenbach G. Rail Lindl. also = G. purpureum Vill., though English authorities seem to regard it as a ** shaggy" maritime form of G. lucidum L. In Smith's Fnt/lish Flora, Geraniwn lucidum saxatile, foliis Geranii Robertiani (an excellent description of the Jersey plant) is given as a var. of G. Robertianum L. Can anyone disentangle these synonyms? In Lloyd's Flore de V Guest de la France, G. purpureum Vill. is the only species given besides G. Robertianum, and it is made to include G. modestum and G. ininutijiorutn Jord. — L. V. Lester. "This is the plant we call purpurewa in Britain. It differs from G, purpureum Vill. in having downy carpels." — E. F. Linton. " G. purpureum Vill. is distinguished from G. Robertianum by its shorter and narrower petals, and its carpels being more closely or thickly rugose. G. modestum Jord. is a form of G. pur pur emu with a less hairy calyx. G. minutiflorum Jord. is a southern maritime var. of G. purpureum.'' W. R. L. Rosa pimpinellifolia x canina = R. hibernica Sm. var. glabra Baker. Hedges near Hoylake, Cheshire, 5th August, 1899. I am not at all sure that I ought not to have labelled these R. pimpinelli- folia X (jlauca. In either case it is a good example of how a hybrid may exceed either or both of its parents in frequency. I saw only three or four plants of R. pimpinellifolia L., and those not within a quarter of a mile of the hybrid, but I only searched a portion of the coast sandhills, where it probably grows. Canina forms were also few, and I saw no glauca or subcristata at all, though the latter is stated to be frequent in the district in the Flora of Cheshire. The hybrid is so abundant as to fill many of the hedges, and, except one bush of R. Doniana, or possibly R. Robertsoni, it belongs exclusively BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT, 1899 209 to the var. f/labra. Its hybrid origin is already shown by the uni- versally abortive fruit. — A. H. Wolley-Dod. " I quite agree in this naming. The tendency to reflexed sepals in some of the fruits points to R. canina rather than /t. (jlauca as the second parent. The glabrous leaves, with here and there compound serrations, and a few glands on the petiole, suggest li. damalis as the canina form." E. F. Linton. R. DUMETORUM Thuill. Glcbc hedges, Knighton, Radnor, 8th August, 1899. M. Crepin writes of this : "I do not think that this form belongs to the coriifoUa group, although its sepals are ascending. Its styles are not woolly as in E. corii/olia, and, besides, its general facies is not that of the latter. Perhaps one should see in this form a variety of U. canina of a group near B. dumetorim, with teeth often a little glandular. R. implexa has the leaflets glabrous, excepting the midrib." I had suggested the alternative names, R. coriifoUa Fr. or R. implexa Gren., to M. Crepin, on account of the (usually) strongly ascending sepals, but his comment on this character in many examples is often " sepales redresses accidentellement," so it appears that that character is not to be relied on. — A. H. WoLLEY-DoD. Myosotis versicolor Reichb. ? var. pallida Brebisson. This variety is common on dry banks in Jersey, April and May, 1899, and is very consistent in colour, though variable in habit. The points of distinction are — {a) foliage a yellower green ; [b) calyx never tinged with purple ; [c) flowers pure white, never yellow, never shading off into, or turning, blue. It appears to differ from M. Balhisiana Jord., the flowers of which are yellow, and from M, duhia Arrondeau, the flowers of which are white, but turn blue. In Brebisson's Flore de Normcnidie two other varieties are given : (1) var. pallida, flowers white or very slightly yellow; (2) var. ehmyata, " stems weak, little branched, elongate. Flowers yellowish, then reddish, very small." The Jersey plant seems to correspond with var. pallida. In Joiirn. Bot. 1893, p. 266, a " white variety with paler foHage " is mentioned as found in the Scilly Islands. — L. V. Lester. " Is this variety of J\L versicolor more than an albino form which would have, in addition to white flowers, foliage of a paler hue ? " — E. F. Linton. PoA TRiviALis L. var. glabra Doll, Rhein. Fl., p. 92. In Bloxham Grove, near Banbury, Oxfordshire, June, 1899. This plant is con- tained in the British Museum Herbarium under the name of P.pra- tensis, coll. A. French, 1878, but the specimens there suggested to me, at a cursory view, a form of P. nemoralis, but the ligule did not agree. French evidently saw that it was abnormal, and he remarks that it was the prevailing grass in the Grove. This grove is a circular spinney, planted probably in an old stonepit ; but the trees have gone from the centre, and it is now open to cattle, who evi- dently make it a resting-place, since the grass was so trampled down as to render it impossible to obtain good specimens. Prof. Hackel agrees with me in referring them to this variety of P. trivialis. — G. Claridge Bruce. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 39. [June, 1901.] q 210 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY SHORT NOTE. ScAPANiA cRASsiRETis Bvijhn IN Britain. — AmoDg a collection of hepaticffi made iu Perthshire by Mr. P. Ewing in July, 1900, was one which I had little doubt was this species. The locality was Ben Heasgarnich, on a wet rock at 3200 ft. alt. The plant differed considerably in appearance from a series of Norwegian specimens in my possession, being shorter and rather stouter. I sent specimens to Herr Kaalaas, who confirms the name. He writes : " The result of my examination is that it really must belong to S. crassiretis Bryhn, although it differs in some degree in habit and size from Norwegian specimens of the plant. The essential characters, however, are quite the same," This species was first described by Bryhn in Recue Bryologigiie, 1892, p. 7. There is also a description of it in Kaalaas' De Distrib. Hep. in Norveg., 1893, p. 248. It has hitherto been only known from Norway, where it is apparently nowhere common, but has a wide distribution, occurring also on the west coast among Atlantic species. It is a slender and, typically, an elongate plant, forming compact reddish-brown tufts on wet alpine rocks. The antical lobe of leaf is half the size of the postical, obliquely cordate or reniform, incumbent, widely crossing the stem, margin entire, with obtuse apex, cuticle verruculose. S. piuyurascens is the only plant which might be mistaken for it in the field, but the antical lobe is of a different shape, not or seldom crossing the stem, and is usually denticulate ; it is also generally of a brighter reddish colour. The lax form of S. resupinata, as it occurs on our hills, has a consider- able resemblance to it, but in this state it does not grow on wet rocks, but on rock ledges or grassy banks among other species and mosses. It does not form compact tufts in those positions, and the antical lobe is dentate. The only other species occurring on the hills with any resemblance to it is S. (Bqiiiloba, but in this the antical lobe is not incumbent, and the apex is acute ; it also does not occur on wet rocks. S. nemorosa and S. aspera need not be considered in the field in this connection, as they are, at least in Scotland, exclusively low-ground plants. Under the microscope S. crassiretis can be distinguished from its allies by its cell structure. The cell-walls are greatly incrassate, the lumen being stellate, and the trigones very conspicuous. This stellate appearance seems to be constant, and is a marked feature. Flowers and fruit of this species are unknown. — Symers M. Macvicar. NOTICES OF BOOKS. Disease in Plants. By H. Marshall Ward, Sc.D., F.R.S. Macmillan & Co. 8vo, pp. xiv, 309. Price 4s. 6d. There are already before the public a number of books that treat of the diseases of plants. The present work does not compete with these, but, as the title indicates, deals rather with the plants DISEASE IN PLANTS 211 themselves in health and disease, and how they react to external conditions. The book has been compiled, the author tells us in the preface, to meet the wants of a general public of agriculturists and cultivators who wish to understand something of the nature of the plants with which they are dealing, and of the maladies by which these are attacked, but who have no desire to know minute details of histology or the life-history of the fungi or insects that cause disease. They are, he considers, in the position of the laity who know the danger of being wholly ignorant of disease, but who willingly leave expert knowledge to the professional man. It is questionable how far Prof. Marshall Ward is right in condoning such ignorance, for it is jnst the life-history of the disease-causing organisms that the agriculturist requires to know, in order that he may apply a suitable remedy at the right season. How can he properly deal with rusted wheat, unless he knows that he must also have an eye on the barberry ; and how is he to fight finger-and-toe without understanding that the spores of Plasmodiophora remain in the soil ready to begin their life-cycle again in some Brassica ? The first section of the book is entitled " Some Factors," and gives an account of the life and development of the normal plant. A discussion of the biology of the soil is included, and the bearing of man's interference on cultivated plants as regards selection and hybridization. The whole section is full of interest and suggestion, though necessarily, from want of space, many points of interest are merely indicated. The second and larger part of the book deals with disease, which is defined as '' variations of functions in directions or to extents which threaten the life of the plant," or, further, whatever causes the "premature death of the plant." The Professor deals in turn with the many risks the plant has to encounter before it reaches maturity. The causes, the nature, and symptoms of disease are passed in review, and a sketch is given of various malformations and monstrosities. A printer's error on p. 245 makes " frugiferous " bats responsible, in the tropics, for the bare condition of the branches termed stag-head. The concluding chapters discuss the nature of protoplasm, with special reference to the life and death of plants. A short historical sketch of each subject adds greatly to the interest of the work, and a carefully chosen bibhography is ap- pended to each chapter ; but it seems a pity that all illustration has been dispensed with, especially where description is necessarily short. Professor Marshall Ward demands from his readers a fair knowledge of botany in order to follow his arguments — a more extensive knowledge than the ordinary cultivator possesses or is likely to possess. Unless the Professor anticipates the day when — if it may be allowed to travesty Plato — "agriculturists will be philosophers, and philosophers will be agriculturists." A good glossary of the technical terms used in the book would be of great service, and might with advantage be added in a subsequent edition ; so valuable a work should be made available to as large a circle of readers as possible. . ^ ^ A. ij. b. 212 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Isle of Man Botany. The Rev. S. A. P. Kermode has published in the Manx Y71 Lioar Manninafjli (vol. iii. pp. 273-291, 1900) a list of the "Flowering Plants " of the island. In his prefatory note the author hopes " that the list is now tolerably complete." Nothing is said of any continuation, but at present it only extends to the Naiadacece. "In arrangement and nomenclature Hooker [Student's Flora, 3rd edition, 1881) has been followed throughout ; no specific localities are given, except in the case of the rarer plants." Mr. Kermode gives a list of the various authorities quoted, among them Watson's Topographical Botanij, but he has over- looked twelve species there recorded, nor does he include sixteen species recorded in this Journal and in The Naturalist; but as a set-off against these he records thirty-eight species not given in Top. Bot. Of these, liaphanus maritimus (this is called " Wild Radish "), Viola lactea, Ulex nanus, all the Ruhi, Cicuta, (Enanthe pinipinelloides, Culamintha Sepeta, and Juncus compressus will need to be confirmed. No doubt the " Viola lactea'' is really V, canina L. (V, ericetorum Schrad.), and " T. canina'' V. sylvestris. Ulex Gallii is recorded by Babington, not nanus. The (Enanthe is no doubt Lachenalii, which, however, is also given (from "Forbes cat."). Many of the other additional species given are probably correct, and may be accepted on distributional grounds. The almost entire absence of alpine species where the hills (in at least one instance) exceed 2000 ft. is somewhat remarkable. Epilobiuni alsinefolium is given from two localities ; this descends in the north of Scotland to 450 ft. (Marshall). Juncus compressus is probably J. Gerardi. It is a great disappointment to find no Manx names for the plants ; of the English names given some are wrongly applied — for Q^^iiXa^le, Prunus avium \^ called " Bird Cherry " ; this, the Latin name notwithstanding, is popularly applied to P. Fadus ; and P. avium, called " Wild Cherry " or " Gean " in England. The following species may be added to the list on the authority of Mr. P. G. Ralfe, of Castletown: — Raphanus Raphanistrum, Aren- aria serpyllifolia, Hypericum perforatum, Saxifraga granulata, and Cerastium triviale. Mr. Hieru, whose notes in this Journal for 1897 are referred to, will be somewhat surprised to find " the Rev." prefixed to his name ! Arthur Bennett. Prodromi Flora Britannic a Specimen adumbravit F. N. Williams, F.L.S. (Cucurbitaceas, Lobeliaceae, Campanulace^e, et Aster- acearum subfam. Asterinae.) Obtainable at 181, High Street, Brentford. Price Is. by post. It is pleasant to notice a fresh and independent attempt to show the way how to produce at least a foretaste of a new British flora. In an introductory article, consisting of two pages, Mr. Williams explains and defends the scope and plan of the work. Careful PRODROMI FLOR^ BRITANNIC^ SPECIMEN 213 attention has been paid to systematic arrangement and nomen- clature, and the system of Engler and of the modern German botanists has been adopted, in preference to that of Jussieu, De Candolle, or Bentham and Hooker. Characters are not sup- plied for the classes, families, or genera, but abundant references to standard authors are quoted ; in CcDiipositcB (called AsteracecB) a table shows the disposition of the genera in series, subfamilies, tribes, and subtribes, and, together with some original matter, characters are given for the various groups subordinate to the series. All the species are critically described in Latin; "the Latin style used is that of the nominative absolute with separate sentences, instead of the frequently used ablative in a single long sentence broken up by semicolons." But might not the accounts of British plants have been rendered in the English language ? Proper precision has been applied in the employment of the terms used to express the different forms of pubescence and the various shades of colour ; this precision and the correct citation and description of varieties are useful features of the scheme, which extends over sixteen octavo pages, and embraces thirty species in fifteen genera. Tournefort and Jussieu and other of the older botanists, though not earlier than 1700, are cited for the genera, so far as the names are adopted ; in the case of less ancient authors, however, a different style or standard is followed ; as an instance, on page 16, for Anaphalis the original authority of Aug. P. De Can- doUe is dropped out, notwithstanding the fact that the species com- prehended by its author are still meant to be retained in it ; the extension, by which several other species are supposed to be in- cluded, and which involves some modification of the characters, ought not to ignore the work of the first proposer. Synonymy in the case of the species has been rigorously ex- cluded, except for that which has received a new name, namely, Inula vulf/arls Williams, the plant which Linnaeus called Conyza sqiiarrosa. With regard to this the author in a note (page 14) apologizes as follows : — " In proposing this name for the Linnean plant, I have followed S. F. Gray and St. Lager in discarding a specific name which is identical with that of a closely allied genus, in which the two parts of the binomial would be incompatible, as illustrated in Inula Conyza Cand., under which name the species is commonly indexed. I. vulgaris Trev. is Pulicaria vulgaris Gartn. ; and the specific name of "squarrosa" is not available, as Linnaeus has also described an I. squarrosa. No other synonyms for the plant under its present genus are recorded in Index Kewensis, which is the excuse for proposing the present name, suggested by Bauhin's name for the plant, Conyza major vulgaris.'' The style of Linnaeus has been followed in treating the generic name of Erigeron as of the neuter gender, although classical usage regards the noun as masculine. The abbreviation for De Candolle which Mr. WiUiams adopts is Cand., an improvement on the more customary DC. The localities and distribution of the less common species are briefly given, and for each species the station which it usually affects is added, with an Enghsh name at the end ; these and the intro- 214 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY ductory aud foot notes are the only parts written in English. The original British habitat, Shute Common, Devon, is duly recorded for Lobelia iirens L., and this neighbourhood is stated to be the only station for the species in Britain ; no reference, however, is made to the Cornish record satisfactorily recorded in this Journal for 1883, p. 359, by the late T. R. Archer Briggs. The law of priority is disregarded in continuing to prefer the name Wahlenhergia Schrad. (1814) to Cervicina Dehle, Fl. Egypte, p. 150 (1812). An example of " the few additions likely to ensue with the diminishing area of unturned soil " occurs in the inclusion (page 11) oi Aster salifjmis Willd., found in Wicken Fen, Cambridgeshire, in 1867, " a patch of undrained soil, where it is possible that it is native." On the scale of this specimen sheet, the whole British flora would occupy about a thousand pages, or sixty such sheets ; and it is to be hoped that Mr. Williams himself will enrich our literature with its continuation and completion. __, ^ ^-. W. P. HiERN. ARTICLES IN JOURNALS,* Bot. Gazette (15 April). — C. S. Sargent, 'North American Trees* {Cratmjus, Betula, Ciipressiis). — C. 0. Townsend, ' Effect of Hydro- cyanic acid gas on Grains.' — A. C. Life, ' Tuber-like rootlets of Cycas.' — N. B. Pierce, ' Walnut Bacteriosis.' Bot. Notiser (haft 3: 15 May). — E. Adlerz, ' Nya Hieracium- former och Hieracium-lokaler ' (5 pL). — T. Hellund, ' Ribes riibnim' (concl.). Bot. Zeitung (16 April). — Graf zu Solms-Laubach, 'Cruciferen- studien' (1 pL). Bull, de VHerb. Boissier (30 April). — H. Christ, 'Reliquiae Weinlandianae ; eine Pteridophyten-Sammlung aus Deutsch Neu- Guinea.' — R. Buser, ' Les Alchemilles Bormiaises.' — F. Stephani, • Species Hepaticarum ' (cont.). — C. A. M. Lindmann, ' Beitrage zu den Aristolochiaceen ' (2 pL). Bull. Snc. But. France (vol. xlvi : session extraordinaire a Hyeres, 1899 ; received 18 May).— C. Gerber, ' Les fruits tri- et quadriloculaires de Cruciferes.' — P. Bumee, ' Le sac embryonnaire des Orchidees ' (2 pi.). — L. Legre, ' La Botanique eu Provence au XVP siecle : Louis Anguillara, Leonard Rauwolff.' — E. Heckel, ' Le parasitisme des racines de Xhnenia amerirana.' Bull. Torreg Bot. Club (18 April).— H. J. Banker, 'Hydnace®.* — A. Nelson, ' New Plants from Wyoming.' — D. Griffiths, Claviceps cinereuni, sp. n. — C. L. Shear, ' Mexican species of Bromus.' — R. J. Rennett, ' Teratology of Arisama.' Gardeners Chronicle (27 April).— M. Foster, 'Iris Willmottiana, sp. n.' (fig. 100). — (11 May). Sir George King (portr.).— Thomas • The dates assigned to the numbers are those which apoear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this iVthe actual date of publication. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 215 Meeban. — (18 May). C. de Candolle, 'Proliferous leaves' (fi^s. 117-120). Journal de Botanique (" Jan." & '* Fevrier " ; received 26 April): '' Mars " (received 16 May). — H. Hua & A. Chevalier, ' Les Lan- dolphiees du Senegal, dii Soudan et de la Guinee fran9aise.' — C. Sauvageau, 'Les Spliacelariacees ' (cont.). — (" Jan." & " Mars"). C. Gerber, ' Sur la respiration des Olives.' — (" Fev."). L. Guig- nard, ' La double fecondation dans le Mais.' — (" Mars "). H. Le- comte, 'Sur les graines de Landolphia.' BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. At a meeting of the Linnean Society held on April 18th, Mr. W. B. Hemsley exhibited the leaves and Mowers of two new genera of Chinese trees : (1) Bretschneideria, commemorating the eminent sinologue and botanist whose death has lately been announced, dis- covered by Dr. Henry in the province of Yunnan, lat. 23° N., in forests at an elevation of 5000 ft., and bearing pink and white flowers like the horse-chestnut, to which it is related ; and (2) Itoa, also a native of Yunnan, growing at a similar elevation and to a height of about twenty feet ; this genus, named in honour of a famous Japanese botanist, was stated to be allied to Idesia Maxim., Poliothi/rsus Oliver, and Carrierea Franch., all monotypic genera inhabiting China, but differing from them in certain respects which Mr. Hemsley indicated. Mr. Hemsley and Mr. H. H. Pearson communicated a paper on the Flora of Tibet, based on various collections of high-level plants received at the Kew Herbarium. The country dealt with was de- scribed as lying between 80° and 102° lat. and 28° and 29° long., and having an average altitude of 15,000 ft. Within this ar^a 360 species of vascular plants had been collected, and were referred to 144 genera and 46 natural orders. Almost all the orders repre- sented were nearly of world-wide distribution, and none were really local. Of the 360 species, only 30 appeared to be peculiar to Tibet. In illustration of the paper, a selection of the plants was exhibited; most of them dwarf deep-rooted herbs, very few annual or mono- carpic, and the only woody plant. Ephedra Gerardiana, was described as scarcely rising above the surface of the ground. The majority had been collected at altitudes varying between 15,000 and 18,000 ft. Mr. C. B. Clarke pointed out that the name " Thibet" or " Tibet " was quite unknown to the people who dwelt in the country so-called, and its precise boundaries were even still imperfectly defined. It was convenient, however, to retain a name by which it was known to so many European travellers, and their explorations and col- lections were making us better acquainted with the country every day. We are informed by Fellows of the Linnean Society who were present at the meeting on the 4th of April that the account of the proceedings given in our last number is incorrect. Mr. Hemsley, who is said to have exhibited specimens, was not present at the meeting, nor was Mr. H. H. Pearson, to whom, with Mr. Hemsley, the reading 216 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY of a paper is attributed. We can only say that onr account was taken from the official circular sent out to Fellows by the Linnean Society, which is thus entirely responsible for the misstatement. Mr. E. D. Marquand, who has for the last twelve years been collecting material for a Flora of Guernsey and the lesser Channel Islands — Alderney, Sark, Herm, Jethou, Lihou, Crevichon, and Burhou — announces that his work will be published this year by Messrs. Dulau & Co. at the subscription price of 8s. It will include the cryptogams, and somewhat unusual prominence will be given to plant-names and plant-lore. Each island is treated as a separate and independent botanical area, possessing its own peculiar features, and its own distmctive flora, for the islands differ much more widely than is commonly supposed, both from each other and from the adjacent portion of the French mainland. The third volume (for 1900) of the Meddlanden fran Stockholms Hogskolas Botaniska Institut contains an important paper on the Spitzbergen flora by Messrs. G. Andersson and H. Hesselman. It is illustrated by plates and figures, some of which — e. g. those referring to forms of CocJdearla — have a special interest for British botanists. There are valuable additional notes on Cerastiwn, Ra- 7iimculus, and Salix ; Dr. Lagerheim has several papers dealing with fungi, etc. ; and there are other contributions from Messrs. Knut Bohlin, 0. Borge, J. L. Lindroth, and 0. Kosenberg. Captain H. H. P. Deasy's In Tibet and Chinese Turkestan, ''being the record of three years' exploration," has just been published by Mr. Fisher Unv/in. The author acknowledges the help of Mr. E. G. Baker in preparing the botanical appendix ; the plants collected by Captain Deasy have been placed iu the National Herbarium, and named by Mr. Baker, Mr. Spencer Moore, and Dr. Kendle. The new species were described in this Journal for 1900, pp. 428, 495 ; to these may be added the description of a new variety [Deasi/i Baker f.) of the polymorphic Futentilla sericca, of which the following description is given in Captain Deasy's book (p. 401): — " Planta caBspitosa ; caules breves graciles erecti vel adsceudentes ; folia radi- calia pinnata, foliolis approximatis parvis summis majoribus reliquiis decrescentibus oblongis vel ovato-oblongis lobatis vel grosse serratis, folia caulinia digitatim 3-5 foliolata. A dwarf plant, with radical leaves 2-3 cm. long ; leaflets small, subsessile, green above, white tomentose below ; terminal leaflet 5-6 mm. long ; peduncles 1- flowered ; petals 5, yellow, + 5 mm. long. Nearly allied to P. sericea L. var. 7 dasijphylla Lehmann, Rev. Potentill. p. 34 (= P. dasyphylla Bunge)." The part of the Annua rio del R. Istitiito Botanico di Roma (anno ix, fasc. 2°), just to hand, contains a paper by Prof. Pirotto and Dr. Longo on the structure of Cynomorium (with two plates); papers by Dr. Piccone on Red Sea algae ; and notes on the Calabrian Flora by Dr. Longo. In response to suggestions, the useful Key to British Hepatica published in the May number of this Journal has been reprinted in pamphlet form, price Is., and may be obtained from West, Newman & Co., 54 Hatton Garden, E.G. Antennaria dioica (sjjecimiria LinncEana). 217 ANTENNARIA DIOICA var. HYPERBOREA Cand. By Frederic N. Williams, F.L.S. (Plate 423.) If British specimens of Ante^inaria dioica are compared with a series of continental forms referred to the species, it will be seen that all the European forms may be grouped in three varieties, inclusive of tlie type ; and that tbough intermediate forms may seem to occur, the length of the calathial stalks, the breadth of the basilar leaves, and the degree of pubescence on both surfaces of the leaves, sufhciently characterize the variety to which individual specimens may be referred. This paper is based on a critical examination of the material in Herb. Kew. and Herb. Mus. Brit. That S. F. Gray was the first to describe and refer to its proper species the variety hyperburea has been generally overlooked in British floras and plant-lists; though, as the synonymy given further on will show, he cannot be quoted as the authority, on account of his unfortunate rejection of the jejune Linnean name in favour of the earlier trivial name used by Bauhin and Erndtel. The grouping of the synonyms under each of the three varieties will best give their history in a concise form : — Antennaria dioica Gaertn. Fruct. Sem. Plaint, ii. p. 410, t. 167, f. 3 (1791). Var. a, TYPicA. Syn. — PiloseUa minur FvLGha. Hist. Plant, p. 60H (1542): Dodoens, Pempt. t. 68. (j-naphailnm uiontanum Bauhin, Pinax, p. 263 (1623) ; Erndtel, Viridarium Warsawiense, p. 53 (1730). Chrysocoma humilis )iw)itaua Morison, Hist. iii. p. 89 (1699). Gnaphalium dioicum L. Sp. PL p. 850 (1753). Gnaphalium dioiecium Hill, Herb. Brit. i. p. 36 (1756). Elichrysum vioutcmum Seguier, PL Veronens. suppl. p. 260 (1754). Antennaria niuiitana 8. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PL ii. p. 458 (1821). Gnaphalium alpimun C. A. Mey., Verz. PHanz. (1831). Var. /5 hyperborea Cand. Prodr. vi. p. 270 (1837). Specimina majora. Rhizoma crassius, stolonibus brevius radicantibus. Folia aut utrinque lanata, aut subtus lanata supra subaraneoso-pubes- centia, tomento utrinque persistente (foliis adultis facie superiore interdum subglabrescentibus) ; basilaria latiora obovato-spathulata patentiora. Periclinii squamae latiores obovat^e magis obtusae. Calathia brevius pedicellata, in capitulum corymbosum simplex disposita. Journal or Botany. — Vol. 39. [July, 1901.] R 218 tHE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Syn. — (j-naphaUum hyperhoreum J. Donn, Hort. Cantab, ed. 7, p. 237 (1812). Antennaria montana var. lanata S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. ii. p. 458 (1821). Gnaphallum dioicum var., Smith, Engl. Flora, iii. p. 414 (1825). Ayitennaria hyperborea D. Don in Engl. Bot. Suppl. t. 2640 (May, 1830), Gnaphalium horeale Turcz. herb. (1835), ex Cand. Prodr. vi. p. 270(1837). Antennaria dioica var. australis Griseb. Spicil. Fl. ii. p. 198 (1844). Var. y congesta Cand. Prodr. vi. p. 270 (1837). Specimina nana, quam in typo roinora. Caulis 30-36 mm. FoHa juniora utrinque albo-tomentosa. Calathia inter folia congesta sessilia ; in calathiis femineis, squamarum parte scariosa saturatius colorata. Syn. — Gnaphalium alpinum Asso ex Cand. Prodr. vi. p. 270. The species is generally distributed over Europe (Portugal per- haps excepted), across N. Asia, touchmg N. Persia, and reaching Japan. It is found on the N. American continent from Alaska to Labrador and Newfoundland, and from the Arctic Circle to S. Cali- fornia, where, according to N. L. Britton,* var. fS is the prevailing form, var. a being occasionally met with. In the British Isles the species is found on heaths, sandy pastures, and alpine rocks, from the sea-level up to 600 metres in the Highlands ; and its earliest record is the year 1641.+ The references to exdccatcB in the distribution of var. hyperborea in the following paragraphs are worked up from the material in Herb. Kew. : — Var. P hyperborea. — Of this plant D. Don writes that it was "first observed by the late Mr. John Mackay on Breeze Hill, Isle of Skye, in 1794. Sir J. E. Smith has noticed it in English Flora as a variety of A. dioica ; but after many years' observation, and an attentive comparison of it, cultivated together with A. dioica and A.plantaginea, I am now fully satisfied of its being entitled to rank as a species." Smith's previous reference to it is as follows : — ''Avery fine variety, almost twice the size of the common sort, with the upper surface of the leaves downy, at least while young, was gathered on Breeze Hill, in the Isle of Skye, by the late Mr. John Mackay, which some have thought a new species. But it seems a mere variety, becoming still larger in a garden, and having, as far as I can make out, no specific mark of distinction." In H. C. Watson's herbarium there is a single specimen, poor and scarcely characteristic, from Churchill Babiugton, found at Loch Coriskin, in the Isle of Skye, in September, 1838. In Borrer's herbarium there is also only a single specimen, from Skye, probably gathered in 1819, as it bears Winch's original label on which he * 111. Fl. Un. States & Can. ii. p. 398. t Johnson, Mercurius Botanicus, ii. p. 22. ANTENNARIA DIOICA VAR. HYPKRBOREA CAND. 219 has written " (Tnaphaimm In/perboreum.'' This has an historical interest, as either this particular specimen or one from the same gathering was sent by Winch in 1819 to De Candolle for exami- nation, and is the type for the variety described in the Prodro>nus. On the continent of Europe var. [3 is more widely distributed than is usually indicated in floras; and, as the following specimens cited show, it occurs in Switzerland, Hungary, Servia, Bulgaria, Montenegro, and Turkey, also in Denmark, and the island of Bornholm in the Baltic Sea, as well as in the Daghestan territory of the province of Cis-Caucasia. Exsicc. Alpe di Fliihe, near Zermatt (Bobert Brown, 1827) ; Ganes, on Mt. Magura, Transsylvania {Czecz, 1874) ; Transsylvania (Sc/mr, 1870, no. 2016 b, forma purpurea elegantissima) ; a specimen labelled '' GnaplwJium, australe'' {AdiDnoi^ic exs. Serbicae, 1897); Mt. Kopaonik (Friedrichsthal) ; Mt. Peristeri [Grisebach] ; Mt. Chortiasch (Friedrichsthal) ; Mt. Despoto-dagh, in Turkey, near Karlova {Friwa/dzky) ; Montenegro {Baldacci, It. Albanicum, vi. no. 221, 1898); Mt. Hodja Balkan, in Bulgaria (ex herb. Hooker), labelled " var. austraUs " ; a specimen from Daghestan, on the west bank of the Caspian Sea [Becker, 1877). There is also one of J. Mackay's original specimens from Dawson Turner's herbarium, labelled '' (j-naphaliiim new, Isle of Skye " : and another labelled "Isle of Sky, Dr. Smith, 1806." The following specimens from N. Asia should also be referred to var. /? : — Specimens from Guriel, in Siberia (Szowitz), and from Alach-Jun and Krest-Judomiskoi (l'i(rczanmow,18d5, '^ Gnaphalium boreaJe''), from Irkutzk, and Siberia Altaica (1867) ; also Japanese specimens from Abashiri, in the island of Yezo (PI. du Japon, 1890, no. 5456, Faurie). In the British Herbarium of the Herb. Mus. Brit, there is a single sheet of var. hijperborea with six specimens attached. One from E. Forster's herbarium is not at all characteristic, as the upper surface of the leaves is almost glabrous. Two are garden specimens raised from a plant collected in the Isle of Skye (without date). Of the other three specimens, the most characteristic is one from Sowerby's herbarium, with a label attached in the handwriting of G. Don the elder, "I call this GnaphaUum hyperboreiun ; it was found by Mr. J. Mackay, Edinburgh, in the Isle of Skye. May this not be the variety mentioned by Lightfoot as being m Dr. Ross's collection?" What the date of this determination may be is uncertain; but the name, as stated above, was taken up (subse- quently) by James Donn in 1812. On turning to Lightfoot's Fl. Scotlca, ii. app. p. 1109 (1777), we find, "a variety of this, a foot high, was found near New Posso. Mr, Yalden." Posso Craigs is a hill in Peeblesshire. Var. y congesta. — This variety was founded on Asso's specimens, which he referred to GnaphaUum alpinuni. Boissier's specimens, which agree with the type, were collected on the Sierra Nevada, in the south of Spain, at a height of 2550 metres, in ice-crevices, above Corral de Veleta, Among the Scottish specimens in Herb. K 2 220 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Kew. is one labelled " The Highlands," a dwarf form, with a stem barely 35 mm., which exactly agrees with the Spanish specimens on another sheet, and is quite distinct from either of the other two British varieties. On the evidence of this specimen, I think that var. congesta may be added to the Scottish flora, and possibly it may be found in lofty stations suitable for its growth, if diligently looked for. If this can be satisfactorily settled, it will be seen that all the three European varieties of Anteiuiarla dioica elvc to be found in the Scottish Highlands. The late Dr. F. B. White, in Scottish Xaturalist, 1886, p. 323, and in Fl. of Perthshire, p. 180, has described a var. peclicellata, found at Glen Tilt and near Strowan Station, in which the calathia are not so close together, on pedicels from 12-28 mm., and, as he says, "probably only an extreme state, as intermediate forms occur." It seems indeed to be only a form sliglitly different from the type of the species, scarcely to rank as a variety. Among the specimens in the British Herbarium, the description seems to fit some speci- mens gathered by A. Croall in 1854 at Little Craigandhal, and labelled, " Plants of Braemar no. 105." In these, the calathia are spread out in a semicircle, owing to the greater length of the pedicels. In the plate which accompanies this paper, the single sheet in the Linnean Herbarium, which contains eight specimens of Antennaria dioica, is reproduced by photography. At the bottom of the sheet is the word " dioicum " in Linne's handwriting. In three of the specimens rose-coloured scales are more noticeable ; in three others no rose-coloured scales are to be seen. One specimen has two flowering stems. SOME BEITISH VIOLETS.— II. By Edmund G. Baker, F.L.S. The Pansies growing in hilly or mountainous districts in this country can, with trifling exception, be arranged in two of the groups referred to in my previous paper (pp. 9-12). The repre- sentative species for these groups are V. lutea Hudson and V. saxa- tilis Schmidt* (F. alpestris Jordan). These groups have many points in common — the plants are perennials or subperennials, never annuals, as is generally the case with the groups of V. ar- vensis Murray and V. tricolor L. sensu stricto ; the flowers are nearly always showy, the petals being always distinctly longer than the sepals, except in the case of T'. lutea Huds. var. hamulata. The two groups differ in the stipules, which in the group of V. lutea are digitately multipartite or digitately pinnatifid, while in the saxatilis group they are pinnatipartite. Particular attention must also be paid to the character of the rootstock. In mountainous or hilly country in close proximity to the sea — as, for instance. * This species has not been recorded as growing in Britain, but is widely spread on the Continent. SOME BRITISH VIOLETS 221 in the west of Ireland — considerable difficulty is experienced in defining exactly the boundary between the group of V. lutea and the group of v! Ciutidi. Mr. A. G. More, in this Journal for 1873, p. 117, when speaking of the Flora of Ireland, states that the sandhill pansies of the whole coast belong rather to V. Curtisii, except some plants he refers to growing near Lahinch and Miltown, in Co. Clare." Generally speaking, F. Curtuil is a plant of sandy sea-shores, and V, lutea of grassy places in hilly and mountainous regions ; the former having short decumbent stems and short subterranean stolons, and in the latter the stems are either short or elongated, but ascendiug, and long, slender, subterranean stolons. Group I. — Representative species V. lutea Hudson. Perennials. Rootstock branched, branches slender, producing short or more rarely elongated ascending stems. Stipules of lowest leaves digitately multipartite or digitately pinnatifid. Petals gene- rally longer than the sepals, spreading (except in the case of var. hamulata Baker). The members of this group are found in grassy places in hilly and mountainous districts, very occasionally on sandbanks near the sea — as at Lahinch and Miltown, in Co. Clare. V. LUTEA Hudson, Fl. Angl. ed. 1, p. 331 (1762), p.p.; Eng. Bot. t. 721 (1800). F. (jrandifiora Hudson, Fl. Angl. ed. 2, p. 380, p. p. F. sudetica Willd. a lutea DC. Prod. i. p. 302 (1824). It is unnecessary to give a detailed description of this well-known species. Hudson's plant, as the name implies, was yellow-flowered. Var. AMCENA Henslow, Cat. Brit. Plants, p. 3 (1829). F. amcena T. F. Forster in Symons' Synopsis, p. 198 (1798); Eng. Bot. t. 1287. F. sudetica Willd. var. media DC. I.e. The flower is thus described in the original description : — " Flos magnus saturate pur- pureus aut violaceus. Petala superiora obtuse ovata, purpurea ; lateralia barbata purpurea, venosa, venis saturatius purpureis ; infima magna, superiore parte lutea, venis purpureis notata ; calcar breve, obtusum." It is described as from Scotland, where it was first found by Mr. Dickson. The plant from which the original description was taken cannot have had a particularly elongated stem, as it is described as being only half the length of the scape — i.e. " Scapus erectus canaliculatus caule duplo longior." Gardiner [Rambles in Braemar, 1845, p. 18) gives nine grades of colour-variation which he states exist between this and T'. lutea. A very fine Violet grows on some of the Breadalbane Mountains, which bears close relations to F. amcena and to the F. grandifiora figured by Villars (Cat. PI. Jard. Strasbourg, p. 288, tab.V. (1807) ) — the F. lutea Hudson, var. grandifiora of Koch's Synopsis, ed. 2, p. 95. I have closely compared it with Villars' figure and with * Specimens 1 have seen in Mr. Shoolbred's herbarium from sand-banks, Miltown, Co. Clare, approach very closely to the Pansy from MuUaghmore to which my father gave the name V. Symei, 222 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY specimens from Schultz Herb. Normale no. 1019 (from granitic escarpments between Minister and Gerarclmer, in the Vosges), which have been referred to this variety. Although, as just stated, it is closely allied, there are several differences, and I venture to describe it as a subvariety : — Var. AMCENA subvar. insignis. Perennial. Stem rather short or somewhat elongate (5-15 cm.). Lamina of lowest leaves orbicular, several times longer than the petiole, base rounded or subcuneate, margin crenate-serrate ; lamina of upper leaves ovate-oblong or oblong, differing from our specimens of V. lutea var. c/randiflora in several points — in the obtuse apex, longer petiole, and broader lamina ; the petioles and lamina are more or less hairy. Stipules palmately pinnatifid ; terminal lobe rather larger than the others. Peduncle 5-6 cm. long. Bracteoles placed below the curvature. Flower about the same size as that of var. n r and i flora, but upper petals narrower. Sepals subacuminate. Upper petals divergent, narrow obovate, + 1*8 cm. long, 8-9 mm. broad at broadest point — lateral petals spreading, lower petal rather broader than long, + 1'3 cm. long, + 1'7 cm. broad at broadest point. Spur just longer than the appendages of the calyx, not so long as in var. c/randiflora. Capsule sliorter than sepals.. Hab. South side of Craig Caillaich above Fnilarig, in Breadal- bane ; and rocks, somewhat moist, at very considerable height on Ben Lawers, frequent, Aug. 1794, Robt. Brown, in Herb. Mus. Brit. Cliffs of Ben Lawers, G. C. Driice, Aug. 1888, Herb. G. C. Druce. It is larger-flowered than typical var. amcena, and has, as has been stated, a stem sometimes 15 cm. long. The large size of the flowers (which are purplish) makes this a very striking plant. I am unable to follow Messrs. Rouy and Foucaud in their de- scription of V. lutea a nnf/uiculata, for which they quote the following synonymy : — " V. grandiflora Huds. Fl. Angl. ed. 2, p. 380; V. lutea var. yrandiflora Koch, Synopsis, ed. 2, p. 95 ; G. et G. Fl. Fr. i. p. 185." F. grandiflora Hudson, Fl. Angl. ed. 2, p. 380, has generally been considered synonymous with V. lutea Hudson, ed. 1, p. 331 '■' ; but it should be noted that Hudson under V. grandiflora quotes Viola caule triquetro simplici foliis oblofigiusculis stipulis pinnatijidis of Linnaeus (Mantissa, p. 120), and Viola montana lutea grandiflora Bauhin, Pinax, 200, which are both placed by Linnaeus (Mant. I.e.) under his grandiflora. V. lutea Hudson a unguiculata Rouy & Foucaud is for the most part then synonymous with V. lutea Huds. var. grandiflora Koch, but is confused by these authors in their synonymy with V. lutea Hudson, Fl. Angl. ed. 1, p. 331. V. B. Wittrock, in his "Viola Studien," i. (in Acta Horti Bergiani, Band 2, No. 1, p. 96) describes and figures V. grandiflora Lin. Vill., but his fig. 107 on tab. vii. shows considerable difference in the character of the stipules from those organs as figured by Villars. * Confer Smith, English Flora, p. 307 ; and Koch, Synopsis, ed. ii. p. 95 (1843). SOMK BRITISH VIOLETS 223 Var. HAMULATA Baker, North Yorkshire, p. 207 ; Report Bot. Exch. Club, 1865, p. 7. The type of this plant was unfortunately destroyed by fire in 1864. It is said to bear the same relation to V. lutea that F. arvensis bears to V. tricolor ; and is thus described in the Report cited : — " Rootstock thread-like, perennial, wide-creeping. Stems diffuse, much branched at the base, slender, quadrangular, pubescent below, but the pedicels naked. Lower leaves on naked channeled stalks, about I in. long, roundish, with ciliated crenations about as broad as deep, upper ovate, bluntish or even lanceolate, acute, with cre- nations two to three times as broad as deep. Stipules with the terminal lobe much larger than the others, leafy and toothed, the lobes all ciliated, the lateral ones two or three on each side, usually one only on the other, linear or subspathulate, entire, erecto-patent or sometimes curved like a sickle. Bracts three-quarters of the distance up the pedicel, minute, ovate acute, about the same width as the stalk. Sepals | in. long, lanceolate acuminate, slightly ciHated, the upper pair smaller, equalling the petals. Expanded corolla t in. deep by ^ in. across, petals all yellow, upper pair pale, obovate, 2 lines across, lateral pair smaller, deeper-coloured, with each a tuft of hairs at the throat, the lowest 4 lines, not marked with any lines or marked at the throat with three to five faint ones. Spur slender, curved upwards, barely one and a half times as long as the subquadrate bluntly toothed calycine appendages. Anther- spur linear-filiform, curved upwards, six to eight times as long as broad. The typical V. lutea has the terminal lobe of the stipules entire and less leaf-like, the lower petal when the plant is fairly developed ^ in., the lateral pair ^-f in., and the upper pair ^ in. across, so that the fully expanded corolla measures about 1 in. each way, and the spur keeled and thickened at the end, about twice as long as the deeply toothed calycine appendages." Found on Richmond Racecourse, North Yorkshire ; and, with Thlaspi occitanum, at the lead-mines on Copperthwaite Moor, near Reeth. Other plants of this group not found in Britain, but found in France or Belgium, are — Viola sudetica Willd. (the type), F. calaminaria Lejeune, and V. chrysmitha Schrader. F. sudetica Willd. was quoted in English Botany as being synonymous with F. lutea Huds. Koch (in Synopsis, ed. ii. p. 95) descrilDes a F. hitea Huds. var. sudetica, founded on F. sudetica Willd., and states that it differs from the type by being taller, having larger flowers, and petals often repand-crenate. F. calaminaria Lejeune is a Belgian plant with yellow or yellowish, not very large flowers (2-2^ cm. long), and considered by some botanists as uniting F. lutea and F. tricolor. V. chrysantha Schrader in Reichb. Fl. Germ. Excurs. ii. (1832), p. 709 ; Reichb. Ic. Fl. Germ. tab. 4516, is also believed by some botanists to be intermediate between F. lutea Huds. and F. tricolor L. (sensu stricto), but the plant as figured by Reichenbach has a longer spur than either of these species. 224 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Group II. — Eepresentative species V. sa.vdtilis Schmidt (T'. alpestris Jordan). Perennials or subperennials. Stipules pinnatipartite, that is the middle lobe markedly different from the lateral lobes. Petals always longer than the sepals, spreading. Like the preceding, the members of this group are found in grassy places in hilly or moun- tainous country ; they are allied on the one hand to the group of F. lutea, on the other to the group of F. tricolor L. (sensu stricto). As has been previously stated, the head-quarters of the group seems to be the Pyrenees, and it is only outlying members that have been recorded for this country. The group may be subdivided either by the colour of the flowers, which seems to be more trustworthy here than in the group ^ of V. Curtisii, or by the character of the median lobe of the stipule. Certain species seem fairly coustantly to have yellow flowers — as, for instance, V. alpestris Jordan and V. Provostii Boreau. Others are rarely, if ever, entirely yellow — as, for instance, V. lepida Jordan, in which the upper petals are obovate and of a beautiful caerulean violet. It will be noted, however, that the members of this group can- not be rigidly placed in subdivisions by the colour of their flowers, and that the subdivisions to some extent overlap one another, as even here the coloration is subject to certain variations and grada- tions ; but, as colour of the flowers is certainly to some extent a useful guide, I think it better to attempt a subdivision on this basis. * Yellow-flowered species with radiating dark lines on the lower petals, rarely or hardly ever with violet-coloured flowers. Continental species belonging to this series are V. alpestris Jordan, V. ffavescens Jordan, and V. Provostii Boreau. Of these, only the last, as far as I am aware, has hitherto been definitely recorded for any part of Great Britain. A plant bearing marked similarity with V. alpestris Jordan in several of its most important characteristics was gathered by Mr. W. A. Shoolbred on Kirkibost Island, N. Uist, in 1898. The stem branches copiously; the leaves are ovate or ovate -oblong, the lamina being longer than the petiole. The stipules on the main stem are pinnatipartite, the median lobe being conspicuously larger than the lateral lobes and subsimilar to the leaves; the stipules on some of the lateral branches are somewhat different. The flowers are showy and yellow, with petals longer than the sepals, and lower and lateral' petals with radiating dark violet lines. Spur violet-coloured, longer than the appendages of the sepals. It may be well to leave this plant for further study ; meanwhile I append a description of V. alpestris Jordan, drawn up from the original description and authentic material. Plant of from 1-3 dm., covered with a very short pubescence, diffuse from the base, much branched, with ascending flexuous branches. Leaves oval or oval-oblong, crenulated, not cordate. SOME BRITISH VIOLETS 225 with a short petiole enlarged at the summit. Stipules pinnatifid, with 8-10 lateral straight lobes, terminal lobe subsimilar to the leaves. Peduncles elongated, bracteoles whitish, placed below the curvature. Sepals lanceolate, elliptic, acuminate. Corolla large, petals whitish yellow, oboval, overlapping by their edges— the lateral obliquely oboval, the lower oboval, enlarged and emarginate at the summit and marked with five violet strife. Spur blue-violet, obtuse, compressed, hardly curved, passing the appendages. Cap- sule oval, obtuse. The following description of V. Provostii Boreau is drawn up from specimens kindly lent me by the Messrs. Groves : — V. Pkovostii Boreau, Fl. Centr. ed. iii. p. 82. V. confinis Jordan ex Nyraan, Conspectus, p. 80; Billot, Fl. Gall, et Germ. Exsicc. Nos. 1825 bis et ter. Boot apparently perennial or sub- perennial. Lower leaves ovate, erenate. Upper leaves ovate- oblong, crenate-serrate, finely hairy, lamina generally longer than petiole, base cuneate, apex obtuse. Middle lobe of stipules oblanceo- late, entire or occasionally a little erenate, much narrower than leaves, lateral lobes 2-3 on each side. Peduncles much longer than leaves — bracts some distance from the curvature. Flowers showy, paler yellow than lutea, petals longer than sepals. Spur longer than appendages of calyx. Upper petals ±1-1 cm. long, -7 cm. broad, Lamina of upper leaves 1*5 cm. long. This description is taken from a plant collected by Rev. W. H. Purchas on a steep limestone bank near Ecton, North Staffordshire, June 1885, Herb. Groves, and identified as above by Mr. Lloyd. Specimens I have seen in Messrs. Groves's herbarium from Mr. Lloyd of V, confiMis Jordan agree in almost every particular, except that the leaves are slightly narrower. "" Flowers yellow or sometimes more or less violet. Median lobe of stipules entire, oblanceolate or oblong-lanceolate. V. MONTicoLA Jordan, Obs. 2nd Fragm. p. 36. V. tricolor h. K, bella Gren. & Godr. Fl. France, i. p. 184. Stems erect or ascending. Leaves oval or ovate, suddenly contracted to petiole, upper oblong-ovate. The terminal lobe of the stipule is much narrower than in F. cdpestris Jordan, and entire. Flowers yellow, or more or less violet or tricoloured. Peduncles longer than the leaves. Petals always longer than the sepals. Spur considerably longer than the appendages of the calyx. The head-quarters of this Violet are in the South and East of France, and Jordan's specimens of F. monticola from Bagneres de Luchon are in the National Her- barium. Mr. G. C. Druce records var. bella Gren. & Godron from high ground near Streatley and Tattendon, and at Bradfield and Beenham, Berkshire (Fl. Berks, p. 79). I have followed MM. Rouy & Foucaud in considering V. tricolor L. K. bella Gren. & Godr. synonymous with V. monticola Jordan, as I have compared specimens and the original description of var. bella Gren. & Godr. with Jordanian specimens of V. monticola, and they seem to agree in all leading characteristics. 226 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Some British plants which I have had an opportunity of ex- amining from near Stokenchurch, Oxon, referred to var. bella Gven. & Godr. by Prof. Freyu, agree well in the flowers with specimens of monticola, but the median lobe of the stipule is broader. The above description is drawn up from authentic continental material. "-.* Upper petals generally bluish violet ; the others pale. Petals more rarely yellow. In this series occur tw^o plants closely related to each other. The names of both of them have appeared as suggested identifi- cations for plants of this country. The following notes on them are from the original descriptions of M. Jordan : — V. Sagoti Jordan, Obs. Fragm. 2, p. 34. Lower leaves with rather long petioles, oval or oval-oblong, base cuneate or sub- cuneate or lowest subcordate, upper leaves narrower, lanceolate. Stipules pinnatifid. Petals longer than the sepals. Upper petals broad obovate. Differs from T". carpatica Borbas by the lamina of the leaves being not so elongated, and broader. In the Flora of Oxfordshire Mr. Druce refers a plant from Stow Wood to V. Sagoti ; and there are specimens in his herbarium re- ferred here, on the authority of Prof. Freyn, from {n) near Forfar ; (b) Ballater, S. Aberdeen ; (c) Braemar, S. Aberdeen. V. Paillouxh Jordan, I. c. p. 36. Near V. Sagoti, from which it differs by its upper leaves being more elongated and more pointed. Stipules pinnatifid, but their lobes are longer and more pointed. The petals are very similar to those of V. Sagoti, and are of a bluish violet, sometimes very pale. The sepals are more acuminate. .^"^^ Petals generally violet-coloured and yellowish white in the throat, * or upper petal violet, and lateral and lower petal paler. To this series belong V. lepida Jordan and V. carpatica Borbds, both of which names have been suggested for British plants. V. lepida Jordan, Put/iUus, p. 28. Root perennial. Stems ascending, branched from the base. Leaves pale green, puberulous, lower ovate or lanceolate, somewhat obtuse, crenate. Stipules pinnatifid, lateral lobes linear, subpatulous, intermediate oblong, almost spathulate, subentire or slightly dentate. Petals twice as long as the calyx, upper obovate, of a beautiful caerulean violet, lateral pale blue, lowest broadly obovate, whitish or violet. Spur violet-coloured, patent-defiexed, longer than the appendages of the calyx. Capsule subrotund. A plant gathered in 1860, near the Spital of Glen Shee, in Perth- shire, by my father, was referred to this species by Prof. Boreau (Journ. Bot. i. pp. 11, 12). A plant collected by Mr. W. A. Shool- bred near Fort George, E. Inverness, is closely allied ; and another allied plant is one collected by Eev. E. S. Marshall near Roy Bridge, Glen Spean, W. Inverness (Herb. Groves), but this latter perhaps would be better placed as a form of V. amcena T. F. Forster. KENT MOSSES 227 V. cARPATicA Borbas in Koch's Synopsis, ed. iii. p. 222 (1892); Baker fil. Journ. Bot. 1901, p. 10. Tlie British habitat is Cocker- ham Peat Moss, West Lancashire. I have noted other gatherings from this county which are very closely allied to this species — as, for instance, a plant gathered by the Rev. E. S. Marshall near Sandling Park, East Kent, no. 1345. ]\ polychioma Kerner is allied to V. carpatica Borbas, but differs in the broader lamina of the leaf. In the limitation of the group of V. saxatUis I have ventured to differ slightly from MM. Rouy & Foucaud in their recent Flora— thus, for instance, Y. contnnpta Jordan, whicli was recorded many years ago on the authority of M. Boreau from cornfields near Thirsk, seems better placed with certain of its allies not in the present group, but in that of which the representative species is V. tricolor L. (sensu stricto). There are other continental described species and varieties belonging to this group which it is only necessary to briefly mention. They have never been recorded as growing in this country. V. polychroma Kerner, already mentioned, and V. tricolor L. var. perrobusta Borb. Magyar Nov. Lap. 1888, p. 18, is stated by Borbas (in Koch, Synopsis, ed. 3, i. 221) to be " V. lutea—> tricolor ^ It has tricoloured flowers, and is allied to V. tricolor by its stipules, and is only known from Upper Hungary. I have to tender my best thanks to Messrs. H. Groves, W. A. Shoolbred, and G. C. Druce for the loan of the pansies from their herbaria. KENT MOSSES. By E. M. Holmes, F.L.S. (Concluded from p. 182.) The following list includes additional localities for species already recorded for the county of Kent, and also a few species new to the county, the names of which have been received, since the last paper was pubUshed, from Mr. L. J. Cocks, of Bromley Hill, to whom the initials L. J. C. in the text refer. The initials E. G. refer to the late Mr. Edward George, of Forest Hill, whose collection is now, I beheve, in the possession of the Horniman Museum. A few species new to the county, added since the last list was published, are indi- cated by an asterisk. Where the generic name has been altered, since the publication of the list of mosses in the Journal of Botany in 1877, the name then in use follows in parenthesis the name now used. In this list the order given in Dixon's Handbook of British Mosses has been followed. Sphagnum cipnbifolium Ehrh. Bedgebury Wood, Goudhurst, J. S. — Var. 7 conge'stiim Schimp. Kilndown Wood, Goudhurst, J.S. — S. subsecimdum Nees. Louisa Lake, Bedgebury Wood, J. /S.— Var. contortum Schimp. Bedgebury Wood, J. S. — S. squarroswn, Pers, 228 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Louisa Lake, Bedgebury Wood, J. S. — S'. acutifolinm Ehrh. Goud- hurst, ratensis x genicuJatus; Wimraer himself gave this name [prat, x genie.) for it in Denkschr. Schles. Gesellsch. 149 (1853) ; at a later period (1857) he doubted the hybrid nature of the plant, but he was wrong in doing so. The identification with A. nigricans Horn. {A. ventricosus Pers., A. arundinaceus Poir.) was made by Wichura in Act. u. Verand. Schles. Ges. 1845, 59 ; 1846, p. 63, not by Wimmer, and was erroneous. " The synonymy of the plant is : — Alopecurus pratensis X GENicuLATUS Wimmer, Denkschr. Schles. Ges. 1853, p. 149. A. nigricans Wichura, I.e. 1846, p. 63, non Hornem. A. hyhridus Wimm. Fl. v. Schles. ed. 3, p. 31 (1857). A. intermedius Hallier, FL v. Helgol. Bot. Zeit. xxi. (1863). " Distrihution. Germany : Bremen, Helgoland, Tilsit, Jena, Saalfeld, Leipzig, Schlesien (Lieguitz). Bohemia: Prepechy. Galizia : Lemberg. Russia: Fernia, St. Petersburg." [The plant is also described in Ascherson and Graebner's Synopsis Mitteleuropdischen Flora, liefer, vii, part 2, pp. 138, 139 (1899), to which reference may be made. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] 236 TRIFOLIUM PRATENSE var. PARVIFLORUM. By I. H. BuRKiLL, M.A., F.L.S.- There are three abnormal states of the common red clover in which the corolla is found unduly shortened. One of these is due to an insect larva which feeds within the bud, stunts its growth, causes it to remain closed and the basal parts to be fleshy ; the second occurs wheu the petals are in part sepaloid ; the third is a condition in which the corolla-tube is crumpled and the ovary slightly foliaceous ; moreover it generally has peduncles to the heads and short pedicels to the llo\vers. This last is Trifoliiim. pratense var. parvijiornui, and has the following synonymy : — T. pratense var. parcijioram Babingt. Manual Brit. Bot. ed. 1 (1843), p. 72 ; Lange in Oeder's Flora Danica, t. 2782. T. brachystylos Knaf in Lotos, 1854, p. 237. r. pratense var. pedicellatiun Knaf ex Celakovsky, Prod. d. Flora von Boehmen, iii. (1875) p. 669. r. pratense forma 7'. brackyanthemiun /? heterophi/lliiin Rouy in Rouy et Foucaud, Floie de France, v. (1899) p. 120 (pub- lished as Ann. Soc. Sc. Nat. Charente-infer.). Babington's type-specimens from Elgin, as well as others from Plymouth and Walton-on-Naze, and a type of Lange's figure have been accessible to me in the Herbarium at Cambridge ; a type of Knaf's name, collected by Auerswald in Bohemia, f has been seen in the Botanical Department of the British Museum of Natural History, South Kensington ; at the Royal Gardens, Kew, are speci- mens collected at Fairmile in Surrey, at St. Leonards, at Tonbridge Wells, and at Elgin, from the herbaria of Borrer and H. C. Watson, and from near Bordeaux, collected by C. des Mouhns ; and I have myself collected it at Hunstanton in Norfolk, Grattou Park in Surrey. Waltham St. Lawrence in Berkshire, and (in company with Mr, G. Nicholson) near Heiligeublut in Carinthia^on each occasion a single root. All these specimens agree very closely. The first definition of the variety parvljionim runs: "heads more or less stalked : calyx-teeth as long as, or longer than, the corolla," and is correct as far as it goes. Celakovsky 's description is '' Ahren grosstentheils gestielt ; Bliitheu langer oder kiirzer gestielt ; Deckblatter theilweise ausgebildet ; Grififel kiirzer als die * [Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, vol. xi. part I. pp. 29-31. Read 26 November, 1900.] t [Mr. BurkiU has omitted to notice that the type was collected, not by Auerswald (from whose herbarium it came) but by Knaf himself, at Tomatan, in June, 1856. The attached label is signed by Knaf, who had named the plant T. hr achy stylos, and then added the following note : " Ditfert a T.pratensi tlori- bus plus minus longi pedicellatis, pedicellis interdum ramosis, stylis brevioribus, tubum corollse non asiiuantibus, capitulis aliis bractea suffultis, aliis saape desti- tutis; foliolis fol. rad. apice emarginatis, etc. 'Lotos' etc. Nihilominus tamen varietatem memorabilem T. pratensis esse puto, cui nomen propono : var. pedi- cellatiun.'" We gathered the plant many years ago at the Balham end of Wandsworth Common, where it occurred in some quantity. —Ed. Journ. Bot.] s 2 286 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Staubgefasse." But the following is fuller and more in accord with the specimens: — Plant not robust; heads more or less stalked; bracts sometimes developed; corolla in the mature flower crumpled at the base within the calyx and not exceeding the longest of the calyx-teeth ; pistil becoming foliaceous, the ovarial part linear- lanceolate, and often open above ; ovules more or less aborted. Examination of buds not ready to expand reveals no crumpling of the corolla ; so that this evidently takes place in the rapid growth of the tube which precedes the expansion of the flower ; and it is impossible to resist the assumption that the unusual size of the ovary and the narrowness of the mouth of the calyx are the causes of it. Phyllody of the ovary to a greater degree than in typical parvi- fiorum is not uncommon in Tnfolium pratense ; less modification in this direction I have found in a plant from Glen Clova, Forfar- shire, where the peduncle and pedicels were undeveloped, but the corolla crumpled and the ovary elongated, though seen on micro- scopic examination to contain two normal seeds. Nyman * correctly called T. pratense var. parvijionim an ab- normal condition ; Penzig has given it a place in his Pflanzen- teratologie \ ; and Babington,:[; until the publication of Lange's incorrect figures of the petals and ovary, doubted if it were more than an accidental state. I have wished here to show how it is abnormal. Lange found his specimens at two localities in Denmark ; Ascherson § records it as occurring near Karlsruhe ; and Magnus, who mentions the foliaceous carpels, || had it from Memel in East Prussia. Others have named additional localities. Less robust than the common form of Tyifolium pratense, it resembles superficially the variety of this species called T. micro - phylliim by Lejeune in his Flore des environs cle Spa,*iJ a type of which may be seen at Kew. As Lange wrote " T. pratense var. microphylluvi " on the label of his specimen, I believe that he recognized this ; but T. viicrophyUnin (T. pratense var. microphyllani Lejeune & Courtois) is not an abnormality. Similar also in habit are plants with prolification of the flower, which I have seen from various places in Britain and have col- lected near Bagneres-de-Bigorre in the Pyrenees ; and superficially similar in the flower-head is T. pratense ys^v. multijidiun Seringe"* — another abnormality, of which a type may be seen at Kew. It is abnormal from sepalody of the petals. * GonsjJectus Florce EiirojJece, Oerebro, 1878, p. 173. t Genoa, 1890, i. p. 386. I 31 e mo rials, Journal and Botanical Correspondence of C. C. Babington, Cambridge, 1897, p. 421. § Verhandl. hot. Vereins Brandenburg , xx. 1878, p. 110. II Ibid. xxi. 1879, p. 80. ^f Liege, 1811, ii. p. 115. T. microphijlluin Desv. is T. pratense, but I ilo not know lor certain in what form or variety. ** In DC. Prod. ii. (Paris, 1825), p. 195. 237 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES. XXVIII. — Periodical Publications. The notes on the dating and indexing of botanical periodicals which appeared in this Journal for 1894 (pp. 180, 271) and 1896 (p. 168) have justified their publication, in that certain journals have adopted the suggestions made. The matter, however, is of so much importance, as everyone engaged in bibliographical in- vestigation knows, that I may be excused for recurring to it. It would certainly be a great gain to posterity if some general plan of dating and indexing could be agreed upon, and this should not be difficult, at any rate so far as dating is concerned. The following remarks are not intended to be exhaustive. They are based upon periodicals which happen to be readily accessible at the time of writing, and which must be constantly referred to by workers at systematic botany. Certain repetitions will be found of points indicated in the former articles; such repetitions may perhaps be excused on account of the practical importance of the subject. Dating. Since attention was called to the matter, the Botanische Jahr- hilcher has borne on the back of the title-page the date of each of the parts composing the volume, and in a supplement to vol. xxvi. is given a list of the dates of each part of the preceding twenty-five volumes. There is thus no difficulty in ascertaining the date of publication of any species included in the work. A similar reform has been introduced in the Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana, although here the dates are placed on the back of the last page of the index, where they are likely to be overlooked, and the month only, not the day of the month, is given. The Italian periodicals are singularly unsatisfactory, not only in dating but in other particulars. The Nuovo Gtoniale Botanico Italiano appears quarterly, and bears on its wrapper and at the head of each number the month in which it nominally appears, but there is reason to doubt whether this information is altogether trustworthy ; the number dated January of this year, for example, did not arrive until the beginning of March, and the number of the Bullettmo delta Societd Botanica Italiana, dated " Ottobre- Novembre 1900," came to hand on Feb. 5th, 1901 ; this, by the way, is dated only on the cover. Malpu/hla is in even worse case, for the only date on the wrapper is that of the year of issue. It is styled " rassegna mensuale," but never even approximates to a monthly issue ; during 1899, for example, it was published in six parts, containing respectively fascicles 1,2; fascicle 3 ; fascicle 4 ; fascicles 5, 6, 7 ; fascicles 7-10; fascicles 11, 12. The curious Italian custom by which the title-page of a volume is issued with its first number instead of with its last prevents the insertion of the actual dates of publication on the back of the title, and in the case of MalpigJda further conflicts with accuracy. Of the volume for 1900, the part containing fascicles 1-4 was received at the 238 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY beginning of November of that year; the second part (fasc. 5-8 j arrived towards the end of February last; the third part (fascicles 9-12), completing the volume, comes at the beginning of June, but the title-page of the volume appeared in the first part, and, like the wrappers of each part, is dated 1900 ! The dating of the Bulletin of MUcellaneous Information lias so often formed the subject of comment in the?e pages that there is no need to refer to it further than to say that the volume for 1899 is still incomplete, the last number issued being that for •' September and October" (published in October) of that year. The reference to " Kew Bulletin, 190U, ined." in the Botanical Magazine for November last is thus likely to mislead, as no issue of the Bulletin (save certain appendixes) appeared during 1900. A difficulty may therefore arise as to the authority for the species to which this reference is appended; it is described (/. c) by Sir Joseph Hooker, and must, we think, be accredited to him, his citation of " Rolfe in Kew Bulletin, 1900, ined.," being that of an unpublished name. The actual dates of the issues of the Bulletin during 1895-98 will be found in this Journal for 1896, 169 ; 1897, 451 ; 1898, 239 ; 1899, 399. The Joimial de Botanvjue is another periodical in which the convenience of posterity is persistently ignored. The numbers since April, 1899, have been systematically misdated, several bearing the date 1900 not having been issued until the present year ; and as the title-page to the volume bears the date of the nominal year of issue, it will be extremely difficult in the future to ascertain the exact or even nearly approximate period of publication. In American periodicals the danger seems to lie in another direction. The dates of publication are given with such absolute exactitude as sometimes to arouse suspicion. For example, the January number of the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club bears at the foot of its first page "issued 31 January." The number contains sixty pages and six plates ; can we certainly conclude that the arrangements of the Bulletin are so perfect that no hindrance can possibly arise which may invalidate the entry on p. 1 ? The date on the last number for 1900 is Dec. 29th, in another year it was Dec. 30 ; here it is evident that a very slight delay would cause the new species appearing in the number to date from the following century. The Botanical Gazette is dated on the first page of the advertisements which precede the contents ; the drawback to this plan is that it disappears in the bound volume. I am inclined to think that the best plan yet suggested is that in the first number of Torreya, which states tliat " the exact date of publication of each issue is given in the succeeding number" : certainly by this method accuracy should not be difficult. The matter would, however, be most satisfactorily settled if editors would make it a rule, in cases where there is any doubt as to numbers being issued punctually on the first of the month, of placing on the back of the title-page of the volume the exact date of each. If this were always done, folk would know where to look for the intimation, which at present, even when supplied, PERIODICAL PUBLICATIONS 239 appears iu very different situations; and would thus be saved much of the unnecessary trouble which every systematic worker has experienced. I am curious to know what value is to be attached to the dates printed at the foot of each sheet or part of a sheet in Prof. E. L. Greene's Fittonia. This magazine is issued in parts in the ordinary way, but the dating is remarkable. For example, vol. iv. part 20, "January-April, 1899," is thus allocated at the foot of the pages : Pages 1-8, 5 Jan. 1899. Pages 25-40, 17 March, 1899. „ 9-16, 31 Jan. „ „ 41-52, 11 April, „ „ 17-24, 7 Feb. „ The breaks mostly occur in the middle of a genus — " A fascicle of New Violets," for example, is thus divided, and so is Anteunaria. Are these dates to be accepted as vaUd for citation ? They are recognized as such by American botanists, and what is known as the " Check-list " was issued in sheets, each bearing a date. It would seem to me that the distribution of such fragments ranks with the sending out of "advance copies" of a paper or monograph, and that the true date of pubUcation is that at which the work is obtainable by the public. It would, I think, tend to convenience if every plate published in a periodical bore the name of the periodical, as well as the volume and date : only in this way can plates be traced which have become separated from the accompanymg text. The name of the Botanical Magazine appears neither on plate nor letterpress; nor does the name of the plant figured appear on the plate. Each folio of the text is, however, dated ; but Hooker't! Icones Plantarnm has not even this aid to identification, and neither text nor plates bear the faintest indication of the method of their publication. The date of the issue of each part is given on the title-page of the volumes. Indexing. The Bidletm of Miscellaneous Information is now adequately, almost lavishly, indexed. For example, in 1891— the period at which " it was found necessary to publish it monthly "—an index to the first five volumes was issued, followed five years later by another general index, which included the preceding and the subse- quent five volumes. It may be well to note that these two mdexes are made on different principles, so that the entries in the 1891 index do not necessarily appear in the one issued in 1896. Should a third be issued later, embracing the two former, the compiler would do well to rearrange the material ; the entries under " Africa," for example, seem to be in three alphabets, besides a fourth under "African"; the whole, indeed, needs the revision which it will doubtless receive. Meanwhile each volume is fully indexed, not without the kind of cross-reference dear to cataloguers, e.hed in the volume. This is manifestly a convenient method, and should be universally adopted. In connection with this subject, a word may be said as to the indexes of systematic works. Considering how small the point is, it is remarkable how much inconvenience is caused by not printing the name of the genus at the head of each column, even when it is continued from the one preceding. This is omitted in Nyman's Conspectus, to the great detriment of ready reference. In the two Floras of Africa, now issuing at Kew under the same editorship, the name is given in one and omitted in the other. This apparently arises from the following with Chinese exactness the method adopted in the earlier volumes of each work; which, however, does not seem to have prevented the introduction of the new plan of spelling adjectival forms of proper names with a small initial letter. In the general index to the Flora of British India the preferable mode was adopted, although to the single volumes the indexes were printed in the criticized form. The maximum in- convenience is supplied in the Hand-list of Trees and Shrubs drawn up at Kew, where a page often begins, without any heading what- ever, in the middle of the synonymy of a species ! The question of headings to pages is closely allied to that of indexing, and shows a like variety. In periodicals the plan of giving the name of the magazine on the left-hand page, and that of the article on the right, is undoubtedly the best ; but the number SHORT NOTES 248 of periodicals which have nothing at the head of the page is re- markable, including ns it does the Kew Bulletin, the Memoirs of the Torreij Club, Botanische Zeitung, Flora, Botaniska Notiser, and Oesterreichische Bot. Zeitschrift. In the Annals of Botany, the Bulletin of the Torreij Club, Malpi(/hia, tTournal of t/ie Linnean Society, Giornale Botanico Italiano, and others, the names of author or articles head eacli page, the name of tlie periodical being omitted. In systematic works, the plan adopted in the British Museum and Kew systematic publications of indicating at the head of each page the genus as well as the order under treatment adds greatly to the facility of consultation. In some important works, however — e.y. Prof. Eugler's Pfianzenwelt Ost- Afrikas — the pages have no heading of any sort. My object in calling attention to these apparently trivial matters is to save future workers the unnecessary expenditure of time and trouble which their neglect has occasioned, and is occasioning to the present generation of botanists. The reforms advocated are neither unreasonable nor difficult of execution, and it is confidently hoped that, in some quarters at least, they will receive favourable consideration. _ _ James Britten. SHORT NOTES. OcTODiCERAs JuLiANUM IN Britain. — I am pleased to record from two Worcestershire localities the very singular and interesting Octodiceras Jnlianum Brid., a moss not hitherto recorded from any British station. Tliis has been found by my enthusiastic and painstaking friend Mr. J. B. Duncan, of Bewdley, in two different localities, and in fair abundance near Stourport. Mr. Duncan says: "The moss is evidently quite aquatic, and, judging from its development, is well established ; the two localities where I gathered it are over a mile apart ; the plant was growing on a piece of natural timber along with Fontinalis and Eurhynchium ruscifonne, and just covered with water." The plant naturally puzzled my friend, as its first look is that of a Fissideus, and it might be mistaken for a very small narrow-leaved variety of F. polypkyllm ; but under the microscope the very short inferior lamina and truly different areolation at once decide its distinctness, and my deter- mination of the plant has been confirmed by Mr. H. N. Dixon. There appears to be no reason why this plant should not be found in many British streams, and it has probably been overlooked from the fact that it has very much the look of a Fontinalis when growing. It is found more or less frequently over the greater portion of Europe, in Canada, and the United States. Schimper and Husnot describe it as grov/ing on stones in water, but Mr. Dixon kindly informs me that Limpricht says that on the Continent it is found growing on tree-roots, &c., in water as well as on stones. Lesque- reux and James, in their Manual of the Mosses of North America, say, -'on stones and branches in wooded creeks and swamps." The following description may be useful to some : — 244 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Plants slender, filiform, fasciculate-ramose, branching from innovations the whole length of the stem, or from the base only, floating. Leaves distant, linear-lanceolate, short-auriculate, the lamina ending at the auricles and three times as long. Flowers monoecious, terminal, on more or less elongate branchlets, the male axillary sometimes aggregate ; perigonium of two or three leaves ; fruits (cladogenous) on young shoots. Calyptra nearly black, erose or lacerate at base ; capsule oblong-ovate, greenish, soft, red at orifice, gradually narrowed to a short green pedicel, very fragile at the base, lid as long as the capsule, teeth short, irregularly laciniate or perforate above the middle, yellowish at base, pellucid. J. E. Bagnall. New Worcestershire Carices. — The recent spell of dry weather has afforded good opportunity for the getting of sedges and other water plants ; and it has been gratifying to find in a damp copse only four miles from the centre of Birmingham, and just within the Worcestershire boundary, Ctire.v Ucviijata Smith, which has not previously been recorded for the county, and it is also very rare in Warwickshire. It was kindly named by Mr. Arthur Bennett. Growing near it are fine patches of C. vedcaria and a quantity of C. strigosa, which is rare in Worcestershire and absent from War- wickshire. The following species can also be found in different parts of the copse, viz. C. Pseudo-cypenis, rostrata, valpina, remota, Goodenowii, and syJvatica. Part of this wood is, alas ! being used as a tip for rubbish by the Birmingham Corporation; but bushes of " guelder rose " and raspberry and the white flowers of Ruhini suherectm still adorn the greater portion ; and Equisetiim si/lvaticnin is spread over a considerable area, with E. limosum in two of the pools, and a great mass of Viola palustris hard by. At Stanklin Pool, near Kidderminster, Carex Ehrhartiana (Hoppe) is to be found in a boggy part of the pool, growing with the type C. teretiuscula Good., and interspersed with C. rostrata, as at Sutton Park. It is a new locality for both these sedges, and an interesting extension of the present range of the little-known form called Ehrhartiana. I understand, however, that the latter is now looked upon as merely a state of the true type, with which opinion I should myself concur. — H. Stuart Thompson. Carex depauperata near Bristol. — In May, 1888, I gathered what I thought was a young specimen of Carex sylvatica in Leigh Wood, on the Somerset side of the Avon ; but, observing recently its resemblance to an immature form of C. depauperata Good. ( = C. ventricosa Curtis) from Mr. Arthur Bennett, I sent my Bristol plant to him, and he agrees that it is depauperata. Mr. J. W. White tells me that it has not been seen at its old station near Axbridge, on Mendip, for many years ; so the appearance of this very rare sedge in a fresh locality in North Somerset is of some importance. H. Stuart Thompson. Ulex nanus in the Isle of Man. — Mr. L. Watt, of Clydebank, has sent me a specimen of undoubted na^nis from West Douglas Head. He says : " This is the Ule.v that is common all over from SPECIES GENEKA ET ORDINES ALGARUM 245 Douglas Head to Snaefell, and from Port Erin to Ramsay." This being so, the doubt I expressed (p. 212) is answered. — Arthur Bennett. G-ALiuM sylvestre IN OXFORDSHIRE. — This plaut, which does not seem to have been recorded for Oxfordshire, was found during a recent excursion of the Toynbee Natural History Society, in chalk- fields near Bottom Farm, a few miles west of Henley-on-Thames. — G. L. Bruce. New Yorkshire Hepatics. — On May 4, 1901, on Coatham Marshes, North-east Yorkshire, I found a large patch of Morckia hihemica covered with capsules, and in such fine condition that Mr. Pearson says he has seen no specimens like it. From a distance the patch had the appearance of Pellia epiphi/lla with its long and crowded silvery seise. On washing out the ' Mordda, I found a few plants of Petalophyllim Kalfsii (Wils.) Gottsche, with young fruit, and quite distinct from the Morckia by the fan-like frond with lamella on the upper surface. It is interesting to add these two hepatics from the east coast of Britain. Mr. Pearson says the Petaloplujllum is one of the most important discoveries amongst the HepaticaB of recent years. — Wm. Ingham. Cardamine impatiens in Middlesex. — The existing records for this plant in Middlesex are old ones, and their correctness is doubted by Trimen & Dyer in their Flora, and apparently in Topographical Botamj. It still occurs in the county, and with every appearance of being indigenous ; I found several plants in June last on the bank of a stream in the Harrow district.— P. Whichelmore. The Plates of 'English Botany,' ed. hi. — Is it possible to ascertain who drew the plates first published in the third edition of English Botany? As is well known, fresh details were added to some of the original plates, while in some instances fresh plates were substituted for those of the earlier editions. Messrs. Bell & Sons, who bought the book from Mr. Hardwicke's assignees, have no information on the subject. It would be of interest to place the information on record, and possibly some reader may be able to supply it. — James Britten. NOTICES OF BOOKS. Species Genera et Ordines Algarum . . . auctore J. G. Agardh. Vol. III., pars 4: supplementa ulteriora et indices sistens. Lund: Gleerup. 1901. 8vo, pp. 148. The last work we are ever to receive from the pen of Prof. J. G. Agardh has just been published — the final supplement to his famous Species Genera et Ordines Algarum . This work was begun, as is well known, in 1848, and in 1880 the second part of vol. iii. appeared. Eighteen years later the third part was published,' coming as a surprise to phycologists, for many other papers had 246 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY appeared in the interval, and it was supposed that the Species Genera et Onliiies had been finished. Now cotnes the fourth and final part as a last supplement, and with it an index, which not only refers to the last few parts and also to the Analecta and other works on Floridece. The first division of this volume deals with the affinities of the Floridece and the views of authors on the connection between this group and representatives of lower groups of alg^. Tnis is followed by (ii.) a treatment of the genus Callopkyllis, giving the character- istics of the subdivisions into which the species fall, with notes on certain plants and on the work of other authors. A short note on (iii.) Micruccelia follows, and another (iv.) on ChiDiipia. Chylocladia catenata forms the subject of division v., being placed by the author in a subdivision Endodictyon of the genus Chylocladia. The next division (vi.) consists of a lengthy treatment of (irracilaria, which genus he divides into four main groups — Macro- cystidece, Microcystidem, Platycystidea, and Plectocystidece, depending on the size and position of the thallus cells as seen in transverse section. Sixty-one species are enumerated, including more than one that is new. Two new species of Ciirdicea are next described (vii.), one from Australia, collected by the late Miss Hussey, and one from ISlew Zealand, sent by Mr. K. M. Laing. Division viii. treats of plants which have been placed under Nizzophlea and Dasyphlea ; followed by further details on Enduyenia (ix.), a new genus described in Analecta, Continuatio iv. Another new genus, Hitsseya, is next described, allied to Chondria (x.). It contains one species, H. austral is. A third new genus is founded in xi., Mlcrogowjriis, allied to Ehodyinenia, the species for which it was created being M. phyllophoroides, from Australia. Tlie last section ot" this work (xii.) is devoted to a few remarks on certain species of Floridea which are somewhat ambiguous — Cordylecladia conferta, Delesseria Bartoni(B, Thysanocladia oppositifolia, Grateloupia acuminata, and Grateloupia girjantea. The index referred to above concludes this book, three-fourths ot" which were seen in type by the aged author, whose untiring energy and wide knowledge have done so much for the study of phycology. E. S. B. Morphology of Spermatophytes. By John M. Coulter, Ph.D., and Charles J. Chamberlain, Ph.D. 8vo, pp. x, 188, with 106 figures. Appleton & Go. New York. Price not stated. 1901. The title of this book is misleading. As it stands on the shelf it shows only the comprehensive statement " Seed-plants." But though we may condone a somewhat brief and vague statement on the back of a book, we expect the title-page to give a fair indication of its contents. The preface does not help, but the "Contents'" inform us that the present volume is Part 1., and deals only with Gymnosperms, the incomparably larger group of Angiosperms being presumably left for future treatment. Certainly the Gymno- sperms afford scope enough and to spare for one book, and we MORPHOLOGY OF SPEKMATOPHYTES 247 should welcome a more emphatic separation than is expressed by the view which regards these and the Angiosperms as merely sub- divisions of one of the great divisions of the plant -world. Kobert Brown got as far as that nearly a century ago when he recognized the importance of the difference between an ovule on an open carpel and ovules enclosed within an ovary chamber. But from Hofmeister onwards the tendency of research has been to widen the gulf between the two subdivisions of seed-plants, and to indicate that in the Gymuosperms we have a group, perhaps more than one group, which should rank as a planD-division of equal value to Pteridophyta, holding a position between the fern-plants and the flowering-plauts proper, Messrs. Coulter and Chamberlain might well have seized the opportunity afforded by the publication of a book which recapitulates the results of recent work, and more than auy other emphasizes this position, to recognize that position by a distinctive group name. Part II. of a woriv on the same lines is at present an impossibility. There is much, very much more to be done on the gametophyte stage of the life-hibtory of the Angio- sperms before a volume companion to the one before us can be written. As regards the book under review, it is an excellent and authori- tative summary of the general morphology of the Gymnosperms. These are considered as including four series — Cycadales, Ginkgoales, ConiJ'erales, and Gnetales. The second comprises the monoiypic genus Ginkgo, the characters of which, as striking and peculiar as its name, justify its separation from the Conifers as a ditiiinct group. Anatomical details are referred to only where they bear directly upon the general character of the groups ; tiie work does not profebS to be a text-book of anatomy. Cytoiogical details in the gametophyte stage are, on the other hand, very fully described. Nor is the treatment, except for broad distinctions, a systematic one. Genera in each series are referred to as illustrating points in morphology, but the subdivision of the series is barely touched upon. Briefly we have here a book which gives just what a student has hitherto been unable to get in a single volume — an intellectual gymnospermous repast almost as perfect, from the points of view selected, as was possible at the time of publication, and set forth as regards typography and illustrations m quite the best neo-American style. Many of the figures are new, occasionally embodying the result of researches hicnerto unpubhshed, as, for instance, in the case of some of those describing the cytology of the gametophyte in the Conifers. The authors draw attention to an unusual limitation which they adopt of the two stages in the hfe-history of the plant. They regard the history of the sporophyte as closed with the appearance of the spore motuer-cell rather than with that of the spore. " Tnis has seemed to us to be the best defined line of demarcation between the two generations, both on account of the redaction division, and because preceding this division the mother-cell passes into a more or less prolonged resting condition. It certainly represents the greatest break in the continuity of the life-history." The seed 248 THE JOURNAL OK BOTANY teaches that a prolonged resting conditiou is no argument for or against a morphological dividing line in life-history. But my colleague Mr. V. H. Blackman, who has kindly looked through the book with me, seems to favour this putting back of the gametophyte stage. In their account of the male gametophyte in the Cycads, the authors point out that the relation between the ciliated sperm- cells of the Cycads and those of the Fern-plants is rather biological than morphological, as each corresponds to the mother-cell of a fern antherozoid and not to the ciliated male cell. They are therefore identical with the so-called male cells of all ordinary seed- plants, being peculiar only in the possession of cilia. The contrast with Pterodophytes, where each mother-cell organises and dis- charges a ciliated sperm-cell, is a sharp one. The bibliography at the end of each chapter is useful ; we are, however, surprised to find no reference to Dr. Masters's work on the morphology and taxonomy of the Criiciferm. We regret that we can give no information as to the price of the book, the more so as it is one which the advanced student should read. It is difficult to understand the extreme modesty of some publishers in refraining from obtruding the price of a book on the '''''^'''- A. B. E. Recent American Papers on Fungi. In America, even more than in this country, cultivated plants are subject to epidemics of disease caused by parasitic fungi. An account of one of these pests that attacks the violet has been pub- lished by Mr. P.H.DorsettinBulletinNo.23 of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. The violet disease is due to a hyphomycetous fungus, Alternaria ViolcE. The plants are attacked on any part and at any stage, but it is the growing leaves that suffer most. They are much disfigured by the spots and blotches caused by the fungus, and often entirely killed. The disease has in many places seriously checked the culture of violets. Mr. Dorsett suggests preventive measures, as fungicides are found to be ineffective. The illustrations from photographs are very good. Dr. Herman von Schrenk published last year a report on some of the fungi that grow on red cedar, Juniperiis virginiana ; he has recently issued in Bulletin 25 the preliminary results of his studies on some of the diseases of New England conifers caused by fungi of the group of PohjporecE. Most of them are well-known enemies of European foresters, but in the great untended woods of America they work more damage than they are allowed to do here. One of the most troublesome and the most difficult to stamp out is Polij- poras Schweiiiitzii, which fastens on the roots, and spreads under- ground from tree to tree ; the fruiting bodies are at first produced on the ground, and finally on the trunk of the tree. The other members of the group that he describes — P. j^micola, Trametes Pini, &c. — are wound parasites ; they gain entrance by broken branches, or through the holes caused by insects and woodpeckers. Where conditions are favourable to their growth, they very soon RECENT AMERICAN PAPERS ON FUNGI 240 destroy the tree. The value of the report is greatly enhanced by photographs and drawmgs. Mr. Erwin F. Smith has given us, in Bulletin No. 26, an account of Wakker's hyacinth germ, Pseiidumonas UyacintJd, which causes a disease of hyacinths known as '* the yellow disease," or " Wakker's disease." Mr. Smith has followed Wakker in his investigation, and has confirmed the bacterial nature of the disease by a long and careful series of cultures and innoculations of healthy plants. The microbe, he tells us, " enters the plant through wounds, and multiplies in the vascular system, filling the vessels, especially those of the bulb, with a bright yellow slime consisting of bacteria." Gradually the whole plant is destroyed, and great loss is caused to hyacinth growers. The disease is con- fined to the Netherlands. The subject of bacteria causing diseases of plants is occupying more and more the attention of plant pathologists, and all additions to our knowledge are sincerely welcome. Bulletin No. 27, issued by the same Department, deals with the " Wilt-disease of Cotton, and its control." The disease, which is caused by a fungus that lives in the soil and attacks the roots of the cotton-plant, had been already described by Mr. Erwin Smith in a previous Bulletin. Mr. W. A. Orton has been experimenting on the best methods of combating the disease, and gives the results in this paper. It has been found impossible to kill the fungus by the application of fungicides to the soil, or to the plants attacked. He strongly advises growers to avoid planting cotton on infected soils, and, above all, to choose for cultivation the plants that have been proved to be resistant. Parasitic fungi are curiously selective as to their host, and, for no apparent reason, one variety of a species is preyed upon and another left. From the New York Agricultural Experiment Station there have been issued recently three Bulletins dealing with parasitic fungi. No. 182 gives the result of experiments with sulphur-lime in the prevention of onion-smut, Urocystis CepidcB, a disease which works much havoc in certain districts in America. The sulphur- lime is sown along with the onion-seed, and the benefit to the onion crops has been very marked. No. 185 discusses an appie-tree canker caused by Sphmwpsis Malonun. The fungus grows also on pear, quince, and hawthorn. Scraping the bark and whitewashing is recommended as a cure. An account of the ravages of WUzucionia occupies Bulletin No. 186. It is a sterile fungus forming a brown mycelium, and occasionally sclerotia. It has been found to be the cause of disease in a large series of plants both in Europe and America. These papers are valuable additions to our knowledge of plant-diseases, and their prevention or cure. Mr. C. G. Lloyd, of Cincinnati, has been publishing at intervals Mycological Notes dealing with the larger fungi, which he is willing to send to all students of these plants, free of charge. The latest of these, issued in Dec. 1900, deals with the Collybias of Cincinnati. Mr. Lloyd pays no regard to tradition in his systematic work ; he Journal of Botany. — Vol. 39. [July, 1901.] t 250 thb: jouknal of botany refuses to cumber the name of the plant with the authority for the species, as, he thinks, b.y so doing we but minister to the vanity of the species maker; and also he rejects the claims of priority to displace a well-known name. The author writes with much en- thusiasm, but not always with care, and so we find such sentences as " we have had opportunity to since observe it rather frequent." Some day, we doubt not, Mr. Lloyd will cite his authorities, and pay attention to his style. He is issuing a series of photographs of Agaiics, and, if they are as good as the illustrations of his Collybias, they must be most helpful to students of mycology. A. L. S. Les Desmidiees de France. Par Joseph Comere. 8vo, pp. 222, 16 plates. Klincksiek, Paris. This is a very pretentious volume, as it deals with the Desmids of the whole of France, where the most varied conditions obtain as to habitat, &c. We must confess that we are greatly disappointed with the work. It will serve the purpose of a catalogue of those species hitherto recorded for France ; the introductory matter should prove useful to the beginner, and so should the short descriptions of the species to a botanist ; but criticiil remarks con- cerning allied species, which are of the greatest use to an earnest student, are totally lacking. It is painfully evident that a master of this group of plants is still wanting to France. The number of species of Desmids recorded for the whole of France is some scores less than those on record for the county of Yorkshire alone. The number of localities, too, is very few — much fewer than we should expect from an average English county. On p. 25 the author writes : — '• Une bonne figure vaut toujours mieux pour la determination des especes qu'une description si parfaite qu'elle soit." We only wish that the author had given good figures. The drawings are certainly not good ; they are crude— many of them very crude — and the faults exhibited are so numerous that it is a difficult matter to determine where to begin and point out a comparatively small number of the more inaccurate figures. We strongly advise M. Comere to examine the figures of a work published on British Desmids fifty-three years ago, and then notice his own figures, issued after five progressive decades have elapsed — in a country, too, which is usually supposed to be much more artistic than Britain. On PI. xiv., fig. 'da and fig. 86, two figures are given of one of the most characteristic species — ^' Micrasterias furcata," which certainly belong to the genus, but could not be mistaken for this species by the merest tyro. On the same plate the figure representing M. Tlwmasiana does not show the characteristics of that species, and the outline of 3/. Jennerl is not that of the type. The apices of fig. 1, PI. i., are not those of Closterium lineatum, and we are quite certain that no real Closteria exhibit the want of grace and symmetry depicted in many of the figures with which this genus is illustrated. On PI. vi., fig. 1, a caricature of PleurotcBiiiiim nodulosum is given which certainly does not agree with the author's description of it. The figures of DTCTYOSIPHON 251 Tetvwnorns, on the same plate, make one think that French examples are fast deteriorating with regard to symmetry and grace. No attempt is made in the figures on the same plate to show the cha- racteristic feature of the genus DocUUwn. On PL vii. a notable characteristic is omitted in fig. 1. Fig. 4 does not represent typical Cosmariiim ccelatum, and fig. 6 is certainly a wonderful C. Holmieme. Fig. 36 b will do for the vertical view of a Staura- strum, the four angles will not do for any Cosmarmm ; the author had better try again to copy Wille's figure (attributed to Leme in the author's description of this plate). The want of symmetry throughout this plate is striking. Just to refer to two things out of many on Plate viii., fig. 1 is a bad drawing of Cosmarium pachydernmm, its chief characteristic being omitted, and C. Brebis- sonii always has twice as many papillae in the periphery as those figured by the author. On Plate ix., fig. 26 a certainly does not belong to the same species as fig. 266. On Plate x., two figures of FjUastrum insigne are given, whose polar lobes are totally different from those characteristic of this species ; and fig. 13 is shocking. On PI. xi. Staurastnim verticilJatum is quite wrong, and has obviously been copied from Cooke. On PI. xv. a figure is given of a species we do not believe in ; the author should compare itwith a specimen of Xanthidium antilopcEcum when tlie surrounding mucilage is contracting. Fig. 13 is also no representative of mature X. aculeatum. We have not space to comment any further on the drawings ; we are however of opinion that neither Messrs. Petit, Gay, Lemaire nor Gomout would have issued such plates as accompany this work. The author does not appear to have had proofs sub- mitted to him, as the spelling of both generic and specific names requires careful revision. W. W. DiCTYOSIPHON. A PAPER by Dr. Sv. Murbeck, entitled " Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung von IHctyosiphon fceniculaceus Grev.," appears in the Videnskabsselskabets Skrifter. Mathem.-naUirvid. Klasse, 1900, No. 7. The author divides his work into the following sections : — Growth, Branching, Thallus Cavity, Conducting and Strengthening Tissue, Assimilative Tissue, Cell-tension, Hairs, Hyphfe, Attachment, Re- productive Organs. Under these headings the subject has been worked out in great detail, and some facts brought to notice which are interesting in connection with other members of the PhmophycecB. The family of Dictyosiphonacea, is a small one, as defined by Engler & Prantl in Naturl. Pflanzenfamilien, consisting only of three genera — Dictyo- siphon, Gobia, and Scytothamniis. Of these, the first two are repre- sented in the northern hemisphere, and can therefore be conveniently studied and compared, as is the case in the present paper, by European botanists ; the third — Scytothcnmnis — is only recorded from the South Temperate region, and an account of this genus, 252 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY which it is hoped will soon appear, must gain largely in interest by a study of this examination of Dktijosiphon by Dr. Murbeck. The section describing the strain arising from unequal growth of the innermost and outermost cells of the thallus is perhaps the most interesting, as touching on wider biological questions than can be raised in the other parts of the paper. As the author says, the question of the tension of tissues in marine algae is a subject of recent study only, and the result shows a marked contrast to the mode of tension in the higher plants. This is of course to be expected in view of the wholly different surroundings of the two groups. Among the algae, except in the case of those which secrete lime, everything makes for greater flexibility and elasticity, and, even among plants and animals hardened by an outward secretion of lime, there remains, as is shown by Prof. Stewart in his paper on the subject,'^ uncalcified nodes between each joint, which prevent the plant from becoming so rigid as to cause its destruction from the movement of the water. It is obvious that in fairly large plants, such as Dictyosiphon fmiiculaceus, some such elasticity as is described by Dr. Murbeck is necessary for their protection. The growth of the hairs is fully described and figured, but no new facts are given concerning the use to the plant of these growths, so common among the PhcEophi/cecB. The formation of pits, the consequent enlargement of the surface of the thallus, and Prof. Reinke's theory as to the possible employment of the hairs in abstracting mineral substances from the water, is brought forward, and the experience of the author, in common with others, is shown to be that the more plentiful the hairs, the finer the plant. But which is cause and which effect ? When will someone experiment on this point in the growing plant ? The occurrence of hyphae in D. fceniculaceus is here demonstrated for the first time, though they were already known in Z). hippuroides, The interest lies, however, less in this fact than in the irregularity of their occurrence in the thallus, being found in large quantities in some parts, and in others not at all. The Wille theory as to the connection of hyphae with the assimilation of COg seems hardly to fit a case like this, and there are also difficulties in the way of re- garding them as mechanical supports. A study of allied Phceophycea is necessary for a solution of this question. A description of the mode of attachment between D. fceniculaceus and Chordaria, on which it grows, shows an ingenious intermingling of the two plants at the point of junction, and it would be interesting to study the mode of attachment of other members of the family, or of this one on other hosts. * Cat. Comp. Anat. R. Coll. Surgeons, i. 54. 258 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.* Bot. Gazette (18 May).— H. N. Whitford, ' Genetic development of forests of N. Michigan.'— E. W. D. Holway, ' Mexican Fun^^i.'— ■G. M. Holferty, ' Ovule and embryo of Potamogeton natans' (2' pi.). Bot. Zeituug (1 June).- L. J. Celakovsky, 'Die Gliederun^ der Kaulome (1 pi.). ° Bull, de VHerb. Boissier (31 May). — A. de CandoUe, 'Plantfe Madagascarienses ab Alberto Mocquerysio lect«.' — H. Christ, ' Elaphoglossiim Bangii, une fougere ancestrale.'— K. MuUer ' Mono- graphie der Gattung Scapama.' — C. Meylan, 'Catalogue des H6patiques du Jura.' — G. Beauverd, 'Dissemination des ^raines par le vent.'— G. Hegi, 'Das Obere Tosstal.' Bull S^c. Bot. France (vol. xlviii, 1, 2 ; June).— M. de Vilmorin, ' Annand David' (1826-1900).— E. Bescherelle, ' Flore bryologique de Tahiti.'— J. Comere, ' Diatomees recoltees a St. Jean de Luz '— E. Bornet, ' Gaspard Adolphe Chatin ' (1813-1900; portr.). — L Geneau de Lamarliere, ' Contribution a la Flore de la Marne '— L. Lutz, ' Additions k la Flore de Corse.'— D. Clos, ' Sonchus lacenis.' Bull. Torrey Bot. Club (21 May). — H. M. Bichards, ' Ceramo- thamnion Codii ' (gen. nov. ; 2 pi.). — P. A. Rydberg, ' Rocky Mountain Flora.' Piperia, gen. nov. orchid. (= Montolivaa Rydb ) — E. A Burt, ^Tremella mycetophila' (1 pi.). — A. Eastwood, Paroiiychm Franciscana, sp.n. - J. K. Small, ' Shrubs and trees of bouthern States.' — B. L. Robinson, ' Further notes on the Agri- monies.' —H. H. Rusby, ' Plants collected in S. America, 1885-6 ' (contd.). Gardeners' Chronicle (25 May).— 7«/7>a Wilsoniana (fig. 121).— (1 June). Malortiea Koscknyana Wendl. & Dammer, sp n — C *T Druery, 'Truncate Ferns.'— (15 June). 'Thomas Meehan' (portr i' (22 June). M. Foster, ' his Exvhankiana, sp. n.' (fig. 152). Joxirnal de Botanique (April ; received 28 May).— C. Sauvageau, ' Les Sphacelariacees ' (cont.).— H. Hua & A. Chevalier, ' Les Lan- dolphiees du Senegal,' &c. (concl.). - C. Gerber, 'La respiration des Olives (concl.). Malpighia (xiv. fasc. 9-12; dated 1900, received 5 June) — 0 Mattirolo, ' Sulla importanza pratica della Botanica scientilica '-^ G.Lopriore;A. B.Frank '(1839-1900; portr.).-Id.,'^.,,rr^.f«^ novae. — A. i^iori, - Nuovo microtomo automatico.'— G. B. Tra verso 'Micromiceti de Tremezzina.'— A. Piccone, ' Noterelle Ficologiche ' id., ' Flora marina del Mar Rosso.'— A. Beguinot, ' Carex GrioletiV Oesterr Bot. Zeitschrift (May and June ; received 19 June).— E. Hackel, ' Neue Graser.' — M. Soltokovic, ' Die perennen Arten der Gentiana aus der Section Cyclostigma.' — (May). 0. E. Schulz ♦Zur geographischen Verbreitung des Melilotus poloniciis.' — yI ; The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers pubHc'a^or'' '' """'' "°' '^"^"^^ ^' '""'''"'^ '^^' '^'' ^'''^' actualdatlof 254 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Scbiffuer, ' Einige Materialism zur Moosflora des Orients.' — (June). A. Burgerstein, ' A. V. Kerner's Beobaclitiingen iiber die Zeit des Oeffnens und Schliessens von Bliiten.' — J. Vilhelm, ' Neue teratologische Beobachtungen an Parnassia palustris.' — J. Doriler, Centaurea Halacsyi, sp. n. Rhodora (20 May).— F. Lamsou-Scribner & E. D. Merrill, 'New England Panicums.' — F. 0. Collins, ' Notes on Algae.' — A. Rehder, ' Hybrids of Quercus ilicifolia ' (1 pL). — (June). Botany of Mount Katahdin. — J. F. Collins, ' Bryopbytes of Maine.' BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. We have received from Mr. Upcott Gill the second and con- cluding part of the Century Supplement to the Dictionary of Gardening, of which the earlier portion was noticed on p. 48. We have already expressed our opinion of the merits and demerits of the work, the former of which greatly outweigh the latter. The coloured plate of daffodils, which faces the ugly title-page, is a disfigurement rather than an ornament to the book — a criticism which applies to several of the illustrations in the text — and is made uglier by the blue lettering employed ; and some of the information given — e. g. as to the apparatus used for "spraying" — reads like an advertisement. We note many references — e. g. under Quercus — to the discrepancies m nomenclature between the '' Kew Hand-list" and the Index Keivensis. It is announced that Prof. C. E. Sargent's Silva of North America will be supplemented by two extra volumes, containing plates and descriptions of trees added during the last ten years to the region covered by the work. The new volumes will contain 115 plates, and will be published next spring. Messrs. W. & G. S. West are issuing in the Transactions of the Yorkshire Naturalists' Union a localized list of tbe freshwater algae of the county. A hundred pages of the list, embracing 470 species and many varieties, have already been issued, this being less than half the number to be recorded. Many species are recorded for the first time in Britain. The authors give those synonyms which they consider will be useful to future workers, and they express a hope that the list " will be deemed worthy to form an acceptable and substantial basis-list, serving as a useful guide to future workers both in the matter of the classification of these plants and in the species they may expect to find." Judging by the numerous localities under a large number of the species, much of the ground seems to have been well worked. It is probably the most complete list of fresh-water nlgse ever issued for any district. The first part of vol. viii. of the Flora of Tropical Africa has been issued. The following botanists have contributed : Mr. N. E. Brown {Pontederiacece, Xyridea, Aroidea) ; Mr. C. B. Clarke (Com- melinacecB) ; Mr. J. G. Baker (Juncacea) ; Mr. C. H. Wright {Palmea BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 255 aud Pandaned). Tlie genus Zy(j(uithera N. E. Br. is established on Englei's figure and description of Fseudohydrosme BiUtneri. A NEW part (vol. iii. part 2) of Mr. J. M. Wood's Natal Plants contains figures and descriptions of twenty-five South African spe- cies, among which are some well-known and other more interesting ■plants — e.g. Strycknos Henninysii Gilg., Olea Woodiana Knobl., Gladlulus inandensis Baker. In the new part (cxxv. ; issued May 15) of the Flora BrasiUensis, Prof. Cogniaux continues his enumeration of the Orchidacece. We note under the species of (Jattleya an extensive enumeration of the apparently interminable florists' varieties : the synonymy of C labiata alone occupies about twenty closely printed columns ! Biltmore Botatiical Studies is the most recent addition to the list of American periodicals. The first number is dated April 8, 1901; it will be " issued at irregular intervals " — a phrase which might be added to the title of certain periodicals nearer home — and is described as "a Journal of Botany embracing papers by the Director and Associates of the Biltmore Herbarium." The papers in the presenc issue are careful pieces of work ; they comprise a paper on CratcEyiis by the Director, Mr. C. D. Beadle, in which twenty-one new species are described ; the large crop of North American novelties in this genus at present leads us to express a hope that the old types are sufficiently understood. With Mr. F. E. Boyutou Mr. Beadle gives a revision of Marshallia, illustrated by eleven plates, and with Mr. C. L. Boynton discusses certain species of Budbeckia. A paper on " new or little-known species of Trillium'' is contributed by Mr. T. G. Harbison. Messrs. Wesley & Son are the London agents for the periodical ; the price of the present number is fifty cents. The " Minutes of Evidence taken before the Departmental Committee on Botanical Work and Collections at the British Museum and at Kew wdth Appendices and Index to accompany the Report presented to the Lords Commissioners of His Majesty's Treasury dated 11th March 1901 " have been printed, but have not yet, we believe, been published. The new part (dated 21 June; of Da>> Fjianzenreich is devoted to a Monograph of the Munimiaceoi by Miss Janet Perkins and Dr. Gilg. In Die Xatilrliche Pjiajizenfaiiiilieu the Mosses are continued; the latest iustahnent contains the Andrseales and Bryales, by Dr. Brotherus and W, Ruhland; and the Dicranacece, for which Dr. Brotherus alone is responsible. The accuracy in general matters for which the Daily Mail has long been conspicuous, extends to its botanical information. We reproduce the most recent item in the hope that the publicity now given to the methods of the " professional botanist" will cause him to abstain from this nefarious means of adding to his income : — " Four of the daintiest of English wild plants are rapidly dis- appearing from this country, and one, at any rate, can rarely be seen outside Kew Gardens. This is the Cypripedium calceolus, 256 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY commonly known as the ' lady's slipper.' It is really a wild orchid, with a pretty yellow flower resembling in shape the article which has given it its popular name. The other vanishing plants are the Osmunda regalis, the Scolopendrium vulgare (hart's tongue), and the Asplenium veride (green spleenwort), all of which are ferns. Their disappearance is due to the depredations of the tourist, especially of the cyclist, and the professional botanist, who scours the woods and disposes of his ' finds ' for a few pence in the streets of the nearest large town." — Daili/ Mail, June 26. There can, however, be little doubt that, apart from the ravages of " professional botanists " and the destructive efforts of various local bodies, who throughout the country are engaged in destroying grassy roadsides and scarifying hedgebauks, to the great advantage of the nettles, docks, and other weeds which take the place of the native vegetation, our British plants are threatened with a new danger. We entirely associate ourselves with the protest printed by Professor L. C. Miall in the Times of June 8, which we reproduce in the hope that our readers may, in their respective localities, join in opposing any similar proposition that may be made. Prof. Miall writes : — "I have before me the programme of the Essex Technical Instruction Committee for Field Studies in Natural History. The course for 1901 is intended to instruct teachers in the elements of botany by means of rambles in search of wild flowers. One leading feature is a vacation course of ten days in the New Forest. The teachers are to be accompanied by local guides, and their attention is particularly directed to the rarest species, which are specially named, as well as the places in which they are known to grow. To collect, dry, and identify plants is the chief aim of the leaders, who not only urge every teacher to make his own collection, but suggests that duplicate plants will prove useful for ' special fascicles.' It would not interest many of your readers to discuss at length the educational value of such a programme. It seems to me lamentable that teachers should be advised to study natural history by schedules, and to gather plants merely in order to name and dry them. I imagine that they will be worse and not better for working through so dry and barren a course. Nothing shows the want of judgment of the promoters more clearly than that untrained botanists should be seriously advised to pay particular attention to the difficult and uncertain subspecies of the common bramble. But all of us, whether we are concerned with the teaching of botany or not, have an interest in the preservation of our native plants. The Essex Committee is simply organizing a raid upon plants which are already near to extinction. I hope that they will fail to discover the rarities which they selfishly covet ; their enterprise is, I venture to say, an injury to natural history and to education alike. It may not be too late to get this programme cancelled, and I would beg those who care for live natural history to use their influence in diverting the attention of the Essex collectors to some other pursuit where they will do less harm." S.MoQxe a,iial. West,Uewma3i imp. A. Leurocline litKospermoides . ~E> . Omania araloica . 257 ALABASTRA DIVERSA.— Part VIII. By Spencer Le M. Moore, F.L.S. (Plate 421.) Leurocline, Borraginearum e subtribu Lithospermear am genns novum (tab. 424 A). Calyx alte 5-pai-titus, segmentis liberis angustis inter se in- asqualibus postico revera minore persistentibus. CorollaB tubus cylindraceus, faucibus ampliatis intus nudis ; limbus 2-labiatus, labio superiore erecto breviter 2-lobo, labio iuferiore breviter 3-lobo patente. Stamina 5, faucibus iuserta, inclusa ; filamenta brevis- sima; anthersB oblongs, obtascTe. Ovarii lobi 4, gynobasi planae insert! ; stylus filiformis ; stigma breviter 2-lobum. Nucul^e saepissime 4, trigonse, tuberculat^, areola plana basilari gynobasi planas affixae. Fruticuli parvi, ramosi, liispidi vel verrucati. Folia alterna. Flores mediocres, ex axillis superioribus solitatim oriundi. This genus has all the characters oi Ecldocldlon, except that the stamens are inserted in the throat of the corolla, and, its principal raison d'etre, that the nutlets are fixed by a flat base to a flat (not conical) gynobase. In this latter character, as also somewhat in habit, it resembles Lobostemon, from which it differs in having an irregular calyx with small posticous lobe, a distinctly zygomorphic corolla, included stamens and bilobed stigma. Its position in the order, as understood by Bentham in the Genera Plan ta rum, seems to be next Sericosto)tia, from which, however, it is separated by several important characters. Leurocline lithospermoides, sp. nov. Caule stricto mox ramoso, ramis foliosis erectis rigidis glabris, foliis sessilibus lineari- oblongis obtusis vel obtusissimis supra glabris subtus marginibusque pilis brevibus hispidis basi albo-verrucatis obsitis, pedicellis sub- nullis, calycis ampli segmentis a corolhe tubo superatis linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis acutis hispidis segmento postico nunquam evanido, corollas tubo juxta medium coartato limbi dilatati lobis rotundatis undulatis, stylo incluso, nuculis obtusis. Hab. British East Africa, Leikipia, June, 1893 ; Dr. J. W. Gregory. Gof, 3900 feet, and between Le and Tocha, 1898 ; Lord Delamere (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Planta usque ad 25-0 cm. alt., sed saepe humilior. Folia 1 •0-2*0 cm. long., modice 0'25-0-3 cm. lat. Calyx modicus circa 0*8 cm. long., nonnunquam vero longior vel etiam brevior ; tubus brevissiraus, intus albide hirsutus ; lobus posticus + 0-25 cm. long., lobi reliqui inter se inasquales et ± 0-5-0"7 cm. long. ; calyx fructifer parum auctus. Flores caerulei. Corollae tubus extus glaber vel obscure pruinosus, intus sursum pilosus, 0-85 cm. long., basi vix 0-2 cm., medio 0-1 cm., faucibus circa 0-3 cm. diam. ; limbus 0-6-0'8 cm. diam. ; labium anticum 0-3 cm., posticum 0*4 cm. long. Filamenta circa 0*05 cm. long., posticum quam Journal of Botany. — Vol. 39. [Aug. 1901.] u 258 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY reliqua paullo altiiis affixum ; authenie 'vix 0*1 cm. long, btylus crassiusculus, glaber, 0*35 cm. long. Nuculte rubescentes, 0*2 cm. long., vix totidem diam. The variation in the size of the calyx from flower to flower is a point worth mention. I am of opinion that Lohostemon somalenm Franchet (Revoil, Faiine et Flore ties Pays Cumalis, Sertiim Sovialense, p. 44) must be referred to this genus. In assigning to Lohostemon the plant studied by him, the excellent French botanist just named was doubtless swayed by the flat insertion of the nutlets upon a flat gynobase. Thanks to the courtesy of M. Jules Poisson of the Paris Museum, I have been able to examine a few fragments of Revoil's specime]], which, though they prove erroneous what I had supposed might be the case — namely, that the plant above described was identical with Lohostemon somalensis Franchet — yet are suflicient, taken together with M. Franchet's description, to convince me that the latter is not a Lohostemon. The only point about which infor- mation is not forthcoming relates to the stigma of the supposed Lohostetuon ; but even if that organ have not the structure we find in Leurodine lithospermoides, the character of the new genus might be modified in accordance without doing violence to the general principles underlying the classification of the order. The difter- ences between the two species may then be summed up thus : — Planta verrucata. Folia lauceolato-ovata, nee ultra 1-0 cm. long. Calyx fere omnino glaber, 0-5 cm. long. Nuculte acutai . L. somalefisis. Planta hispida. Folia lineari-oblonga, usque ad 2*0 cm. long. Calyx hispidus, saltem 0-75 cm. long. Nuculci3 obtuste . . . L. lithospermoides. Dr. Giirke (Engler & Prantl, Lflainen/amilien, iv. 3a, s. 128) appears to have overlooked the alleged extension of Lohostemon into the northern hemisphere. Omania, Scrophulariaceariun e tribu Eaphrasieanun genus novum (tab. 424 B). Calyx tubulosus, 5-angulatus, aliquantulo bilabiatus, labio superiore trilobo inferiore bilobo. Corolhie tubus sursum breviter amplificatus ; limbus bilabiatus, labio postico erecto concavo emar- ginato marginibus revolutis, labio antico majori trifido bigibboso sestivatione externo. Stamina 4, didynama ; antherae leviter ex- sertse, inter se iequales ; loculi discreti, stipitati, obtusi, omnes polliniferi. Stylus filiformis ; stigma capitatum, obscure bilobum. Ovula in loculis indefinita. Capsula . Sufl'rutex ramosus facie Lindenhergim. Folia parva, opposita, Integra. Flores breviter pedunculati, ex axillis foliorum superiorum orti. Bracteolae 0. Omania arabica, sp. unica. Ramis ascendentibus teretibus una cum foliis calycibusque arete et minute pubescentibus, foliis ovatis obtusis modice 0*5 cm. long, et 0-35-0-4 cm. lat. (summis vero minoribus) petiolis circa 0*2 cm. long, fultis, pedunculis petioles aequantibus, calyce in toto 0*6 cm. long., hujus lobis anticis lanceolatis 0*3 cm. long., posticis paullo latioribus 0-2-0'25 cm. ALABASTRA DIVERSA 259 long., corollae extus pubescentis tiibo 0*15 cm. diam. et 0-6 cm. long., limbi labiis vix 0*6 cm. long., labio postico lanceolato-oblongo antico latissime oblongo, filamentis attenuatis atratis, antlieris oblongis obtusis 0*17 cm. long., disco parvo lobiilato, ovario oblongo una cum stylo glabro. Hab. Oman, Arabia, 1898; Lt.-Col. A. S. G. Jayakar (Revh. Mus. Brit.). Muscat; Aucher-Eloy, No. 5165 (Herb. Kew.). At first sight this plant looks extraordinarily like a Lindenheryia, in which genus Aucher-Eloy's specimen has long lain at Kew, the sheet marked in Mr. Bentham's handwriting, " Lindenbergia sp. nov. ? " Examination of a bud, however, shows clearly that the upper lip is inside in ciestivation instead of outside, thus removing the plant from the tribe Gratiolea. But this, although the chief differential character, is not the only one, for a zygomorphic calyx is what we do not find in Limienbenjia, and the upper lip of our plant's corolla has reflexed edges just as have the corollas of the EaphrasiecB. The proper position of Omania I consider to be next to Bungea C. A. Mey. Philippia keniensis, sp. nov. Ramulis minute cinereo-pub- escentibus delude glabris, foliis arete imbricatis lineari-oblougis obtusis dorso sulcatis viscosis petiolos 4-plo excedentibus, pedicellis quam flores longioribus, calycis lobis 3 ovatis obtusis quarto longiore ovato-lanceolato fere a basi libero, corolla calycis lobo longiori sequilonga anguste campanulata, antheris subinclusis profunde bifidis, ovario subgloboso, stylo angusto satis elongate subexserto, stigmatis lobis 3 brevissimis. Hab. Mount Kenia ; J. W. (J-re(/un/, 1893 ; H. J. Mackinder, 1899 (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Ramuli erecti, rigidi. Foliorum lamina 0*4 cm., petiolus 01 cm. long. Pedunculi 0-3 cm. long. Flores circa 0*25 cm. diam. Calycis lobi 0-13 cm., lobus impar 022 cm. long. Antherae 0*1 cm. long. Stylus 0*15 cm. long. A near ally of P. trimera Engl., but certainly not conspecific with it on account of its somewhat longer and relatively narrower leaves, the long peduncles, broader calyx-lobes, and different style. Xysmalobium Schumannianum, sp. nov. Humilis, caule erecto sat valido deorsum tuberoso-dilatato mox ramoso, ramis crebro foliosis angulatis junioribus complanatis lateribus pubescen- tibus, foliis elongatis subsessilibus linearibus acutis basi parum rotundatis paucis infimis lineari-lanceolatis basi cordatis et quam reliqua manifesto brevioribus omnibus glabris subtus reticuiato- venosis nervo mediano maxime eminente, cymis sessilibus pauci- floris, pedicellis levissime complanatis quam folia multo brevioribus puberulis, floribus parvis, calycis intus pluriglaiidulosi segmentis lanceolatis acutis glabratis, corollae rotatie tubo subnuilo lobis ovato-lanceolatis acutis fere omnino glabris mox reflexis, coron^e squamis gynostegio brevioribus linearibus dorso valde incrassatis ibique lateraliter arete compressis, gynostegio sessili, stigmate leviter depresso, folliculis . Hab. British East Africa, Machakos ; Dr. 6'. L. Hinde, 1896 (Herb. Mus. Brit.). u 2 260 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Planta ex specimine unico milii obvio 20-0 cm. alt. Caulis pars hypogaea circa 1-0 cm. diam. ; pars epigaea adhuc simplex 0*4 cm. diam. ; rami 0*l-0-25 cm. lat. Folia modica 5*0-6*0 cm. long, et 0*2-0'4 cm. lat., firme membranacea ; petioli circa 0*1 cm. long. Pedicelli 1*0-1*4 cm. long. Calyx 0*3 cm. long. Corollas lobi 0-45 cm. long., in sicco virides. Corona squamae 0*25 cm. ; gyno- stegium 0*3 cm. ; pollinia 0*1 cm. long. Easily distinguished by reason of the long and narrow leaves, the small green flowers, and the large dorsal thickening to the corona scales. I have named this in compliment to Professor Karl Schumann of Berlin, who very kindly compared a small piece with types in the botanical museum of the German capital. Marsdenia spissa, sp. nov. Forsan erecta, caule sat valido subtereti glabro eminenter lenticellifero, foliis petiolatis ovato- oblongis apice breviter cuspidatis obtusis basi rotundatis firme membranaceis glabris, cymis umbelliformibus brevipedunculatis plurifloris ad ai^icem caulis arete approximatis, pedicellis flores excedentibus puberulis, calycis segmentis ovatis obtusissimis mar- gine ciliatis glandula unica alternantibus, coroll^e rotatas tubo sub- nullo lobis ovato-oblongis obtusis membranaceis margine et parte abaxiali crispule pubescentibus, coronae squamis parvis oblongis obtusissimis crassiusculis basi inappendiculatis gynostegio brevi vix asquilongis, polliniis pyriformibus, stigmate convexiusculo, folliculis . Hab. British East Africa, near Lake Marsabit, 1898 ; Lord Delamere (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Caulis 0*3 cm. diam., intervallis 1*0-2*0 cm. long, foliigerus. Foliorum lamina 5*0-5*5 cm. long., 3*0 cm. lat., in sicco lutescenti- viridia ; costae secundariae utrinque 5, cost^e omnes subtus pro- minentes. Pedicelli circa 0*5 cm. -vix 1*0 cm. long. Calycis segmenta 0-2 cm. long., 0*17 cm. lat. Corolla vix 1*5 cm. diam. ; lobi 0-55 cm. long. Coron^T squamaB 0*2 cm. long., 0*1 cm. lat. Gynostegium 0*22 cm. long. Pollinia 0-05 cm. long. The massed cymes, rotate corollas, and short corona scales are among the chief peculiarities of this species. Parasia (Belmontia) Thomasii, sp. nov. Herba ascendens, sparsim ramosa, glaberrima, carnosula, foliis sessilibus stepe breviter amplexicaulibus rotundato-ovatis obtusis brevissime cuspidulatis basi rotundatis vel leviter cordatis, floribus solitariis terminalibus vel ex axillis summis oriundis subsessilibus, calycis ovoideo-oblongi a tubo corollaB bene superati segmentis lanceolatis sat louge acumi- natis dorso ala inflata oblonga obtusissima sursum in carinam transeunte enervosa ouustis, corolla hypocrateriformis tubo elon- gato inferne uniform! superne leviter amplificato limbi lobis late obovatis obtusissimis, staminibus in parte f tubi altitudinis insertis, filamentis brevibus, antheris oblongis glandula oblonga sat magna coronatis et basi glandulis 2 (vel abortu 1) minimis appendiculatis, stylo corollae tubo semiaequilongo, stigmate oblongo, capsula ► Hab. Orange River Colony, 1900; Lieut. H. E. Pateshall Thomas (Herb. Mus. Brit.). ALABASTRA DIVERSA 261 Specimina radice orba usque ad 8-0 cm. alt. Caulis in sicco obtuse alatus et aliquantulo corrugatus, circa 0*2 cm. diam. Folia 1-0-1-3 cm. long., 1*0 cm. lat., margine breviter revoluta, radiatim trinervia, nervus medianus subtus eminens. Calyx 1*0 cm. long., in sicco 0-4 cm. lat. ; ala circa 0-5 cm. long., vix 0*2 cm. lat. Corollns tubus l-G-1-8 cm. long., deorsum 0-1 cm. sursum 0-2 cm. diam. ; limbus fere 2*0 cm. diam. ; lobi 0*75 cm. lat. Filamenta circa 0*1 cm., antherarum loculi 0*3 cm., necnon giaudula 0*1 cm. long. Ovarium compressum, ambitu lanceolato-oblongum, 0*4 cm. long., medio 0-17 cm. lat. The leaves of this beautiful little plant are much like those of Sebcea crassulafolia Cham. & Schlecht., only not nearly so markedly amplexicaul. The flowers of the two are, of course, quite different. No Belmontia known to me, either by specimens or by description, could possibly be mistaken for the above. I have used the generic name Parasia, as it enjoys a few months' priority over Belmontia. Pseudosopubia Delamerei, sp. nov. Herba erecta, in sicco nigricans, scabrida, caule subtetragono folioso striato, foliis oppositis anguste oblongo-linearibus obtusis sessilibus, bracteis foliis simili- bus junioribus vero brevioribus, pedicellis quam folia brevioribus bracteolis 2 parvis oppositis anguste linearibus onustis, floribus pro genere magnis, calycis evanide nervosi late campanulati in sicco atro-cyanei glabri lobis triangulari-deltoideis acutiusculis quam tubus brevioribus, corollae extus glabrae tubo sursum maxime ampli- ficato necnon inflate deorsum sensim ac leviter attenuate prope basin tubiformi, labiis duobus latissimis postico emarginato antico breviter trilobo lobis ambitu fere semicircnlaribus undulatis, antherarum thecis oblongis sursum leviter attenuatis ibique poro dehiscentibus anticis connectivo elongato fultis, capsula . Hab. British East Africa, Dadaro, 3700 feet, 1898; Lord Delamere (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Folia 1-0-1-2 cm. long., 0-1-0*15 cm. lat., intervallis 1-0-2-0 cm. inserta, in sicco deflexa. Bracte^e minores usque ad 0-5 cm. imminut^e. Pedicelli patentes, 0-4-0-6 cm. long. Bracteolae circa 0-3 cm. long., subapicales. Calyx totus vix 1-0 cm. long. ; limbus 1-2 cm. diam. ; tubus 0*6 cm. long. ; lobi 0-35 cm. long., basi vix 0-4 cm. lat. Corollae verisimiliter cyane* tubus 1-5 cm. long., basi 0-4 cm. sursum paullo ultra 1-0 cm. diam. ; labium posticum vix 1-5 cm. long, et 2-0 cm. lat.; labium anticum 2-7 cm. lat., hujus lobi 0-5 cm. long., 1-2 cm. lat. Staminum posticorum filamenta infra medium tubum inserta, 0-8 cm. long. ; horum theca 0-7 cm. long.; staminum anticorum filamenta juxta medium tubum inserta, 0-6 cm., theca 1-0 cm., connectivus 0-6 cm., theca abortiva 0-1 cm. et hujus connectivus incur vus 0-4 cm. long. ; et filamenta et con- nectivi crassiusculi. Ovarium late ovoideum, glabrum, 0-3 cm. long. ; stylus 3-0 cm. long. The genus Psemlosojmbia has recently (Ann. R. Istit. Bot. Roma, Ann. vii. 28) been estabhshed by Professor Engler, who includes in it, besides a Somaliland plant collected by Riva (P. obtusifolia Engl.), two other species previously referred to Sopubia. The present plant resembles P. Hildebrandtil Engl, somewhat in its 262 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY leaves, and, jiiclging from the figure in Bot. Jabrb. xxiii. t. 13, its flowers are most like tbose of Riva's plant ; but it has several points wbicb mark it out as being undoubtedly a distinct species. Streptocarpus Vandeleuri Bak. fil. & S. Moore, sp. nov. Folio unico ? ovato basi cuneato supra pilis elongatis stramineis basi bulbiferis hispidissimo subtus pallidiori et scabridulo necnon secus nervos araneoso margine undulato ibique aculeis curvatis pilis similibus nisi robustioribus obsito, pedunculo piloso in speci- mine nostro 11-floro, calycis lobis linearibus pilosis, corollfe tubo tubuloso-infundibulari curvato a basi ipsa ^quilato limbi admodum obliqui lobis late ovatis obtusis, staminibus inclusis, filamentis sparsissime glandulosis juxta medium tubum affixis, ovario quam corollcT tubus multo breviore una cum stylo dense glanduloso- pubescente, stigmate capitato, capsula . Hab. Greylingstad, Transvaal ; Capt. Vandeleur (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Folium circa 19 0 cm. long, et 10*5 cm. lat. ; nervi utriusque faciei prominuli, nervi secundarii utrinque circiter 15, leviter curvati. Calycis lobi circa 1*0 cm. long. Corollre tubus circa 3-5 cm. long., 0-7-0-9 cm. lat. Flores ex scheda cl. inventoris albi. Filamenta 1-0 cm. long., maxima pro parte dilafcata ; antherse vix 0-4 cm. long. Ovarium 1-5 cm. long., 0*2 cm. lat., in stylum 1-2 cm. long, desinens. This striking plant belongs apparently to the unifoliate section, but we are not certain about this, seeing that our material consists only of an inflorescence and a detached leaf. As will be seen from the measurements, it is one of the largest- flowered species of the genus. Its affinity is with S. Dunnii Hook. fil. (Bot. Mag. t. 6903) and S. Cooper i C. B. Cl. It differs markedly from its allies in the greater (and uniform throughout) breadth of the corolla tube, and this organ is more distinctly curved than is the case with that of S, Dunnii. Streptocarpus Armitagei Bak. fil. & S. Moore, sp. nov. Folio unico oblongo vel ovato-oblongo obtuso margine irregu- lariter crenato-lobulato sessili crassiusculo molliter tomentoso pras- sertim subtus reticulatim venoso supra inter venas bullulato costa crassa subtus villosa pagina iuferiore glandulis parvis rubris dense obsita, pedunculis 1 ?-5-nis dense pubescentibus circa 20-floris, pedicellis pro genere perbrevibus, calycis lobis lanceolatis vel lineari- oblongis pubescentibus necnon glandulis rubris onustis, corolla ei S. Dunnii Hook. fil. subsimili sed deorsum minus attenuata levis- sime curvata extus piloso-pubescente aliquatenus rubro-glandulosa, staminibus inclusis, antheris reniformibus, staminodiis minutissimis, ovario brevi sessili leviter torto cano-tomentoso, stylo quam ovarium circa 5-plo longiore deorsum piloso sursum clavato, capsula . Hab. Barberton, Transvaal ; it. Armitage (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Summits of the Saddleback Range, Barberton ; Galpin, No. 704 (Herb. Kew.). Folium usque ad 18-0 cm. long, et 7*0 cm. lat. ; costae secun- dariae utrinque circiter 18. Pedunculi circa 10-0 cm. alt. Pedi- celli dense pubescentes, O-o cm. long. Calycis lobi 10 cm. long. ALABASTRA DTVERSA 263 Corollae tubus 3-0 cm. long., 0-8 cm. lat. Flores rosei. Antherae 0-3 cm. lat. Ovarium 0-5 cm. et stylus 27 cm. long. A plant showing much affinity to S. Diinnii, and, indeed, Mr. Galpin's specimen has received that name at Kew. But in our opinion there is too much difference between it and S. Dminii to justify this course. The chief differences lie in the indumentum, the short pedicels, broader calyx lobes, and deeper coloured corolla- tube with much less of that narrowing in the lower half characteristic of the species described by Sir Joseph Hooker. The length of the peduncles and the dimensions of the leaf have been taken from the Kew specimen, Mr. Armitage's not furnishing these particulars satisfactorily. Geniosporum (^ Temnocalyx, sectio nova) fissum, sp. nov. Herba, caule minute pubescente demum fere glabro, foliis parvis sessilibus cuneato-oblongis obtusis margine medio 1-2-dentatis ceterum integerrimis mox minutissime puberulis, inflorescentia parum ramosa folia longe excedente, bracieis ovatis obtusis dense ac minute pubescentibus, deciduis, pedicellis calycem excedeutibus, calycis pubescentis campanulati antice funditus Jissi lobis subab-qua- libus (postico vero paullo majore) lanceolatis acutis tubo longioribus, corollae tubo calycem paullo excedente anguste tubuloso-campanu- lato limbi labio postico abbreviato 4-fido labio antico quam posticus paullo longiore integro piano, staminibus breviter exsertis. Hab. British East Africa, Dadaro, 3700 feet, 1898; Lord Delamere (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Folia 1*5 cm. long., medio 0*6 cm. lat., in sicco subgrisea. Inflorescentia usque ad 11*0 cm. long. ; ramuli floriferi juveniles bracteis arete imbricatis onusti ; verticillastri pluriflori, intervallis 0*5-l-0 cm. long, inserti. Bracteae 0-25 cm. long., vix totidem lat. Pedicelli circa 0*3 cm. long., pubescentes. Calyx totus 0*2 cm. long. ; tubus 0*05 cm. et lobi 0-15 cm. long. Corollae tubus 2-5 cm. long. ; labium anticum ovatum, 0-2 cm. long. ; labium posticum paullo ultra 0-1 cm. long. Antherae 0*03 cm. diam. Nuculae . The peculiarity of the section here proposed is that the calyx is slit throughout along the line of junction of its two anticous lobes. I have in vain sought other characters which might justify one in regarding this plant as the representative of a new genus. Orthosiphon (§ VmaATi) gofensis, sp. nov. Verisimiliter fruticulus caule erecto tenui sursum ramoso, ramis graciUbus crispule pubescentibus, foliis parvis sessilibus oblanceolatis obtusis crenato-serrulatis supra puberulis subtus pubescentibus, verticil- lastris pauci-(2-6-)floris in racemum folia superantibus dispositis, bracteis deciduis foliis similibus sed quam ea multo brevioribus, pedicellis floriferis calycibus paullo brevioribus, calycis florescentis cylindrici pubescentis lobo postico rotundato obtusissimo lobis lateralibus oblongis obtusis quam posticus paullulum brevioribus lobis anticis linearibus lateralibus subaequilongis, calycis fructe- scentis angusti puberuli lobo postico erecto vel fere erecto ore calvo, corollae minimaB tubo sat lato calycem paullo superante lobis brevibus, staminibus inclusis, stigmate clavato-capitato leviter emarginato. 264 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Hab. British East Africa, Gof, 1898 ; Lord Delawere (Herb. Mils. Brit.). Specimen unicum meos ante oculos spithameum. Caulis 0*2 cm. diam., glaber. Folia l*0-2-0 cm. long., 0-3-0-4 cm. lat., subtus decoloria ; petioli 0*15 cm. long. Bracte^^ 0*3 cm. long. Pedicelli floriferi 0*2 cm. long., pubescentes. Calyx florescens 0-25 cm. long. ; fructescens nervis pauUo eminentibus percursus, modo 0*4 cm. long., lobus posticus 0-15 cm. long., lobi reliqui (qiiam posticus paullulum breviores) inter se subf^equales, antici vero angustiores et majus acuminati. Corollcns tubus 0-35 cm. long. ; limbi microscopice pilosuli labium anticum circa 0-16 cm. long., hujus lobus inter- medins obovatus quam laterales ovati manifeste longior. Nuculre subcylindriccT, 0-065 cm. long. As respects habit and foliage almost an exact counterpart of 0. parvifolius Vatke. This habit, together with the exceedingly small and narrow fruiting calyces with naked throat, the corolla tube exceeding the calyx and the included stamens and style are the main points about the species. Plectranthus (§ Germania) keniensis, sp. no v. Herba for- mosa, elata, caule robusto fere omnino glabro crebro ramoso, ra- mulis foliosis pilosis, foliis sat magnis longipetiolatis late ovatis acutis basi cordatis rtirius truncatis grosse dupliceque crenatis tenuiter membranaceis mox fere omnino glabris, panicula elongata pauciramosa pilosa, verticillastris s^epissime 5-6-floris, bracteis late ovatis obtusis quam pedicelli brevioribus, pedicellis calyces ex- cedentibus, calycis florescentis campanulati pilosi tubo limbum excedente lobo postico late ovato obtusissimo lobis reliquis triangu- laribus acuminatis, calycis fructescentis lobo postico quam reliqui breviore lobis anticis quam laterales pauUo brevioribus, corollfe magnae tubo calycem excedente ultra calycem leviter curvato et inde maxime ampliato labio postico amplo trifido quam anticus oblongo-ovatus pauUo breviore, staminibus inclusis. Hab. Mount Kenia, Aug. 14th, 1899 ; H. J. MacJdnder (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Herba saltem ultra semimetralis. Caulis circa 0*4 cm. diam., in longitudinem alte sulcata. Foliorum lamina 5-0-7"5 cm. long., et totidem lat. (exstant vero folia juvenilia usque ad 3-5 cm. long, imminuta), in sicco laete viridis ; petioli usque ad 7*0 cm. long., pilosi. Panicula saltem 35-0 cm. long. Bracte^e 0-25 cm. long., pilosae. Pedicelli 0-6 cm. long. Calyx florescens 0-4 cm. long. ; lobus posticus vix 0-2 cm. long. Calyx fructescens 0*7 cm. long. ; hujus lobi antici 0*3 cm. long., leviter incurvi ; lobus posticus 0*23 cm. long. Corolla (teste cl. inventori) saturate violaceae tubus usque ad 0-45 cm. supra basin cylindricus, pars amplificata 0*7 cm. long. ; labium posticum 0*8 cm., labium anticum 1-0 cm. long. Filamenta 0-5 cm. long. Antherae 0-1 cm. diam. Nucule com- pressae, ovoideae, glabra, 0-15 cm. long. To be placed near P. fiaccidus Giirke and its allies. The habit, the large cordate leaves on long petioles, the large flowers with very broad corolla lobes and upper part of the tube are among the distinguishing features of this handsome plant. ALABASTRA DIVERSA 265 [Obs. — To '' Plectranthus Jloyibundiis N. E. Br." (Journ. Bot. 1900, p. 464) should be added ♦' var. lowjipes N. E. Br." The type form, which is extratropical, does not occur among Dr. Rand's plants.] Coleus (§ SoLENosTEMONoiDEs) soHialensls, sp. nov. Herba caule erecto ramoso robusto intervallis brevibus foliato strigoso- pubescente, foliis longipetiolatis ovatis obtusis basi cuneatis margine crenulatis crassiusculis pilis paucis brevissimis strigosis appressis utrinque obsitis, petiolis anguste alatis, verfcicillastris 2-5-floris in racemum simplicem folia multoties excedentem dispositis, pedicellis calycem excedentibus una cum racemo glanduloso-pubescentibus, bracteis minimis ovato-lanceolatis valde deciduis, calycis florescentis glanduloso-pubescentis a corolla) tubo paullo superati lobo postico jam patente late ovato acuto lobis lateralibus tubo a3quilongis et revera lobum posticum paullulum excedentibus lanceolatis acutis lobis anticis linearibus acutis quam laterales brevioribus, calyce fructescenti puberulo 0-6 cm. long., corollne labio postico late ovato obtusissimo quam anticum oblongum multo breviore. Hab. Gan Liban, Somaliland, March, 1899 ; Br. Donaldson Smith (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Caulis juxta solem 0-3-0-4 cm. diam., radice elongato creberrime fibrillifero fultus. Foliorum lamina modice 3*0 cm. long., l-6-2'0 cm. lat., subtus glandulis parvis dense obsita ; petioli 1-3 cm. long., pubescentes. Bracteae 0*13 cm. long., pubescentes. Pedicelli 0*5- 0-6 cm. long. Calyx florescens 0*3 cm. long. ; lobus posticus 0-17 cm. et lobi laterales 0-22 cm. long. Calyx fructescens 0 6 cm. long. ; lobus posticus plane decurreus circa 0*3 cm. long, et lat. ; lobi reliqui postico ?equilongi, acuminati. Corolla tubus 0*4 cm. long., 0-2 cm. lat., paullo supra basin subito antice deflexus; labium posticum 0-35 cm. long. ; anticum fere 1*0 cm. long. Staminum vagina 0*45 cm. long. ; filamenta libera 0-6 cm. long. Anthera) vix 0*1 cm. diam. Nuculfe ambitu subcirculares, polit^e, 0*1 cm. diam. Apparently nearest C. vestitiis Baker ; differing from it, inter alia, in clothing of branches and leaves, pedicels longer than the calyx, corolla tube longer than the calyx, &c. Neomiillera damarensis, sp. nov. Herba elata, erecta, cre- bro ramosa, caule ramulisque minute glanduloso-pubescentibus, foliis longipetiolatis e basi lata ovatis grosse crenato-serratis pube- rulis tenuiter membranaceis, paniculis elongatis permultifloris, floribus solitariis in cymas racemosas ramosas ssepe unilateraliter dispositis, bracteis obsoletis, pedicellis calyce brevioribus, calycis florescentis campanulati pubescentis usque ad medium lobati lobis subaequalibus lanceolato-ovatis acutis lobo postico concavo lobis reliquis planis, calycis fructescentis oblongi parum inflati basi circumscissi lobis erectis, corollae tubo calycem longe excedente dimidio infer iore cylindrico angusto juxta medium subito incurvo indeque amplificato, labio postico parvo bilobo antico majori con- cavo, filamentis paullo supra insertionem connatis, genitalibus labio antico inclusis. Hab. Damaraland, 1879 ; T. G. Een (Herb. Mus. Brit.). 206 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Folia usque ad 2-5 cm. long., et 2-2 cm. lat., glandulis minimis abundanter instructa ; petioli fere usque ad 2-0 cm. long., minute pubescentes. Paniculus 30-0 cm. long., hnjus ramuli modici 3*0- 4-0 cm. long. Pedicelli 0-15 cm. long. Calyx florescens in toto 0-3 cm. long. Calyx fructescens 0-5-0'6 cm. long., 0*2 cm. lat., nervis parum eminentibus percursus. Coroll?e tubi pars cylindrica 0-4 cm. long., 0-07 cm. lat.; pars amplificata vix 0-5 cm. long., sub limbo 0-4 cm. lat. ; labium posticum rotundatum, 0*3 cm. lat. ; labium anticum 0*7 cm. long. Filamentorum vagina 0-2 cm long. ; filamenta libera 0-45 cm. long.; antherae 0-08 cm. diam. Nuculae ovoidese, polit?e, 0-1 cm. lat. Differs from N. Wehdtschii Briquet, the only species hitherto, in leaf, densely paniculate inflorescence, &c. The equahty in size of the anticous calyx lobe to its fellows is a small character in respect of which the generic diagnosis requires shght modification ; the lobe is, however, concave, and in this it agrees with N. Welu'itschii. Explanation of Plate 424. The drawings of the plants natural size ; the analyses more or less magnified. A. Leurocline Utho>^permoides. 1. Corolla opened out. 2. Calyx opened to show the small posticous lobe, bilobed stigma, &c. 3. View of fruit, the nutlets slightly disparted to show the flat gynobase. B. Omania arahica. 4. A bud showing the upper lip ai) inside in cTstivation. 5. Calyx opened to show its zygoniorphic character. 6. Corolla cut open. 7. Ovary in transverse section. PLANTS OF NOKTH SCOTLAND, 1900. By Kev. E. S. Mabshall, M.A., F.L.S. I SPENT nearly three months with my family in the far north of Britain last summer, making my head-quarters at Tongue, and reaching points as far distant as Durness westward and Wick east- ward. On July 10th my wife and 1 met our old friend Mr. W. A. Shoolbred in Thurso for an expedition to Ben Griam More, near Forsinard, which had been justly recommended to us by Mr. W. Lindsay as a good hill for its comparatively small height ; we then crossed to Orkney for five days' collecting, and our companion returned with us for a few excursions near Tongue. On August 14th we made a partial ascent of Ben Wyvis with Mr. F. C. Crawford, of Edinburgh, having only time to hastily explore its smaller south- eastern corrie. The vice-counties visited are — 106 East Ross, 107 East Sutherland, 108 West Sutherland, 109 Caithness, and 111 Orkney. As usual, I am greatly indebted to Mr. Arthur Bennett for help in working out critical forms ; also to Messrs. H. & J. Groves, Hanbury {Hiemcium), Kiikenthal (Carex), Linton and Townsend {EupJuasia). The sign ■■'■ denotes an unpublished vice-comital record ; f an apparently new British plant. TJtalictnim alpinum L. 107/''- Ben Griam More. 108. Remark- ably plentiful along the coast about Tongue, descending almost to sea-level. PLANTS OF NORTH SCOTLAND 267 Fumaria panidiflora Jord. 111.- Abundant in cornfields near the head of Loch Stenness, between Stromness and Sandwick ; also east of Loch Kirbister. — F. Bnrm Jord. 108.- Cultivated land at Dun Varrich, Tongue. 111. Oatfield near Scapa Bay, plentiful.— F. murah's Sonder. 111.- Cornfields above Loch Sten- ,ness, with F. paUidifiora ; in considerable quantity, but small and apparently not quite typical. Barbarea arcuata Reiclib. 109.^'^ Frequent, and I believe native, by the Wick Kiver, two to five miles above the town. Confirmed by Mr. Bennett, who considers it practically identical with Thuringian specimens collected by Haussknecht. B. vnlf/arU R. Br. grows just above the bridge at Thurso, but has every appearance of being an introduced plant. Arabis petraa Lam. var. Mspida DC. 108. Very scarce on the north-west cliff's of Ben Hope, at about 2000 ft. I failed to find Draba rupestris; perhaps a small state of D. incana may have been mistaken for it there, as was the case in its reputed Irish station. Cardamine hirsiita L. 107. At 1500 ft. on Ben Griam More— an unusual height for it to attain, according to my experience. Erophila prcBcox DC. {E. brachycarpa Jord. !|. 109.- Frequent at Dunnet Links, and on the grassy cliffs hard by ; this greatly ex- tends its known range in Britain. — E. infiata Hooker fil. ? 108.- Pebbly drive at Loch Loyal Lodge, half-way between Tongue and Altnaharra. Pods decidedly turgid ; very like what I have under this name from Glen Shee, though (owing to the altered conditions) much more robust. Cochharia groenlandica L. 108. Strand at Hielam Ferry; sandy coast, Skerray. 111.- Exposed turfy headlands. Black Crai^, Main- land. Viola silvestris Reichb. 109.- Bank near Bilbster Station.— V. arvensis x tricolor. 111. Cornfields between Stromness and Sandwick. Silene acaulis L. 106.- Ben Wyvis at 3000 ft., scarce. Lychnh alba x dioica. 108. t Near Tongue Ferry, with the parents; confirmed by Mr. Bennett, who gives the following synonyms : — Melamlri/wn diibium, Hampe, M. intermedium Schui° 17. album x rnbrmii Gaertner. Probably ''new" in name only ; for, in a recent paper on the subject of natural hybrids, Mr. R. a! Rolfe suggested that it was likely to prove not "uncommon. My specimens were just intermediate in character, and appeared to be sterile, but they were hardly advanced enough to make sure of this. Cerastiwn tetrandrum Curt. 108. A remarkable form (or state) grows in fissures of the limestone clifi:'s filled with blown sand, three or four miles east of Durness ; it is erect, with the inflorescence mostly termmal, and approaches the C. alshioides Pers. of Southern Europe. — G. semidecandrum L. 108.- Tongue, apparently very scarce and local. Sarjina maritima Don, var. debilis (Jord.). 108. Scullomie Har- bour. Lepiyonum rubnim Fr. 107. Plentiful on railway-ballast south of Forsinard. — L. marlnum Wahl. 108.- Kyle of Tongue, local. 268 THK JOURNAL OF BOTANY 111. Hamna Voe, Stromness. — At the north-east end of Tongue Island we found abundance of a plant having the general appear- ance of L. marinum, though of a brighter green than usual, and without the broad scarious wing to the seeds. A single specimen was also seen on the beach at Linksness, Hoy (111). As this is apparently undescribed, I propose for it the name of var. apterum (or aptera, if Spergnlaria is eventually accepted as the generic name). Radiola Hnoides Roth. 111. Loch of Skaill, near Sandwick. Lupimis nootkutcnsis Donn. 111. Heathy waste between Strom- ness and Sandwick ; several patches, in one instance covering several acres. Alien (or "deserter," as a local botanist aptly called it). TrifoUiim medium L. 106. Achterneed, near Strathpeffer ; rare in the north Highlands. Close by grew Fmbus l\o;/ersil Linton. Dnjas octopetala L. 107. '' Ben Griam More. Alchemilla vulr/aris L. var. alpestris ( Schmidt). 109. Wick River ; Thurso River, together with the type \A. pratensis Schmidt.). 111. Near Stromness. Rosa mollis x pimjjineUi/olia. 108. Low cliff at Hielam Ferry. Pyrus Aucuparia L. 111. On the Dwarfie Hamars, Hoy, this was found in flower ; the bushes varied in height from 1^- to 5 ft. Sa.vifrnga oppositifolia L. 107." Ben Griam More. — S. tri- dactylites L. 109. Dunnet Links. ilippurisvidgarislj. 107. Near Forsinard. 108. Near Thurso. 111. Peat-bog west of Stromness. Uncommon, I think, so far north. Callitriche hamidata Kuetz. 106. Small tarn in the south- eastern corrie of Ben Wyvis. Epilobium angustifolinm L. 108. Ben Hope, at 2000 ft. ; very scarce. MyrrJiis odorata Scop. 108. In several places about Tongue village ; no doubt a relic of cultivation, like Saxifraga iimbrosa L. Scandix Pecten-Veneris L. 111. Cornfields between Stromness and Sandwick ; only a few plants were seen. Ligusticum scoticum L. 111. Coast between Waulkmill Bay and Scapa Bay, in a single station. Corniis suecica L. 107. Ben Griam More; locally plentiful at 1500 ft. on the east side. Valeriana samhHcifolia\^\\\(\.. 111. East side of Kirbister Loch, sparingly. Saussurea alpina DC. 107. Ben Griam More ; more abundant than I ever saw it elsewhere. Centaurea Scabiosa L. In Journ. Bot. 1898, p. 170, Mr. Shool- bred and I mentioned and described a doubtful form which we had found at Coalbackie and Melness, on the east and west coasts of Tongue Bay. Specimens w^ere forwarded to the Botanical Exchange Club, and commented on by Herr Freyn, of Prague, in the Report for 1897, p. 552, as being " a very remarkable plant, which has not hitherto come under my notice. ... In any case, this Centaurea is highly interesting." It has kept quite distinct in cultivation, and reproduced itself from seed. Much as the species varies in foliage (especially in that very neighbourhood), this stands out promi- PLANTS OF NORTH SCOTLAND 269 nently; though I have found some intermediates which appear to be " mongrels." Last year I was able to study the wild plant afresh, and satisfied myself that it was a good variety, if not a subspecies. The root-leaves are rather numerous, quite entire, occasionally a foot long (including the stalk i in luxuriant specimens, oblanceolate, narrowed into a slender petiole not much shorter than the blade. Lower and upper stem-leaves entire, the middle ones often with one or two pairs of stipuliform pinn?e at their base, entire or obscurely crenate-dentate. Mr. James Groves has kindly pointed out that there is a var. iitte(jrifoliaYi\\iot, Novce Form. Querc. (1880) S. A. 40, quoted in Beck's Flora of Lower Austria as having " all the leaves undivided." This may perhaps be the same thing; but a Tyrolese specimen with undivided leaves in Herb. Brit. Mus. differs in habit from the Sutherlandshire plant; and Herr Freyn's inability to recognize this induces me to name it provisionally as var. succiso' folia, from the close resemblance of its leaves to those of a very luxuriant IScahlosa Siiccisa which occurs on the cliffs at Coalbackie. Hieraciioii (jlobosum Backh. 106. Ben Wyvis. — H. Backhousei F. J. Hanb. 106.^'= Ben Wyvis.—//. angHcum. Fr. 111. Frequent along the South Burn, Hoy. — H. argentcum Fr. var. scptentrionale F. J. Hanb. 108. Abundant on the coast about Scullomie and Skerray ; inland by the Vagastie Burn, Altnaharra. A single specimen of the type was found at Coalbackie. — H. nitidiun Backh. 107.''' East side of Ben Griam More at 1500 ft. 108. Scarce on the northern cliff's of Ben Hope. — //. Som)nerJ'eltii Lindeb. 108. Near sea-level on cliffs below Castell Varrich, Kyle of Tongue. — //. stenolepia Lindeb. 108. Low dolomite cliffs at Hielam. — //. muronim. L. var. micradadluui Dalilst. 108. Eocks near Farr Church, Betty Hill. — Var. ciliatwn Almq. 108. Eastern base of Ben Loyal ; also on the north-western cliffs of Ben Hope. — //. orarium Lindeb. 108. Sandy cliff', Coalbackie ; only one plant seen. — Var./?rt Wettst. 111. About Hobbister and Kirbister. — E. curta Fr. 106." Achterneed. 107." Forsinard. 108. Tongue; Scullomie; Skerray. A luxuriant form, 9-12 in. high, occurs near Melness. 111.''' Common in Main- land and Hoy — both type and var. gJahrescens Wettst. — E. curta X /oulaoisin, n. hybr. 108.1 Scullomie. — E. curta x latifolia, n. hybr. 108. t Scullomie. — E. curta X scottica, n. hybr. 108. i Among heather, east of Scullomie. — E. foulaends Towns. 106.''' Ben Wyvis, at nearly 3000 ft. This was referred by Mr. Townsend to E. latifolia; but it lacks the abundant white pubescence and whitish flowers of that closely-allied species, and appears to me quite iden- tical with the Ben Loyal plant which he accepts as being true foulaensis. I have only met with E. latifolia on the coast, at no great altitude. 111.-'- Black Craig, &c., in short turf. — E. latifolia Pursh. 108. Very fine and abundant on grassy slopes at Scullomie and Skerray. 111.'' Black Craig. Ehinanthus Crista-galli L. 111. A small narrow-leaved form growing sparingly on the south side of Loch Stenness; Mr. C. E. Salmon collected it at Inchnadamph (108) a year or two back. Melampijrum pratense L. var. montanum Johnst. 107. Lower slopes of Ben Griam More. Thymus Serpyllum Fr. var. prostratum Hornem. 111. Between Stromness and Sandwick ; particularly plentiful near the Loch of Skaill. Ajuga pyramidal is L. 107. Ben Griam More; scarce and very local at about 1500 ft. Salsola Kali L. 108.* Melness Sands, scarce. Polygonum viviparum L. 107.* Ben Griam More. Betula nana L. 106. West side of Ben Wyvis. 108. Locally plentiful at the north-east base of Ben Loyal, descending below 800 ft. ; some bushes were about a yard high, and fruited freely. — PLANTS OF NORTH SCOTLAND 271 B. alpestris Fr. 108. t I had long been on the watch for hybrids between B. nana and B. pubescens ; therefore, having found the two growing together in good quantity below Ben Loyal, I made a careful search, which was at length rewarded by the discovery of a plant bearing evident traces of this parentage ; it occurred by a streamlet at just 800 ft. above sea-level. On comparing this with the account of B. alpestris in Summa Veg. Scand. p. 212, I found it to correspond in all respects, except that the leaves were sparsely hairy; oddly enough, the specimen in Herb. Brit. Mus. of Fries, Herb. Normale (which might have well been cut from the same bush), shows the same divergence. The original description is as follows: — " Foliis subrotundis obtuse serratis obtusis glaberrimis, siibtus Iceiibiis, amentis fructiferis peduncidatis erectis, pedunculo amentum iequante, lobis squamarum digitato-trifidis, laciniis dlstantibm porrectis subteqnalibus, nucibus obovatis, ala cinctis latitudinem nucis asquante. B. nana v. intermedia. Hart))}. Vet. Ac. Handl. 1818, p. 148. B. alba v. interm. Wahl. Suec. p. 624. B. humihs HarUn. Scand. 2, p. 228, nee Schrank, Koch. . . . Valde aualoga cum B. inter))iedia Thom. !, sed hsec ad B. alba))i accedit, ut alpestris ad B. r/lutinosani. B. alpestris semper . . . fruticosa est, vix orgyalis, foliis fere B. nance ..." Kegel apparently re- garded B. inteDncdia Thomas as nana x verrucosa ("alba"); but Focke makes them both to be nana x pubescens. In 1886 Mr. F. J. Hanbury and I found a good-sized tree in Glen Oallater, South Aberdeen, which was eventually agreed to by Mr. Bennett as the plant of Thomas, after comparison with an authentic specimen at Kew ; it certainly agrees well enough with the figures in F/. Danlca and in Eeichenbach. In 1887 I came across a second example, about 8 or 9 ft. high, near the ferry at Cashil Dhu, Loch Hope, which was slightly nearer to B. alpestris, but hardly separable from the Aber- deenshire plant. As far as Britain is concerned, I think that we may probably consider B. alpestris as B. nana ? x pubescens S , and B. inten)iedia as B. nana ^ X pubescens ? ; the first approaching m.0XQ oXo^Qly to nana, t\iQ ^ecoiidi to pubescens. B. Jiuuiilis Schrank is a true species, and quite distinct. Salix cinerea X repens. 108. Ardskinid, Tongue Bay, in two forms; one just intermediate, the other on the repens side. With them grew another bush which appears to be \aurita x repens) X ci7ierea, accompanied by ^S'. aurita x repens (a)nbiyua Ehrh.). — S. phylicifolia L. 111. Linkness, Hoy ; Loch Kirbister, &c.. Main- land. — S. LapponuDi L. 106.* A few bushes were noticed on one crag in the south-eastern corrie of Ben Wyvis. — «S. Myrsinites L. 107." Sparingly on Ben Griam More ; both the type and well- marked var. procumbens (Forbes). Juniperus co)nuiunis L. var. inter)nedia Nyman. 108.''' By the cave at Ardskinid. "Yes; this looks quite like the Austrian Tyrol plant." — Ar. Bennett in litt. Malaxis paludosa Sw. 108. Bog, a little east of Scullomie. Epipactis atrorubens Schultz. 108. Near the cave, Ardskinid ; extremely local, but fifty or sixty specimens were seen. Close by we secured a single plant of K. atrorubens x latijoUa,\ which was 272 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY a good intermediate in all respects ilati/oUa is very scarce in this station). M. Schulze only mentions the hybrid as having been found once in Russia and once near Jena, in Germany ; but Focke (Pflamenmischliiif/e, p. 380) says that it " occurs not uncommonly with the parents, and has been represented as a transition-form, which was supposed to prove the specific identity of the two species." In Britain they very seldom grow together. Orchis mascula L. 108. Plentiful on the limestone near Durness, at Ardskinid, and about Betty Hill ; the leaves were always un- spotted.— 0. inccmmta L. 107.''' About Forsinard. 111. Abundant in a swamp at Orgill, Hoy, with very pale flowers ; also seen in two or three spots on Mainland. — 0. latij'olia L. var. brecifolia Reichb. 109.-'' Swampy pasture about a mile north of Bilbster Station ; just like the plant of South-east Ireland, the leaves being faintly ring- spotted, and the flowers dingy purple. — 0. latifoUa x maculata ? 108. Scullomie. 109. Near Bilbster. 111. Near Stromness. I believe this identification to be correct, but am not quite free from doubt. — O. )iiaculata L. subsp. 0. ericetunini Linton li^V. Bournemouth, p. 208). Evidently very common throughout North Scotland; Mr. Linton has confirmed the name in all the cases submitted to him. We observed it as follows : — 107. Forsinard. 108. Tongue, Scul- lomie, Skerray, Betty Hill. 109. Wick, Bilbster. 111. Hoy and Mainland, passim. Habeiiaria conopsca Benth. 108. A form with flesh-coloured blossoms grows about Tongue ; this is probably the G-ijmnadenia conopsea ^ paUidijIora Lange, tlaandh. i den danske Flora. — H. coiwpsea X Orchis )naculata (subsp. ericetorum). 108." Coast- slopes near Scullomie ; discovered by Mr. Shoolbred. We only obtained two specimens ; roughly speaking, they were like H. co- nopsea with a spotted broader lip, rather shortened spur, and paler flowers. I have seen a Kentish specimen in Mr. Hanbury's col- lection, which is very similar, though larger. — H. albida x conopsea. 108.-'^ Two specimens in a hilly pasture at Tongue ; one at Scul- lomie. In this neighbourhood the parents are both abundant, and grow together in many places ; but I had great difiiculty in finding the hybrids between them. Probably they are fertilized, as a rule, by difterent insects, as one would expect from the great difterence in the length of the spur. One specimen was just intermediate, another towards albida ; the third, though also an evident hybrid, had the spur hardly at all shorter than in conopsea. I saw one of the West Inverness plants so named by Mr. Rolfe in a fresh state, two or three years ago, which closely resembled these. Iris Pseudacorus L. 111. The prevailing form is var. acoriformis (Boreau); we only found the type at the north-west end of Loch Stenness. J uncus supinus Moench, var. Kochii Bab. 108. Plentiful about Loch Deerie, near Tongue. Lnzula erecta Desv. 106. At 3000 ft. on Ben Wyvis occurs a form which is probably var. sudetica of Lond. Cat. ed, 9 (L. nifjricans DC, L. inultijiora y niyricans Koch); it scarcely differs from plants which I have gathered near the Eggisch-horn, Upper Valais. PLANTS OF NORTH SCOTLAND 273 Spcm/animii s'uiiplex Huds. 111. Swampy ground near the South Burn, Hoy, a mile or more from Rackwick. — S. affine Schnizl. was flowering in a pool near Sandy Loch, towards Orgill. Potamogeton Jieteroplujllus Schreb. 111. A narrow -leaved plant in the pool just mentioned ; Mr. Bennett remarked that it had the look of P. (/racilis Wolfg. (non Fr. i, a heterophyllus-ton'n. found in the lakes of Finland, &c. — P. heterophyllus x perfoliatus [ P. nitens Weber). 111. Mill-pond between Stromness and Sandwick (form P. curvifolius Hartm. ). Pool at the north-west end of Loch Kirbister (form P. intermedins Tis.). With the parents. Zostera vwrina L. var. anguati folia Hornem. 108.'' Kyle of Tongue, very local ; Mr. Bennett points out that Hornemann, not Fries, was the author of the varietal name. Eleocharis uniglumis Reichb. 111. Plentiful on the south side of Loch Stenness. E. multicanUs Sm. was noticed not far from Rackwick, Hoy. PJriophoriwi latifoliuiH Hoppe. 108. Below Ben Loyal, on the west side. Carex paucijiura Liglitf. 107. Plentiful at 500 ft. on the moor- land between the railway and Ben Griam More. 108. West of Ben Loyal, between 300 and 400 ft. I never saw it below 1000 ft. else- where. — C. incurva Lightf. var. erecta 0. F. Lang {= C. j unci folia All.). 108." Damp micaceous ground at Scullomie Harbour. Stems erect or ascending, 2-12 in. long; leaves much longer than usual, those from the root occasionally attaining a height of 6 in. Mr. Bennett has it from Orkney ; I have gathered a very similar form near the Matterhorn, above Zermatt. — C. chordorrhiza L. (in Ehrhart, Phytophylacion). 108. This is abundant in a swamp on the north side of the Mudal Water, Altnaharra, as well as on the south side. — C. paniculata L. 111. A few plants in a swamp east of Loch Kirbister. — C. carta Good. 108. Dried-up lake near Loch Modsarie, between Tongue and Skerray ; also in the marshes near Loch Naver, Altnaharra — -scarce in both stations. It seems to be rare in the north. — C. aqnatilis Wahl. 109. The prevailing form of the Wick River is ordinary low-ground aqiiatilis [elatior Bsih.); but a plant occurs not uncommonly with decidedly acuminate or cuspidate glumes, half as long again as usual. — C. aguatilis x Goodenowii. 109. f Wick River, in two forms; one (a very beautiful plant) rather approaching tToodenowii in its inflorescence when dry, though looking exactly intermediate in a living state ; the other, of which I seem to have gathered only one example, looks just between the two. — C. aquatilis x salina, var. kattegatensis ( X C, Grantii Ar. Benn.). 109. Three or four forms were collected ; one, which approaches aquatilis, is probably the C. aquatilis var. cuspidata Laestad., now considered to be a hybrid. The variableness of C. salina hereabouts is very great. — 0. Goodenowii J. Gay. 108. A curious form (or monstrosity) was found in good quantity by Mr. Shoolbred at the south end of Loch Deerie ; it has small globose or ovoid female spikelets, the solitary male spikelet bearing several apparently perfect fruits at its apex. — C. pilulifera L. var. longe- hracteata Lange \Leesii Ridley |. 106. Ben Wyvis. — C. panicea L. Journal OF Botany. — Vol.39. [Aug. 1901.] x 274 THE JOURNAL UF BOTANY Veil'. tUDiidula Laestad. 108. Plentiful and luxuriant in the marshes near Loch Naver, Altnaharra. — C. capillaris L. 107. Near the summit of Ben Griam More. 108. Limestone hills east of Durness; on the dolomite near Hielam Ferry, at sea-level ; Coalbackie, and other places on the coast near Tongue. — C. binervls x rifjida, n.hybr. 106. South-east corrie of Ben Wyvis, with the parents, at 2700 ft. or more ; a good-sized patch, but only two spikes were present. Root- and stem-characters almost entirely rigida ; leaves much longer, but similar in texture. Inflorescence half-way between the two, quite barren ; the lowest spikelet in my specimen has a peduncle 1 in. long, and is placed 2 in. below the others, which are contiguous, as in rvjida. A few minutes before, Mr. Crawford had discovered (at nearly 3000 ft.) an extraordinary sedge, of which I have no specimen, which resembled C. ritjida in habit, with the in- florescence of C. curta ; we did not observe the latter species, but could feel no doubt about its being the offspring of these two. Roots were sent to the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh ; so that further light on both plants may be expected. — C. Hornschucliiana Hoppe X Oederi var. uedocarpa And. (C. sterilis Syme ; / C. fidva Good.). 108. Marshes, Altnaharra. 111. Stenness, Mainland. All my gatherings of this group were accepted by Herr Kiikenthal as correct. — Cjiaca L. var. lepidocarpa (Tausch.i. Frequent in the north, where I have never found typical //«<•«. 108. About Tongue, in several stations ; Betty Hill. 109. Swampy ground near the Wick River. 111. Linksness, and other places in the north part of Hoy ; common. In the four specified localities it grew with C. Hornschuchiana, and produced perfectly barren hybrids. C. Hornschiichiana X lepidocarpa is mentioned by Dr. Focke in Beo- bachtunfjen an Miscldingspjianzen (1892) as, in cultivation, never expanding its male flowers; which I have found to be normally the case with hybrids of C. HonischucJiiaiia. — C. Oederi Retz. 107. By the loch lying at the northern base of Ben Griam More. 111. South shore of Loch Stenness, easl of the hotel. Agrodis canina L. var. scotica Hackel. 106. Ben Wyvis, ap- parently scarce. Deschampsia discolor R. & S. 108. West end of Loch Modsarie, in small quantity. Avena pubesce^is Hiids. 111. Cliffs, Waulkmill Bay. — A. strigosa Schreb. 108. A weed in oatfields at Tongue ; as is A. fatita L. at Coalbackie. Koeleria cristata Pers. 111. Loch of Skaill. Briza media L. 109. Left bank of the Thurso River, near the foot-bridge, in very small quantity ; one of the rarest northern grasses. Glyceria plicata Fr. 111." By several small ponds between Stromness and Sandwick, together with G. jiuitans R. Br. and G. pedicellata Towns. By Mr. Townsend's kind permission I give the following extract from a letter of his : — " I think you are right in supposing G. pedicellata a hybrid. I have never found it in seed, though searched for for innumerable years. The anthers never expand, and the cells are divergent and yellow ; those of /iiiitans THREE NEW VARIETIES OF HYPNUM FLUITANS 275 are purple, and equally broad at either end ; those of plicata and declinata are much shorter, but similar. Babington did not, I think, believe in hybrids at the time I described pedicellata. I first named it hybrida, but he persuaded me to alter the name." Cijstopteris fnujilis Beruh. var. dentata Hooker. HI. Dwarfie Hamars, Hoy. Eqnisetiim palustra L. var. midiini Newm. 111. Orgill, Hoy. Isoetes echiuospom Dur. 108. Loch Modsarie. Cham fmiiilis Desv. 111. Peat-bog west of Stromness ; ap- proachmg var. harbata.~C. aspera Willd. 111. Mill-pond between Stromness and Sandwick.— Subspecies desmacantha H. & J. Groves. Loch Stenness and Loch Harray ; a very dwarf form of it.— C. baltlca Bruzel. 111.^:= South side of Loch Stenness; a very interesting and unexpected discovery, the only previous British localities being in the extreme south (Dorset and West Cornwall). The identification is due to Mr. Crawford, who collected it there in August; it was confirmed by Messrs. Groves in both cases. C. vulgaris L. 111. Ditch near the Dwarfie Stone, Hoy. — Var. lumjibracteata. Near Stromness. Nitella opaca Agardh. 108. Exceedingly variable both in size and habit in Loch Deerie, near Tongue, where I quite thought that I had found three dift'erent species ; all were, however, referred to opaca by Messrs. Groves, who remark that they represent a verv interesting series of forms. 109. Ditch near the Wick River. 111. Near Stromness, Mainland ; pool between Orgill and Rackwick, Hoy. THREE NEW VARIETIES OF HYPNUM FLUITANS L. By H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S. It requires some courage to propose a new variety of this species, already so prolific in varieties and subvarieties (forty-nine forms' find names in Sanio's scheme, Bot. Centralblatt, 1888) ; perhaps indeed it demands some apology. A large number of our British forms have passed through Mons. Renauld's hands since the publication of his Monograph of the Harpidioid Hypna in Husnot's Muscoloijia Gallica ; nearly all of these have been assigned more or less readily to one or other of the varieties described in that system ; but two forms which I recently sent to him difter from any of these varieties in a marked degree, sufiiciently so in M. Renauld's opinion to demand their separation as varietal forms. He has kindly suggested that I should associate my name with his in publishing these, and the following dia<^noses are mainly drawn up from the notes and drawings with winch he has furnished me. H. FLUITANS L. (amphibium) var. Robertsi^ Ren. & Dixon, var. nov. Floating; variegated with yellow, golden broivn, and pur- plish red, glossy; stems elongate, almost simple, with a few short, x 2 276 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY distant branches only. Leaves rather closely set, erect- spreadimj, only very slightly falcate-secund at the tips of the branches, narrow- lanceolate, gradually tapering to a lon(i,jine, sharply -toothed siibiUa. Nerve narrow, scarcely reaching half-way up the leaf. Cells long, narrow, thick-waJled, the basal somewhat incrassate, slightly porose. Hab. In a bog near Craig-lyn-Dyfi, Llan-y-mawddwy, Meri- oneth, North Wales, alt. 2000 ft., Sept. 1898, ^liss M. Roberts. Allied to var. setiforme Eeu., differing in the shorter leaves, the colour of the tufts, mixed with a purplish red, and especially by the cells with the walls incrassate, the basal ones slightly porose. This character brings it near to the j'alcatuin group, and especially to var. anylicuDi f. Holtii Sanio {Auihlysteiiiuin jiiiitans var. *j Holtii Sauio, Braithw. Brit. Moss Fl. iii. 51), from which it differs in the colouring, glossy leaves, less-branched stems, etc. The line of demarcation between the groups amphibiiun and j'alcatum is at times not very clearly defined, and there are certain forms for which it is not easy to determine the most satisfactory position, the present variety being one of these. It is a very pretty plant, the glossy, variegated colouring being unusual. H. FLUiTANS L. (am/iJiibinm) var. squalidum Ken. & Dixon, var. nov. In dense intricate masses, pale dull t/reen above, uf a dirty reddish brown below. Stems little-branched, rather robust, the leaves somewhat complanate-spreading, falcate in upper part of stem and branches, rather large, lanceolate, somewhat abruptly terminatiny in a fine, faintly -toothed, almost pili/onn subula. Other characters as in var. Jeanbernati Ren. Hab. In stagnant water, Dawley, Shropshire, May 11, 1896; Rev. W. H. Painter. l^is variety is nearly allied to var. Jeanbernati Ren., from which it differs in the fine subula of the leaves, as well as in the habit. The stem-leaves are widely complanate-spreading, giving the ap- pearance of some aquatic forms of H. riparium L. — it was indeed at first sent me as H. riparium var. splendens De Not. A third variety has perhaps a still greater value than the two described above, seeing that its ascertained distribution is much wider. A plant collected somewhat extensively by Mr. J. A. Wheldon and Mr. A. Wilson in Lancashire, on elevated moorlands, and again by Mr. W. Ingham in Yorkshire, has for some time given rise to discussion. Its short nerve, the scarcely secund, wide leaves, shortly and broadly pointed, the loose areolation and very indistinctly defined auricles, gave it a very different character from that usually obtaining in this species. Under his somewhat hetero- geneous group ^' a obsoletum,'' Sanio has described a var. Holleri having very nearly the same characters, and M. Renauld at first referred our plants to this, ranking them under var. Jeanbernati as f. Holleri Sanio. In a letter recently received from him, however, he writes: " Cette determination est, a la rigueur, acceptable; cependant comaie la var. Holleri Sanio est mal con9ue et mal decrite, et que d'ailleurs le groupe obsoletum Sanio est tres confus je prefere aujourd'hui fonder une variete nouvelle qui doit etre placee a cote de la var. Jeanbernati Hen.'' For this variety M. Renauld A NEW PHILODKNDRON 277 proposes the name athintienm, and has drawn up the following description : — ^ H. FLUiTANS L. {amphibium) var. atlanticum Ren. Forme voisine de la var. Jeanhemati Ren., dont elle dififere par la couleur verte, le tissu chlorophyllieu, les feuilles plus larges, ovales puis rapidement retrecies en un acumen court; nervure un peu plus large (58-64 fx au lieu de 46-48 /x), tissu basilaire plus lache, cellules moyennes plus larges et plus courtes. Hab. England: R. Wyre, West Lanes., coll. Albert Wilson, 1900 {Wheldon, No. 9). Summit of Pendle Hill, Lanes., alt. 600 met., coll. J. A. Wheldon, July, 1898. France : Meymac (Correze), alt. 900 met., coll. Lachenaud, 1901. Forma r/racilis Ren. Plante plus grele, feuilles plus petites mais de meme forme que le type, nervure plus etroite, tissu plus lache que dans la var. Jeanhemati. Hab. England: Arucliffe Wood, Yorkshire, 1900, coll. W. Ingham {Wheldon, No. 19). Prof. Barker, I may add, sends me the var. atlanticuni from North Derbyshire, where he says it occurs abundantly on some of the moorlands. In some parts of Lancashire Mr. Wheldon finds it one of the most predominant forms of H, fiuitans. A NEW PHILODENDROy. By a. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Sc. Philodendron crassum, sp. uov. Herba caudice brevi crasso procumbente ; foliis confertis, petiolo I lamina vix aequante, crassissimo, subfusiforme subterete, facie autem superiore pauUo concavo cum acietibus marginalibus brevibus ; lamina elliptico-ovata ad subellipticam, apice apiculata, supra nitida, costa apicem versus cito evanescente, nervis laterali- bus subasqualibus ascendentibus ; peduuculo dimidium spath^ vix superante ; spatha suboblonga obtusa ad basin evoluta, intus e fundo purpurea, superne albida ; spadice spatham aequante, parte foeminea masculae dimidiam partem sub^quante, parte mascula sterili quam feminea breviore, staminodiis ovaria excedentibus infimis clavatis ; ovariis plurilocularibus, ovulis paucis, stigmatibus late capitatis ; staminibus ovaria excedentibus. A plant with the habit of P. cannafoiium Mart. The adult leaves have a leaf-stalk 22-23 cm. long with the greatest thickness 4-2 cm. about one-third the distance above the base, narrowing to about 1-6 cm. just below the blade ; the shallowly concave upper surface reaches 3 cm. in width at the thickest part ; it is bounded by low subacute edges. The blade reaches 36 cm. in length by 17 cm. in width below the middle ; it shows no pre-eminent secondary veins. The petiole has a spongy internal structure, with the intercellular spaces lined with mucilage. The spathe is 13-5 cm. 278 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY long by 4 cm. broad ; the female area of the spadix 4 cm. long, the male 7*5 cm., including the sterile portion of 2*5 cm. ; the ovary 2 mm. long, the stamens 2*5 mm. by 1*5 mm. broad across the top. The species is most nearly allied to P. canncBfoUum, but is dis- tinguished by its more shortly stalked elliptic-ovate leaves, which show, moreover, no pre-eminent secondary veins. The plant is in the collection of Mr. A. H. Smee, at Hack- bridge, Surrey, where it flowered six years ago, and again early last April, opening with daylight and beginning to close about five o'clock in the afternoon. Mr. Smee received it some years ago from General Macdonnell, from Rio de Janeiro. There is no information as to where it was collected, but presumably it was in the neighbourhood of Rio, or at some spot within easy access. SHORT NOTES. Middlesex Orchids. — In this Journal for 1890 (p. 120) I referred to the remarkable abundance of orchids on our chalk hills in the summer of 1889, especially mentioning Orchi-s pyramidalis as thickly covering the Harefield and Springwell downs. Since that date not a single plant has appeared above ground. Even should it reappear next June, thirteen years must surely be an abnormally long period of rest, and the fact that the longest previous gap was five years only, goes far to suggest that it is so. I was at first inclined to attribute this failure to the persistent droughts we have experienced since 1891, but 0. latifoHa failed to appear in the marshy Frogs' Meadows, and, on the other hand, Ophnjs muscifera came up on the chalk every year without a break : these instances lend little support to the theory. In any case the behaviour of the orchid tribe is, to me, a perpetual puzzle. The lavish distribution of 1889 would seem to have been general, for, botanizing, on the Surrey hills in June and July of that year, I found the same profusion everywhere, and it would be interesting to learn if a similar scarcity up to the present time has been noticed in that and other districts. I may add that, whilst searching for Gymnadenia conopsea (last seen in 1891) under Garret Wood, near Springwell Lock, I gathered HeHanthemum vulgare, a common species which, strange to say, has not yet been reported from Middlesex. — J. Benbow. RuBiA ROTUNDiFOLiA Bauks & Sol. — Tliis species, although duly included in the Index Kewensis, seems to have been overlooked by systematists : it is not mentioned in DC. Frodromus, or in the Flora Orientalis. It is, however, duly published with a short diagnosis — *' foliis quaternis sessilibus subrotundo-ovatis acuminatis ciliatis utrinque laevibus, caule inermi" — in Russell's Natural History of Aleppo, ed. 2, ii. 267 (1794) ; and a comparison of specimens shows its identity with B. Aucheri Boiss. (Diagn. Ser. i. iii. 54 (1843)), a name which it displaces. Patrick Russell's plants are in the National Herbarium ; the specimen in question is labelled SHORT notp:s 279 " Syria monies prope Antiocham." Dr. Rendle has already cited in this Journal (1900, p. 81) the passage in Russell's book which indicates that the species established therein should be ascribed to Banks and Solander jointly. — James Britten. JuNGERMANiA sAxicoLA Schrad. — In Part xx. just issued of Mr. Pearson's important work on British Hepatic^e, the claim of Jiinger- mania saxicola to be considered a British species rests on a single gathering made by the late Dr. Greville in the Shetland Isles. In November, 1898, in carefully examining a collection of Scotch hepatics made at 13almoral in 1894, I determined one specimen gathered near Braemar to be J. saxicola. Owing to eye troubles, this was laid aside until within the last few days, when I sent it to Mr. Pearson, and he has confirmed the decision. — G. Stabler. Pembroke Plants. — The following plants, which, so far as I am aware, are hitherto unrecorded for the county, I gathered, with one exception, during a visit to Tenby from June 18th to 29th last : — Orchis incarnata L. Penally Marsh, abundant. Both this species and 0. lati folia were growing there, and, though well-marked examples could be gathered of each, there were plants which it was extremely difficult to assign to either, and the question naturally arose — were these hybrids, or intermediates connecting the two species ? — 0. incarnata x maciilata. This hybrid was gathered growing among plants of well-marked incarnata. — Kpipactis imhistris Crantz. Abundant near the Black Rock, Tenby, but of course only in bud at this date. I am indebted to Mr. J. E. Arnett, of Tenby, for information which enabled me to collect this species, and also for beautiful flowering examples gathered later. — Juncus Gerardi Lois. Swamp near railway, Tenby ; abundant. — J. effusus x (jlaucus. Penally Marsh ; several clumps were observed. — Carex laevigata Sm. Penally. — Pliegopteris caJcarea Fee. Mr. J. E. Arnett has collected this at Precelly. In addition to the above I may mention Carex paludosa Good., which occurs in fair quantity in Penally Marsh, and is queried for Pembroke in Top. Bot. ; and Agropijron junceum Beauv., which is quite common on the Burrows at Tenby, but which is not recorded in Top. Bot., although it is entered in Dr. R. W. Falconer's "Contributions towards a know- ledge of Tenby plants" (1848), and is also included in Babington's paper " On the Botany of South Pembrokeshire" in this Journal for 1863 (pp. 258-270). Mr. Arthur Bennett has kindly verified the Carices. — Richard F. Towndrow. Radnorshire Plants. — During a short visit this summer to Llandrindod Wells, I observed the following interesting plants in the immediate neighbourhood : — Carum verticiUatum Koch, abun- dant by the lake ; Dianthus deltoides, near quarries in several places ; Cnicus pratensis Willd., near Howey ; also a considerable number of sedges, including Carex Javigata Sm., in wood near the lake. The botanical part of a local guide is generally so feeble and disappointing, that I refer with much pleasure to an interesting list contributed to Buf ton's Guide by the late Rev. John B. Lloyd, of Liverpool. It contains over three hundred plants observed by him within two miles 280 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY of Llandriiidod, nearly all of which I identified. The Carnm is included, and would, I think, be first record for the county. — Wm. a. Clarke. The Plates of ' English Botany,' ed. 3 (p. 245). — Most of the fresh plates and alterations in the third edition of FiujUsh Botany w^ere done by J. E. Sowerby. After his death, in 1870, Fitch did some. For the Supplement, N. E. Brown drew his own plates. — J. G. Baker. NOTICES OF BOOKS. Flora Capensis. Vol. v. Part i. Acanthacepe by C. B. Clarke ; Selagineae by E. A. Rolfe ; Verbenace^ by H. H. W. Pear- son. 8vo, pp. 224. London : Lovell Beeve. Price 9s. net. The gratifying progress now making by the Flora Capensis justifies the hope that the work may be completed within half a century of the date of its commencement. It is, of course, obvious that by that time the earlier volumes will be, as indeed they are already, practically useless as an enumeration of South African plants — it will be remembered that a period of more than thirty years elapsed between the issue of the third volume in 1805 and the resumption of the work in 1896; but it may be hoped that steps are being taken for a reissue of these, brought up to the standard of our present knowledge. The part just issued is mainly the work of experts. Mr. C. B. Clarke had previously monographed the Acanthaceoi for the Flora of Tropical Africa ; and Mr. Rolfe has for many years made the SelaginecR his own. Mr. H. H. Pearson's treatment of the VerbenacecF. is in marked contrast to the remainder of the work in the length of the descriptions, which seems to us in many instances to be greatly in excess of what is needed in a handbook such as we always under- stood to be aimed at by the originators of the series of colonial floras. This is not only noticeable in genera containing novelties and critical species, such as Vitex, where 9 species occupy 6^ pages, but in genera such as Lippia, where so wide-spread a weed as L. nodijiora takes more than half a page to describe. This mode of treatment is in striking contrast with Mr. Clarke's work, in which some new species are disposed of in four, three, or even in two — e. g. Justicia cheirantliifolia — lines. Making every allowance for divergence of treatment, we should have thought that something more nearly approaching uniformity might have been secured by the editor of the later parts of the Flora, as it was by Harvey in the earlier volumes. It is to be regretted that certain bibliographical eccentricities to which we called attention in noticing earlier portions of the work are still allowed to disfigure its pages. The placing in brackets of the name of the authority for a species is not only unusual, but absolutely misleading, as it has now a generally recognized and different significance. It is true that Harvey so printed the names HANDBTICH DKR SYSTKMATISCHKN ROTANIK 281 forty years ago, but his model has been departed from in so many other matters that the retention of this\nisleading method can hardly be justified on the score of uniformity ; it is moreover out of harmony with the plan of the other colonial floras. The printing of the adjectival forms of proper names without a capital letter is a recent Kew eccentricity which we had hoped to have seen abandoned ; it is not in accordance with precedent (either in the earlier volumes of the work or in the other colonial floras) or with custom, either at home or abroad: neither the American nor the Berlin rules adopt it ; and it is flatly opposed to the Decandollean " laws," which say : " Whatever be the form chosen, every specific name derived from the name of a person should begin with a capital letter." Another unsightliness which tends to confusion is the printing in italics not only the synonymy, but also the names of the authors and books cited: this renders the synonyms difficult to distinguish. In the earlier volumes of the work the same difficulty was not felt, as the synonyms and references were few ; now they often extend to twelve or thirteen lines, and occupy more space than the descrip- tion of the plant. It is, we think, to be regretted that the earlier plan, by which synonyms and references were mainly confined to those which pertained to the plant in its connection with South Africa, has given place to something like a complete bibliography. This, it seems to us, is entirely out of place in a work of the kind ; it must add materially to the cost and extent of the Flora, and thus render it much less convenient for use in the field. We note that Mr. Rolfe has a new species, Selar/o Muudii, named from a collector whom he calls '' Muud." According to Harvey (Gen. S. Af. PI. 26), Kunth in establishing his genus Mundia fell into a similar error; Harvey considered it was "in- tended to commemorate the services rendered to botany by M. Mundt, a most meritorious collector of South African plants," and he accordingly altered the spelling to Mundtia, in which form it appears in Bentham & Hooker's Genera, and in many other books. It is not, however, quite certain that Kunth had Mundt in view,^:^ and in any case the spelling as published, both in this and in Mr. Rolfe's case, must stand, in accordance with the practice which has accepted Cinchona in preference to the more etymologically correct Chinchona. Handbuch der Sijstemathchen Botanik. Von Dr. Richard R. v. Wettstein, Professor an der Universitat Wien. Bd. l' 8vo, pp. iv, 201, tt. 126. Leipzig & Wien: Fr. Deuticke.* J- JU J. . The object of this new handbook is to give a more detailed account of the systematic phase of botany than is contained in the general text-books. The author intends also to pay special attention to questions of phylogeny. To these ends the more im- portant types will be reviewed and illustrated as fully as possible, * See a note in this Journal for 1889, p. 262. 282 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY while stress will be laid upon those whose development is of special importance from the phylogenetic point of view. The present volume contains a general introduction and the first instalment of the special portion, comprising an accomit of the Thallophytes. Volume ii., containing the Cormophytes, is promised for next year. The general introduction, which occupies forty-four pages, contains a short history of the evolution of systematic botany, and a sketch of the value of homology, embryology, geographical distribution, and other factors in determining phylogenetic relation- ships. At the commencement of the special part Professor Wettstein gives an outline of the classification which he adopts. The plant world, he says — as far as our present knowledge goes — includes organisms belonging to seven great developmental series, or stocks, as follows : — i. Myxophyta. iv. Euthallophyta. ii. Schizophyta. v. Phaeophyta. iii. Zygophyta. vi. Rhodophyta. vii. Cormophyta. Stocks i.-vi. are considered in the present volume, and the majority indicate by their name the character of the organisms included. Myxophyta are the Myxomycetes, including also Plasmodiophora. Schizophyta comprise the two divisions fission-algae and fission- fungi, or the old CyanophycecE and the Bacteria, which are generally thus associated in recent arrangements. Zygophyta contains the PeridinecB (which, if plants, must be put somewhere), the BaciUariea or Diatoms, and the ConjiiyatcB, the latter com- prising the three families Desmidiacea, ZygnemacecB, and Meso- carpacecB. Euthallophyta include two classes — one the Cldorophycea, or the rest of the green alg£e, and a second the Fungi. Phaeophyta and Rhodophyta are the brown and red algae as generally under- stood. Thus the important departure from systems generally in vogue is the bringing together of the green algas and the Fungi in one group, and the exclusion at the same time of the two other large groups of sea-weeds. If, however, we accept the view of the evolution of the Fungi as a whole from a common algal stock, there is no doubt that the most nearly allied algae are to be found among the C/dorophycea, and Prof. Wettstein is therefore phylo- genetically justified in his - distribution of the groups. But as a matter of convenience we much prefer the more usual method, such as, for instance, is adopted in Prof. Engler's Fflanzenfamilien — namely, the consideration of the great groups of Algae as one section, and the great group of Fungi as another section of the subkingdom Thallophyta. Even if we grant that the Fungi have sprung from a common algal stock, which presumably finds its nearest representative in the CIdurophycecB, we must bear in mind the great development along widely diverging lines that has occurred since the origin of the group, which development removes it as a group far more widely from the Alg^, considered as a whole, than the generally received subdivisions of Algae are removed from each other. GRASSES 283 We shall be much interested to see Prof. Wettstein's treatment of the seventh stock, Cormophyta, and to hear his reasons for lamping into one series everything which is not a Thallophyte. It is a curious inversion of the old system, which was of course merely an expression of ignorance, where everything which was not a flowering plant was a Cryptogam. As regards the elaboration of individual series, their subdivision is on familiar lines, that of the Fungi being based on Brefeld's arrangement. A special feature is the number and excellence of the illustrations. These will ensure the book a welcome by the ordinary student, who will probably not be greatly disturbed by departures from the more generally adopted arrangement of the larger groups. - A B R Grasses. A Handbook for use in the Field and Laboratory. By H. Marshall Ward, Sc.D., F.K.S. Pp. viii, 190, tt. 81. Cambridge University Press. 1901. Price 6s. Professor Marshall Ward's book on Grasses is the latest addition to the biological series of the Cambridge Natural Science Manuals. It is not intended to be a complete manual of Grasses, but "an account of our common native species, so arranged that the student may learn how to closely observe and deal with the distinctive characters of these remarkable plants when such problems as the botanical analysis of a meadow or pasture, of hay, of weeds, or of ' seed ' grasses are presented, as well as when investigating questions of more abstract scientific nature." With this end in view, the author has elaborated a series of chapters in which the species are arranged (1) according to their vegetative characters ; (2) according to the anatomical characters of the leaf; (3) according to their flowers and inflorescences; (4) according to the grain. These arrangements represent the expenditure of considerable labour ; but, while one realizes the interest attaching to the process of elaboration, it is difficult to regard them otherwise than as a sort of botanical exercise. The student who is able to use any one of these systems could quite well avail himself of the more scientific system of a good British Flora — more scientific because the general aggregate of characters is its basis, while by its use the student learns to appreciate the relative value of the individual factors. We grant that it may be useful to run a grass down from vegetative characters only, but so many of the characters are comparative, that the system when we are dealing with individual and often incomplete specimens is apt to fail at the crucial point, and practi- cally in working with a limited flora like our own, a series of carefully preserved and properly determined specimens for purpose of comparison will be far more helpful than a tabular scheme. And, after all, this is at least as scientific a method as one depending on a single set of characters. In addition to the chapters on classification, there are several on the general structure and biology of grasses, forming a useful introduction to a more detailed study of the order. 284 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY The text, for the size and character of the book, is well illns- trated, but the great majority of the figures are borrowed, with due acknowledgment, from well-known works, chiefly of German origin, and, this being the case, it is not easy to understand why it is necessary to charge six shillings for the volume. Fischer of Jena would have produced it, with plenty of original illustrations, for three marks. Tlie book, though not without some value as an introduction to the study of a family of great botanical and infinite economic interest, can hardly be considered so indispensable as to demand a price which is, from the student's point of view, exorbitant. Perhaps, to quote a student's remark, "they don't expect to sell many." ABE Histoire de VAbrotonum. Signification de la desinence ex de quelqnes noms de plantps. Par le Dr. Saint-Lager. Paris : J. B. Bailliere. 1900. Pp. 48. The subject of this pamphlet is twofold, as shown in the above title: (1) to correct the spelling of the name usually given as Abrnta,nu)u : and (2) to consider the meaning of the ending " ex " in certain plant-names. As to the first, the author has no difficulty in showing that the name was originally written as he gives it ; that botanists including Caspar Bauhin have since mis-spelled it, and even induced a false derivation, based on the error. Dr. Saint- Lager is an untiring stickler for reform in naming, far beyond any- thing advanced by the most revolutionary of present-day reformers, for he would willingly go behind Linnaeus. His views are so well- known that it is needless here to dwell much on them, especially as none of the disputants in the nomenclature question seem disposed to adopt them. The author even goes so far in his zeal as to mis- quote Besser's Tentamen de Ahrotmis ... as "Tent. Abroton." (p. 21) ; even Camerarius and C. Bauhin are similarly treated, which is unpardonable. Once, indeed, the author cites Tentamen Abrotdsnonnn, probably by oversight. Apart from these special peculiarities of the author, there will be found a large amount of interesting matter in these pages. Passing from the form of the name, Dr. Saint-Lager proceeds to discuss the geographic origin of Artemisia AbrotanuDi Lam., finally suggesting that it is merely a cultivated form of A. procera Willd. The latter part of the pamphlet is devoted to a consideration of the plant-names ending in ex, such as Ule.v, Ilex, Eumex, and Carex. With these he compares the animal-names haying a like ending, of which he gives a long list, and states that it probably is the same as the prefix " ac," conveying the idea of something sharp or pointed. B D J 28^ AHTlCLtJS /A' JO URN A LS^ Annah of BotcDiy (June). — M. Ferguson, ' Development of pollen-tube and division of generative nucleus in Pines ' (3 pi.).— F. 0. Bower, ' Imperfect sporangia in Pteridopliytes.'— A. H. Trow, ' Biology and cytology of F[/thiu))i ultiinuiii, sp.n.' — G. Massee & E. S. Salmon, ' Coprophilous Fungi' (2 pi.). — L. A. Boodle, 'Anatomy of ScJiizcEacea; ' (3 pi.). Butanical Gazette (20 June). —J. H. Scliaffner, ' Life-history of Enjthyoniuni' (6 pi.).— H. M. Hall, * Californian Plants ' (1 pi.).— A. Nelson, 'Rocky Mountain Plants.' — E. B. Copeland, ' Geo- tropism of Stems.' Bot. Zeitimg (15 July). — K. Giesenliagen, 'Taphnna, Exoascns & Mivimisiella.' Bull, de VHerb. Boissier (30 June). — H. Hallier, ' Pflanzeu aus dem Malaiisch-Papuanisclien Inselmeer ' (4 pi.). — E. Penard, Phytelios loricata, sp.n. — R. Chodat, 'Variation numerique dans Orchis Morio:—G. Hegi, 'Das Obere Tosstal ' (cont.). Bull. Soc. Bot. Belgique (xl. 1 ; 29 June).— Th. Durand & E. de Wildeman, * Materiaux pour la Flore du Congo.' Bull. Torreij Bot. Club (19 June ; received 6 July). — M. A. Howe, ' Acicularia and Acetabuiuni' (2 pi.). — C. C. Curtis, ' Trans- piration and the resistance of stems.' — E. J. Darand, ' The genus Holivaycr (1 plate). — J. K. Small, 'Shrubs and trees of the Southern States' (cont.). Gardeners' Chronicle (29 June).— W. B. Hemsley, ' Tree Lobelias of Tropical Africa" (fig. 156). Jounial de Botanique ("Mai"; received 28 June). — C. Sau- vageau, 'Les Sphacelariacees ' (cont.).— P. Parmentier., 'Recherches sur le pollen des Dialypetales.'— M. CoL ' Recherches sur I'appareil secreteur des Composes.' Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. (" April" ; received 2 July). — J. Bresadola & F. Cavara, ' Funghi di Vallombrosa.' — L. Micheletti, Erirjeron Karwinskynnus var. mucronatm. — Th. Giovannozzi, ' I movimenti igroscopici delle piante ' (IpL). — A. Beguinot, ' Flora dei depositi alluvionali del Tevere.' Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (July). — P. G. Franz Vrba, ' Zur Anatomic der Achsen von Alyssuui saxatile.' — E. Hackel, ' Neue Gi-aser.' — A. V. Hayek, ' Zur Flora von Steiermark.' — J. Velen- ovsky, ' Zur Moosflora von Montenegro.' — F. Stephani, ' Die Elaterentrager von Calycularia.' — M. Soltokovic, ' Die perennen Arten der Gentiana aus der section Cyclostiyma' (cont.). Rhodora (Jane). — J. R. Churchill, E. F. Williams, M. L. Fer- nald, C. G. Kennedy, & J. F. Collins, ' Botanical Excursion to Mount Katahdin.'— J. F. Collins, ' Bryophytes of Maine.' * The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. At the meeting of the Linnean Society held on June 20th, a paper by Messrs. W. West and G. S. West was read, "On the Freshwater Algae of Ceylon," founded on material collected by Mr. W. G. Freeman in 1896-97 at various localities in the island. Representatives of almost all the families of Freshwater Algae were obtained, and two of the collections were especially rich in DesiiiidiecB ; altogether 395 species were collected. The Desmids observed were essentially tropical in character, and not very dissimilar to those of Northern India, Burma, Singapore, and some of the East India Islands, a noteworthy feature being the presence in Ceylon of a large number of species which occur in Madagascar. There was also a. marked resemblance between the algal flora of Ceylon and that of Northern Queensland, and the only two species known from Hongkong were each found both in Ceylon and Queensland. The investigation of these collections had resulted in the discovery of some sixty new species, many of which deserved special mention on account of their extraordinary forms. Messrs. George Massee and E. S. Salmon communicated a paper " On Coprophilous Fungi." " Mr. N. E. Brown read a paper entitled "A Revision of the Genus Hi/peiieojjhi/Uutn, with Notes on certain allied Genera of Compositce.'' After pointing out that the genus tlijpeiicophijlluni had been founded by Steetz on a remarkable plant collected by Peters in Portuguese East Africa, and that spe- cimens of it were so rare in collections that much misapprehension prevailed regarding it, he remarked that Bentham had united it with the genus Jamnea Pers. An examination, however, of the material now available had demonstrated that this view was •untenable; he regarded Hypericophylliini as quite distinct from Jaumea in its distribution, habit, and appearance; in the pos- session of glands in its leaves and tissues ; and in its remarkable pappus, the hooked bristles of which appeared to be unique in this order. He therefore proposed to restore this, with three other genera, to their former generic rank, and furnished a key to their distinctive characters. In addition, he described a new species [H. scabriduiii) from British Central Africa, whence specimens had been received from Nyassaland between Kondowe and Karonga, from the Manganja Hills, and from the Shire Highlands, near Blantyre. Dr. Oscar Loew has discovered a new enzyme, which he has called Catalase. He found that an extract of tobacco-leaves retained the power of decomposing hydrogen peroxide after the other known enzymes had disappeared. He was thus led to investigate the sub- ject, and found the new enzyme, which exists in two forms, soluble and insoluble. Its chief property is its catalytic action on hydrogen peroxide, and it is of universal occurrence, as Dr. Loew has proved, both in the higher and lower plants In the various metabolic changes in the cell, a substance such as hydrogen peroxide would * [This is apparently the paper by the same authors printed in the Annals of BotcDiij iov June, but no reference is there made to its having been read before the Linnean Society.— Ed. Joukn. Box.] BOOK-XOTES, NEWS. ETC. 287 be continually formed, and would, if retained, be deleterious to the life of the plant. Dr. Loew supposes, therefore, that catalase may render great service in catalysing the peroxide as soon as it is formed. He found it, though not in large quantities, in the leaves of herbarium specimens that had been collected in 1841. The results of his investigation are published in Report No. 68 of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. The S. p. C. K. has issued a neat little half-crown volume on Poisonous Plants in Field and Garden by the Rev. G. Henslow, the utility of which is not obvious. The number of plants which are practically a source of danger is extremely limited, and an illustrated account of these might be useful ; but this volume includes a small amount of information about a large number of species, with the usual quotations from other authors, and a number of figures which have already done duty in various works. It is systematically arranged, but even the orders are not characterized : thus we are told that our British LefjuininoscB "are easily known by the peculiar form of the flower," but this is not described further than by saying it has "an imaginary likeness to a butterfly." Many of the species are undescribed, save by a phrase which would apply equally to others: e.;/. the only information as to Oroba)icJie minor is that it "is parasitic on clover and several other plants," which is equally true of Ciiscuta. Why does Mr. Henslow say that the " Harebell of Scotland" is Scilia nutans f It is certainly not the plant of the " Lady of the Lake." The third Appendix to the non-existent Kew Bulletin for 1901 contains a list of the "new garden plants of the year 1900," with a reference to the place of their publication. " These lists," we are told in a prefatory note, " are indispensable to the maintenance of a correct nomenclature," but this statement seems to need qualifi- cation, as we are further told that " in every case the plant is cited under its published name, although some of the names are doubt- fully correct." The latter remark is certainly true : t^. vosM>» Warnst. 2. Long- ridge Fell, Wh. Whitmoor, Wi. White Moss, Hindburn. 1. Gressingham and Arkholme Moor, Wi. — S. subsecundiim Limpr. 2. Longridge, L\ — *5. inundatum ^N&vmt. 1. Lords Lot Wood, Arkholme, Wi. 2. Longridge, B. — S. rufescens Warnst. Common on the fells and mosses. 1. Whittington Moor, Wi. 2. Longridge Fell, Wh. Lower Bleasdale, Wi. Tarnbrook Fell. — '''S. aquatile Warnst. 2. Longridge Fell, Wli. Whitmoor. — "*S. crassicladum Warnst. Rather frequent. 2. Slope of Fairsnape Fell towards Chipping, Clougha, and Ellel, Wh. Harris End Fell, Wi. Udale. — -''S. medium Limpr. var. roseum Warnst. 2. Tatham Moor, Wi. White Moss, Hindburn, Upper Roeburndale, and Tarnbrook Fell. — Var. roseo-pallescens Warnst. 2. Wolfhole Crag, 117. 3. Cocker- ham Moss. — S. cymbifolium Warnst. Not nearly as frequent as the next. — Var. glaucescens Warnst. 1. Lords Lot Wood, Wi. 2. Wardstone, Wh. S Wi. Scorton, B. — S. papillosum Lindb. var. normale. Common on the fells, as also f. conferta. — Var. sublave Limpr. Frequent on the fells, and sometimes attaining an enormous size. — -''S. turfaceum Warnst. 2. Longridge Fell and Clougha, Wh. 3. Cockerham Moss. 1. Arkholme Moor, Wi. Andreaa Bothii W. & M. 2. Upper Roeburndale, Oct. 1899. Whiteray Gill, Hindburn ; North side of Harris End Fell, and Tarnbrook Fell, Wi. — Var. falcata Lindb. 2. Catshaw Greave, April, 1900, Wi. Hawthornthwaite Greave. — A. crassinervia^vwoh. 2. Upper Roeburndale, Oct. 1899. \Tetraphis Browniana Grev. 2. Grit rocks by a waterfall near Botton, Hindburn, Oct. 1899, Wh. d Wi. By two falls in Whiteray Gill, two and a half miles from the above, Wi. \Oligotrichum incurvum, Lindb. 2. This proves to be frequent, even abundaut in several localities at the head of Wyresdale, Wi. ; also in Hindburn, Roeburndale, &c. \Catharinea crispa James. 2. Since recording this we have found it abundantly by most of the dale streams — e.g. Hindburn, Roeburndale, Foxdale, Udale, Tarnbrook Wyresdale, Marshaw Wyresdale, Grizedale, and Hodder Valley. MOSSES OF WEST LANCASHIRE 297 Polytrichum aloides Hedw. var. Dicksojii Wallm. 2. By the Lune between Lancaster and Caton, sparingly, May, 1900, Wh. — P. nanum Neck. 1. Gatebarrow Woods, near Silverdale, Wi. Pleuridmni axillare Liiidb. 2. On the mud of a recently-drained mill dam, Calder Vale, Dec. 26th, 1900. — f P. alteniij'olium Raben. 3. Cottam, B. Brachi/odus trichodes Fiirnr. 2. Gully west of Dale Beck, Greenbank Fell, Hmdburn, Oct. 1899. Dicranella riifescens Schimp. 2. Over Salter, Roeburndale, Oct. 1898 ; and Tatham Beck, Hindburn, Wi. Greenbank Fell and Caton Moor. Blindia acuta B. & S. 2. Gavells Clough, Wyresdale, June, 1900, Wi. ■'Campijlopus atrovirens De Not. 2. Clougha Scar, Oct. 1899, Wh. Slope of Wardstoue towards Tarnbrook Fell at 1300 feet, June, 1900. In both localities on Millstone Grit. — "0. flexn- osus Brid. var. zonatns Milde (= var. majus Boul.). White side of Tarnbrook Fell, June, 1900, Wi. We are indebted to Mr. Dixon for the determination of this fine and distinct looking variety. Dicranodontiwii longirostre B. & S. 2. Deep shaded hollows amongst grit rocks on Hell Crag, Tarnbrook Fell, Sept. 1900. — tVar. alpinus Schimp. 1. A second locality for this has been found, viz. Greygarth Fell, at 1900 feet, Aug. 1899, Wi. ''Dicramim scoparium Hedw. var. paludosum Schimp. 1. Whit- tington Moor, Wi. Fissideiis viriduhts Wahl. var. Lyiei Wils. 3. Near Garstang, Jan. 1900, Wi.—F. exilis Hedw. 3. Lea, B. Grimmia Doniana Smith. 1. Greygarth Fell, near summit, July, 1899, Wi. ''Rhacomitrium protensmn Braun. 2. A small form of this occurs on rocks by the Wyre near Dolphinholme, May, 1900, Wit. Pottia intermedia Fiirnr. 3. Between Lytham and St. Annes, Jan. 1900, Wh. 1. Near Middleton and Overton, Wi. Silverdale and Carnforth, Wh. — f P. recta Mitt. 1. Near Carnforth and Silverdale, Wh. Henridden and Yealand, Wi. — P. lanceolata C. M. Several places near Silverdale, Feb. 1901, Wi. Barhula Hornschuchiana Schultz. 3. Southshore, near Black- pool, March, 1898, Wh. 1. Thrang End, V/i. ■■'Pleurochcete squarrosa Lindb. 3. Limestone rocks near Silver- dale, Oct. 1900, Wh. \Orthotrichwn Lyellii Hook. & Tayl. 1. Not unfrequent on trees in the neighbourhood of Whittington, Melling, and Cantsfield, Wi. —^=0. leiocarpum B. & S. 1. On elders, Silverdale, Feb. 1901, Wi. — 0. teiielliwi Bruch. 2. In small quantity near Garstang, Dec. 1901, Wi. {teste Dixon). \Tetraplodon mnioides B. & S. Clougha, Wh. Splachnum sphcericum Linn. f. 2. Wardstone, at 1600 feet, June, 1900. Physcomitrium pyriforme Brid. Catforth and Ashton, 1900, B. Disceliwn nudum Brid. 2. Tatham Beck, Hindburn, Sept. 298 THE JOUKNAL OF HOTANV 1899, abundant, Wi. Caton Moor and near Tarnbrook ; with fruit in each locality. \Amhhjodon dealbatns P. Beauv. 2. Moor near Gavells Clough, on the white side of Tarnbrook Fell, Wi. Aulacomnium. andnxjipiiua Schwaeg. 3. Lea, 1900, B. ■\Webera eJongata Schwaeg. 2. Near Garstang, B. (teste Dr. Braithwaite). \Leucodon sciuroides Schwaeg. 1. On a wall near Ireby, Wi. Trees near Borwick, Wi. 3. Weeton, near Blackpool, very fine, B. Heterochidinm heteropterum B. & S. 2. Waterfall near Bolton, Hindburn, Oct. 1899. Clougha, Wh. ''''Cyli'ndrotheciuDi concinnuDi Schimp. 1. Amongst Tliaidium recognitum, Silverdale, April, 1900, WJi. Roadside south-west of Dalton Crag, very fine, Wi. ■''■ Brack ytliecinm velutinum B. & S. var. intricatum Hedw. 3. Cat- forth, B. [teste Dr. Braithwaite). — -Var. pralonyum B. & S. 3. Lytham, B. [teste Dr. Braithwaite). — B. salebroswn B. & S. 3. Ashton, near Preston, 1900, B. ■''Eunjnchitim ruscifonne Milde var. atlanticum Brid. 2. Near Botton, Hindburn, Oct. 1899. — ^'E.abbreviatum Schimp. 1. Rocky wood near Silverdale, Oct. 1900, Wh. — E. teneUum Milde. 1. Silverdale, in several localities, Tf7t. Scorton, B. '■'Plaf/iothecium, denticulatum B. & S. var. densiun Schimp. 2. Clougha Pike, Oct. 1899, Wh. '''AmbhjsLegium. JuratzLcB. 3. By the canal between Galgate and Glasson,' Sept. 1900, Wh. Lea, B.—A. ^fiuviatile B. & S. 1. Rocks in the Leighton Beck, Wi. — =;=^. Jilici)uim De Not. var. trichodes Brid. Coast between Silverdale and lugs Point, 117*. jHypnnm riparium L. var. lonyifoiiiun Schimp. 2. On rotten wood in a pond at Claughton, near Garstang, March, 1900, Wi. — H. aduncum Hedw. (group typicuiti) '''f. falcata Ren. 3. Sandhills near St. Annes, Wh. — ff. yracilescens Ren. Between Lytham and St. Annes, Wh. — '-^'f. diversifolia, Ren. St. Annes, Wh. — '''(Group Kneiifii) var. atteniiatinii Boul. (confirmed by Renauld). 3. Near Catterall, very fine and characteristic, Wi. — Var. inter luedium Schimp. 3. Ashton, near Preston, 17 April, 1901, B. — {(Group pseudofluitans) var. paternum Sanio. 3. Ashton, near Preston, April, 1901, B. — Jl. Jinitans {ampJnbium) "'var. Jeanbernati Ren. Frequent on the fells. 2. White Moss, Hindburn. — '''Forma Holleri (Sanio) Ren. A form of the preceding, apparently, found in more exposed places and at higher altitudes. We place it here on Mons. Renauld's advice. 2. Longridge Fell, Wh. Tatham Moor, Cat- shaw Fell, and Hawthorntbwaite Fell, Tr7. Mallowdale Fell, Wardstone, Tarnbrook Fell, and Bleasdnle. — "Forma teiiella Ren. Bleasdale. — -Forma condensata Sanio. 2. W^hite Moss, Hindburn. — Var. elatum Ren. et Arnell. A form at present doubtful, of which Mons. Renauld writes '^ad var. elatum accedens," was found by us on Cockerham Moss, June, 1900. — "Var. qracile Boul. 2. Longridge Fell, Oct. 1898, Wh. Botton Head Fell and Whiteray Fell, Wi. 2. Greygarth Fell, Wi. 3. Cockerham Moss. — >!^Var. Payoti Ren. 2. Greenbank Fell. — t(Gr. falcatum) var. falcatmn MOSSES OF WEST LANCASHIRE 299 Schimp. 2. Harris End Fell, Fairsnape Fell, and Lower Bleasdale, Wi. — '''Var. ovale Ren. MS., var. nov. Small, slightly branched, procumbent, of the characteristic colour of the group, alar cells coloured and slightly incrassate. Leaves oval, suddenly contracted to a moderate subule ; nerve weak, and often forked. Near summit of Greygarth Fell, at 1800 feet, Wi. Found also on Peudle Hill in S. Lanes. — (Gr. exannulatum) *var. jnnnatum Boul. 2. Calder Valley and Bleasdale Fell, Wi. Mallowdale Fell and Hindburn. 1. Berwick Swamp and Greygarth Fell, Wi. — ■■'•Fovnm,<;ten<)ph}/lloides Ren. MS. Tatham Moor, Hindburn, Wi. — "Forma polijclada Ren. MS. White Moss, Hindburn, &c. — fVar. brachydictyoii Fien. 2. White Moss, Hindburn. — (Subgroup Rotre) var. fttlci folium Ren. 3. St. Annes, TFA, 2. Between Greenbank and Dolphinholme, TFA. Marshaw, Wi. — "Forma immdata Ren. Marshaw, Wi. — -'H. ver- nicoswn Lindb. var. majus Lindb. 1. Bog near Docker, Nov. 1900, Wi. — \H. revolvens Swartz. The state which Renauld formerly called var. suhaiuiculatiun occurs with the last at Docker. — H. ochraceum Turn. *var. complanatum Milde. 2. In the Tatham Beck, Hindburn, Sept. 1899, Wi. — Var. fiaccidmi Milde. Hindburn, Oct. 1899. — H. palustre Linn. var. hamulosum B. & S. 2. Damas Gill, Wyresdale, Wh. — H. scorpioides Linn. 1. By Leighton Beck, Silverdale, Aug. 1899, and near Docker, Wi. 2. Marshaw Fell, Wyresdale, Wi. — H. giganteum Schimp. 3. Sparingly at St. Annes, Aug. 1899, Wi.' 1. Bog near Docker, with fruit, Wi.— ■'H. sarmentosHui Wahl. 2. Marshaw Fell, Wyresdale, at only 650 feet ! June, 1900, Wi. \Hylocomium brevirostre B. & S. 1. Gatebarrow and near Leighton Beck, Wi. J Frullania fragilifolia Tayl. 1. Dalton Crag. Lepidozia Pearsoni Spruce. 2. Apparently frequent on the higher gritstone moorlands. Longridge Fell, Feb. 1899, and Clougha, Wh. Mallowdale Fell, Hell Crag, Haylot Fell and Udale. Kantia Sprengellii Mast. 2. Longridge, 1896, c. frt., Wli. Upper Grizedale, Wi. Udale. Railway cutting near Garstang, Wi. iCephalozia Lammersiana Huben. 2. Upper Grizedale, Wi. — to. sphagni Dicks. 2. White Moss, Hindburn. 3. Cockerham Scapmiia resupinata (Nees). 2. Clougha, Wh. Tarnbrook Fell, Wi. — Var. minor Pears. 2. Long Crag, above Tarnbrook Fell, and Whiteray Fell, Hmdburn, Wi. Clougha, Wh. — S. neviorom (L.) 1. Warton, April, 1899, Wi. 2. Upper Grizedale, Wi. Lophocolea cuspidata Limpr. 2. Leagram Hail, W]i. ■\MyHaanomala Hook. White Moss, Hindburn. Nardia compressa Hook. 2. Longridge Fell, July, 1898, Wh. By the Roeburn below Wolfhole Crag, and on Haylot Fell. Blasia pusilla (Linn.). 2. Caton Moor, Sept. 1900. Ricciella Jiuitans Linn. 2. Between Whittingham Asylum and Longridge, July, 1900, Wh. 300 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY SOME RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE BRITISH MUSEUM ACANTHACE^. By Spencer Le M. Moore, F.L.S. The following list contains determinations of African AcanthacecB recently received at the Museum, as well as of some which, by accident, were not seen by Mr. C. B. Clarke while working at his two monographs which deal with the Order as represented in Tropical and South Africa. Thunhergia affinis S. Moore. Machakos ; Dr. S. L. Hinde, T. alata Bojer var. minor (var. uov.). Folia parva, nequaquam ultra 2-5 cm. long., modica 1*5 cm. long., margine dentata ; petioli plerumque l*5-2-0 cm. long., angustissime alata. Bracteolae modo 1-3 cm. long. CoroUae tubus nee ultra 1*5 cm. long. Hab. Tropical East Africa; Bcv. W. E. Taylor. According to the single specimen seen, a lowly twiner, about half a metre in height. Thunbergia (§ Euthunbergia) Elliotii, sp. nov. Verisimiliter scandens caule gracili folioso sparsim ramoso appresse hirsutulo, foliis parvis ovatis obtusis basi latis integris nonnunquam leviter undulatis petiolis brevibus alatis fultis utriuque pr^esertim vero subtus hirsutulis, pedunculis solitariis folia sub^quantibus hirsu- tulis, bracteolis ovato-oblongis breviter acuminatis hirsutis, calycis 12-lobi lobis anguste lineari-lanceolatis tubum sub^equantibus glanduloso-pubescentibus, corollas tubo parum amplificato bracteis subaequilongo, antheris sursum mucronatis staminum posticorum unicalcaratis anticorum bicalcaratis marginibus fere omnino calvis, stigmatis bilabiati labiis subasquimagnis, capsula . Hab. BritishEastAfrica,Nandi, 7-8000 feet; G. F. Scott Elliot, No. 6969. Foliorum lamina 2-0-2'5 cm. long., 1-5-2-0 cm. lat., in sicco minutissime buUulata ; petioli 0'3-0'5 cm. long. Pedunculi circa 2-0 cm. long. Bracteolae usque ad 2-0 cm. long., 5-nervos^, intus puberulee. Calycis tubus 0-2 cm., lobi 0-25 cm. long. Corollas tubus basi 0-3 cm. sub limbo 055 cm. diam. ; limbus circa 2*0 cm. diam., ejus lobi obovati. Antherte loculi circa 0*3 cm. long. Ovarium 0-2 cm. ; stylus vix 1-0 cm. long. Near T. lahorans Burkill, but differing from it in the broad petiolate leaves, acuminate bracteoles, narrower corolla-tube, longer glandular teeth to the flowering calyx, &c. Brillantaisia puhescens T. And. Between Zanzibar and Uyui ; Rev. W. E. Taylor. B. madagascariensis T. And. Tropical East Africa ; Rev. W. E. Taylor. Buellia patula Jacq. Somaliland, Mio, 4750 feet ; Lord Delamere. Mellera suhmutica C. B. CI. Nyassaland, 1895 ; Buchanan. Miuutlopsis runssorica liUideiVL. Tanganyika; G. E. Scott Elliot, No. 8354. SOftlK IIKCENT AD1>1T1()NS TO THK BRITISH MUSEUM AOANTHACE^ 301 Whitjieldia SUihlmanni C. B. CI. Eabai, Mombasa; Eev, W. h. fay lor. Dijschoriste radicans T. And. Somaliland, Gof and Elhimo ; Lord Delamere. Micranthus lowjifolia Lindan. Tropical East Africa ; Rev. W. ii. Tai/lor. Acanthus enmiens C. B. CI. Kikuyu ; F. J. Jackson. Pseudoblepharis BoiviniBiiiW. Giryama and Tsimba Mountains : Rev. ]\ . E. Taylor. Blepharis extenuata, sp. nov. Suffrntex parvus ramosus g aber, rainis patulis parum angulatis, foliis sessilibus lineari- oblanceolatis apice breviter spinulosis marginibus 2-3-spinuloso- serratis subcoriaceis paribus juxtapositis sub^equalibus, ramulis florileris abbreviatis solitariis vel paucis (usque ad 4) aggre^atis, loins florahbus auguste linearibus longe patenterque spinoso pin- natifidis spims utrinque 2-3, bractea parva rigida triangulari- cleltoidea sursum serrulata quam bracteolcT breviore, bracteolis subulatis debihter spmuloso-acuminatis a calyce superatis, calycis rigidi minutissnne pubescentis lobo postico integro vel breviter tritido xobum anticum excedente, corolL^ minutissime pubescentis labio 5-lobo, capsula . Hab. Namaqualand ; W. C. Scully, No. 243. Caulis usque ad 0-3 cm. diam., pallida. Kamuli brunneo- rubescentes, cortice subnitenti laxe obducti, circa 0-2 cm. diam ^olia 1-5-20 cm long., vix 0-3 cm. lat. Folia floralia usque ad d-5 cm. long., deorsum carinata et 0-2 cm. lat. ; liarum spin^e patentes 0-5-0-8 cm. long., rigid.^. Bracte* 0'3 cm. bracteolc4que u-b cm. long. Galycis lobus anticus ovato-oblougus, 4-dentatus U'7 cm. long ; denies intermedii laterales excedentes ; lobus posti- cus panduriformis, 1-5 cm. long. ; lobi laterales ovati, acummati, 0-6 cm. long. Flores verisimiliter lutescentes. Corolla tota 1-8 cm long. ; tubus 0-35 cm. long. ; labmm sursum 0-6 cm. lat., huius lobi exteriores brevissimi, lobi intermedii fere semicirculai4s, U 65 cm lat., lobus centralis late obcordatus, 0-24 cm. lat. Anther* U'd cm. long. Apparently nearest B. XoU-me-tanyere S. Moore, this can easily be distnaguished by its narrow leaves, slender floral leaves set with long and thin spines, the bract much shorter than the bracteoles, &c. Blepharis Scullyi, sp. nov. Acaulis, radice elongato valido sparsissime fibrilhiero, foliis sessilibus oblanceolatis apice crebroque marginibus spinescentibus hirsutulis membranaceis, ramulis flori- eris elongatis attenuatis multifloris, bracteis imbricatis late ob- ongo-obovatis sursum 5-lobis pubescentibus lobis 3 intermediis longioribus utrinque semel vel bis spinulosis lobis omnibus apice eleganter s'pmosis, bracteolis subulatis pubescentibus quam bractea) manifeste brevioribus, calycis ampli pubescentis lobo postico quam anticus paulo majore, coroUee labio 5-lobo, capsula 1-sperma. Mab. Namaqualand ; W. C. Scully, No. 249. Radix fere 20-0 cm. long., rectus, sursum 0-3 cm. diam. Folia circa 5*0 cm. long, et 1-0 cm. lat., serratur^ spinulos* usque ad 302 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 0*5 cm. long. Rcamuli floriferi usque lO'O cm. long., circa 1*5 cm. lat. Bructea in sicco substiaminea paullo ultra 2*0 cm. long., I'O cm. lat., concava; lobi intermedii triangulares, 0*8 cm. long. ; lobi externi 0'15 cm. long. Bracteohe 0-8 cm. long. Calycis lobus posticus ovatus apice breviter spinosus, 1-5 cm. long., basi 0*9 cm. lat.; lobus anticus brevissime bidentatus 1-3 cm. long., basi 0*6 cm. lat. ; lobi laterales 0-8 cm. long. Corolla tota vix 2*5 cm. long. ; tubus 07 cm. long., deorsum dilatatus sursum cylindricus, pars cylindrica 0'4 cm. long., pubescens ; labium sursum 0-85 cm. lat. ; hujus lobi externi ovati, obtusissirai, 0*15 cm. long.; lobi inter- medii circa 0*3 cm. long. ; lobus centralis obcordatus, 0*33 cm. long. Antherse 0*32 cm. long. Capsula 1*0 cm. long., 0*4 cm. lat. Semen liumectatum circa 0*5 cm. lat. Lepidiigathis scariosa Nees. Gof ; Lord Dehunere. L. Andersunicma Lindau. Nyassaland, 1895 ; Buchanan, No. 228. Crabbea velutina S. Moore. Somaliland, between Le and Tocha; Lord Delauiere. Crossandra pum/ens Lindau. Rabai, Mombasa and Giryama and Tsimba Mountains ; Ber. W. E. Taylor. 0. spinosa Beck. Mio, 4750 feet ; Lord Delauiere. C. iinicronata Lindau. Giryama and Tsimba Mountains ; Bcv. W. E. Taylor. [Obs. — C. puberiila Klotzsch var. ? Smithii C. B. Clarke in Flora of Trop. Africa, v. p. 117. The type of this variety — it is in the British Museum — is manifestly not in any way related to C. pube- rala Klotzsch. To me it seems to be merely C. nilotica Oliv. var. acuminata Lindau.] Barleria eranthemoides R. Br. Somaliland, Jara ; Dr. Donald- son Smith. Between Cantalla and Hadda, and between Le and Tocha ; Lord Delamere. B. irritans Nees. Cape Colony, between Graaf Reinet and Zuurberg Mountains ; Bcv. H. C. Day. Without locality ; Mrs. Clarke. B. setiyera Rendle, var. ? brevi.spina C. B. CI. East Tropical Africa ; Bev. W. E. Taylor. B. spinulosa Klotzsch. Nyassaland; Buchanan, 1895, No. 224. B. ventricosa Nees. Somaliland, Wagga Mountain; Mrs. Lort Phillips. B. Volkensii Lindau. Rabai Hills, Mombasa; Bev. W. E. Taylor. Near Lake Marsabit ; Lord Delamere. Neuracanthus gracilior, sp. nov. Caule erecto tereti scabri- usculo crebro folioso, foliis lanceolato- vel ovato-oblongis obtusis sessilibus vel subsessilibus basin versus cuneatis undulatis firme membranaceis glabris pag. sup. nitenti necnon cystolithis eminenti- bus onusta pag. inf. aliquatenus decolori reticulato-nervosa, spicis strobiliformibus sat attenuatis terminalibus vel ex axillis summis ortis, bracteis ovatis spinuloso-acuminatis longe fulvo-ciliatis dorso puberulis et eminenter nervosis, calycis bracteis sequilongi lobis lineari-setaceis acuminatis pilis hispidis dense obsitis anticis quam postici altius connatis, coroUse labio postico 2-lobo lobis late del- S(»MK RECENT ADDITIONS TO THK BRITISH MUSEUM ACANTHACEA: 303 toideis obtusissimis labio aiitico brevissime 3-lobo, ovarii loculis 2-ovulatis, capsula . Hab. Manoiigo between the Cuiiene and Zambesi Rivers ; H. Baiuii, No. 852. Planta circa 30-0 cm. alt. Folia 4-0-G-5 cm. long., inferiora nommnqiiam fere 3-0 cm. lat. attingentia, modica vero 1 •2-1-5 cm. lat. Spic^ usque ad 7-0 cm. long., vix 1-0 cm. lat. Bracteee 0'8-0-9 cm. long., juxta medium 0-45 cm. lat. ; nervse longitudi- nales 9. Calyx 0*9 cm. long. ; lobi antici 0-5 cm., postici 0-6 cm. long. Corolla M cm. long. ; linibus 0-6 cm. diam. Ovarium ovoideum, 0-12 cm. long. ; stylus 0-3 cm. long., glaber. Distributed as Nenracanthiis deconia S. Moore, which, however, has much broader spikes, different bracts, differently shaped calyx- lobes connate higher up and to the same height in the case of both anticous and posticous lobes, &c. Pseuderanthemum Hildebraiultu Lindau. Rabai Hills, Mombasa and Giryama and Tsimba Mountains; Rev. W. E. Taylor. P. siibviscosum (PJranthe)niim mbviscosim C. B. CL). Nyassahmd, 1895; Buchanan, No. 118. Justicia Pseiidorum/ia Lindau. East Tropical Africa ; Rev. W. E. Taylor. J. Jiava Vahl. Gof and Dadaro ; Lord Delamere, Gof ; Br. Do7ialdson Smith. Mochi, 4-5000 feet ; Rev. W. E. Taylor. J. nyassa7ia Lindau. Nyassaland, 1895 ; Buchanan, No. 168. J. lo7ujecalcarata Lindau. Le and Gof ; Lord Belamere. J. dyschoristoides C. B. CI. East Tropical Africa ; Rev. W. E, Taylor. J. Whytei S. Moore. Nyassaland, 1895 ; Buchanan, No. 115. J. Melampyrum S. Moore. Nyassaland, 1895 ; Buchanan. J. PhillipsicB Rendle. Somaliland, Gan Liban ; Br. Bonaldson Smith. J. odora Vahl. Le ; Lord Belamere. Justicia (§ Calophanoides) Taylorii, sp. no v. Caule elato geniculato subtetragono patenti-strigoso-villosulo deinde pubescente, foliis longipetiolatis ovatis obtusis nonnunquam breviter cuspidu- latis basi rotundato-truncatis pubescentibus mox puberulis in sicco viridibus, glomerulis paucitioris raro brevissime spicatis, foliis florahbus ovatis obtusis bracteas maxime excedentibus ceteroquin foUis similibus nisi multo minoribus, bracteis par vis subulatis quam calyx brevioribus, calycis segmentis subcTqualibus linearibus^ vel anguste lineari-lanceolatis sursum attenuatis coroU^e tubo breviori- bus hispidulis ; corollas extus piloscne sursum parum amplificato, limbi labio postico breviter biiobo, antherarum loculo superiors quam inferior breviore, capsula parva oblonga glabra. Hab. German East Africa ?, Mochi (4000-5500 feet) ; Rev. W. E. Taylor, 1888. Foliorum pagina 2-5-4'0 cm. long., 1-5-2-0 cm. lat. ; petioli 1-0-vix 2-0 cm. long., patenti-vihosuli. Folia floralia circa 0*8 cm. long. Bracteffi vix 02 cm. long. Flores purpurei. Calyx 0*4 cm. long. Corollge tubus verisimiHter 0-5 cm. long. Antherarum loc. superior 0*07 cm. long., basi mucronulata, loc. inferior 0*1 cm. 804 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY long., calcar 0*05 cm. long. Capsula mucrouata, 0*7 cm. long. Semina 0*1 cm. diam., minute tuberculata. A very distinct species, quite unlike any other of its section. The single specimen serving for the description has several buds, but only one fully-grown corolla, of which the upper part has been destroyed. Justicia (§ Calophanoides) Baumii, sp. nov. Caulibus ascen- dentibus gracilibus puberulis, foliis parvis brevipetiolatis ovatis utrinque obtusis evanide undulatis glabris glandulis immersis minutis crebro instructis, floribus in axillis superioribus 2-3-nis subsessilibus, bracteis calycem excedentibus oblanceolatis obtusis- simis hispidulo-ciliatis, bracteolis imminutis subulatis, calycis seg- mentis lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis puberulis quam corollae tubus brevioribus, corollae extus puberul^ tubo a basi sensim ampliato, limbi labio postico quam anticum breviore bidentato, palato maxime exstante, capsula anguste obovato-oblonga acuta glabra, seminibus quove in loculo 2 suborbicularibus tuberculatis. Hab. Riuvivi, between the Cunene and Zambesi rivers, at 1200 metres elevation ; H. IJaiim, No. 720. Planta sat humilis ex speciminibus nostros ante oculos nee ultra 12-0 cm. alt. Folia + 1-0 cm. long, 0-6-0-8 cm. lat., in sicco Isete viridia. Bracte^e 0*5 cm., bracteolae 0-08 cm., calycis segmenta 0-4 cm., corollae tubus 0'6 cm. long. CoroUfe violaceas labium posticum circa 0*4 cm. long. ; anticum vix 0*6 cm. long. ; hujus lobi oblongi, obtusi, «gre 0'2 cm. long. Ovarium ovoideum, sursum angustatum, 0-33 cm. long. ; stylus deorsum pilosiusculus, 0*35 cm. long. Capsula O'Q cm. long., 0*3 cm. lat. Semina 0-1 cm. diam., pallide brunnea. Near J. PhillipsicB Rendle, but easily distinguished by the lowly habit, different bracts and calyx, much narrower lobes of lower lip of corolla, and diverse capsule. By an obvious oversight this has been distributed as Justicia monedimoides S. Moore [Moneclima Welwitschii C. B. Clarke). As indicated above, it is not a Monechma. Justicia (§ Piostellularia) Smithii, sp. nov. Appresse et mox minute strigoso-pubescens, caule ascendente quadrangular!, foliis ovato-oblongis obtusis in petiolum brevem gradatim attenuatis, spicis terminalibus abbreviatis, foliis fioralibus anguste lanceolatis acutis quam folia manifeste brevioribus, bracteis linearibus acutis calycem bene excedentibus, calycis segmentis subaequalibus lineari- lanceolatis acuminatis quam tubus corollae paullo brevioribus, corollffi extus pubescentis tubo a basi parum ampliato, limbi labio postico emarginato quam anticum breviore, antherarum loculis sub- aequalibus loc. inferiore calcari elongate attenuate curvulo onusto, ovario glabro. Hab. Hamaro, Somaliland ; Dr. Donaldson Smith, 1899. Planta annua, vix spithamea, radice tenui suffulta. Folia 3-0 X 1"0 cm. attingentia, plurima vero circa 1*5 cm. long., et 0*5 cm. lat., firma, in sicco lutescenti-viridia. Folia floralia vix 0-8 cm. et bracteae 0*6 cm. long., has circa 0*05 cm. lat. Floras lutei. Calyx 0-4 cm. long. Corollae tubus 0-4o cm. long., 0*2- REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL WORK COMMITTEE 805 0"25 cm. lat. ; labium anticum 055 cm. long., 0'61at., lobi obovati, vix 0-2 cm. lat. ; labimii posticmn late ovatmii, 0-4 cm. long. Antberarum loculi paullo ultra 0-1 cm. long., loc. inferioris calcar 0-07 cm. long. Ovarium anguste ovoideum, 0-15 cm. long. Stylus deorsum puberulus, 0-5 cm. long. Capsula Near J. aridicola Rendle, but with several points of difference as respects leaves and flowers. The corollas of J. Smithii are much like those of J. Lortece Rendle, only smaller ; here, however, resemblance between the two plants ceases. Alonechma/ scabrinerve C. B. CI. in Fl. Trop. Afr. v. p. 215. Mr. Clarke did not see a flower of this, and hence was led to query the genus. After careful search a flower was found on a specimen at the Museum, and examination of this proves it to be a true Monechma. M. hracteatiim. Hochst. Somaliland, Wagga Mountain ; Mrs. Lort Phillips. Ellamo ; Lord Delamere. Adhatoda E^igleriana C. B. CI. East Tropical Africa ; Bev. W. E. Taylor. Isoglossa strigulosa C. B. CI. Nyika, Lake Nyassa ; Crawshay. I. somalensis Lindau (ex descript.). Ellamo ; Lord Delamere. I. Gregorii Lindau. British East Africa, Kikuyu ; F. J. Jacksoyi. I. grandlfiora C. B. CI. Nyassaland, 1895 ; Biidianan, Nos. 107, 108. Zambesi River ; Rev. Dr. Stewart. Echolium Linneanum Kurz. Giryama and Tsimba Mountains ; Hev. W. E. Taylor. Hypoestes Forskalei R. Br. Mau Forest and Kikuyu ; F. J. Jackson. Somaliland, Wagga Mountain ; Mrs. Lort Phillips. H. Hildebrandtii Lindau. Gof and Le ; Lord Delamere. Diapedium Leonotis, 0. Kze. Nyassaland, 1895 ; Buchanan, No. 198. REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL WORK COMMITTEE. [This Report, more fully entitled ''Report to the Lords Commis- sioners of His Majesty's Treasury of the Departmental Committee on Botanical Work and Collections at the British Museum and at Kew, dated 11th March, 1901," was ordered by the House of Commons to be printed on the 12th of June, and has been issued by the Stationery Office at 28. It is a volume of 218 pages, and contains a vast amount of interesting matter connected with the history of the National Herbarium and of the collections at Kew, some of which we may reproduce later for the benefit of our readers, with such comments as may seem desirable. On the present occasion we publish an abridgement of the recommendations of the Committee, from which we believe nothing of importance has been omitted, giving the conclusions arrived at and the facts upon which these are based. The Chairman of the Committee was Sir Michael Foster, K.C.B., Journal of Botany. — Vol. 39. [Sept. 1901.] z 306 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY M.P. ; the other members being "the Right Honourable John, Baron Avebury, P.O., F.R.S., and Frederick DuCane Godman, Esquire, F.R.S., as representing the Trustees of the British Museum ; with Stephen Edward Spring Rice, Esquire, C.B. ; Horace Alfred Darner Seymour, Esquire, C.B. ; Professor Isaac Bayley Balfour, D.Sc, F.R.S., Queen's Botanist for Scotland; Francis Darwin, Esquire, M.B., F.R.S., Reader in Botany in the University of Cam- bridge ; and Sir John Kirk, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.R.S. ^ Benjamin Daydon Jackson, Esquire, Secretary of the Linnean Society, was afterwards appointed Secretary to the Committee." The Report is signed by all of these except Lord Avebury, who sent in a separate memorandum, which is appended to the Report, and follows it here. Lord Avebury and Mr. Seymour also add a memorandum in which they do not agree with their colleagues as to the advisability of creating a new advisory Board; this we do not think it necessary to reproduce in these pages. — Ed. Journ. Box.] Preliminary Observation^. The Botanical Department of the British Museum, and the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, are, in their primary intention, institutions of widely different characters. The Botanical Department of the British Museum is a collection of such objects belonging to the vegetable kingdom as can be placed in a museum, and its functions are limited to the uses of such a collection for the advancement of botanic science and for the purposes of giving popular instruction and of exciting popular interest in natural history. It does not concern itself with the applications of botany, either at home or elsewhere. The Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, is, in the first place, an organization dealing with and giving assistance to His Majesty's Government on questions arising in various parts of the Empire in which botanic science is involved. So far it has a distinctly imperial character. It is at the same time an institution for the prosecution of theoretical botanic research, i.e. of botanic research carried on independent of practical ends, it is a school for advanced horticultural education, it acts as the botanic adviser of the Govern- ment on agricultural questions, and as a public garden it affords general instruction and recreation to the people. The British Museum and the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, possess each of them an herbarium or collection of dried plants, together with certain botanic specimens, fruits, woody parts, &c., which cannot be "laid in" in an herbarium as ordinarily understood. For the present purposes, however, in speaking of the herbarium, we may suppose such objects to be included. These herbaria, with the libraries attached to them, are, so far as pertains to the present inquiry, the only collections of a similar character belonging to the two institutions. The two herbaria having features in common, have nevertheless each special features. The differences are in part due to the way in which each collection has grown up, as will be seen from the following brief historical statement. REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL WORK COMMITTEE 807 History of British Museum Collections. Certain botanic collections formed part of the British Museum at its institution in 1753. These were the collections of Sir Hans Sloane, consisting of dried plants, the Sloane Herbaria, often spoken of in this report as the pre-Linnean Herbaria, and of woods, fruits, &c. No very large additions seem to have been made to these collections between 1753 and 1820. The Eoyal Botanic Gardens at Kew, begun in the middle of the eighteenth century by the then Dowager Princess of Wales, were very largely developed during the latter part of that century and the beginning of the next by His Majesty George III., with the assistance and advice of Sir Joseph Banks. Though the gardens were the pri- vate property of the Crown, they were enriched, at the expense of the nation, by the results of various expeditions, and by specimens obtained from the Colonies and elsewhere. The living plants were cultivated in the gardens, the dried plants were retained by Sir Joseph Banks, and thus contributed to form the valuable herbarium known as the Banksian Herbarium. This herbarium Sir Joseph Banks kept at his residence in Soho Square ; but there is some evidence that a duplicate herbarium was kept in the gardens. This latter, however, subsequently disappeared. At his death, in 1820, Sh' Joseph Banks bequeathed this Banksian Herbarium, together with his library, drawings, &c., " usually kept in ... , my house in Soho Square," to his librarian, Robert Brown, for "his use and enjoyment during his life, and after his decease to the British Museum." One condition of the bequest was that Robert Brown should "assist the superintendent of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew as he also now does." The Will provides that the collections might with Robert Brown's assent pass into the hands of the Trustees of the British Museum during Robert Brown's lifetime. In 1827 this transference was made, Robert Brown becoming at the same time an Under Librarian of the Museum, with the additional title of "Keeper of the Banksian Botanical Collections," he having charge of these alone, and not of the other botanical collections. In 1885 Robert Brown became " Keeper of the Botanical Department," the whole of the botanical collections being placed under his care. The foundation of the botanical collections at the British Museum was thus supplied by the Sloane Herbaria and the Banksian Herbarium, together with fruits, woods, &c. Under Robert Brown and succeeding keepers the botanical collections were increased. The Banksian Herbarium, by the addition of new specimens, was developed into what is now known as the "General Herbarium," the Sloane Herbaria being kept distinct. In 1859 a separate collection of British plants, the British Herbarium, was formed. In 1881, when the Natural History Department was transferred from Bloomsbury to Crom- well Road, the General Herbarium consisted of 509 cabinets of specimens. Since that date large additions have been made ; the number of cabinets is now 1560, containing 1,673,000 specimens. z 2 dOo THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY History of Kew Collections. After the death of King George III. and of Sir Joseph Banks in 1820, the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, remaining a private garden of the Crown under the charge of the Lord Steward, though assisted by the Treasury and the Admiralty, did not for several years undergo any great development. In 1841, however, it ceased to be a private garden of the Crown. The management was trans- ferred to Her Majesty's Commissioners of Woods, Forests, Land Revenues, Works and Buildings, and William Jackson Hooker, then Regius Professor of Botany at Glasgow, was made director. Professor, afterwards Sir W. J. Hooker, brought with him from Glasgow to Kew, and for some years kept in his own residence, a a large private herbarium, described at the time as the largest in England, if not in the world. This he continued to increase. In 1854 Mr. G. Bentham presented to the nation, on certain conditions, his private herbarium, about one-fifth the size of that of Sir W. J. Hooker. This was deposited in a house belonging to the Crown, formerly occupied by the Kmg of Hanover, the use of it being granted for that purpose. In the following year the herbarium of Sir W. J. Hooker, still a private herbarium, was transferred to the same building. In 1865, upon the death of Sir W. J. Hooker, his herbarium was purchased by the State, and this, with the smaller herbarium given by Mr. Bentham, was the beginning of the present national herbarium at the Royal Botanic Gardens. Since the death of Sir W. J. Hooker large additions have continued to be made to the herbarium ; and it now consists of more than 2,000,000 specimens, and is the recognised official depository of all botanic collections acquired through Government expeditions. In an herbarium specimens may be present which are the actual plants made use of in the description of new species by the authors of those species. Such specimens, usually spoken of as "type specimens," have a value of a different order from that of other specimens, and an herbarium may, in general terms, be spoken of as more or less valuable according to the number of "type speci- mens" which it contains. Owing to its mode of origin the General Herbarium of the British Museum is of special value inasmuch as it contains the " type specimens " of the Banksian Herbarium. It is also of value, though of less value, by reason of the type specimens contained in the collections acquired since 1827 ; the additions to it since the transference to Cromwell Road contain many "type specimens," but the increase in such specimens has not been proportionate to the general increase. The pre-Linnean Sloane Herbaria are mainly of value for antiquarian or historical re- searches, and the value of the British Herbarium lies chiefly in the convenience which it offers for all enquiries limited to British plants. The Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew has, on the other hand, a special value on account of its being very rich in type specimens of a date posterior to that of the Banksian Herbarium, more particularly of the plants of India and of the British Colonies and Possessions. In all these it is far richer than REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL, WORK COMMITTEE 809 the Herbarium at the British Museum, so much so that, as a rule, botanists engaged in researches in systematic botany find it profit- able to work at Kew in the first instance, visiting the British Museum subsequently History of previous Inquiries. A Royal Commission "to inquire into the constitution and government of the British Museum," appointed in 1847-8 and reporting in 1850, put to Mr. Robert Brown, then Keeper of the Department of Botany, questions relating to the desirability of his (botanical) collections being united with a botanic garden such as that at Kew. Mr. Robert Brown was of opinion that such a step was not desirable, basing his opinion on the distance of Kew, on the absence from the gardens of an adequate library, and on the slight advantage to botanic researches carried on in an herbarium of a connection with a botanic garden. In 1858, upon the death of Mr. Robert Brown on the 10th of June in that year, the Trustees instituted an inquiry, by means of a sub-committee, as to " whether it may be expedient or otherwise to remove the botanical collection from the Museum, as it presents a case in some degree peculiar." The sub-committee heard the evidence of Sir W. J. Hooker, Dr. J. D. Hooker, and Dr. Lindley in favour of the removal, of Mr. G. Bentham in favour of moving the Banksian Herbarium only, of Professor Owen that the removal of the botanic collections would not be any material disadvantage to the other great natural history collections, and of Dr. Falconer, Sir Charles Lyell, and Professor Henfrey against the removal. The sub-committee, partly influenced by the conflict of opinion among the witnesses, and partly, if not chiefly, by the fact that the herbaria and library at Kew were largely private property and by the want of accommodation there, reported against the removal. Towards the end of the same year a memorial signed by nine eminent Zoologists and Botanists was presented to the Chancellor of the Exchequer urging upon Her Majesty's Government the recommendation that the whole of the Kew Herbarium, a large portion of which was at that time private property, should become the property of the State, that the Banksian Herbarium and the fossil plants at the British Museum should be transferred to Kew, and that suitable accommodation should be made for the national scientific museum of botany so formed. In 1860 a Select Committee of the House of Commons appointed to consider the separation of the Natural History Collections from the rest of the British Museum, incidentally received evidence rela- tive to the removal of the botanical collections to Kew, but in its Report merely points out the relatively small needs of the Keeper of Botany. In 1871 the important Commission on Scientific Instruction and the Advancement of Science, generally known as the Devon- shire Commission, was appointed. The fourth Report of the Commission presented in 1874, and dealing with the British Museum as a whole, discusses at length proposals for dealing with 310 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY "the Botanical Establishments now maintained at the expense of the State, the one at the British Museum, the other in the Royal Gardens at Kew," concerning ^Yhich it had received much evidence. It says "the evidence which has been laid before us leaves us no alternative but to recommend that these two Botanical collections . . . should not be merged into one, but that both be kept in a state of efficiency, and that the special scientific direction which each has spontaneously taken should be retained." The special direction here referred to is in the case of Kew that of systematic botany, in the case of the British Museum that of botanical palaeontology. The Commission were also impressed with the desirability of having in the British Museum " a geographically arranged collection as the complement of the purely systematically arranged collection at Kew." The Commission accordingly recommended "That the Collections at the British Museum be maintained and arranged with special reference to the geographical distribution of plants and to palaeontology, and that the collections at Kew be maintained and arranged with special reference to systematic botany." This recommendation has not been carried out. The Department of Botany of the British Museum has not been developed in the direction of botanical palaBontology. The collections of fossil plants are not under the cliarge of the Keeper of Botany, but are under the charge of the Keeper of Geology. The general herbarium is not arranged geographically, but systematically ; indeed it is actually less geographically arranged than is the herbarium at Kew, since in the latter, species within each genus are arranged geographically, whereas in the former a systematic arrangement is maintained to tlie end. Except for this geographical feature of the Kew Herbarium, and for the fact that each herbarium contains " type specimens" which the other does not, the two herbaria may be considered as duplicates one of the other. The objects which the Devonshire Commission had in view when it recommended the maintenance of both establishments have not been attained. The question of the union of the botanical collections of the British Museum and of Kew has thus been raised again and again. Each time the question has been decided in the negative, though not always for the same reason ; and the fact that the question has from time to time been raised anew may be taken as indicating either that the circumstances affecting the question have from time to time changed (which is the case), or that the previous decision did not appear to be based on convincing grounds. It is to be noted also that union at Kew has been most usually suggested, not union at the British Museum Union of the two Herbaria desirable. The views of the Trustees of the British Museum on the subject of the union of the two herbaria are contained in their letter to the Treasury of the 12th July, 1899 ; to this, we have ascertained, they have nothing to add. We observe, however, that they make no reference either to the intrinsic increase of efficiency which must arise from the amalgamation of two institutions and staffs now REPORT OF THK BOTANICAL WORK COMMITTEK 811 doing the same work, or to the scientific advantage of having type specimens collected mider one roof instead of two. Their views on other points do not appear to us to be supported by the evidence which we have had before us. Taking so far as we have been able everything into considera- tion, and regarding the question from the point of view of the main purpose for which the two collections are maintained, namely, that of botanic research, and therefore dealing in the first instance in the case of the British Museum with the General Herbarium only, we have come to the conclusion that it is desirable that the two herbaria should be united into one Taking, then, into consideration all the various arguments which have been adduced on the one side and on the other, we have come to the conclusion that statutory powers should be obtained for the transference of the general herbarium of the British Museum to Kew, accommodation for it and for the present her- barium at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, being provided there. Besides the General Herbarium, the British Museum possesses the Sloane collections and other pre-Linnean herbaria. It has been urged by some witnesses that these being, mainly of historic or antiquarian value should be retained at the British Museum, as being near to the Departmental Botanical Library, which is at present maintained there, and also not far from the National Library at Bloom sbury. The proximity of the Linnean Herbarium, now in possession of the Linnean Society at Burlington House, has been brought forward as a similar reason. But it seems only natural that the Sloane Herbaria should as heretofore go with the Banksian Herbarium, which forms the nucleus and perhaps the most valuable part of the General Herbarium. And in respect of the advantage of such historic herbaria being in close proximity to a library containing old botanic books, it may be remarked that if the General Herbarium is removed to Kew the chief reason for maintaining a Departmental Botanic Library at the British Museum is done away with, and the main part of the Library should follow the Herbarium to Kew. And indeed it might be further urged that steps should be taken to ensure that the National Botanic Establish- ment, such as Kew would then be, should be the seat of a Botanic Library as complete as possible. In respect to the Linnean Herbarium, its retention in so isolated a manner by the Linnean Society would become a still greater anomaly than it is at present if the Sloane Herbaria were removed to Kew, and the same may be said of the collection of the East India Company (including the Wallichian types) also in possession of the Linnean Society. It may fitly be urged that the State ought to become the owners of the Linnean Herbarium and other historic collections now the property of the Linnean Society, if that Society could be induced to part with them, in which case they too should be transferred to Kew. There remains to be considered the British Herbarium. This is the only example of that geographic arrangement that was re- commended by the Devonshire Commission as being one of special 312 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY directions in which Botany at the British Museum ought to develop, and it existed antecedent to that Commission. This is an herbarium of a special character with a corresponding value. Specimens of plants found in Great Britain and Ireland are not placed in the General Herbarium ; they are collected together in this British Herbarium. The British Herbarium, like the General Herbarium is for the purposes of research, and can only be consulted by investigators, not by the general public. The objections which were referred to above as being urged against the removal of the General Herbarium to Kew on account of the distance of Kew from the centre of London, apply more closely to the British Herbarium. It is this which is most frequently consulted by the busy man spoken of above. But as we said above we cannot attach great weight to these objections ; and obviously if all the rest of the herbaria are transferred to Kew the British Herbarium must go too ; it could not be left alone at the British Museum. In thus recommending the transference to the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew of so large a portion of the botanic collections at present at the British Museum, of all that portion in fact which is used for scientific research, we are recommending a course of action of a very grave nature. We are aware of the gravity of the recommendation We have now to deal with an aspect of the botanic collections of the British Museum on which w^e have not yet touched. So far we have been considering those collections as an instrument of scientific research ; but they have in addition, more especially since the transference from Bloomsbury to Cromwell Road, served another purpose. Like the Department of Zoology, the Department of Botany under the guidance of the Keeper has instituted and developed an exhibition of botanic objects calculated to excite popular interest and to impart popular instruction in the pheno- mena of the vegetable world. The exhibition so formed has also been found to serve as an instrument of education to students of botany and as a useful adjunct to the equi]3ment of teachers in London. The botanic collections in fact consist of two distinct parts — firstly, the herbarium to which the general public is not admitted, w^hich is exclusively an instrument of scientific research ; and secondly, the popular and illustrative collection displayed in the gallery to which the general public is freely admitted ; some objects serving a like purpose are also exhibited in the Central Hall. We have already come to the conclusion that the first-named botanic collections which serve for research should be transferred from the British Museum to Kew. We have now to consider what course should be recommended in respect to the second, the popular and illustrative botanic exhibition. In doing so we may assume without discussion that a national botanic collection, paid for by the State, ought to serve the purpose of exciting popular interest in, and of spreading among the people a knowledge of the vegetable kingdom. In considering this question we have to bear in mind the facts that at Kew the collection of living plants already serves REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL WORK COMMITTEE 313 such a purpose among others, and that the Economic Museums at Kew form in part also a popular exhibition. The installation at Kew of a popular illustrative botanic exhibition similar to that existing in the public gallery at the British Museum would be a continuation of the work already done at Kew. And the value of such an exhibition as a means of developing botanic knowledge among the people would be increased by its being placed in con- tiguity with the living plants. Indeed, we recommend that steps should be taken, as opportunity offers, in this direction. But we do not think that such a popular exhibition at Kew should be substituted for the exhibition at present existing at the British Museum. On the contrary, led by the following considerations, we have come to the conclusion that this should be maintained. In the first place, the argument based on the distance of Kew from the centre of London, though not having, in our opinion, an importance in reference to research, does seem to us to be very strong in reference to an exhibition intended for the general public. We believe that it would be a serious evil if the opportunities for learning something about the vegetable kingdom, which are now placed before the visitors to the British Museum, were done away, and such opportunities were open only to those able to make the longer journey to Kew. Fossil Plants. The British Museum contains botanic collections other than those which we have hitherto considered, namely, the fossil plants. Concerning these we have received conflicting evidence. On the one hand, we have been told that from the point of view of scientific research the interest and value of fossil plants is greater to the botanist than to the geologist, and this has afforded a reason for transferring them as well as the herbaria to Kew ; to this may be added the further reason that, in many respects at least, for the study of these fossil plants access to living plants is especially useful. On the other hand, it must be remembered that the fossil plants which are preserved in the British Museum are with some few exceptions placed in, and regarded as belonging to, the Depart- ment, not of Botany, but of Geology, and it has been stated to us that the removal of the fossil plants to Kew would mean a dis- memberment of the geologic collection. It must be borne in mind in reference to this question that the Geological Department of the British Museum is not in the ordinary sense a geologic collection, that is, one having relation to what is called stratigraphic geology ; it is essentially a paL^ontologic collection. And it is by reason of this nature of the collection that fossil plants are placed in the collection together with the fossil animals. The position of pale- ontology in the scientific hierarchy is a peculiar one. It is often ranked as a separate science ; and yet from one point of view, one namely which does not regard the geologic side of the matter, it appears as a mixture of zoology and of botany. From the stand- point of botany it would be satisfactory were the National Botanic Collections at Kew completed by the inclusion of the fossil plants ; but we feel that, considering the circumstances in which the fossil 814 THE JOURNAL OK BOTANY plants are housed at the British ]\[useum, we should in a certain sense he going heyond our instructions, and he taking up a definite attitude towards pah^ontology, if we were to recommend that fossil phmts, heing hotanic specimens, should, together with the hotanic collections, he transferred from the British ^luseum to Kew. ^Ye therefore make no recommendation concerning the collection of fossil plants lurom)HtiuIations. We accordingly recommend : — 1. That the whole of the hotanic collections at the British Museum now administered hy the Keeper of the Department of Botany under the Trustees, with the exception of the collections ex- hibited to the public, be transferred to the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and placed in the charge of the First Commissioner of His Majesty's Works and Public Buildings under conditions indicated below, adequate accommodation being there provided for them. 2. That a Board, on Nvhich the Trustees of the British Museum, the Royal Society, and certain Departments of His Majesty's Government should be directly represented, be established in order to advise on all questions of a scientific nature arising out of the administration of the Gardens, the powers and duties of the Board, its relations to the First Commissioner and to the Director, as well as the position of the latter and the functions of the Gardens, being defined by Minute of the Lords Commissioners of His Majesty's Treasury. 3. That the illustrative botanic collections now pubhcly ex- hibited at the British Museum be maintained, and, so far as it is possible and expedient, enlarged and developed with the view of increasing popular interest, and imparting popular instruction in the phenomena of the vegetable world, and be placed under the charge of an officer of adequate scientific attainments, responsible to the Director of the Natural History Departments. 4. That upon the transference of the botanic collections from the British Museum to the Royal Botanic Gardens, such arrange- ments be made both in respect to the accommodation of the collections and the staft" administering them, that they shall fully serve the purposes which they have hitherto served. 5. That the botanic collections consisting of fossil plants, now in the charge of the Keeper of the Department of Geology in the British Museum, be maintained for the present under the same conditions as heretofore. Lord Avebury's Memorandum. I regret that I am unable to concur with my colleagues in their recommendation that the herbarium now in the British Museum should be transferred to Kew. It seems no doubt at first sight an anomalous arrangement that there should be two national herbaria ; firstly, on account of the expense ; and secondly, because botanists in some cases have to consult two collections instead of one. But the evidence shows that the saving of annual expense through the suggested fusion SHORT NO IKS 815 would be small, and that the initial outlay for building cabinets, &c., would be heavy. The alleged inconvenience Reems to me to be exaggerated, and affects only a few of those engaged in syste- matic botany, who are thus obliged to consult two herbaria instead of one ; while on the other hand, to those engaged in other depart- ments of botany, the existence of the two herbaria is an advantage. I deprecate the proposals contained in the majority Report for the following reasons : — 1. The British Museum is the greatest museum in the world, and is justly the pride of the nation. To dismember it, by de- priving it of so integral a part as the Botanical Department would be destructive of its unique character as a fully representative museum, and specially of a natural history museum ; would be vehemently opposed by many, if not most, British botanists, and as it seems to me, would be a great injury to science. 2. To London and country botanists the British Museum is much more accessible than Kew. 3. The plan proposed would separate the fossil, from the recent, plants. 4. It would involve the creation of a new Board. If, on the other hand, Kew Gardens and the British Museum were brought into closer relations, as recommended in the Report which I have signed in conjunction with Mr. Seymour, several advantages would result ; for instance, the officers of the Museum would have access to the living plants ; while those of Kew Gardens would have access to the British Museum library and the collection of fossil plants. SHORT NOTES. LiMONiuM HUMiLE Mill. — lu Joum. Linn. Soc. xxxv. 77, Mr. Druce follows Dr. Otto Kuntze in adopting Lihionima rarijiorum. as the name of the plant which stands in the last edition of the Loivlon Catahxjxie as Statice lari/lom Drej. There can, however, be no doubt that the proper name for this under Limonium is L. hunile Mill. Diet. no. 4 (1768). Miller's description is based entirely on the English plant— he does not record the species from any extra- English locality— described by Ray (Hist. Plant, iii. 247) under the name "Limonium Anglicum minus, caulis ramosioribus, iloribus in apicis rarius sitis." This was sent to Ray by Dale from the well- known Essex localities whence specimens collected by him are in the National Herbarium. Dr. Kuntze considers Miller's name as ^^= St. bdlidifolia Gouan = St. caspia W."; but I think he is in error in so doing, nor am I sure that the two plants last named are identical. This, however, as well as the name to be applied under Liinunium to either or both, is a matter for future monographers. — James Britten. .JuNGERMANiA sAxicoLA Schrad. (p. 279).— I can add two localities for this hepatic on the mainland of Scotland to the one from Ben Mac Dhuirgiven by Mr. Stabler. Among rocks at the waterfall, Carn Dearg, Aviemore, alt. 1200 ft., with Chandonanthus setiformis, 316 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 1898 ; in two places at Craig-an-Lochain, Killin, one being among boulders at the base of the west precipice, alt. 1800 ft., the other on a rocky bank near the centre of the range at about the same altitude. The Shetland locality for this species is interesting, as it appears generally rather to avoid a maritime climate. It has not been found on the Faeroes, which have been well searched, nor does it occur on the islands off the west coast of Norway, according to Herr Kaalaas. It is also rather rare in the inner fjord region, but is fairly common on the east side of the country. — Symers M. Macvicar. Note on Ghik^a Schweinf. & Volkens. — In this Journal for 1896, p. 128, I described as a new species of Graderia (G. speciosa) a plant collected by Dr. Donaldson Smith in Somaliland. I remarked that it was an interesting addition to the genus, differing from the two previously described species in its much larger, more open flowers, and in the complete disappearance of the sterile half of the anther in the posterior stamens. In the next year Drs. Volkens and Schweinfurth published {Liste des plantes recoltees par les Princes Demetre et yicolas Ghika-Comanesti dans leur voyage au pays des Somalis ; Bucarest) a new genus — Ghikcea — of the same section of Scrojyhularineo', with one species — G. spectahilis. This genus, which is without doubt my Graderia speciosa, is retained by Engler (Bot. Jahrb. xxiii. 507, where also a figure of the flower is given, t. xiii. figs. J, k), and also by Wettstein in the Supplement to the Pjianzen- familien (Nachtrag. 297), the distinguishing generic character being the complete absence of the sterile portion of the posterior anthers. Through the courtesy of Professor Engler, I have just had an opportunity of examining a flower of Ghikaia spectahilis, and, though there is some variation in the size of the corolla, I have little doubt that the plant collected by Dr. Donaldson Smith is conspecific with Ghika:a spectahilis. I have thought it worth while to mention this, as it is obvious from the construction of the name, Ghikica spectahilis, that Graderia speciosa has been overlooked not only by the original founders of Ghikaa, but also by subsequent workers, all of whom make it a rule to retain through generic vicissitudes the original species-name of a plant. — A. B. Rendle. NOTICE OF BOOK. Irish Topographical Botany. By Robert Lloyd Praeger, B.A., B.E., M.R.I. A. 8vo, cloth, pp. clxxxviii, 410 ; six maps. Price 10s. London : WiUiams & Norgate. Those who know something of Mr. Praeger's work in the study or the field will expect a really good book from his pen ; and it may be said at once that this anticipation is here fulfilled. It is, indeed, many years since anything of so much value to British botanists generally has appeared, although one would hardly have looked for this in a treatise limited to Irish plants. The author states in the Preface that he was led to undertake his task by observing the absence of census-numbers for Ireland in IRISH TOPOGKAPHICAL BOTANY 317 the last edition of the London Catalofjue (1895). At that time, Messrs. Colgaii and Scully's second edition of Cybele Uibeniica was in an advanced state of preparation. Mr. Praeger states that its puhlication "made Irish Topoyraphical Ijutany a -^o&Qihility'' \ and that the latter "may fairly be described as a companion to" the former. This is curiously exact, even as regards bulk ; the volumes weigh almost precisely the same (about 2^ lb.) : both are beauti- fully printed on good paper, and suitably bound. The later work excels in its maps, the production of which has delayed its appear- ance for a month or two ; the large one facing the title-page and those illustrating the petrography and orography of the country, are especially valuable. The chief point of contrast between the two books lies in the subdivision of the country. Cybele retains the twelve districts of the first edition; Mr. Praeger has adopted H. C. Watson's system of vice-counties, making forty in all. These correspond with the counties, except Galway and Cork (with three divisions apiece), Kerry, Tipperary, Mayo, and Donegal (with two) ; bringing the arrangement into substantial agreement with that now generally adopted in Great Britain. The Introduction treats each of these briefly, but adequately; giving the area, greatest elevation, soils, lakes, rivers, &c., together with the number of species at present known to occur, and a list of those which are rare, or restricted to the vice-county. Almost every page of this Introduction will repay careful reading, and the average Englishman has a good opportunity of correcting his ignorance as regards the sister isle — e. /ss<'^) ; Chinsenji (Z>/s- set); Miogisan {Bisset); Fujisan {Bisset); Central Mts., 2-7000 ft. (Maries). 10. T. GRANDiFLORUM Salisb. Parad. t. 1 (1805); Watson in Proc. Amer. Acad. xiv. 274 (1879). T. rhomhoideum var. grandijiorum Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 216 (1803). We have no specimen from Salisbury, but among his drawings, where also fragments of plants from which the sketches were made are sometimes found, I find the originals of the dissections for the plate in the Paradisus. There is evidence that the dissections on the plates were generally copied from Salisbury's drawings, though no intimation of this is given in the work. The plate is such an excellent representation of the species, that there is no question as to identity. Specimens show considerable variation in size of leaves and flowers, length of pedicel, &c. The large petals are generally obovate or oblauceolate, sometimes tending to broadly elliptical; they are blunt, and longer than the sepals. The narrow filaments are rather shorter than the linear anthers (from five-eighths to six- sevenths of their length), and the anthers exceed the slender erect or somewhat spreading stigmas, the latter, generally between 4 mm. and 6 mm. long, but sometimes reaching 1 cm., are occasionally coherent for a very short distance at the base. I find, as Salisbury NOTES ON TRILLIUM 331 states, that the ovary is obviously unilocular, the three placentas being sessile on the ovary-wall, and not, as usual in the genus, projecting more or less nearly to the centre of the chamber. The artist in the ParacUsiis has not drawn the placentas, though they are indicated in Salisbury's original sketch. Mr. T. Smith, of Newry, who has kindly sent me living speci- mens of nearly all the cultivated species, tells me that " there are two forms of T. fjrandijJorum, one which grows in bogs and one on dry soil," and says that " we generally have to lose them in order to find out which is which." I have not had the opportunity of comparing these two forms. A specimen in Herb- Kew. from Goat Island, Nicaragua, has leaves with a stalk 1 cm. long ; and there is also a monstrous form from Syracuse, New York (from herb. Gray), with leaf-stalks as much as 3 cm. long. 11. T. ovATUM Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. i. 245 (1814) ; Watson, /. c. T. calif oniiciim Kellog in Proc. Calif. Acad. ii. (1863), 50, fig. 2. T. grandiflorum Hook. Flor. Bor. Am. ii. 180, in part, i.e. as regards the Columbia locality. T. obovatum Hook. /. c. non Pursh. The western representative of T. (jrandiflorum, from which it is distinguished by its generally narrower and lanceolate petals. The flowers are on an average smaller, but considerable variations in size occur. Watson says (Proc. Amer. Acad. xiv. 274), "stigmas somewhat stouter and more recurved," but in my limited experience I do not find this a general character. It is often difficult to distinguish T. ovatumivomT. fjraudifiorum in the herbarium. Mr. Smith, however, says that in the garden this difiiculty does not exist, as T. ovatum " opens its flowers first, and immediately after emerging from the ground, and before the leaves have developed, the stem afterwards lengthening until the flower dies ofl' purple, while T. grandijiomm grows to its full height before the flower shows at all." Note.— In Erythea, vii. 104 (1899), Mr. C. V. Piper describes a new western species, T. cmssifoliinu, allied to T. ovatum, but differing " in its erect rhizomes, shorter petals, and thickish differently shaped leaves." The petals are 2-2-5 cm. long, white or pinkish in colour, broadly to rather narrowly lanceolate, acumi- nate or acute, and scarcely as long as the narrowly or broadly lanceolate acute sepals. The locality is "on damp hillsides, foot- hills near Wenatchee." 12. T. Rugelii, sp. nov. Herba robusta glabra, foliis late rhomboideis subsessilibus breviter acuminatis ; flore pedunculate e foliorum medio cernuo ; sepalis patentibus lanceolatis obtusis ; petalis patentibus rotunde-ovatis, sepalis sub^quilongis ; antheris linearibus quam filamenta plus triplo longioribus, et stigmata crassa brevia et recurvata valde excedentibus, ovario sph^rico sex-sulcato. A fine plant springing from an apparently horizontal root- stock. Stem pale brown, very wrinkled and somewhat straw-like when dry, 40 cm. long by 5-6 mm. thick above the base, becoming much slenderer in the upper third. Leaves 12-13 cm. long and 332 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY as broad, the three main veins well-marked on the under face. Peduncle 4-6 cm. long. Sepals 18-22 mm. long by 8-10 mm. broad ; petals about as long as the sepals, but twice as broad, colourless in the dried specimen ; filaments 2-5 mm. ; anthers 8 mm. long, deep purple ; ovary and stigmas deep purple, the former 5 mm. long, the latter 4 mm. A distinct-looking plant, near T. cernuum and T. erectum. It is distinguished from the former by its large broadly rhomboid leaves, proportionately small flowers with almost rounded petals, and anthers exceeding the short recurved stigmas ; and from the latter, to which it is perhaps more nearly allied, from the shape of its leaves and characters of stamens and pistil, it differs in its nodding flowers and subrotund petals. Hab. On the mountains at Broad River, North Carolina ; Piitgel, March, 1841. Specimens in Herb. Mus. Brit. 13. T. CERNUUM L. Sp. PI. 339 (1753). Trillium flore pedun- culate cernuo. With the following citations : — Paris foliis ternis, fiore pedunculato nutante. Cold, noveh. 81. Solanum triphyllum, flore hexapetalo carneo. Catesh. carol, i. p. 45. Habitat in Carolina. The plant in Linnreus's herbarium was received from Kalm. It has very shortly-stalked rhombic-ovate shortly acuminate leaves 8-8*5 cm. long by 6-6-5 cm. broad, and a strongly recurved flower with lanceolate acute sepals barely 2 cm. long by -6 cm. broad, colourless petals slightly longer and about as broad, and stamens with linear oblong anthers shorter than the three distinct thick spreading stigmas. We have in the Department of Botany a very similar specimen received from Chelsea Garden in 1758, and also several plants in herb. Miller closely agreeing with the Linnean specimen. The latter are authentic for the Dictionary of Gardening, where (ed. viii. 1768) Miller says his plants of T. cernuum were sent him from Philadelphia by Dr. Bensel, who found it growing in plenty there. He also says the petals are whitish green on the outside and purple within ; no trace of colour is left in the petals of the specimen, but the anthers are still reddish. We have also a specimen from John Bartram, and numerous other specimens from Canada and the North Atlantic States. Pursh's idea of T. cernuum was similar, judging from plants from his herbarium which I saw in Herb. Kew. As regards the two citations which Linuaeus adds to his brief diagnosis, the first refers to the list of plants observed in the province of New York in 1742 by Cadwallader Colden, described by himself and sent to Gronovius and by him to Linnaeus, who obtained the author's permission to publish the descriptions (Act. Upsal. 1743, 81). I have not seen Colden's specimen ; he describes the flower as " rubro-purpureus." The second citation, that to Catesby's Carolina, i. 45, refers to the next species, T. Cateshmi Ell. Bot. S. Carol, i. 429. Note. — T. erectum var. declinatum A. Gray, Bot. North U. S. NOTES ON TRILLIUM 333 (ed. V.) 523 (1878). This variety is omitted from the sixth edition of Gray's Manual (edited by Watson & Coulter), and Watson makes no reference to it in his review of the North American Liliacea (in Proc. Am. Acad, xiv.274), though, according to Macoun (Catalogue of Canadian Plants, ii. 49), he there included it under T. cermmui. Macoun, however, states that Watson considered it a form of T. erectwii, and m deference to him places it under that species in his Catalogue, but he is himself of opinion that it is either a distinct species or the western and northern form of T. cernuiim. He says that when fresh the two forms are very distinct, and they differ also in habitat; T. cemnum moreover is scented, the variety scentless. It is evidently a case where observation in the field or of a large suite of carefully dried specimens is necessary. The Canadian plant as sent from Macoun from Lake Superior is, I think, without doubt of ceriiuuiii affinity : in fact, I find nothing to separate it even varietally. iii. Species with stigmas springing from a definite style, 14. T. Catesb^i Ell. Bot. S. Carol, i. 429 (1817). Solanum triphyllum ; flore hexapetalo, carneo. Catesb. Carol, i. 45, t. 45 (1771). T. ceniuum L. Sp. PI. 339 in part, that is, as regards the Caro- lina plant; Mich. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 216 (1803). T. stylosum Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. PL i. 239 (1818) ; Watson in Proc. Amer. Acad. xiv. 275. In the absence of the specimens which Elliott had before him, Catesby's figure (which he cites) is the only authority for this species. Elliott remarks on the minute agreement of his speci- mens, collected in the locality mentioned by Catesby, with Catesby's figure, and on the unfair criticism of the latter by Sir James Smith as quoted by Pursh. Smith, in his Spicilegium 4, under T. cernuum L., says : " Icon Catesbaeana tarn iuformis, atque colore tam erronea est, ut eam ad nostram speciem pertinere, nisi herbarium auctoris in Museo Britannico inspexissem, minime crediderim; rara pulchraque haec planta meliorem sane postulat." Smith's criticism recoils on himself ; Catesby's plant, which is still in the British Museum, is quite well represented by the figure in the Carolina book ; it is, however, a distinct species from T. ceinuam L., of which latter Smith's figure (t. 4) is a good representation. As noted under T. cernuum, the two species have been confused; but T. CatesbcBi is readily distinguished by its curved undulate petals much larger than the narrow sepals, and the long slender anthers much exceeding the stigmas, which moreover unite below into a dis- tinct style. There seems no doubt from the descriptions that this is the T. cernuum L. of Michaux, Fl. Bor. Am. i. 216, and the T. stylosum Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. PI. i. 239 ; a miserable little specimen of T. stylosum from Nuttall in Herb. Kew. also favours this view. Watson [I.e. p. 275) prefers Nuttall's name, quoting T. Catesbcei Ell. as a synonym. This would be correct if the date on Elliott's title-page referred to the whole work, and not, as is the case, to the last portion only. 334 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY We have a good series of specimens collected by Rugel in North Carolina, which show considerable variation in the size of the flower. Watson (/. c.) considers T. nervosum Ell. as identical with T. Catesbcei Ell., and from Elliott's description this may well be the case. There is in Herb. Kew. a specimen from Elliott labelled " T. nervosum nobis," which, I think, is not T, Catesbcei. It is a poor specimen with a slender stem 7*5 cm. long, rather narrowly ovate shortly-stalked leaves 5-5-5 cm. long by 2-5 cm. broad, and a flower on an ascending peduncle 11 mm. long, with narrow sepals 16 mm. long, and larger (badly preserved) petals ; there is but one flower, and the stamens are almost and the pistil quite concealed by the perianth-leaves ; the anthers are apparently straight, and longer than the sligmas. It may perhaps be T. erijthrocarpum Mich. 15. T. afiine, sp. no v. Herba caule elato glabro, foliis obovato- rhomboideis subsessilibus, apice breviter acuminatis ; flore pedun- culato e foliorum medio cernuo ; sepalis patentibus oblongo-lanceo- latis, abrupte subacutis ; petalis sepala paullo excedentibus ad apicem et basin angustatis ; antheris liuearibus quam filamenta tenuia vix duplo longioribus, stigmata paullo excedentibus ; ovario subgloboso sex-angulato, stigmatibus subelongatis apice recurvatis, in stylum breve basi coalitis. Ehizome absent, stem over 30 cm. long, reaching 3*5 mm. greatest diameter in the lower part. Leaves 10-11 cm. long by 8-8-5 cm. broad. Peduncle 2-5 cm. long, Sepals 2 cm. long by 8-9 mm. broad ; petals 3 cm. long by 13 mm. broad, colourless in the specimen ; filaments about 4 mm. long, anthers about 7 mm. ; ovary barely 5 mm. long, style 1 mm., stigmas 5 mm. Staminal filaments colourless, anthers and pistil purple. Resembles T. Catesbcei in having a definite style, but differs in its broader sepals, smaller not undulate petals, shorter stamens, and leaves broader above the middle. The size and habit of leaf and flower recall T. ceniuum, from which, however, it is at once distinguished by its longer stamens exceeding the stigmas, and the union of the latter at the base. Hab. Georgia ; Rut/el. Specimen in Herb. Mus. Brit. 10. T. pusiLLUM Mich. Fl. Amer. i. 215 (1803); Watson, ?.c. 275. T. pumilum Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. i. 245 (1814). Watson places this next to T. stijlosum Nutt. as a doubtful species, known only from the description. Michaux's plant is represented by a single specimen in his herbarium, now at Paris. The locality which he cites is " Pine-woods of Lower Carolina." We have in the National Herbarium, in herb. Gronovius, Clayton's Virginia plant no. 536 (Gronov. Fl. Virgin. 1743, p. 157), on which Asa Gray has written " cf. T. pumilum Mich." A similar plant occurs in Linngeus's herbarium, written up by Linn^us ''T. sessile'' (a species of which there is no representative), and on the back of his sheet in the same hand " Trillium 1 j Tradescantiae affinis, fl. odorato unico tripetalo, radice tuberosa Clayt.," that is to say, an abbrevi- ation of the description of Clayton's plant. Sir J. E. Smith has written " prob. T. j^usillum Mich.," and in IRees's EncyclopcBdia NOTES ON TRILLIUM 335 refers this plant to T. pionUuni Pursh. I made a careful sketch and description of the Linnean specimens, and asked M. Poisson, of the Paris Herbarium, to compare them with Michaux's material. He replied: " Le Trilliuiii pmillum est represente par un seul echantillon dans I'herbier Michaux. Quant a I'identification, c'est absolument la meme chose que votre croquis. Vous etes done absolument dans la verite en identifiant les deux plantes." There are two specimens on the sheet in Linuasus's herbarium. The larger has a slender stalk 14*5 cm. long, and barely exceeding 1 mm. in greatest width. The three leaves are oval to lanceolate, subsessile, 4-2 cm. long by 1 •2-1-4 cm. broad. The flower has a short erect pedicel 6 mm. long, oblong lanceolate sepals 2 cm. long by 5-6 mm. broad, and very delicate lanceolate slightly shorter petals ; the stamens and pistil are completely hidden. The smaller has a stalk just over 10 cm. long by 1 mm. thick, lanceolate leaves about 3 cm. long by 8-5 mm. broad, and an almost sessile flower with sepals 1*3 cm. by barely 3 mm., and petals 1-4 cm. long ; part of the anthers are visible, and correspond with those in Clayton's specimens. Clayton's plants, of which there are three, have a slender stalk 15-20 cm. long by 1 mm. or less in thickness. As stated by Gronovius {I.e. 157), one plant, which],! have figured, has a rhizome; the portion remaining is horizontal, 12 mm. long by 4 mm. thick, bearing thin membranous sheaths, while the stalk is also sheathed at the base for about 12 mm. The leaves are sessile, lanceolate, blunt, and 3-nerved, 2-6-3 cm. long by 9-11 mm. broad. The flowers are sessile and erect, the sepals bluntly lanceolate, 1-5 cm. long by nearly 5 mm. broad, the petals barely 1-5 cm. by 4 mm., lanceolate and subacute ; the stamens 7-8 mm. long, with the filament barely as long as the twisted anther, above which the connective is not prolonged ; the ovary bears six longitudinal ridges, and is 2-5 mm. long ; there is a style 2 mm. long, bearing three slender suberect stigmas (a little over 3 mm. long), which reach about the same level as the tops of the anthers. It is, as Watson suggested, near T. Catesbm. Ell. (T. stylosum Nutt.), from which it is distinguished by its smaller erect sessile or very shortly stalked flowers. The same author points out that the 2\ texanum Buckl., from N.E. Texas, known only from the description (inProc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1860, 443) is apparently synonymous ; the flower-stalk is, however, longer (6 lines), while the flowers are smaller (sepals 6 lines long by 2 lines wide). Explanation of Plate 426. A. Trillium lyusillum Mich., plant in herb. Gronovius, nat. size. — 1. Sta- men, X 2. 2. Pistil, X 2. B. T. Ruijeli Rendle, nat. size. — 3. Stamen, x 2. 336 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY LIMOSELLA AQUATICA L. var. TENUIFOLIA Hook. f. By W. p. Hiern, M.A. (Plate 426 C.) An interesting form of Mudwort was collected last June and July at Kenfig Pool, Glamorganshire, by the Kev. E. S. Marshall and Mr. W. A. Shoolbred, each of whom is of opinion that it is a species abundantly distinct from Lim.osella aquatica L. This opinion accords with the views taken by many botanists, as appears from the synonymy ; but, on the other hand, the matured judgement of other botanists, and a comparison of specimens in our larger her- baria, lead to the conclusion that the form ought to be considered a mere variety. The chief points of difference that are alleged to characterize it are two : first, the ca^spitose habit, with complete absence of stolons ; and, secondly, the subulate shape of the leaves, without any dilated blade. The presence or absence of runners cannot be used as a character for this or other allied forms, since both states occur in all of them, and, in fact, some of our specimens are stoloniferous ; also the breadth of the leaf- blade is so variable, and specimens show such a close gradation down to its total evanescence, that it is quite im- practicable to employ its absence, either with or without other characters, for a serviceable diagnosis. The name and synonymy of the plant are as follows : — LiMosELLA AQUATICA L. Sp. PI. p. 631 (1753), var. temdfolia Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. ii. p. 334 (1846 ?) ; Reichenb. Ic. Fl. Germ. XX. p. 54, t. MDccxxii. fig. ii. and iii. (1862). L. tenuifolia Wolf ex Hoflm. Deutschl. Fl. ed. 2, i. ii. p. 29 (1804) ? ; Nuttall in Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. i. 1, No. 6 (Oct. 1817), p. 115. L. diau'lra Krocker, Fl. Siles. ii. p. 406 (1790), partly ; non L. (1771). L, aiistndis R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. p. 443 (1810), partly. L. aquatica (3 hifiora Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. p. 171 (1812), partly. L. subulata Ives in Trans. Med.-Phys. Soc. New York, p. 440 (1817). L. aquatica [3 diandra Hartm. Handl. Skand. Fl. p. 241 (1820), partly. L, borealis Lessing, Reise Norw. p. 299 (1831), partly. L. aquatica var. minor Hartm. Handl. Skand. Fl. ed. 3, p. 146 (1838), partly. L. aquatica var. borealis Hartm. I.e. ed. 9, p. 56 (1864), partly. Sir Joseph Hooker, /. c, adds the following note : — " I am con- vinced there is no specific distinctness between the Limosella aquatica L. and L. tenuifolia Nutt., and have consequently united them. In the specimens from the southern hemisphere which I have examined, the leaves do not attain the breadth which those of the northern temperate regions generally present; though, on the other hand, LIMOSELLA AQUATICA L. YAH. TENUIFOLIA HOOK. F. 337 both European, Asiatic, and North American plants of the L. aquatica have the foHage narrow as that of L. tetmifolia, to which variety some arctic individuals of L. aquatica are quite similar." The following description is taken from the specimens collected at Peufig Pool : — Au annual herb, small, densely c?espitose, usually without run- ners, but in some cases stoloniferous, acaulescent, erect, rather glossy, glabrous, inconspicuously and minutely sessile-glandular, 1-5-5 cm. high, palustral or aquatic ; root-fibres numerous, branched, limp, intricate, compressed, very slender, whitish ; leaves all radical, numerous or several, crowded, imbricate at the base, linear-filiform, subterete, somewhat compressed, firmly and slightly fleshy, succulent, grass-green or towards the base pallid, gradually or scarcely tapering-subulate towards the obtuse apex from the subscariously somewhat dilated and clasping base, without expanded blade above, entire, 1-2-5 cm. long, erect or suberect, or the outer ones somewhat diverging ; stipules 0 ; scapes several or few, often fewer than the leaves, arising from the axils or inner faces of the leaf-bases, erect or suberect in flower, filiform, terete, firmly and slightly fleshy, grass-green, 1 -flowered, shorter than the leaves, •6-2-5 cm. long, nearly straight or gently curved or in fruit more or less strongly carved downwards ; bracts 0 ; flowers about 2-5 mm. long, erect, ebracteolate ; calyx oblong-campanulate in flower, somewhat funnel-shaped at the base, shortly toothed at the apex, transparent, subscarious, longitudinally but not strongly 6-nerved or -ribbed, persistent, subhemispherical in fruit, 1-5- 1-7 mm. long or in fruit a little more ; the teeth shortly triangular, apiculate, 5 or occasionally 4 suberect, the sinus between the two uppermost of the five less deep than between the rest ; the veins or ribs greenish; corolla membranous, transparent, marcescent, pearly white or greyish ; the tube campanulate-oblong, rather exceeding the calyx, 1-7-2 mm. long; the limb spreading, very nearly regular, 5-partite, about 3 mm. in diameter; the segments ovate-oval, rounded or obtuse at the apex, approximate at the base, imbricate in the bud, shorter than the calyx, about 1 mm. long ; stamens 4, didynamous, glabrous ; the filaments rather short, filiform, inserted on the upper part of the corolla- tube ; anthers 4, small, rounded, by confluence of the cells unilocular, rounded, approximating about the mouth of the corolla ; anther-walls transparent, thin, minutely stellate- marked ; pollen spheroidal, smooth, marked with 2 meridional lines ; disk 0 ; ovary small, roundly oval, a little narrowed at the base, compressed, superior, sessile, unilocular or imperfectly 2- celled ; ovules numerous, inserted on the central fleshy placenta ; style rather short, filiform, 1-1-5 mm. long, glabrous, included, somewhat curved or straight, oblique, apical, slightly excentric ; stigma small, capitate, bilobulate, papillose ; capsule subglobose or spheroidal, a little compressed, 1*7-3 mm. in diameter, smooth, at length bursting the calyx, bivalved ; seeds rather numerous, irregu- larly and obliquely oblong, longitudinally ribbed and furrowed, very delicately scored crosswise, about -6 mm. long, dusky yellowish ; the ribs and furrows few ; the transverse scores numerous ; testa JouKNAL OF Botany. Vol. 39. [Oct. 1901.] 2 b 338 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY subcrustaceoiTS, not thick ; albumen white, firmly fleshy, not thick ; embryo straight, axile, oblong, white, about -4 mm. long, terete ; the cotyledons rather shorter than the radicle. This narrow-leaved variety is very widely diffused ; specimens in our herbaria are extant from the following countries : — Scandi- navia, Germany, Austria, Russia in Asia, island of Fernando Po, the Coast, Kalahari, and eastern regions of the Cape Flora, Mada- gascar, New Zealand, Tasmania, Australia, Falkland Islands, Nova Scotia, the United States of North America, Columbia, Bolivia, Ecuador, Argentina, Chili, and Patagonia, There are specimens in the Sloane herbarium, vol. xii. fol. 46, in the National Herbarium, gathered at Dr. Uvedale's, Hampton Court, by Sir Hans Sloane, the name of which is given as Ranun- culus jxilustris foli'is turn f/raminosis turn rotundis, &c. ; the specimens show both the small ordinary form of Limosella aquatica L. and the tenuifolia variety without stolons. The plate of Limosella aquatica in English Botany, t. 357 (Nov. 1st, 1796), was drawn by Sowerby from a specimen sent to him from Bedfordshire, July 16th, 1795, by the Rev. C. Abbot ; it is instructive to note that accompanying this specimen there are others sent by Abbot with it, in Sowerby's herbarium, now in the National Herbarium, which show a gradation of form down to and including the tenuifolia variety. The division of the genus Limosella into species is exceedingly difficult, on account of the numerous connecting forms ; the following key is an attempt to differentiate what might be regarded as species, if only inconveniently cross and intermediate specimens are ignored : — Corolla exserted beyond the calyx ; flowers more or less stalked. Corolla-lobes shorter than the calyx. Calyx not strongly nerved. Leaves subterete or narrowly linear, without dilated blade. Scapes or peduncles shorter than the leaves 1. L. subulata Ives (1817). Scapes or peduncles equalling the leaves 2. L. tenuifolia Hoffm. (1804). Leaves furnished with dilated blade. Leaf-blade either very narrow or at the base ob- tuse, 2-20 mm. long 3. L. aquaticah. (1753). Leaf-blade not very narrow, attenuate at the base, 12-40 mm. long 4. L. maior Diels (1898). Calyx strongly 5-nerved 5. L.longijiora 0. Kuntze (1898). Corolla-lobes equalling or exceeding the calyx. Corolla-limb 4-6 mm. in diameter ; leaf-blade 2-16 mm. long . . .6. L. capensis Thunb. (1800). Corolla-limb 8-12 mm. in diameter; leaf-blade 6-44 mm. long . . . 1. L. grandiflora Benth. (1847). Corolla included within the calyx ; flowers sessile 8. L, Curdieana F. Muell. (1875). BRYOLOGICAL NOTES 339 The most distinct of these is the last, L. Curdleana, which is Australian ; those numbered 4-7 are, so far as known, exclusively African ; Nos. 1 and 3 are very widely distributed, but No. 3, L. aqiiatica, in the restricted sense, appears to be rare in South Africa ; No. 2 refers to a North Bohemian plant, of which I have not seen the type, and which perhaps it is not worth trying to dis- tinguish from No. 1, L. mhulata Ives, the form principally con- sidered in this article. In some forms of L. aqiiatica the stem is developed so as to pro- duce on it alternate leaves and axillary flowers ; these forms have been called var. caulescens Koch in Uohlmg' s DeutscJdands Flora, iv. p. 425 (1833) ; corresponding caulescent forms occur also on some of the African species. The figure (Plate 426 C) was taken from one of the young June specimens, and scarcely represents the mature plant in a satis- factory manner. Fig. 4 represents a detached flower magnified six diameters, and shows the pistil seen through the transparent floral envelopes. BRYOLOGICAL NOTES.* By Ernest S. Salmon, F.L.S. (15) Philocrya Hagen & Jensen. In 1898, in Meddel. om Gronland, xv. p. 388, Hagen and Jensen described and figured a moss from Greenland, under the name of Philocrya aspera, as the type of a new genus of Polytrichacem. The following generic characters are given : — "FoHa rigida, brunneo- fusca ; costa angusta ; alis laminae non lamelligeris, juxta costam bi- deinde unistratis, ad margines hi- tristratis." The authors add the remark: " Multis dubiis versati genus hoc novum ad plantam perfecte sterilem instituimus. Sed characteres a foliis allati ita sunt graves, ut, etiamsi fructus essent cogniti, tamen nullo cum familige genere conjungi posset. A Polytricho, Polytrichadelpho, Pogonato enim longe distat costa angusta, ea tantum lamellosa, et structura alarum foliorum ; ab Oligotricho, Psi/opilo, Catharinea, non minus distinctura est et habitu eximie polytrichaceo et alis majore parte bi- vel tristratis." In 1900, in Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Bot.) xxxiv. 464, pi. 17, f. 20, I made some notes on the Atriclmm Lescurii of James (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. p. 33 (1875) ) — OUgotrichum Lescurii Mitten — and remarked : " The generic position of 0. Lescurii still remains, perhaps, a little doubtful." After describing and figuring the leaf-structure, I added: "This type of leaf is anomalous for both Atrichum and Oliyotrichum, and is most nearly approached in certain species of Polytrichum, from which genus, however, the glabrous calyptra and the position and structure of the lamellae separate the present plant." * Continued from Eevue Bryolog. 1900, pp. 59, 80, 85 ; and 1901, p. 51. 2 B 2 340 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY On sending a copy of my paper to Dr. Hagen, he at once wrote to me that the leaf-stracture of Oligotrichum, Lescurii, as shown in my figure, exhibited tlie generic characters of Pliilocnja, and sug- gested that 0. Lescurii ought to be transferred to Philocrya. Dr. Hagen kindly sent me a small fragment of Philocrija aspera (now in the Kew Herbarium), so that I have been able to compare the structure of the leaves in the two plants. In P. aspera we find that, as stated by Hagen and Jensen, the lamellae are confined to the nerve, and that, proceeding towards the margin, we come to a bistratose lamina, with projecting cells on the ventral surface; then, usually, there are a few rows unistratose, ending in a single bi- stratose row of marginal cells. This is essentially the same structure as is found in 0. Lescurii (see Journ. Linn. Soc. I.e. f. 20), although in Pkilocnja aspera the following minor differences are to be noted : the nerve is more widened and flattened, plane and not convex on the ventral surface, and bears a greater number of lamellae (about thirty-two) ; the ventral cells of the bistratose part of the lamina (especially towards the nerve) are slightly larger in proportion to the size of the dorsal cells, and project more. (These projecting cells are perhaps to be considered as rudimentary lamellae, like the projecting cells occasionally present on the nerve in Polytrichitin gijmnophyllum Mitt. {I.e. p. 461, f. 19). In this connection it is interesting to note that Hagen and Jensen figure one of these pro- jecting cells in Philocrya aspera growing out and becoming divided off to form another cell, so that the leaf there bears, practically, a low lamella.) The true affinity of Philocrya, however, I have been able to dis- cover by a fortunate coincidence. In examining a few mosses lately brought back from China by Dr. A. Henry, I found amongst them a Polytrichoid moss with one old capsule. From the examination of this capsule I found that the moss belonged to Lyellia, and a comparison with Indian specimens of Lyellia crispa R. Br. showed that the Chinese plant was that species. A detailed examination of the leaf of L. crispa, however, showed exactly the same structure as that of Philocrya, as can be seen by referring to fig. 14 on Plate 426, which shows part of a transverse section of a leaf from Dr. Henry's Chinese example of Lyellia crispa. The specimen of ''Philocrya aspera'' sent to me by Dr. Hagen consists of only a small fragment, and in the absence of fuller material it is difficult to decide whether ''Philocrya aspera'' has been founded on merely barren Lyellia crispa, or whether the Greenland moss forms a new species of the genus. I am inclined to the former view, as in the shape and areolation of the leaf, and in the position and structure of the lamellae, no difference can be found in the two plants. However this may prove to be, it is clear that the genus Philocrya must be sunk in Lyellia. The " minute pores" described by Robert Brown (Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 564) at the base of the capsule of Lyellia crispa, and conjectured by him to assist in the dissemination of the spores, are in reality very large stomata (with the guard-cells measuring as much as 100 fx in length). These stomata agree in shape and THE TEACHINCt OF BOTANY 341 structare with those found on the capsules of species of Poly- triclunn. k few words are necessary on the question of the position of '^ Oligotrichitm Lescurii." When making my observations, above referred to, on this species, I overlooked the fact that Kindberg, in his paper "The European and North American PolytrichacetB'' (Rev. BryoL 1894, pp. 33, 35) had created a new genus for its reception. This new genus — Bartramiopsis — is defined as follows : "Leaves not lamelliferous at the back, flaccid, more or less crisped when dry, long-ciliate near the sheathing base; lamella few, serrate. Capsule without angles and apophysis ; teeth, lid, and calyptra unknown." Kindberg curiously overlooked the fact that James, in his original description (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 33 (1875) ) of the moss in question as Atrichum Lescurii, says, "a loose calyptra of the genus was found"; and Mitten also (Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. Bot. in. 191 (1891)) has described the calyptra as "small, smooth, and shining." Kindberg gives no account of the leaf-structure. Now, as mentioned above, the leaf-structure of "(9. Lescurii" agrees with that found in the genus Lyellia, and the habit also quite agrees with tbat of L. crispa. Lyellia as a genus is characterized by the gymnostomous capsule, and the fact that the present plant was originally described by James as belonghig to Atrichum, and was transferred later by Mitten to Oligotrichum — both genera with peristomate capsules — might lead one to suppose that there was no very close affinity between "0. Lescurii" and Lyellia. On looking into the matter, however, it appears otherwise. In the first place, it IS to be noted that the peristome of 0. Lescurii has never been described; James [l. c.) says, " peristome and operculum wanting; " and Mitten, when transferring the plant to OliyotricJaun, does not mention the peristome. Through the kindness of Mr. Mitten, I have been able to see fruiting examples of " 0. Lescurii" from Nantaizan, Japan (coll. Bisset). In the two fruiting stems sent, the capsule appears to me to be truly gymnostomous, as the epiphragm is attached directly to the edge of the mouth of the capsule. In all characters, therefore — habit, leaf-structure, gymno- stomous capsule, and glabrous calyptra — the present species agrees with Lyellia, and consequently should bear the name Lyellia Lescurii (James). THE TEACHING OF BOTANY. At the meeting of the British Association at Glasgow on Sept. 16, the Botany and Educational Science Sections met for a joint discussion on the teaching of Botany, under the chairman- ship of Prof. Bayley Balfour. We extract the following account of the discussion from the Standard of Sept. 17th : — The discussion was opened by Mr. Harold Wager, who, as one of His Majesty's Inspectors of Secondary Schools, has had con- siderable experience of the teaching of Science in Secondary 342 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Schools. He invited discussion on the comparative educational value, and as a training in scientific method, of botany and chemistry and physics. He recommended the intelligent appre- hension of a few truths rather than an ill-digested mass of facts. He thought that the subject of experimental plant physiology was especially useful in a school course, formed an excellent training in observation, experimental manipulation, and the proper discrimi- nation of evidence. As to the proper method of teaching botany, he recommended that the pupil should be led through his own observations and experiments to arrive at his own conclusions. Pupils (he quoted from Herbert Spencer) should be told as little as possible. Before Mr. Wager's paper was thrown open to discussion, Prof. F. 0. Bower also read a paper on the teaching of Botany in the Universities. He deprecated all microscopic work in schools. He protested, also, against the teaching of so-called elementary biology as an introduction to the study of botany. As early as possible in his studies the student should be left entirely to him- self, his object being not so much to acquire information as to in- culcate a scientific method. The trend of the subsequent discussion was such as to confirm the view of the openers in the importance which they attached to the teaching of botany to the youngest children. All were practically unanimous on this point. Prof. Miall gave an account of the method followed in the Yorkshire College. It was indispensable, he said, that the students should begin by seeing, after which they should be dealt with in the class-room. With a new class he began in the laboratory, the demonstrator directing attention to the points to be observed, and abstaining from giving any information. Nothing would induce him to go back to the lecturing system, which, as far as he was concerned, stood finally condemned. Prof. Marshall Ward said that the teaching in school and uni- versity must be progressive. The object of the teaching of science was to show the student by research, and, in course of time, to convince him, that it was one of the noblest things he could be engaged in. At the very outset the botanical student should be taught to think and speculate for himself, and to check his specula- tions and form his conclusions. Prof. Withers said that it was the collective method of teaching in schools which made botany so difficult a subject to handle practically in the school-room. Prof. Armstrong approved of the abolition of the class-room. Whatever lecturing was necessary should be done in the laboratory. Dr. D. H. Scott thought that botany had been regarded too much from the point of view of the specialist. Miss Clarke gave an account of the botanical work done in the James AUeyn School for Girls, Dulwich, under the Technical Board of the 'London County Council. Dr. Kimmins supported the suggestion that there should be a Special Committee of the British Association to inquire into the teaching of botany. Prof. Scott Elliott said that most of the discussion had proceeded on the technical side of botany and not on its practical side. Sir SHORT NOTES 343 John Gorst, in the course of a brief address, referred to the importance of teaching botany both in rural and urban schools, and said he hoped that in the case of the former the County Councils would give the necessary assistance. He hoped that attention would be directed to the importance of equipping the teachers for the work. Prof. Hartog spoke of the advantage of systematic botany for very young children. SHORT NOTES. Mosses new to Ireland. — The following rare mosses have recently been collected in Ireland for the first time, and have not, so far as I am aware, been recorded: — Campylopiis Shawii Wils. Near Glengarriffe, Co. Cork, 1896 ; Rev. C. H. Binstead.— C. Schimpcri Wils. By the side of the stream, at 1400 ft., in Derrymore Glen, near Cahir Conree Mtn., Co. Kerry, April, 1899, Rev. H. W. Lett S D. McArdle. — Dicranum uncinatum C. M. On rock- faces, at 1200 ft., by the sides of two streamlets on the south- east face of Nephin Mtn., Co. Mayo, May, 1901 ; Rev. H. W. Lett d D. McArdle. The following have each been found for the second time in Ireland : — Campylopus subulatus Schimp. (Cromagloun, Killarney, Co. Kerry ; Scliimper d Wilson, 1865. Braith. Brit. Moss Flora, i. p. 131), near Glengarriffe, Co. Cork, 1900 ; Rev. C. H. Binstead d Dr. Braithwaite. — Hypnum fluviatile Swartz. (Ballinhassig, Co. Cork ; Br. T. Taylor in Mackay's Flora Hibeniica, part ii. p. 38), on rocks in Bann Piiver at Corbet Mills, two miles east of Bannbridge, Co. Down, July, 1900; Revs. H. W. Lett d C. H. Waddell.—H. dilatatum Wils. (Tore Waterfall, Killarney, Co. Kerry, 1865 ; Capt. Button, Braith. Brit. Moss Flora, vol. iii. p. 57.) Connor Hill Pass, near Dingle, Co. Kerry, 1897 ; Rev. H. W. Lett d D. McArdle.— R. W. Lett. Spiranthes Romanzoffiana in Antrim. — On July 30th, when collecting fresh- water algae between Antrim and Toome, I noticed a single specimen of an orchid which at once arrested my attention as I had not seen it alive before ; it was Spiranthes Romanzoj/iana. I at once proceeded to search for more, and found it to be fairly frequent in wet sandy land. I believe it has already been recorded for Armagh and Londonderry, in addition to its original station in the south-west. Careful examination of other parts of Ireland may extend its distribution. I enclose a specimen for the Herbarium. — W. West. Euphrasia Scottica. — In 1884, while working at the Flora of Wensleydale, North Yorks, I met with a slender, tall-growing Euphrasia, which I distributed under the name E. gracilis Fries. Quite recently the plant was examined by Mr. F. Towusend in Mr. Whit well's herbarium, and pronounced by the former to be Euphrasia Scottica Wettstein (= E. paludosa Towns.). A week or two ago I made a search for the plant in the old locality near Carperby, Wensleydale, and found the plant in some abundance. 344 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY It grows near a mountain tarn at an elevation of about 1000 ft. — John Percival. " Namaqualand."— In No. 465 (p. 301) Mr. Spencer le M. Moore describes a new Blepharis [extenuata), and gives as locality "Namaqualand." Now there are two Namaqualands — a Great Namaqualand, belonging to the Germans, and a TJttle Namaqua- land, making a part of the Cape Colony. Which one is now meant ? I am sure that Mr. Moore means Little Namaqualand, but I am also sure that after forty or fifty years it will be difficult for a botanist to guess it ; perhaps, if he does not know very much about botanical investigation of South Africa, will never guess it. In the last number of the Bot. Mag. Sir Joseph Hooker also speaks of a plant found in Namaqualand ; Harvey and Sonder already did so, and I am sorry to say the continuation of the Cape Flora makes the same fault. Could you not take notice of this in one of the next numbers of your Journal? Further: Nama^^a is wrong; it ought to be written Nam a, as I have shown many years ago in Petermann's Geoijraplmchen Mitteilungen. The geographical notes in the Flora Capensis and in the Flora of Tropical Africa show a great many inexactnesses ; one of them, a little one, I quote above. Hans Schinz. [Prof. Schinz is correct in supposing that the locality for Blepharis extenuata is in Little Namaqualand. — Ed. Journ. Box.] Brecon and Carmarthen Plants. — On a walk taken on 15th July this year from the Carmarthenshire Fan (county 44) past the Breck- nockshire Fan (county 42) into the Upper Tawe Valley, I came across the following plants of interest: — Galium horeale L. (44," 42), Sedum. roseuui Scop. (44," 42), Silene maritima With. (44,-'' 42) — very abundant on rocks of the red sandstone from 1500 to 1800 ft. The Sedum, especially, was a remarkable feature of the vegetation, growing as thickly as on e. //. the cliffs of Ben Lawers : it is given doubtfully by Watson for Brecon. Asploiium viridc Huds. (44"), in small quantity on the red sandstone ; Thymus CJiammdrys Fr. (44"^'). In the lake at the foot of the cliffs of the Carmarthenshire Fan (Llyn-y-Fan Fach) I found Nitella opaca Agardh (44") ; Littorella juncea Berg. (44,"- 42") ; Isoetes lacustris L. (44," 42") ; Sparganium minimum Fr. (44"); Ra7mnculus peltatiis Schrank (44*). A few days previously I had met with Crepis pahidosa Moencli in 42" on the River Perddyn (Neath Valley). The Isoetes is certainly I. la- custris L. This species, which Watson refuses for 41 Glamorgan on the evidence available, occurs in a lake situated in exactly similar position to that of the Llyn-y-Fan Fach in Carmarthen- shire; this lake (Llyn Fach) is at 1500 ft. elevation at the foot of a broken cliff overlooking the Vale of Neath. I am distributing vouchers this year for Glamorgan through the Bot. Exch. Club, together with exemplars of one or two of the Carmarthenshire species mentioned above. Littorella and Isoetes no doubt occur * Signifies a new county record, judging by the evidence of an unannotated edition of Watson's Top. Bot. ed. 2 (1884), in which, however, the Characece do not figure. SHORT NOTES 345 elsewhere in Breconshire. I have found the former in Llyn-y-Cwm Llwch, at the foot of the Brecknock Beacons. This year, on 15th July, I found both species cast up at the edge of Llyn-y-Fan Fawr, at the foot of the Brecknockshire Fan. This lake has the reputation of being void of both weeds and fish. But I do not see how the Lwetes and Littorella could have been there — the Isoetes in good condition, though small — cast up on the shore, unless they had come from the lake. The other lake, Llyn-y-Fan Fach, is some miles away for the pedestrian : there are two great cliffs interposed, as the crow flies. The plants could hardly have come from there. It was too late in the evening to examine Llyn-y-Fan Fawr thoroughly, and trace the plants to their home in it : though I hope to do so another time. A fisherman would not consider such small plants to be tceeds : they would not shelter fish. — H. J. ElDDLESDELL. Helianthemum vulgare in Middlesex. — Mr. Benbow (p. 278) can find no report of the occurrence of Helianthemum. vuhjare in Middlesex prior to his own. He will find records in Watson's Top. Bot. ed. 2, under the plant — "21 Middlesex. Hind"; and (quite generally) in Pryor's Flora of Hertfordshire, and Hanbury & Marshall's Flora of Kent, p. xxxvii. Trimen & Dyer, Flora oj Middlesex, mention it as one of the "wants." — H. J. Eiddlesdell. Wandsworth Common Casuals. — Last winter the " Three Island Pond" on Wandsworth Common was drained and cleaned, and the removed mud and earth were deposited at the nearest corner of the Common, just above the railway. On the waste heap so formed I have this week (Sept. 14) found some large plants of Panicum. Crus-galU L., and a smaller number of Sctaria ;ea, and Carpolyza. 372 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY capsules Avhicli do not split, or the membranous coat of the capsule itself [see fig. i.] , apparently with as much ease as the lightest earth, and often in a direction contrary to gravitation. Any botanist desirous of seeing this need only to tie a piece of muslin round the capsule of Awari/llis loiKjifolia L. a little before it is ripe, and by placing that afterwards in any moist part of the stove, he will soon find the seeds sewed together by their radicles as completely as by a piece of string, see Tab. fig. Before the plumule or first leaf is evolved, an incipient bulb forms at its base, the outer coat of that being part of the cotyledon, to which physical law I know no ex- ception, though the deity has probably ordained that no physical law shall be universal." Fig. i. — Ammocharis falcata Herb, with a seed germinating in the capsule, April 26, 181J: ; the capsule was ripe in October, and had stood all winter. To the left, a germinating seed removed from the capsule. From a drawing by R. A. Salisbury. The figure to which Salisbury refers, and which was not pub- lished, I find among his drawings ; it is reproduced in fig. ii. Although Brown and Salisbury were quite clear as to the true seed-character of these structures, it is evident that some divergence of opinion existed, for in 182'4 Achille Richard, in a paper entitled " Observations sur les pretendns bulbil I es qui se developpent dans I'interieur des capsules de quelques especes de Crinuvi'' (Annahs Sci. Nat. ii. 12), refers to the great number of authors who have spoken of fleshy bulbils developing in the interior of capsules and replacing the seeds in Crimim, Amaryllis, &c., and says that, having had the opportunity of observing the pretended bulbils in Criniim asiaticiun, enibescens, and taitense, he has assured himself of the error of the above statements. He gives a description (with figs.) THE BULBIFORM SEEDS OF CERTAIN AMARYLLIDE^ 373 of the structure of the seeds and the early stages of germination. He describes an integument (a sort of brownish epidermis, thick, dry, and peehng irregularly) enclosing a thick cellular endosperm, containing no vessels and becoming greenish towards the exterior, and a small embryo near the base of the endosperm. In germi- nation the radicle makes its way out and grows downwards, soon drawing from the grain the cotyledon, which then elongates. From the above notes we see that some discrepancy existed in the views held as to the nature of the fleshy substance surrounding the embryo. Brown finds that, in certain cases at any rate, it contains vascular tissue ; Salisbury also says that spiral vessels enter at the hilum, but are chiefly distributed along the margin of the fleshy mass, and that the great mass consisted of a thick fleshy coat. Richard, on the other hand, in the species of Crimim which he examined, refers the fleshy mass to endosperm. Fig. ii. — Crinum longifolium Thunb. {Amaryllis lonrjlfolia L.). Seeds germinating in a capsule which has been preveiited from opening. 1. The radicle /• of seed a has approached seed h. 2. The radicle and cotyledon of a have pierced h\ the plumule, which has been carried through in the base of the cotyledonary sheath sh, is developing, the first leaf I having already emerged. The long cotyledon c still communicates with the seed from which it is absorbing nourishment. A precisely similar seedling is developing from h. 3. The same as 2, but the seed h has been cut open. Note at h the swollen sucker formed by the apex of the cotyledon. From a drawing by R. A. Salisbury. The germination of the seed as figured by Salisbury (fig. iii.) and Richard, and referred to by others, follows a course common to a number of monocotyledons. F. E. L. Fischer, for instance (in his Beitrag. z. hotan. System : die Existenz d. Monocotijledonen und d. Poly cotyledon en betrefend, published at Zurich in 1812), classes, from the point of view of their germination, Crinum and Amaryllis with fleshy seeds, with Phcenix and other Palms, &c., and says: ** The peripheral end of the cotyledon with the contained embryo protrudes from the seed and elongates worm-like more or less, often Journal of Botany. — Vol. 39. [Nov. 1901.] 2 e 374 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY for several inches. The radicle elongates m the same direction. . . . The place directly above the puuctam saliens, where de- velopment is going on [I. e. the base of the cotyledonary sheath surrounding the plumule] swells and takes on a bulb form." In 1840 a Dutch botanist, H. C. van Hall {Tijdsch. Nat. Geschied. vii. pp. 140-164), gave a full and well-illustrated account of the fruit, seed, and method of germination in Crimun capense. He takes the same view of the structure of the bulbiform seed as did Richard (see p. 146) ; his figures (fig. iv.) show well the elongation of the cotyledonary sheath carrying downwards the small radicle, the Fig. iii. — Crinum longifolium Thunb. (AmanjUis longifoUa L.). 1. Seed germinating — a, seed ; r, radicle ; c, cotyledon ; &, first leaf ; sli, base of sheath of cotyledon which is already thickening to form the outermost bulb-scale, inside sli is the plumule. 2. Sucker, s, formed at the tip of the cotyledon by which the nourishment in the endosperm is absorbed for the use of the seedling. 3. Section of germinating seed showing the sucker, -s, of the cotyledon lying in the endosperm. From a drawing by K. A. Salisbury. upper end of the cotyledon remaining in the seed to form a swollen sucker by means of which the nourishment in the endosperm is gradually absorbed. The plumule is surrounded by the base of the cotyledonary sheath, where the bulb very soon begins to develop, the sheath forming the outermost scale. His figures also illustrate the different length which the cotyledonary sheath attains under different circumstances. In one case where a seed was allowed to germinate at the edge of a board, and not supplied either with food or moisture, the radicle was carried vertically downwards by a cotyledonary growth six times the largest diameter of the seed in length, and still showed no trace of the leaf succeeding the cotyledon. Later workers enable us to reconcile the differing statements as to the exact nature of the fleshy mass surrounding the embryo. In 1857 Henri Baillon [BulL Soc. Bot. Fr, iv. p. 1020) showed that in THE BULBIFORM SEEDS OF CERTAIN AMARYLLIDE^ 375 HymenocalHs speciosa the two integuments of the ovule after fertili- zation become much thickened, and fuse together with the nucellns to form the thick fleshy mass surrounding the embryo. Vascular Fig. iv.— Criiium capense Herb. 1. Seed cut longitudinally, showing contained embryo — r, radicle ; c, cotyledon. 2. Germinating seed — /•, radicle ; c, cotyledon ; b, first leaf of plumule. 3. A dry seed germinating on the edge of a board : the cotyledon has grown to a great length, the first leaf of the plumule has not yet broken from the cotyledonary sheath. 4. Longitudinal section of the cotyledonary sheath showing also the long, narrow first leaves of the plumule. The sheath which ultimately forms the outermost bulb-scale is already thickening. 5. Sucker-like end of cotyledon which remains in the seed. After H. C. van Hall, in Tijdschr. v. Natuurl. Geschied. vii. t. iii. Leiden, 1840. tissue derived from the outer integument can be seen. In the next year PrilUeux {Ann. Sci. Nat. ser.*4, ix. 97 (1858) ) confirmed Baillon's statements on Hijmenocallis (except that he states that the fleshy coat arises purely from the primine), but showed that in Amanjllis Belladonna, Crinum embescens, C. giganteiim, C. taitense, and C. 2 E 2 376 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY capense the ovules are naJa'd, and that the fleshy coat is derived from a large development of endosperm, on the outside of which the remains of the nuceUus forms a thin membrane. Moreover, no vascular tissue occurs in the fleshy coat. A. Braun {Ann. Sci. Xat. ser. 4, xiv. p. 9 (I860)) shortly after- wards confirmed Prillieux's observations on the occurrence of two kinds of fleshy seeds, which he named bulbous, where the outer of the two integuments of the ovule forms the fleshy seed-coat (as in Hymenocallis), and tuberculous (as in Crinum, &c.) respectively. He also drew attention to the fact, noted by Brown, that in some of the fleshy seeds (those in which their separation precedes the visible formation of the embryo) spiral vessels do occur in the fleshy mass, though Brown had previously stated in the Prodromus (p. 297) that the mass was purely cellular. The recognition of the existence of the two kinds of seeds helped to explain these differences. Brami also noted that several embryos might occur in one seed in Hymeno- callis. Fig. v. — Calostemma Ciinningliami Ait. 1. Two anatropous ovules — m, micropyle ; rt, an aril-like outgrowth which ultimately forms a cap on top of the bulb. 2. Longitudinal section of one of the ovules shown in 1, showing the inner, i, and outer, i', integuments surrounding the nucellus, n, in v,hich is seen the embryo-sac, .><■ ; m, micropyle; /;, hilum, or point of insertion of the ovule. 3. Longitudinal section of an ovule at a later stage — the base (chalaza) has become flattened, forming a disc, from the lower part of which a root, r, is growing, from the upper a bud, b, which is filling the cavity of the embryo-sac. 4. Mature bulbil in longitudinal section. The bud has completely filled the cavity of the nucellus, the remains of which, together with the integuments of the ovule, form the bulb -scales. After Baillon, in Compt.-Rend. de la 2me Session, Assoc. Franc. 1874, t. iii. A third kind of bulbiform seed was subsequently described by Baillon in an allied genus, Calostemma, in the Proceedings of the Association Fran9aise (Lyons, 1873). Calostemma was one of the Australian genera to which Brown referred in his original note in the Prodromus. In C. Cunningliami each of the three ovary -chambers THE BULBIFORM SEEDS OF CERTAIN AMARYLLIDE^E 377 contained two anatropons ovules, the development of which Baillon found to be at first quite normal ; two integuments enveloped the nucellus, in the centre of which was apparently an embryo-sac. But instead of producing a seed, the ovule developed directly into a bulbil in the following manner (fig. v.). It became very much swollen at the base (chalaza), forming a disc-like structure, from the centre of which a root grew outwards and a conical bud inwards, occupying the central ovular cavity and growing up towards the micropyle. At the same time the integuments became fleshy, and formed, together with the remains of the nucellus, the outer scales of the bulbil. Finally Goebel, in his Pjianzenhlologische Scldldeningen (i. p. 129) (1889),* has given a detailed account of the development of the seed in Crinum miaticum. The ovules, of which there are two in each of the three ovary-chambers, recall in their extremely rudimentary structure those of parasitic plants. They are naked, consisting merely of an elongated swelling on the placenta, in the centre of which is an embryo-sac (sometimes two embryo- sacs occur in one ovule). After fertilization the embryo-sac becomes filled with endosperm, in which the small embryo is enclosed ; occasionally a central narrow space remains in the endosperm, which Goebel suggests may be the central cavity referred to by Brown in those seeds in which he found no embryo, the latter from its small size having been overlooked. The endosperm continues to develop, growing out of the nucellus (of which only a small portion remains at the base), and forms a large fleshy mass, completely surrounding the small axial embryo. This growth in thickness takes place chiefly on the outside, where we find chlorophyll developed in the cell-layers. Ultimately a thin protective coating of cork is formed. Thus the ripe seed consists simply of a mass of endosperm enclosing an embryo. The endosperm forms a soft fleshy mass, in which are air-containing intercellular spaces, forming, as Goebel suggests, an adaptation for the distribution of the seeds by water, their specific gravity being thereby considerably reduced. The peripheral cork- layer prevents water- logging. A similar device occurs in some Water Lilies, where an additional seed-coat (the aril) forms a light air-containing float. To sum up the results of previous work on the bulbiform seeds of Amaryllidea, we find that three forms can be distinguished, as follows : — A. True seeds. 1. Developed from a normal ovule, the outer integument of which becomes thick and fleshy after fertilization, and forms the substance of the bulbiform mass, e.g. HymenocalUs. 2. Developed from a naked ovule, the fleshy substance being derived entirely from the endosperm, which develops chlorophyll in its outer layers and continues to grow for some time, e. g. Crinum asiaticum, and other species. B. A vegetative growth replacing the seed. 3. A normal ovule is produced, but a viviparous growth of an adventitious shoot and root takes place at its base, and a bulbil is formed, the ovule integuments forming the outer coats, e.g. Calostemma Cunninghami. 378 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY As regards germination, events seem to follow a course common to many bulb-forming monocotyledons (see, for instance, Lubbock's Seedlings, ii. p. 578). The radicle is pushed outwards and down- wards by the growth of the cotyledon, in the sheathing base of which the plumule is protected ; the tip of the cotyledon remains in the seed, acting as a sucker to absorb the nutritive endosperm. The formation of the bulb is soon indicated by the swelling of the base of the cotyledon-sheath, which forms the outermost bulb-scale. Under some circumstances the cotyledon may reach a considerable length before the plumule shows any sign of breaking through at its base. SOME NORTH-EAST IRELAND RUBI. By Rev. W. Moyle Rogers, F.L.S. As bramble referee for the Watson Botanical Exchange Club, I have had dried specimens of Co. Down Rubi sent to me for annotation annually since 1893, the collectors being the Rev. C. H. Waddell and the Rev. Canon Lett, to both of whom I am very greatly indebted for help given me in the preparation of this paper. The majority of their specimens have caused me little or no difficulty, as they obviously belonged to familiar British forms ; but in all of the packets in recent years there has been no in- considerable admixture of unfamiliar-looking forms, which I only very gradually learnt to sort with any confidence. I was especially glad, therefore, of an opportunity of seeing the living bushes, over a fairly extensive area, under Canon Lett's guidance last July, while his guest for ten days at Aghaderg, near the western border of Co. Down. As we were favoured with exceptionally fine weather, we were able also to explore part of the contiguous north-east corner of Co. Armagh. These notes give the result. I have added brief remarks on some Co. Antrim Rubi, also seen growing in July last, partly by my son Rev. F. A. Rogers, and partly by myself; and also a few earlier records for the three counties by other collectors, whose specimens I saw. But I have thought it best not to include the numerous additional records for the three counties which were pub- lished from time to time in the Irish Naturalist and elsewhere, and are now embodied in Mr. Lloyd Praeger's recently issued Irish Topographical Botany. For the counties visited I give the comital numbers suggested in Irish Topographical Botany — viz. 37, Armagh ; 38, Down ; and 39, Antrim. The living bushes were seen by me in every instance in which the locality is not immediately followed by the name of the collector. Glynn (near Larne), where I stayed for the few days I spent in Co. Antrim, is but poorly furnished with Rubi ; but the Aghaderg, Banbridge, and Newry neighbourhoods (counties Down and Armagh) are exceedingly rich in distinct forms as in individual bushes. The bushes, however, grow almost exclusively in hedges, and so present special difficulties to the student — a circumstance SOME NORTH-EAST IRELAND RUBI 379 which may to some extent account for the difficulty at first ex- perienced in naming some of tliem. But I now believe that in the vast majority of cases Irish brambles are practically identical with those of Great Britain. As usual, an asterisk will be found pre- fixed in the case of new county records. Where the collector's name follows the locality given, the sign ! is added as often as I have seen specimens. R2ibus Idam L. Appears to be generally distributed, though in some districts rather sparingly. SUBERECTI. B. suherectus ^wdi^v^. 38. Castlewellan Lake, Stewart \ The only Irish suberectus that I have seen, except a Westmeath plant from Knock Drin. I have seen no R.Jissus. R. Rogersu Linton. 38. Mile Hill Lane, Aghaderg ; very local. Not yet found in any quantity in Ireland, but quite characteristic in this Aghaderg locality, as at Gilhall, Dromore [Lett !), and Saint- field {Warden !), in other parts of Co. Down. I have also seen a Derry specimen, collected by Mr. Druce at Lough Neagh. R. j)Ucatus Wh. & N. Locally abundant. 37. Lane by Dublin Road, Newry. 38. Anacloan ; Banbridge. "39. Ballymena ; Cush- endall; Giant's Causeway ; but " not common," F. A. Rogers. Ehamnifolii. R, Lindleianus Lees. 37. Lurgan ; Armagh, Fraeger ! Raugh- lin, Waddell ! & Lett \ Lough Gilly, Fruce ! Scarva, abundant ; near Newry. 38. Aghaderg and neighbourhood ; common. At Saintfield found only sparingly by Mr. Waddell. 39. Glen Dun, Shoolbredl Cushendall ; Giant's Causeway ("not common"), F. A. Rogers ; Glynn. In 37 and 38 usually very abundant and typical ; but the form with roundish-cordate terminal leaflet referred to in my Handbk. Brit. Rnbi, p. 28, as received from Canon Lett, is quite frequent in his neighbourhood, and in this one feature (the terminal leaflet of its stem-leaf), though not in other respects, it recalls the true R. cordi/olius of Rnbi Germanici. R. rhammfoJius Wh. & N. 37. Armagh, Fraeger ! bushy ground near Newry. 38. Aughnadarragh, Saintfield, Waddell ! near Gil- ford, Lettl Aghaderg. 39. Cairncastle, Stewart I The ordinary British form. Apparently quite frequent. Subsp. Bakeri F. A. Lees. '''38. Dry banks by the sea, Kil- lough, Waddell ! R. jndcherrimus Neum. 37 & 38. Very abundant and charac- teristic. 39. Cushendall and Knocknacarry ; Larne ; Cave Hill, Belfast, SJioolbred ! near Giant's Causeway, Bailey \ & F. A. Rogers ! Glynn. ViLLICAULES. R. Selmeri Lindeb. 37. Tanderagee, Lettl Scarva and near Newry, very abundant. 38. Saintfield, Waddell ! common at Ag- haderg ; Anacloan. 39. Cushendall ; near Giant's Causeway, Bailey \ k F. A. Rogers. Evidently as abundant and easily recog- nized through a great part of Ireland as in most parts of Great 380 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Britain. Under this I now believe must come Canon Lett's Armagh (Tanderagee) and Antrim (Glendun) plants, for which I formerly suggested the name R. gratus Focke. DiSCOLORES. E. argentatus P. J. Muell. ''=38. Aghaderg ; local. Apparently rare in Ireland. B. rnsticaniis Merc. 87. Tartaraghan ; Armagh, Praeger ! 38. Annaghdroghal ; Comber and Castle Espin, Waddell ! Ballin- taggart, Lett ! Aghaderg, seen in two spots only, viz. Mile Hill Lane and roadside towards I3anbridge. 89. Common, and especially abundant near the sea. [B. puhescens Weihe. 38. Saintfield, WaddeJl ! Doubtfully thus named by me, and in need of confirmation.] SiLVATICI. R. silvaticus Wh. & N. 37. Field south of Newry, near the reservoir, hb. Lett ! Apparently this, but needing confirmation here and in 38 (Milltown and Clonallen, Lett. Saintfield, ]Vaddell). B. mijrica Focke, var. hesperius Eogers. "''88. Lane north of Banbridge. Not seen in fruit, but clearly not distinct from Mr. Marshall's Mayo and Galway plant (Journ. Bot. 1896, 504), though nearly eglandular in panicle, and so one step nearer to typical B. wyrica.. B.macrophnllus\m\.kl^. 88. Saintfield, TlWrf^// ! Aghaderg: wall near the Lough, quite in the open, for a good many yards ; a conspicuous form with short roundish terminal leaflet and very floriferous large-flowered panicle. Subsp. Schlechtendalii (Weihe). One of the most abundant and characteristic brambles of this part of Ireland. 37. Scarva ; near Newry. 88. Saintfield, Waddell I Aghaderg; Anacloan; Banbridge. Vestiti. B. micans Gren. & Godr. "87. Scarva. 88. Fairly frequent. Banbridge, roadside near " Mutton Hill," a handsome highly glandular form ; Aghaderg ; Anacloan. Confirms previous un- certain record for Co. Down. '"89. Near Ballymena, about two miles on the Larne Road ; a very strong form, F. A. Bogers ! Pi. hirtifolius Muell. & Wirtg. 38. Under this aggregate spe- cies must certainly come a plant of Canon Lett's from Aghaderg, which I have seen in the dried state more than once : and also one from Saintfield collected by Mr. Waddell. They seem to go best with my var. vwllissimus ; as probably do the Westmeath (Knock Drin) plant, Linton], Mr. Marshall's from Mullaranny, West Mayo, and Mr. Bailey's from Carnabridge to Portrush, Derry. B. pyramidalis Kalt. 37. Lurgan, Praeger ! Lane and bushy ground near the reservoir on the Dublin Road, Newry. 88. Saint- field, Waddell ! Carrick, Hanhurg ! Aghaderg, Lett ! abundant at Ballynanny, Anacloan. Reported by Mr. Waddell as " common at Saintfield and in most parts of the county." 39. Cave Hill, Dnicel Cushendall ('" very little "), F. A. Bogers ! SOME NORTH-EAST IRELAND RUBI 881 E. leucostachya Schleicli. 37. Lurgan, Prcmjer ! Scarva ; near Newry. 38. Aghaderg ; Anacloan ; Banbridge. Apparently com- mon, though often uncharacteristic, in 37 and 38. 39. Cave Hill, Belfast, &c., Shoolhred ! * Egregii. This group, it will be seen, is more highly represented than any other. R. Lettii, sp. (or subsp.) nov. " R. Gehrtii Frider., Tjettil subsp. nov.," Wats. Bot. Exch. Club 1900-1901 Rep. p. 14. Stem high-arcldwi at first, stout, bluntly angled, striate, (ilaurous, clothed with long fine shining hairs; its aclcles very unequally scattered and stalked glands very rare or absent. Fricldes mostly subequal and nearly confined to angles, remarkably compressed and straight, hug, slender, nearly patent, hairy, occasionally gland-tipped. Leaves usually 5-nate-pedate, concave, pale greyish-green, very soft beneath with close shining hairs, often greyish-felted at first ; petioles long, with many unequal partly gland -tipped organs. Leaflets somewhat imbricate at first ; terminal slightly obovate, with fairly long cuspidate-acuminate point, subcordate base, and compound teeth ; basal shortly stalked. Panicle long, cylindrical, lax below, and usually only slightly narrowed at the top ; about one-third ultra- axillary; the lowest branches moderately long and nearly erect. Pcachis u'ith very close grey felt under the long hairs, armed like the stem, though usually much more glandular and aciculate, with some of the long slefider prickles gland-tipped ; the prickles almost invariably straight and mostly patent or subpatent. Sepals (like rachis and pedicels) remarkably grey-felted, refiexed, often long-pointed, usually quite unarmed and eglandular. Petals narrow, white or faintly pinkish. Stamens exceeding styles. Young carpels somewhat hairy. Fruit abundant and excellent. While recalling R. Gelertii among the Kgregii, and in earlier groups B. Questierii and B. micans, this seems most closely allied to B. criniger Linton, from which it may, however, without difficulty be distinguished by the long remarkably compressed slender prickles, the somewhat obovate termiual leaflet with more finely pointed teeth and less gradually acuminate point, and the cylindrical panicle with stronger gland-tipped organs, shorter more ascending lower branches, and broader top. The extraordinary greyness of the whole plant is also a very marked feature. Under Canon Lett's guidance I saw it in great abundance in Aghaderg, Anacloan, and Banbridge parishes aloug the western boundary of Co. Down, and in Co. Armagh plentifully at Scarva, and more sparingly near Newry. Mr. Waddell has sent it to me from Saintfield, and he and Canon Lett are agreed in calling it "a very common Co. Down plant." I know nothing exactly like it in Great Britain, though the Rev. A. Ley has found a form which recalls it in Bolston Wood, Herefordshire. [R. Borceanus Genev. 38. Aghaderg Glebe (locality now de- stroyed), hb. Lett ! Probably this species, but, if so, untypical in the scarcity of the stem-pricklets and in the rather prickly panicle.] B. cinerosus Rogers. ^''38. Caskum, Aghaderg ; in one spot, 382 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY rather abundant. This is the fourth Irish county in which this species has now been found. E. mucronatus Blox. 37. Armagh, Praeger ! 38. Very local and variable. Saintfield, Waddell ! Aghaderg, Lett ! : Edenderry (typical) ; Mile Hill Lane (a nearly eglandular form) f Knock Iveagh (apparently this), hh. Lett ! 39. Cave Hill, Belfast, Druce ! B, Gelertii Frider. -:^37. Near the Dublin Road, Newry. ^^39. Glynn, in considerable quantity ; a handsome exceptionally glandular form. R. anglosaxonicus Gelert. 37. Newry ; Tartaraghan (form near subsp. rachdoides), Fraef/er ! Subsp. vestitiformis Rogers. *38. Anacloan, in one lane, several bushes ; a form with exceptionally long prickles. New for Ireland. R. Borreri Bell Salt. 37. Near Newry, Vraeger ! & Lett ! Lough Gilly, Dmce ! Quite typical and in great quantity at Scarva and by the Dublin Road, Newry. "38. Aghaderg ; Ana- cloan. Locally abundant. R. Drejeri G. Jensen. "39. Glynn ; hillside by limestone quarries. Typical, but seen only in small quantity. Subsp. hibernicus Rogers. '■■37. Scarva, very abundant ; near Newry, in no great quantity. 38. Common at Aghaderg and Anacloan, over a large area; near Banbridge ; Saintfield, Waddell \ In wood-borders and hedges, with the next. R. dunensis, sp. (or subsp.) nov. Stem, bluntly angled, con- siderahhj hairy, with scattered unequal armature varying very greatly in amount, but often quite Koehlerian in character. Prickles mostly slender from stout base and rather short. Larger acicles and bristles often gland-tipped. Stalked glands many, very unequal. Leaves very broad, al^s^ys yellowish, conspicuously concave, opaque and thinly strigose above, at first softly hairy beneath, icitJi somewhat sinuate sharply pointed compound teeth. Terminal leaflet roundish-oval, ivith long acuminate point and cordate base ; intermediate exceptionally long and usually overlapping the subsessile basal ones. Panicle with short close pyramidal top and two or three distant lower racemose branches, remarkably brown in upper half. Rachis slightly flexuose, with patent brownish hair hiding the crowded short-stalked glands ; gland-tipped acicles exceeding hair rather few ; prickles weak, declining or patent. Flowers cup-shaped. Sepals very glandular, brownish, soon rising and often remaining erect. Petals narrow, faintly pinkish or white. Stamens erect, exceeding styles. Carpels glabrous. Flowers early and fruits abundantly. Fruit excellent. One of the few earlier flowering and most abundant brambles in West Down and the adjoining parts of Armagh. Received also from Saintfield, East Down. Strongly recalls B. Drejeri and its two subspecies, but keeps quite distinct. This is included under subsp. hibernicus in Handbk. Brit. Bubi, p. 63 (as a strong form) ; but, when constantly growing with it under like conditions, it flowers a fortnight earlier, and can always be distinguished from it at some distance by its yellow tint, concave leaves, and peculiar brownish panicle close-branched above and very lax below. The sinuation of the leaf-toothing is usually less SOME NORTH-EAST IRELAND RUBI 383 marked than in Idbemicm, but is still very unlike the shallow serration in Drejeri and the very even simple teeth in Leyanus. ^ In B. Drfjeri alone are the leaves chiefly 3-4-nate, and the terminal leaflet roundish, with short point. I am convinced now that the right place for H. dnnensis is not (as I for a time supposed) among the Koehleriani near B. cognatus, but among the E(jn'(jii, after aggregate B. Drejeri. The four forms may be thus contrasted : — I. Stem considerably hairy. (1) Leaves chiefly 3-4-nate. Leaflets roundish, with rather short cuspidate point, and shallow irregular teeth. Panicle narrow cylindrical. B. Drejeri. Stem fuscous, dull. Leaves flat, green. Prickles often falcate, especially on panicle. (2) Leaves usually conspicuously 5-nate. Leaflets with long acuminate point and compound sinuate toothing. Panicle pyramidal. B. dnnensis. Stem and leaves yellowish. Stem very prickly and aciculate. Leaves concave, thick, soft beneath, very broad, the long intermediate leaflets overlapping the basal. Panicle close above, with distant lower branches. Flowers early. B. hibernicus. Stem and leaves green. Stem with thinly scat- tered prickles and acicles. Leaves soon quite flat, thin, comparatively narrow, rarely imbricate. Panicle long, lax throughout, with rigid upper branches. Flowers late. II. Stem siibglabrons and shining. B. Leyanus. Stem yellowish -brown, with very variable armature. Leaves mostly 5-nate, green above, often grey-felted beneath, sharply evenly toothed. Panicle rather lax, much narrowed above, but with less formal outline than in B. hibernicus. The existence of B. Leyanus in North-east Ireland now needs confirmation ; but I am still disposed to refer to it Mr. Marshall's plants from AVexford and Mayo (see Irish Top. Bot. p. 105). Mr. Druce's records for 39 and 40 may also be right (as I thought at the time) ; but I no longer have his specimens to refer to. RaDUL;E. B. radida^QihQ. Typical, or nearly so. 38. Newcastle, 7)7-Hr^! Lisnagade, Aghaderg, iMt ! 39. Near Giant's Causeway, Bailey ! Cave Hill, Druce ! Subsp. echinatoides^ogQYs. 37. Tanderagee ; Ballymore, Lett\ Scarva, abundant; near Newry. 38. Aghaderg, in several places, but rather local. I am satisfied now that it was an exceptionally slender form of this subspecies that I named B. rudis Weihe for Canon Lett a few years ago (see Irish Top. Bot. p. 106). 39. Glen- arm, Lett\ & Drucel Cave Hill, Druce ! & Waddell ! Less glandular than usual. B. echinatus Lindl. 37. Market Hill, Druce ! B. oigocladus Muell. & Lefv. var. Xewbo2ddiiBQh. "^'Ql. Scarva, in great quantity ; near Newry. 38. Aghaderg ; Anacloan ; Ban- 384 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY bridge. Locally abundant, but very variable : the Newry plant especially going a long way towards var. Bloxamianus (Colem.), though on the whole perhaps best kept under Newbouldii. R. reijilliis A. Ley. 38. Gillhall demesne, Lett ! A form less glandular than the Grioucestershire and Herefordshire type. SUB-KOEHLERIANI. Pi. Bahingtonli Bell Salt. 37. Ferry Hill, Lett ! Rather doubt- ful. ^''^38. Dram Crow, Waddell in hh. Lett ! B. miitabilis Genev. "38. Lisoagade, Aghaderg, one clump ; in shade, and so hardly typical, making some approach towards subsp. iiemorosus Genev. An imperfect specimen from this thicket was wrongly named by me R. adornatus P. J. Muell. for the Watson Bot. Exch. Club (see Report 1900-1901, p. 17, second paragraph). New for Ireland. R. Bloxamii Lees. '''37. Lane near Newry, in some quantity ; nearly typical, but with exceptionally stout prickles and lax panicle. Sub-Bellardiani. R. scaber Wh. & N. 37. Lurgan, Praeger ! 38. Aghaderg Glebe ; fairly abundant locally, with leaves exceptionally large in shade, and mostly 3-nate. KOEHLERIANI. R. rosaceus Wh. & N. var. hystrix (Wh. & N.). 39. Gbn Dun, Shoolbred ! Also form near subsp. infecuiidus Rogers, near Maralin (38), Lett ! R. Koehlerl Wh. & N. 38. Newcastle, Dnice I Aghaderg:— seen in two places only — (1) Mile Hill Lane ; (2) Glebe field. Subsp. dasijphijlhis Rogers. 37 & 38. Common. Apparently the most abundant and generally distributed glandular bramble in North Ireland, as in North England. Bellardiani. R. saxicolm P. J. Muell. 38. Saintfield, Waddell ! Apparently R. horridicaulis P. J. Muell., the strong form which Dr. Focke associates with R. saxiculus. Gmsu. R. coryUfoUus Sm. 37. Armagh, Praeyerl 38. Castlewellan, Stewart ! Aghaderg, Lett ! 39. Cairncastle, Stewart ! Cushendall, Bailey ! — Var. siiblustris (Lees). 38. Lindalgin, Saintfield, Waddell ! — Y&Y.cyclophyUus (L'mdeh.). 37. Tartaraghan, Pra^//t-r! Ardmore, Lett ! 39. Larne, Shoolbred ! Widely distributed and variable. I saw no characteristic siiblustris growing. As an aggregate, found by my son to be frequent from Larne to Giant's Causeway. R. ccBsius L. 37. Scarva. 39. Larne to Giant's Causeway; "fairly common," F. A, Rogers. 385 NEW BRITISH FUNGI. By Dr. C. B. Plowright. The descriptions subjoined of the three species new to our flora are from specimens in the Herbarium of the British Museum. The two Hymenomycetes have been figured by Mr. Worthington Gr. Smith on the slieets ilhistrative of the Basidiomycetes in the Botanical Gallery of the Museum. PoLYPORus {Foint'f!) EuoNYMi Kalch. Icones Hung. t. 35, f. 3; Fries, Hymen. Europasi, p. 560; Sacc. Syll. vi. p. 182. On the base of the stems of Enonijmua europceni^, near Salisbury ; Mr. E. J. latum, 1899. This is regarded by Fries as a subspecies of P. LonicercB, but in the light of our present knowledge of the parasitic character of the Polypori it seems better to regard it as a distinct species. Although not previously observed in Great Britain, it is fairly common in France. It has been on the tables of the Paris Fungus Exhibitions on several occasions. Monilia Glasti, n. sp. Pale lilac, in small patches which speedily become confluent. Conidia oval, pointed or rounded at either end, sometimes lemon-shaped, variable in size, 10-12 x 6-8 mm., sometimes 15 x 10. Hyphae basal, few and inconspicuous, spore-clusters 120-200 mm. long. Conidia collapsing with a longi- tudinal fold when dry. On woad-balls. 1900. Parson Drove Woad-mill, Cambridge- shire. The fungus appears as a dusty coating on the outside of the balls into which the crushed leaves of woad (Isatis tinctoria) are made during the preparation of this substance in the fenland district of Cambridge and Lincolnshire, the only district in England where woad culture is still carried on. Thelephora vitellina, n. sp. Pileus pale egg-yellow, flabelli- form, expanded upwards, superior margin rimose, slightly incurved laterally. Hymenium rugulose, zoneless. Stem attenuated down- wards, but enlarged at the base. Pileus \-h or f in. across (10- 18 mm.), 1-1^ in. (20-30 mm.) high. Spores oval, 3 x 1-1-5 />t. On a dead fir-branch amongst moss and in the interior of a fir- stem. Boat of Garten, 18 Sept. 1900 ; Mr. Scutt Elliut. This striking Theleplwra was found during the excursions of the Scottish Cryptogamic and British Mycological Societies round Boat of Garten, N.B., Sept. 1900. Specimens were sent to M. Boudier, who pointed out its resemblance to T. Sowerbeii B. & Br., from which it differs in its pure yellow colour and lignicolous habit, as well as in the small size of its spores. 386 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY L'HEEITIER'S SPECIES OF EELHANIA. By Spencer le M. Moore, F.L.S. The French botanist L'Heritier, as is well known, visited this country in 1786 and 1787, and recorded some of the results of his journey in his Scrtiiiii Anglkuin, published at Paris in 1788. The fine collections made, chiefly in South Africa, by Francis Masson, a few years previously had been deposited in the Banksian herbarium, where, inter alia, L'Heritier studied the specimens of the genus Relhama forming part of Masson's treasure trove, publishing his conclusions in the Sertam, pp. 22-24. Owing to the brevity of the descriptions — brevity customary in those days — and also to the extraordinary neglect shown by authors of British colonial floras in consulting the National Herbarium, L'Heritier's species have, in some cases, been entirely misunderstood. I have recently worked over the Masson types, which are, I may add, authenticated in Solander's handwriting, and the following brief notes will, it is hoped, clear up all the doubtful points which have arisen. They will also, perhaps, serve to point a moral much to the purpose in these days of hasty monographing from the contents of single herbaria — a moral which emphasizes the necessity of a botanist having actual specimens before him if his work is to be of sterling value. A. Relhania, L'Herit. 1. R. sQUARROSA, and 2. R. genistifolia. — These species have been correctly understood by all authors. 3. R. MicROPHYLLA. — This was placed by De Candolle (Prod. vi. p. 287) among the "species non satis notse " at the end of the genus. The name is not cited by Harvey. To me it appears to be a narrow-leaved form of R. gcniatifoUa ; to be, in fact, 11. gejiis- ti/olia L'Herit. var. angmtifolia Harv. (Fl. Cap. iii. p. 300). 4. R. passerinoides. — This is made by Harvey a synonym of Geigeria passer inoides Harv., without the least shadow of a reason; and inasmuch as L'Heritier himself states that there is but a slight difference (in leaf) between his it. pas^erinoiden and Pi. viscosa, one marvels as to what Harvey could have been about when perpetrating this absurd blunder. De Candolle [1. c. p. 285) comes nearer the mark, but he is still far astray, for, in spite of L'Heritier's just- mentioned note, while keeping R. viscosa in Relhania, he refers R. passerinoides to FolgcluEtia, a genus merged by Bentham (Gen. PI. ii. p. 326), and, following him, by 0. Hoffmann (Eugler and Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iv. 5. p. 197) in Nestlera. The type-specimen of R. passerinoides, it should be added, has a paleaceous receptacle, and so is not a Nestlera. 5. R. VISCOSA. — This name will have to disappear, for examina- tion of the type shows it to be merely a fleshy-leaved form of R. passerinoides. It is placed by DC. {I. c. p. 287) among his in- sufficiently known species. Harvey passes it by without notice. l'heritier's species of relhania 387 6. R. LAXA. — Another of De Candolle's " species non satis notse." Again silence on Harvey's part. This is an erect slender- stemmed sparsely-branching herb, in all respects like E. pediuicidata L'Herit., except for its habit and the usually longer peduncles, which latter may attain a length of four or even six centimetres. 7. R. PEDUNcuLATA. — As indicated above, this name will have to go. L'Heritier's type is similar to specimens called by De Can- dolle Bhijnclwimdiuiii pedam-idataiii (l. c. p. 290), both botanists having hit on the same trivial name, although the later author was quite unaware that he was describing an already known plant, for he places Eelhania peduiiculata L'Herit. among his '' species non satis notas " at the end of Eelhania. Harvey reduces Ehynclw- jjsldiuiiiDC. to EelJuDila, EJiijiichopddliiiiipediDivulatuni J)C. becoming Eelhania 2jedu)iculata Harv. As stated above, I believe this to be merely a small diffuse variety of E. laxa L'Herit., which 1 propose to call var. huinilis. The full synonymy will therefore stand thus : Relhania laxa L'Herit. Sert. Angl. p. 23, var. humilis S. Moore. E. pedunculata L'Herit., I. c. p. 23, De Candolle Prod. I. c. p. 287. Ehynchojfsidiiun pedimculatiun DC, I. c. p. 290. EelJiania peduncio- lata Harv., I. c. p. 302. 8. R. lateriflora. — This is the plant subsequently (1794) de- scribed by Thunberg (Prod. Plant. Cap. p. 146) as E. semUjiora. Thunberg gives as a synonym of this Athanada sessiUjiora Linn., and he thus adopts the oldest trivial for the species. De Candolle {I. G. p. 290) makes E. laterijiora L'Herit. a queried variety of his Ehijndioimdiiun sesdlijiorum=.Fielhania sessilijioi-a Thbg. 9. R. cuneata. — Harvey (I.e. p. 300) gives Thunberg as the authority for this name, whereas a several years' priority is enjoyed by L'Heritier. As both authors cite Athanada unifiora Linn, as a synonym, the cuneata of both authors would appear to be the same plant. It is the Edopes cuneata of De Candolle {I. c. p. 288). 10. R. viRGATA. — L'Heritier notes of this as follows : " admo- dum affinis praecedenti, cujus forte varietas " — yet De Candolle, although he places it. cuneata in Eclopes, can do nothing more satisfactory with the present plant than insert it at the end of Eelhania among the insufficiently known species. Harvey is again silent here. After comparing the types of this species and the last, I am of opinion that it. virgata is only a narrower-leaved variety of E. cuneata with more rigid habit of growth. E. ciryata L'Herit. may therefore be called R. cuneata L'Herit. var. virgata S. Moore. 11. R. PALEACEA. — This was originally described by Linnteus as Leyssera paleacea (Syst. Veg. ed. xii. p. 560 [1767] ), and in the same year by Berg as Leyssera ericoides (Descript. Plant, ex. Cap. Bon.^ Sp. p. 294). It was first referred to its proper genus by L'Heritier in the volume here under notice, and De Candolle [I. c. p. 286) describes the plant as Eelhania paleacea L'Herit. Cassini in 1827 (Diet. Sc. Nat. xlv. p. 30), on the plea that, all the Relhanias having paleae on the receptacle, the prior trivial is objectionable, gave the plant the name of Eelhania ericoides, and this is taken up by Harvey {I. c. p. 299), and he makes E. paleacea L'Herit. a variety of E. ericoides Cass. THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY 12. R. sANTOLiNoiDEs. — A species kept by De Candolle (I. c. p. 286). Harvey makes it a var of B. ericoidei< Cass., and, I think, correctly. L'Heritier himself writes of this—" an satis distincta a R. paleacea ? " 13. R. puNGENs. — Kept up as such by Harvey. A synonym of Eclopes suhpunijem Less, in DO. Prod. vi. p. 289. 14. R. DECussATA. — This interesting plant seems to have been entirely unknown to modern authors, and, in consequence, has been the subject of several mistakes. De Candolle {l.c p. 288) leads off by making R. decitssata L'Herit. a synonym of his lu-lopes devussata, a species founded upon a plant of Ecklon's, and on Burchell 6763, which latter is R. cuneata var. vir(jata. Harvey considers Burchell's plant as typical R. ciomUa "Thbg.," and so far he is not very wide of the mark ; but he then takes an unhappy leap in the dark by hazarding the surmise that R. devussata L'Herit. may be a synonym of R. cuneata " Thbg." The two plants, however, are entirely dis- similar, R. devussata L'Herit. being more like R. speciom Harv. In fact, its position in the genus is between punfjens and speciom, as will'appear from the description here given :— Relhania (§ Evlopes) decussata L'Herit. Sert. Angi. p. 24. Suffrutex erectus, rigidus, sursum sparsim ramosus, ramis strictis foliosis juxta foliorum insertionem breviter araneoso-tomentosis ceteroquin glabris, foliis pluri- (circa 6-) fariatim dispositis arete imbricatis sursum divergentibus subulato-linearibus triquetrisapice pungentibus carnosuUs, capitulis majusculis soHtariis sessilibus campanulatis radiatis heterogamis, involucri phyllis circa 9-seriatis exterioribus necnon intermediis oblongo-ovatis obtusis marginibus scariosis erosulis intimis elongatis lanceolatis obtusis marginibus inteo-ris, receptaculi paleis lineari-lanceolatis longe acuminatis, ligu- lis involucrum pauUo superantibus, styU ramis apice obtusis, achae- niis lineari-oblongis radii hirsutis disci puberulis minoribus et veri- similiter steriUbus, pappi paleis angustissimis quam achaenia multo brevioribus. ^ ^. ^ ... Caulis teres, 0-2 cm. diam., sursum foliosus deorsum vestigns scutulaj formam habentibus instructus. Folia 0-5-0_-6 cm. long., 0-05 cm. lat., pagina sup. late canaliculata ibique breviter araneoso- tomentosa ceteroquin glabra. Capitula circa 1-7 cm. long., vix totidem diam. Involucri phylla extima 0*4 cm. intermedia 0-6 cm. intima I'O cm long., hcTC 0-14 cm. lat., omnia sursum nitentia et h^te brunnea. Receptaculi paleae 0-4 cm. long. Ligulfe lineari- oblon^^^, circa I'O cm. long. ; corolL^ disci circa 0-5 cm. long. Aciii^nia radii immatura 0-15 cm. long., 0-05 cm. diam. ; disci circa 0 1 cm. long, et 0-02-0.03 cm. lat. Pappi palese subsetacese, radn ach^eniorum 0-12 cm. disci 0-04 cm. long. Evlopes ventauroldes DC. {I. v. p. 288) seems closely alhed to this, but its branches are described as hirsute in the young state, the heads are somewhat smaller, the inner involucral leaves " erose- lacerate," and the achenes glabrous. It will be noticed that L'Heritier's trivial name is misleading, as is his description of the leaves as decussate, which they certainly are not. This mistake has doubtless contributed to puzzle subsequent authors. SOME PLANTS OF SOUTH-WEST SCOTLAND. 389 15. E. cALYciNA. — Both De Candolle and Harvey omit this, but they both mention RelJiania cah/cma Poir. (Poiret (Lam. Encycl. vi. p. 95) cites the plant as R. cah/cina L'Herit.), which they refer, and quite wrongly, to Pei/rousea cahjcina DO. li. cah/cina Poir. finds no place in the Index Kewensis, whereas R. cah/cina L'Herit. does, as a synonym of Pti/roufiea cahjcina DC. L'Herit. gives Osuiites calycina Linn. fil. Supp. 380 as a synonym of his R. cahjcina, and examina- tion of the original types of the two show them to be identical. De Candolle and Harvey are thus quite wrong in their citation of Osuiites cah/cina Linn. f. under Pei/roasea cahjcina DC. The Os}nite>< cahjcina of Linnaeus' herbarium is the plant sub- sequently described by Thunberg (Prod. Plant. Cap. p. 146) as Relhanla trinervis, a name which therefore falls to the ground. 16. R. Bellidiastrum. — L'Heritier gives as a synonym of this the Osmifes BeUidiastniui of Linnaeus (Sp. PI. 1285). Of this latter De Candolle {I.e. -p. 291) says: — " 0. Bellidiastrum Linn. . . . videtur ex Less. Syn. 381: species Pielhani^ adhuc dubia, que Rel- hania Bellidiastrum Poir.," giving Poiret credit for the species instead of L'Heritier. Harvey leaves the name unnoticed. The founder of the species has an unfortunate note upon the plant which served as its type, as he writes: — "Pappus nullus : a genere sat aliena," which might well have puzzled anyone not enjoying access to the plant. But this is an error of observation; L'Heritier probably opened a young capitulum, and in this state I find it by no means an easy matter to make out the pappus with thorough satisfaction until after very careful examination, as it is pressed very closely against the tube of the young corolla, and some care is necessary in separating it. This plant seems to me only a long-leaved variety of R. indeacea L'Herit., although I have not met with any similar specimens either at the British Museum or at Kew. It may be characterized as follows : — R. paleacea L'Herit. var. Bellidiasteum S. Moore. Folia elongata, mox patentia demum recurva, supra densissime albo- tomentosa, 1*5 cm. long. It may be added that the specimen of Osmites Bellidiastrum in the Linnean herbarium is the same as L'Heritier's R. Bellidiastrum. Its localisation (Ethiopia) in Sp. PI. is a palpable mistake. SOME PLANTS OF SOUTH-WEST SCOTLAND. By the Rev. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S. During a fortnight's visit to Rothesay, in the second half of August, 1901, I made a few desultory botanical expeditions, which produced some discoveries of interest. My friend Mr. Alexander Somerville kindly drove me out to Quien Loch and Scalpsie Bay, at the south end of Bute; and I had a morning's walk along the shores of Loch Fad with Mr. Ballantyne, a botanist of the town. Journal OF Botany. — Vol.39. [Nov. 1901.] 2f 390 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Other collections were made during steamboat excursions ; and a night was spent at Arrochar, in order to partially explore Ben Arthur (" The Cobbler ") and Ben Ime. The vice-counties visited w^ere — 98 Argyle, 99 Dumbarton, and 100 Clyde Isles. "New records" are starred. I am chiefly indebted for help in working out the gatherings to Messrs. Arthur Bennett, H. & J. Groves, E. F. Linton, Moyle Rogers, and Townsend. CastaUa speciosa Salisb. 100. The Quien Loch plant is var. minor DC. (under yijmphaa). Fumaria Borai Jord. 100. In fields at Lochranza, Arran. Lepifjonum salinum Kindb. 98. A curious form occurs at the head of Loch Long, near Arrochar, which is practically eglandular, but has the papillose seeds of L. neglectum Kindb. Eadiola linoides Roth. 100. Near Quieu Loch ; abundant on the western shore of Loch Fad; coast, Lochranza. Fiuhus plicatus Wh. & N. 99. A tall-growing, bright pink- flowered form or variety was found on the railway embankment near Tarbet Station. — Fi. Pio;^/eriii Linton. 99.'" Between Arrochar and Tarbet. 100.''' Near the north-west end of Loch Fad. — Fi. )iitidus Wh. & N. 99.''' Near Tarbet station. — R. Lindleianm Lees. 100. Plentiful about Rothesay; B. puldierrimus Neum. is still more so ; and B. Selmeri Liudeb. not unfrequent. — Fi. dumno- niensis Bab. 100." Outskirts of Rothesay ; scarce. ** I think certainly a form of B. dnmnoniensis, with most of the very marked features of the type, though with less roundish leaflets and petals pale pink, instead of pure W'hite," Bogers in litt. — B. sertijioriis P. J. Muell. 98," 99.'''' Abundant about Arrochar and Tarbet; also gathered by Mr. Shoolbred and myself in 1896 at Ardlui. Dr. Focke then referred it to B.fuscus Wh. & N. ; between which and B. radiila Weihe it seems to be almost exactly intermediate. Mr. Rogers tells me that he has collected it at Callendar, Balloch, and Aberfoyle ; and that Mr. C. E. Salmon has found a small form with ternate leaves in Cantire. Not previously recorded from Scotland ; only known in England from Herts, Monmouth, and Hereford. — B. corylij'olius Sm. 100. Near Rothesay ; not typical. Bosa pimpineUifoUa X tomentosa (= B. involuta Sm. var.). 100. Lane near the south-west end of Quien Loch. Callitriche cnitumnalis L. 100.''' Quien Loch. Epilobium hirsutum L. 100. Gathered by my wife on the shore between Ascog Point and Rothesay ; not seen elsew^here. CirccBa alpina L. 99. On a wall at Arrochar. Carum verticillatum Koch. In profusion on the hillsides above Loch Long (98), and above Tarbet Station (99). Anthemis nobilis L. This is stated by Hooker, Stud. FI. ed. 3, p. 212, to be " not indigenous in Scotland"; but it clearly is so near Quien Loch, where it occurs in a perfectly natural situation, accompanied by Badiola, &c. Arctium intermedium Lange. 100.''' Near the north end of Loch Fad; scarce. Hieracium saxifragum Fr. var. orimeles F. J. Hanb. 98.''' SOME PLANTS OF SOUTH-WEST SCOTLAND. 391 Sparingly on Ben Ime, at 2500 ft. — H. auratum Fr. 99. Roadside bank near Arrochar ; a " stylose " form. Centunculus minimus L. 100. Near Quien Loch, in small quantity ; and locally plentiful on the west side of Loch Fad. (J-entiana haltica Murb. 100." Grassy shore near the landing- place, Lochranza ; it was very scarce last year. Euphrasia borealis Towns. 100.* Common near Rothesay. — E. brei-ipila Burnat & Gremli. 100." Coast from Lochranza to Catacol Bay, in profusion ; ■■'E. scottica Wettst. also occurred. — E. (jracilis Fr. 98. Abundant up to 2000 ft. on the ascent to Ben Arthur; a decidedly hispid form, which I have seen on several of the West Surrey heaths, as well as about Aviemore, &c. — E. stricta Host. 100.='' Locally plentiful on the stony western shore of Loch Fad, where it was much infested by an orange-coloured fungus. New to Scotland, I believe. Mentha arvensis x hirsuta {M. sativa L.). 100. West side of Loch Fad, in company with the parents. Stachys jyalusfris X sijlvatica (5. amhigua Sm.). 98. Coast, Inveraray. 99. Arrochar. ^^i Atriplex Babinr/tonii Woods. 98. Abundant at Inveraray. 99. Shore of Loch Long, Arrochar ; var. virescens Lange, I believe. — A. ? 100. In the loose sand of Scalpsie Bay we found abundance of a pretty plant with strongly muricate fruit, which I consider to be distinct from A. Babiw/tonii, and identical with immature speci- mens gathered in 1897 near Golspie, East Sutherland ; these were referred by Herr Freyn (with some doubt) to A. calotheca Fr., a species which I do not know. Salicornia herbacea L. 98. Head of Loch Long, in small quantity. Spanjanium ajine Schnizl. 98. Pool in the ravine between Ben Arthur and Ben Ime, at about 2000 ft. ; the same form which Pastpr Neuman has named for me (from the Glen Spean mountains) as his var. microcephalum . Scirpus cernuus Vahl, var. pi/gmaus (Kunth). Shore near Catacol Bay. Carex binervis Sm. var. vel subsp. Sadleri Linton {C. frigida Syme, non All.). 98.='= North-east side of Ben Arthur, sparingly, with the type ; confirmed by Mr. Linton. Its only other known stations are Corrie Kander (South Aberdeen) and North Uist [Shoolbredl). — C, (Ederi Retz. 100. North end of Loch Fad; strand near Catacol Bay. Catabrosa aquatica Beauv. Of the variety, so plentiful at Scalpsie Bay, Mr. Bennett writes: "This seems to be var. subtilis Hooker, Engl. Fl. ed. 4, p. 36 (1838) ; var. Uttonilis Parn. Brit. Gr. t. 102 (1842) ; var. minor Bab. Man. ed. 1, p. 246 (1843)." Glyceria declinata Breb. (G. plicata var. depauperata Crepin). 100." Coast, Lochranza. G. plicata Fr. occurs near Rothesay. Festuca arundinacea Schreb. 99. Sparingly on the shore at Arrochar. 392 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY NOTICES OF BOOKS. The Flora of the Presidency/ of Bomb nj. By Theodore Cooke, C.I.E., etc., formerly Principal of the College of Science at Poona, and Director of the Botanical Survey of Western India. Part I. Pp. 192. London : Taylor & Francis. Price 8s. The Flora of British India, edited, and for the most part also elaborated, by the veteran botanist, Sir Joseph Hooker, had for its scope, not only the vegetation of the whole of the Empire, from the Himalaya to Cape Comorin and Tenasserim, but also that of the provinces of Malacca and Wellesley, in the Malay Peninsula, and of the adjacent islands of Penang and Singapore. In that monumental work there had been brought together, not only the bulk of the information recorded in the books and scattered papers of the earlier writers on Indian botany, but also descriptions of many of the species named but undescribed in the great Wallichian Herbarium, and of the crowd of species, alike unnamed and un- described, which had been brought together in the herbaria of numerous Indian travellers and collectors. Sir Joseph's work is a signal example of the centralization of botanical knowledge. It afi'ords an admirable basis for the elaboration, in greater detail, of the individual floras of the various provinces included in the Indian Empire. The organization, some years ago, by the Supreme Government of India, of a botanical survey of the Empire, gave an official impetus to a scheme long projected and desired by Indian botanists for the preparation and publication of such floras. A beginning has now been made in the realization of this project by the publication, under the auspices of the Secretary of State for India, of a first part of a Flora of the Bombay Presidency. This is the work of Dr. Theodore Cooke, for many years Principal of the College of Science at Poona, and for some time Director of the Botanical Survey of Western India. Similar Floras of the North- western Provinces of the Panjab, of the North- Western Himalaya, and of Bengal proper, are understood to be well advanced towards publication. A local Flora of the country round Simla (the summer capital of the Indian Empire), prepared by Major- General Sir Henry CoUett, K.C.B., at his own cost and without Government assistance, is now being passed through the press, and it is to be hoped that the preparation of official Floras for the provinces of Assam, Madras, and Burmali may soon be arranged for. The Malayan provinces of Wellesley, Penang, Malacca, and Singapore were removed, shortly before the commencement of the preparation of Sir Joseph Hooker's Flora, from the administration of the Viceroy of India, and were formed into a colony under the designa- tion of the Straits Settlements. The preparation of a special Flora of these provinces ceased, therefore, to be a responsibility of the Indian Government. The responsibility has, however, been ac- cepted by the Straits Government ; and precursors to a complete Flora, not only of the four provinces just mentioned, but of all the remaining provinces of the Malay Peninsula, have been for some NOTICES OF BOOKS. 893 years in course of publication in the Journal of the Asiatic Societij of BetKjaL under the title, ''Materials for a Flora of the Malay Peninsula," and in the Journal of the Straits Settlements, in the form of complete accounts of various monocotyledonous families by Mr. H. N. Ridley. Dr. Cooke's appearance as the pioneer of this enterprise must be hailed with satisfaction by everybody interested in the spread of botanical knowledge amongst our Indian fellow-subjects ; but it is sincerely to be hoped that the scheme thus inaugurated may be carried through to the end at the high level of excellence at which it has now been begun. In this first part of Dr. Cooke's book the natural orders from Ranuncidaceai to Ilutaceoi are dealt with, the sequence followed being that of Hooker's Flora. The part contains 192 pages, and gives descriptions of 335 indigenous species, and of a few introduced plants which nave become naturalized. Of these species, no fewer than 130 are absent from Dalzell's census of the corresponding orders made in 1861 — a signal proof of how much has been done in the way of exploration during the last forty years. Dr. Cooke's descriptions are in the form of those of Bentham in his Floras of Australia and Hong-Kong ; and in crispness and graphic force they remind one of those in that excellent but too much for- gotten work, Wight and Arnott's Prodromus Fhrm PeninsuUc Indicce. Excellent generic and specific keys are supplied, and the date of the original publication of each specific name is given immediately after the name of its author. In a Flora which is primarily intended for use by persons who are not botanical experts, full citations of synonyms (some of which are often doubtful) are a waste of time and space, and Dr. Cooke has exercised a commendable discretion in keeping his references within comparatively narrow limits. Sir Joseph Hooker's Flora is quoted as a matter of course, and so are the catalogues of Graham, Gibson, Talbot, and Woodrow, and also the Flora of Dalzell and Gibson ; but old books, such as Rheede's Hortus ]\lalabaricus, are not quoted. Vernacular names are given when such are current. Brief notes of economic uses are supplied, and Dr. Watts's Bictionary of Economic Products is invariably quoted. In the case of the less widely dis- tributed species, localities are nearly always given. The book is really a model of good systematic work. It is well printed, and its pages are disfigured by very few typographical errors. When it shall have been completed, a great impetus and encouragement may, it is hoped, be given to the cultivation of botanical knowledge by all those whose duties or inclinations lead them into the fields or forests of the senior Presidency of India. ^ j^ La Botanica in Italia. Materiali per la Storia di questa scienza raccoltidaP. A. Saccardo. Parte seconda. Venezia: C. Ferrari, 1901. 4to, pp. XV, 172. Six years ago (Journ. Bot. 1896, 188) we noticed the first instalment of the work of which a second part now comes to hand. We gave then some account of the plan and general scope of the work, and expressed a high opinion of its value. That opinion is 394 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY strengthened and confirmed by this second portion, in which Prof. Saccardo gives us a number of additions to the biographies epito- mized in part i., and adds a large number of names which were omitted from the former issue. Unhke the Biographical List of British Botanists, which it is pleasant to think suggested to the author the idea of the work, this Italian biography includes the living as well as the dead — a plan which enables information to be gathered at first hand from those most concerned in the notices, to the great advantage of future biographers. Besides the alphabetical list which forms the principal part of the book, Prof. Saccardo gives us a chronological list of the prin- cipal events in the history of Italian botany, one of collectors in Italy, notices of the principal gardens, public and private, and some letters from Venetian naturalists, the whole concluding with an excellent index to the two parts, which we regret are not paged continuously so as to form one volume. A few English names occur in the book. The author may be excused for not having identified the " E. C. Alexander, inglese, nella prima meta del sec. xix ; erborizzo in Sicilia e comunico le piante al Gussone " with the veteran botanist who added *' Prior" to his earlier name, and has been known to later generations by that patronymic. Another Englishman, the eminent agriculturist Arthur Young, whose claims to inclusion are somewhat slight, affords one of the singularly few slips in spelling which are to be found in the book, wherein his name appears as "Yung." It is much to be desired that some one in every country should undertake a compilation of this kind. If this were done, it would be possible to compile from the whole a volume which would, to a very large extent, form a handy and useful compendium not only of botanical biography but of botanical research, and would be of incalculable value to the historian and the student. The Story of Wild Flowers. By Rev. Professor G. Henslow, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. With 56 illustrations in text ; pp. vi, 219. G. Newnes & Co. Price Is. It is impossible not to sympathize heartily with the object of this little work, which is, in the author's own words, to put some life into the dry bones of mere structure, by inducing students to observe the life history of plants and the various devices whereby they make their living, instead of resting content with dissections and classifications. We cannot think, however, that the execution is as good as the intention, or that the average reader will be greatly enlightened or assisted by the very considerable mass of particulars provided for his consideration. These are for the most part taken from the various works of Mr. Darwin, although in his preface our author begins by asserting categorically that "Darwin has been proved to be wrong," and that the theory of Natural Selection must be abandoned for that of "Adaptation to new con- ditions of life." In favour of this latter it is not easy to discover evidence in the pages before us. Details are in fact presented in such a manner as to suggest, at least to ourselves, no particular BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 395 conclusion at all, wbilo the language is not unfrequently so careless as to make it somewhat difficult to know what is meant ; as in the following : — " Now the way this [change of aleurones into peptones] is done is exactly like the process in our own bodies, for these substances stored up are the white ' endosperm,' as botanists call it, but everybody else 'flour,' when ground, have to form our own flesh and bones and nerves, etc." (p. 46). So again of the modification of organs we are told (p. 98) : — " All the above mentioned instances and many more might be given would have been called sports, ' imitative sports,' perhaps, had they occurred suddenly. But since they are now constant features in the plants possessing them, they cannot be classified as such, though possibly originating in the same way." J. G. BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, dc. The sudden death of Thomas Rogers, of Manchester, on 30th May last, has removed one of the very few remaining links between the old race of Lancashire botanists and those who now follow in their footsteps. His loss is deeply felt in many a local institution and society, for he had been during a very long period a vigorous, though unassuming and modest, supporter of nearly all those asso- ciations which have for their aim the promulgation of botanical and biological study. Born in 1827 at St. Helens, from early life he had lived in the heart of the city of Manchester, and may be said to have been the architect of his own fortunes. In 1857 he wrote a short paragraph in the National Magazine describing a small fern- conservatory he had both designed and affixed outside his windows. This good work and example, soon successfully followed by several who could afford the small cost, in the smoky neighbourhood of Ancoats, brought him into prominence, and was the means of his introduction to many scientific botanists and horticulturists, and it may be said that from this date he began critical research into the Cryptogamia, more especially studying the Filices, Musci, and Hepatic£e. He personally collected in all the most favoured localities in this county and Ireland : in 1875, for instance, and again a year or two later, in company with Messrs. J. Whitehead, S. Ashton, and others, he visited the Breadalbane and Cairngorm Mountains, and published an account, read before the Oldham Scientific Society, of the results of these expeditions, which were altogether extremely successful. He was a correspondent of Dr. Braithwaite, the late Mr. Henry Boswell, of Oxford, the late Dr. Carrington, Mr. Abraham Stansfield, Mr. John Nowell, of Tod- morden, among others ; and exchanged considerably with several Austrahan and Tasmanian collectors, notably Mr.'R. A. Bastow, his herbarium becoming especially perfect in Musci from that con- tinent. Nor did he altogether neglect the Phanerogamia, either British or exotic. One of his early friends was the late Mr. Richard 396 THK JOURNAL OF BOTANY Buxton, author of the Manchester Botanical Guide ; indeed, he was the possessor of the original manuscript of this work, which may be said to have a considerable local value. He was also largely and favourably known as a conchologist, having discovered two species of land molluscs as natives of Great Britain ; and, later in life, evinced considerable interest in Egyptology. But what he will be best remembered by, in the years to come, in Manchester, was his long connection with the Society known as the "Ancoats Brother- hood," and likewise the Art Museum, situate at Ancoats Hall. He strove by all means in his power to interest and imbue the many toilers in the heart of a bustling city with the delights of nature, and achieved great and deserved success. It was, indeed, at the Whitsuntide outing of the Brotherhood this present year that he, their chosen leader, escorted a party of over seventy in number to Patterdale, with a view to the ascent of Helvellyn. On Whit- Thursday he started with them, in the best of health and spirits to all appearance, but when a little more than half-way up, at a height of about 1800 ft., illness suddenly supervened from failure of the heart's action, and he expired almost immediately. The funeral took place at Patterdale Church on the following Saturday, June 1st, and was attended by very many of those to whom he had endeared himself by the bright example of a blameless and unselfish life. — J. C. M. We have received a reprint of a paper entitled " Ueber den Einfluss des Kerns auf das Wachsthum der Zelle," by J. J. Gerassimow ; an extract from the Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou (Nos. 1 & 2, 1901). Tlie author, who is well known for his researches on artificially produced abnormal cells of the Conjuciatce, gives a full account of his observations in this group on both non-nucleated cells and cells with an excess of nuclear substance. A comparison of the growth of such cells with that of normal cells sheds an interesting light on the important question of the inter-relation of nucleus and protoplasm. The work is provided with two plates and with forty-seven tables, exhibiting clearly the increase in size of the various cells. The Rev. John Vaughan publishes in Lominian'a Magazine for September an interesting paper on "Essex and the Early Botanists " — a subject which Mr. Boulger is treating more scientifically in the Essex Naturalist. Mr. E. D. Marquand's Flora of Guernsey and the Lesser Channel Islands has just been published ; we hope to notice it later. We have received the Report of the Botanical Exchange Club for 1900 and that of the Watson Exchange Club for 1900-1901, from each of which we hope later to give some extracts. Mr. G. C. Druce has reprinted in pamphlet form from the Chemist and Drut/gist his "North African Experiences" in the spring of 1900. Many botanical notes are scattered through the pages, to which is prefixed a portrait of the author in his official robes as Mayor of Oxford. 397 NEW PLANTS FROM THE CAPE PENINSULA. By Major A. H. Wolley Dod. In critically examining a number of doubtful plants among those I brought home with me from the Cape Peninsula, Mr. N. E. Brown has discovered the following new species. I take this opportunity of most cordially acknowledging the inestimable help he has afibrded me, not only in determining a large quantity of doubtful species, but in my own determinations during the past three years. I am indebted to Dr. Masters and to Mr. N. E. Brown for the descriptions of the species to which their names are appended. Heliophila tabularis, sp. n. Annual, glabrous,^ 3-5 inches high ; leaves narrowly linear, about 1 inch long, trifid, with the lateral segments arising from the middle of their length, or entire. Petals oblong, yellowish ; pedicels rather stout, about ^ inch long. Pods erect, U lines long by -|-1 line wide ; style ensiform, 1 Una long. Orange Kloof, at about 2500 feet. Oct., Wol/nj Dod, 3338. Near small forms of H. tr if urea, but differing in the colour of the flowers, its erect pods on relatively shorter pedicels, and in the shape of the style, which in H. trifurca is cylindrical or subclavate. Muraltia brachypetala, sp. n. Shrubby, 6-12 inches, branches pubescent ; leaves fascicled, linear, keeled, erect-patent ; flowers sessile ; sepals lanceolate, acute ; upper petals 1 line long, slightly exceeding sepals ; capsule with four long slender horns. Hiils west of Simon's Town. Aug.-Oct., Wolloj Dod, 1426, 1871. Superticially much resembling M. Hehteria, but a much lower growing shrub, with narrower more erect leaves tapering more gradually into a mucro, and differing essentially in its very short upper petals. M. demissa, sp. n. Shrubby, 6-12 inches, irregularly much branched ; leaves slightly fascicled or single, 2^-4 lines long, closely set, erect-spreading or somewhat recurved, concave on face, keeled below, pungent; flowers sessile, sepals l^-lf lines, broadly ovate-lanceolate, subacute, or obtuse with a short apiculus; upper petals l-\ Une, straight, hnear, acute. Capsule not seen. Frequent on the Cape Peninsula. Aug.-Dec, Wolley Dud, 1146, 1450, 2761. This species appears to have been confounded with the dwarf scrubby forms of M.Jili/oymis, from which it differs in being much more irregularly branched, its shorter and more spreading leaves, shorter, broader, less acute sepals, and especially in its longer acute upper petals. M. recurva, sp. n. Shrubby, 6-10 inches, not branched, or only so in the uppermost part ; leaves fascicled, 2^-4 lines long, rather laxly set, somewhat strongly recurved, almost flat on face, scarcely keeled, pungent ; flowers sessile, sepals li-lf lines long, Journal of Botany. Vol. 39. [Deo. 1901.] 2 a 398 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY broadly lanceolate, acute ; upper petals ^-f line, narrow-linear, subacute. Capsule not seen. Orange Kloof. July, Wolley Dod, 2726. Near .1/. demissa, but differing in habit and leaves, sepals some- what narrower and more acute, and upper petals shorter and less acute. A plant from near Simon's Town, Wolley Dod, 1565, is intermediate in foliage, but has very acuminate broad sepals. It may be distinct. Hermannia rudis N. E. Brown, sp.n. Suffruticose, branched, 6-12 inches high. Branches erect or ascending, woody, tuber- culate, tubercles stellately hairy on the apex. Leaves subfasci- culate, f-^ inch long, 2-4 lines wide, coriaceous, cuneate, folded, very obtuse or subtruncate at the apex, 3-5 -toothed. Stipules 1-3 lines long, |— 1|- Ime wide, lanceolate, acute, glabrous on both sides, or stellato-scabrid on the back, stellato-ciliate. Flowers crowded or subcapitate at the apices of the branches. Peduncles very short, ^-'i line long, 2-flowered. Bracts and bracteoles 2-3 lines long, ^-1|- line wide, lanceolate, acute, stellato-scabrid on the back ; bracts sometimes connate, deeply bifid. Pedicels l-l line long, stellato-pubescent. Calyx 4 lines long, 5-lobed to the middle, subinflated, pentagoual-campanulate, stellato-pubescent ; lobes 2 lines long, l|-2 lines wide, ovate, acute, erect, incurved at the apex. Petals scarcely exserted from the calyx, convolute, 4 lines long, l|-2 lines broad at the apex, claw concave, strongly inflexed at the edges, densely pubescent from the top to the sides. Lamina broadly obovate, subtruncate, or shortly emarginate, glabrous. Stamens included; filaments l|-2 lines long, ^ line wide, oblong, acute, connate at the base into a very short tube, glabrous. Anthers f line long, linear-oblong, obtuse. Ovary shortly stipitate, penta- gonal, tomentose above. Style 1^ line long. Cape Peninsula, July-Sept., Bolm, 4950 ; Chapman's Bay, Wolley Dud, 1446; ridge by Smitswinkel Vley, Wolley Dud, 2704. This is a very frequent species on the southern portion of the Cape Peninsula, and, though it has been known for many years, it has not been described. It most resembles H. Jiammea Jsicq^., iov which it has been mistaken, but it differs in its subcapitate inflor- escence, and its corolla being scarcely longer than the corolla. Var. exserta N. E. Brown. Branches more slender. Leaves narrower, 1-2^ lines broad. Calyx subglobose, 3 lines long and broad. Corolla shortly exserted. Slopes above Miller's Point, Wolley Dud, 2997. Agathosma stricta, sp. n. Very erect, about 12 inches high, with erect pubescent branches ; leaves erect, linear, 3-5 lines long, somewhat incurved at the subobtuse apex, channelled above, bluntly keeled beneath, longly ciliate, and minutely denticulate ; flowers umbellate, on glabrous peduncles H-2 lines long ; calyx lobes linear, about 1 line long, obtuse, glabrous on back, ciliate at the edges ; petals white, about 2 lines long, the claw shorter than or about equalling the calyx lobes, slightly ciliate below, very gradually expanded into the lamina ; sterile filaments equalling the petals, NEW PliANTS FROM THK CAPK PENINSULA 399 but on longer claws, which are densely ciliate throughout, and suddenly expanded into a lamina. Style glabrous. Constantiaberg. Nov., Wollci/ Dad, 1935. Very near A. rubra, but differing in its ciliate leaves, much longer glabrous peduncles, and shorter glabrous calyx. Phylica Dodii N. E. Brown, sp. n. Shrubby, branched. Branches terete, glabrous, densely leafy. Leaves alternate, spread- ing or ascending, more or less incurved, 3-8 lines long by |-1 line wide, very shortly petiolate, linear, exstipulate, pungent-mucro- nate, the margins strongly revolute, the upper ones pubescent, the lower glabrous. Heads 1 inch in diameter, involucrate. Outer bracts 6-7 lines long by 1-1^ line broad, lanceolate, acute, softly pilose-pubescent, at length reflexed, the inner smaller. Flowers sessile, bibracteolate. Bracteoles opposite, lf-2i^ lines long by ^-^ line wide ; linear or filiform, longly adpressed-pilose. Calyx externally adpressed-pilose, internally glabrous, 5-lobed ; tube If line long, lobes If line long, ^ line wide, attenuate, acute. Petals minute, f line long, ^ line wide, lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous. Filaments abruptly reflexed at the middle. Style ^ line long. Paulsberg slopes near the sea. Sept., WoUey Dod, 2872. Somewhat resembling F. capitata L., but differing in its much smaller heads, with much shorter and broader bracts. Crassula tenuis, sp. n. Annual, much branched, slender, diffuse, glabrous. Leaves opposite, subsessile or sessile, l^-lf line long by ^-f line wide, elliptical or oblanceolate, very obtuse. Peduncles axillary, extremely slender, ^-1 inch long. Flowers about f line long. Petals pale pink, obtuse, connected below. Calyx lobes about equalling corolla, obtuse, glabrous. Rocky shore near Kamp's Bay, Wolley Dod, 3369, Oct. Signal Hill, Wilms, 3252. Distinguished amongst its allies in § GlumeratcB by its very diffuse slender habit, elliptical leaves, and very long very slender peduncles. Stoebe rosea, sp. n. Shrubby, much branched, the branches glabrous, erect ; leaves 2-3 lines long by ^ line wide, linear, densely set, spirally twisted, with a callous subpungent point, silky or some- what floccose when young, but soon becoming glabrous. Flowers in dense subspherical heads, 5-6 lines in diameter ; involucral scales If -2 lines long, yellowish brown, very acute ; corolla bright deep rose ; pappus densely plumose, snow-white, conspicuously exceeding corolla. Young achenes glabrous. Locally frequent from Muizenberg southwards. Jan. -March, Wolleij Dod, 273, 2417. Apparently confounded with S. ntldopka, but quite unaccount- ably so, that being a much stouter larger plant, with spreading or prostrate branches, much larger flower-heads, with white corolla, at least in Peninsula examples, though Harvey describes them as bright purple. Its pappus is not conspicuous as in S. rosea. Matricaria sabulosa, sp. u. Annual ?, prostrate, stout, corymbosely branched above, glabrous, but covered all over with 400 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY sessile viscid glands. Leaves fleshy, f-l| inch long, pinnate, the median portion about 1 line wide, with about four pairs of oblong pinn», which are obtuse, 3-4 lines long by 1-1^ line wide, irregu- larly and very obtusely toothed. Peduncles stout, 1-1^ inch long, usually with a bract about the middle, forming a rather lax corymb, luvoliicral scales keeled, obtuse, membranous-edged. Anthodes rayless. Corolla 5-lobed, tube considerably inflated. Achenes angular, with a very short toothed pappus. Shore between Sea Point and Kamp's Bay. Nov., Wolley Dod, 3i21. Quite unlike any other South African species, but perhaps altered from its normal characters by its maritime situation. Wahlenbergia depressa, sp. n. Annual, tufted, 2-J: inches high, much branched, branches hispid. Leaves crowded, opposite, elliptical, 6-7 lines long by li line wide, denticulate, hispid. Flowers terminal, sessile. Calyx 2^-3 lines long, tube obconical, hispid, strongly ribbed, lobes about 1 line long, subglabrous exter- nally, hispid within, broad and rounded at the base, acuminate and pungent at the apex, the margins iucrassate, subrevolute. Corolla about 1 line long, cylindrical, hispid within, lobes about i line long. Capsule 3-celled. Northern slopes of Lion's Head. Nov., Wolley Dud, 3516. Somewhat resembling W. montana DC, but considerably more hispid, leaves much more strongly denticulate, very diflerent calyx lobes, and much smaller corolla. It also bears a strong superficial resemblance to dwarf tufted states of Microcudon hispid iilum Sond., but, besides the generic characters, its far shorter calyx lobes readily distinguish it. Roella amplexicaule, sp. n. Erect, not much branched, about a foot high, glabrous, densely leafy. Leaves about 3 lines long, amplexicaul or subdecurrent, broadly ovate, rigid and cori- aceous, strongly and sharply serrate, the teeth often hooked, apex pungent. Floral leaves larger, suborbicular, thinner, more finely serrate. Flowers capitate. Calyx slightly exceeding floral leaves, about 6 lines long, tube rather longer than the lobes and narrowed upwards, lobes lanceolate acute, densely ciliate. Corolla cam- panulate, about 9 lines long, very pale blue, lobes 2|-3 lines long. By the stream in Steenberg Valley, Jan., Wulley Dud, 808. Simon's Bay, Dec, MacGillivray, 959. Hills above Simon's Town, Dec, Miine, 154. Quite distinct from any other species. Sebsea ochroleuca, sp. n. Annual, 2-3 inches high. Leaves semi-amplexicaul, broadly ovate, obtuse, 3-5 lines long. Inflor- escence cymose, rather dense, cymes i-l^ inch diameter. Calyx 4-fid, broadly ovoid, about 1^ line long by 1 line broad, segment membranous, with a broad herbaceous wing on the back, the apices aciculate, squarrose. Flowers very pale yellow or white, darkening m drying. Corolla 4-lobed, projectiug when closed about 1 line beyond the calyx, lobes oval subacute. Stamens inserted in the minuses of the corolla lobes, filaments very short, anthers with one NEW PLANTS FROM THE CAPE PENINSULA 401 apical gland. Style with a riug of hairs a little below the top, stigma capitate. This is a frequent plant on the Cape Peninsula in Sept. -Oct. Wollei/ Dod, 3058, 3146, 3252, 3270, 3436. It appears to have been overlooked by earlier collectors. It differs from its allies in the very broad wing to the calyx lobes, and in the colour of its flowers. S. gibbosa, sp. n. Annual, 6-8 inches high, branched from the base. Leaves broadly ovate, obtuse, 8-6 lines long by 3-4 broad. Inflorescence dense, cymes about 2 inches in diameter. Calyx 4-tid, segments 1 line long, concave, keeled, not winged, gibbous near the subtriincate, obtuse, or apiculate apex, the api- culas erect. Flowers bright yellow. Corolla 4-lobed, when folded projecting 1^-2 lines beyond the calyx, the segments oval subobtuse. Stamens iuserted in the sinuses of the corolla lobes, the filaments about equalling the anthers, which have an apical gland. Style without a ring, stigma cylindrical or subclavate. By railway near Muizenberg Vley, Jan., Wolley Dod, 2332. Much resembling 8. an yea R. Br., but differing in the concave calyx lobes, with obtuse or apiculate connivent apices, those of S. aurea being aciculate, and very spreading or even hooked. The style characters also differ. S. rara, sp. n. Annual, 1^-2 inches high, unbranched. Leaves opposite, strap-shaped, erect, subacute, 3-4 lines long by ^ line wide. Inflorescence cymose, its branches snberect. Calyx 5 -fid, lanceo- late in outline, 3 lines long by 1^ line wide, lobes strongly keeled, very acute. Flowers bright yellow. Corolla 5-lobed, when folded projecting 1 line beyond the calyx, the segments narrow, obtuse. Anthers sagittate, sessile, inserted a little below the sinuses of the corolla lobes, without glands. Stigma cylindrical, exceeding the anthers. Near Uitvlugt. Nov., Wolleii Dod, 3413. Not unlike Lagenias put^illa E. Mey., but I prefer to keep it in Sehcea. It differs at sight by its somewhat larger size, and strongly keeled calyx lobes. Moreover, its sessile anthers and cylindrical stigma quite remove it from L. pusilla. It is unlike any known S^ehcpa. Suaeda csespitosa, sp. n. Herbaceous, caespitose. Barren shoots very leafy, leaves about ^ inch long, linear acute, flat on face, slightly rounded on back. Flowering shoots considerably exceeding the barren ones. Inflorescence spicate, monoecious, the upper portion male. Flowers about three in a cluster, sessile. Bracts 3-4 lines long, 1-1^ line broad at base, tapering to a sub- acute apex. Paarden Island. Oct., Wolky Dod, 3396. Unlike any other South African species of Sudda, and much resembhng Chenolca diffusa Thunb. in habit, though of a totally different colour. Gnidia parvula, sp. n. Dwarf, branched from the base, branches virgate, glabrous, leafy. Leaves subsessile or very shortly petiolate, erect, narrow-lanceolate, 3-5 lines long by ^-1 line wide, 402 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY acute, glabrous, the floral ones not diftering. Flowers capitate, 6-8 in a cluster. Calyx somewhat thinly adpressecl-hairy, tube 3 lines, limb f line long, segments oval obtuse with incurved edges. Stamens 8. Squanicne 8, glabrous, as long as the calyx segments. By the Signal Station. Aug., Wolietj Dod, 2928. Unlike any other South African species, but superficially much resembling Arthrosolen laxus E. Mey.. for which it has not im- probably been passed over. Hypodiscus capitatus Masters, sp. n. Stems csespitose, about 18 inches high, as thick as a crow-quill, erect, simple, subcom- pressed, spotted ; leaf-sheaths fine, IJ-li- inch long, tightly con- volute, coriaceous, shortly mucronate, with a rather slender obtuse apex; male spikes 3-5-7, crowded at the apices of the stems, sur- rounded by lanceolate, patent, spotted spathes, subglobose, each about ^ inch long and broad ; bracts broadly ovate, subulate-mu- cronate, coriaceous, reddish, with a pale mucro, the lowest empty ; exterior perianth-segments linear-oblong, mucronulate ; anthers linear apiculate ; female spikes 3-7, aggregate, each i inch long, linear-oblong, 1 -flowered, spathes and bracts as in male, perianth- segments hyaline, small, obtuse ; ovary oblong, tuberculate, sur- mounted by an undulate cup-shaped disc ; styles two, thick, linear- lanceolate, coalescing at the base into a stylopod. Roadside near Hout Bay. June-July, Wolley Dod, 2644, 2645. (^ et ? . Dr. Thorn, in herb. Hook., under number 1060 J , wrongly referred to H. albo-aiistatiis. Perhaps too near H. rugosus, but differing in its bracts being less abruptly acuminate, the apex longer and paler, the segment of the female perianth more obtuse, and the epigynous disc being cup- shaped. H. Dodii Masters, sp. n. Stems ascending from a creeping rootstock, about 6 inches high, slender, simple, subcompressed, obsoletely rugulose ; sheaths at the base of the stem about 1^ inch long, tightly convolute, coriaceous, with a rather slender longly foliaceous-mucronate apex ; the others about f inch long, without a mucro ; male spikes . . . . , female 1-2, spicately arranged at the apex of the stem, each about | inch long, enclosed at the base by a lanceolate coriaceous spathe, membranous at the edges ; perianth- segments six, linear-lanceolate, membranous, equalling the trans- versely rugulose fusiform-cylindrical ovary ; styles two, fruit in- dehiscent, unilocular. Sternberg Plateau. July, Wolley Dod, 2720. Distinguished from its allies by its elongate perianth. 408 NOTES ON THE FLORA OF SUSSEX. By C. E. Salmon. Of late years little seems to have been put on record regarding Sussex botany, but that it is a rich county containing many in- teresting species no one can deny. The following notes are compiled from specimens and lists kindly supplied by friends and from my own observations, and I trust others may supplement them with further information respecting the plants of the county. In 1875, Mr. W. Botting Hemsley, F.R.S., pubhshed in the Journal of Botany "An Outline of the Flora of Sussex," with an Appendix to the same in the following year. Twelve years after- wards appeared the Rev. F. H. Arnold's Flora of Sii-ssex, necessarily repeating much of the information given by Mr. Hemsley, but strangely omitting some of his records with no very apparent reason — for example, Hcilehorus viridis is omitted in the later flora, in Division III., whereas Mr. Hilton tell me it still grows in the locality of Borrer, which Mr. Hemsley quotes for that division. Mr. Hemsley has kindly allowed me to take extracts from his private letters and manuscripts relating to Sussex botany, and these have supplied some interesting localities. A copy of Arnold's Flora, once in the possession of Mr. F. C. S. Roper and annotated by him, has also been the means of supplying some hitherto unpubhshed localities, and also of correcting several misleading records to be found in that Flora. I have endeavoured, in the following list, not to repeat localities already to be found in print, and have rejected, as far as I was able, any that can be found in the Journal of Botany from 1883 to the present time, Syme's English Botany, 3rd edition, Watson's New Botanist's Guide, W. Moyle Rogers's Handbook of British Bubi, or W. B. Hemsley's " Outline of the Flora of Sussex." The warm South Coast seems to be particularly favourable to many plants "that have but recently gained a footing in England, and several are evidently on the increase there — as Fiapistrum, Malm borealis, Melilotus arvensis, etc. Mr. S. T. Dunn has kindly examined and named all these alien species ; and I am also greatly indebted to the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers, who has named all the Brambles. Messrs. H. & J. Groves, W. H. Beeby, A. Bennett, H. W. Pugsley, F. Townsend, and Revs. E. S. Marshall and E. F. & W. R. Linton have also very kindly assisted in naming the more critical forms. The following is the list of observers (whose initials appear amongst the records) who have favoured me with notes and speci- mens : — E.N.B. . Rev.E.N.Bloomfield. T.H. . . T.Hilton. A.J.C. . A.J.Crosfield. IW.B.H. . W.B. Hemsley. E.E. . . Rev.E.Ellman. I R. ... F. C. S. Roper. E.H.F. . E.H.Farr. jE.S.S. . E.S.Salmon. H.H. . . H.Hemmings. ' My own records have no initials. 404 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY The sigu ! after a locality indicates that I have either seen the plant growing there, or a satisfactory herbarium exami^le. An asterisk is placed before the name of species or variety when such is believed to be a new record for either East or West Sussex ; when placed before a number, it indicates an additional district to those mentioned in Arnold's Sussex Flora, to which the numbers refer. Plants considered to be introduced are distinguished by the sign f . Any notes upon Sussex plants would be gratefully received, as I hope from time to time to publish records for the county collected together in this way. The most interesting records in the present paper are, I think, those of Viria graciiis, Peucedaniim pahistre, CTcdium sylvestre and am/lieum, Salicornia appressa, Potamogeton rutilus, and Tolypella prolifera. Thalktrum favu n L. II. By the Aruu, below Pulborough Bridge, 1899 ; A. J. C. & C. E. S. IV. Abundant in a swampy place near Bishopstone Mills ! 1895; T. H. Adorns autuynnalis L. IV. Cultivated land, Telscombe ; many years up to 1900 ; T. H. Ranunculus circinatus Sibth. III. Henfield Common ! Babing- ton in Holmesdale N. H. Club Herb., Reigate. B. trichnj^Ju/llus ChM\. III. Ditch, Coombe ! 1900; T. H. V. Pond by the road between Battle and the Union, 1895 ; E. S. S. ■'■B. heterophi/llus Web. I. Near Fishbourne Pond ! 1897. Sidlesham Mill ! 1898 ; T. H. II. Highdown Hill ! 1897 ; T. H. III. Fulking, in ponds ! T. H. The last locality is in Sussex E., and is apparently new to that vice-county. — Var. ■■siibmersus (Hiern). III. Pond near the Adur, Beeding ! 1899 ; T. H. B. Baudotii Godr. "III. Ditches near " The Pad," Lancing I 1897; T. H. -IV. Fresh-water pond. Falmer! 1900; T. H. -V. Bexhill ! 1882 ; H. T. Mennell.— Var. eonfusus (Godr.). V. Cuck- mere Haven ! 1897 ; T. H. <' This has very long stamens, and is much like form labelled eonfusus Godr. by Syme and others"; H. & J. G. B. lutariHs Bouvet. *IV. Chailey Common, 1900 ; T. H. & C. E. S. V. Dicker ; E. E. Pond, Catsfield Green, near Battle, 1895 ; E. S. S. it. Lenormandi Schultz. VII. Ashdown Forest. Copthorne Common, 1891. B. Flamwula L. var. pseudo-reptans Syme. "IV. Tilsmere Wood, Heathfield; E. E. B. Lingua L. V. Berwick ; E. E. i?. sardous Crantz. V. Great Park Farm, Battle, 1895 ; E. S. S. — Var. ■'parvnlus (L.). III. Lane near "The Blue Idol," Thake- ham, 1886 and again in 1894 ; A. J. C. B. parvifforus h. "IV. Seaford ; E. E. -''Helleborus foetidus L. III. Wood, foot of Ditchling Beacon, towards Clayton, in v.-c. 14 ! H. H. & A. J. C. VI. Near Roberts- bridge (Andrews) ; E. N. B. in litt. to W. B. H., 1881. \Eranthus Jn/emalis Salisb. "HI. Established in Clayton Rectory hedge, a garden escape ; H. H. NOTKS ON THE FLORA OF SISSKX 405 AtjuiUyia viil(jarh h. II. Between Faygate and Kingsfold, 1892. IV. Downs above Berwick, possibly introduced ; E.E. V. Beachy Head; R. VII. Tilgate Forest, 1891, where it is undoubtedly native, and thus the mark in Top. Bot. (against v. -c. 14) indicating doubt as to this point may be removed. Berheris vidfjaris h. III. Shipley; E.E. Papnver FJtceas L. var. '■■strigosiun (Boenn.). III. Between Patcham and Saddlescombe, 1895 ; A. J. C. V. Eastbourne, towards Beachy Head, 1892. P. dubiinii L. var. ■'•Lcroqii (Lamotte). II. Between Amberley Mount and Camp Hill, 1899. Additional to v.-c. 13 ; A. J. C. & C. E. S. III. Clayton and Preston; H. H. Falking! 1894; T.H. Omit Mr. EUman's record in Arnold's Sin^sc.c Flora. P. hi/bridion L. -''II. Between Amberley Mount and Camp Hill, 1899 ; A. J. C. & C. E. S. IV. Roadside towards Bishopston Church, 1896 ; H. H. F^imaria pallid i flora J ovd. V. Old wall, Wartling! 1897; T.H. -F. Borai Jovd.' III. Henfield! 1838; Sp. in HolmesdaleN. H. Club Herb., Reigate. New to v.-c. 13. -IV. Uckfield! 1896; T.H. V. Near Great Tanner's Farm, near Horeham Road, 1892. F. muralis Sonder. V. Pevensey Castle grounds ! 1895; T.H. "A luxuriant form of muraUs, I think " ; H. W. Pugsley. F. densiflora DC. ^'111. Cultivated land about Brighton, not uncommon ! 1899 ; T. H. IV. Near Berwick ; E. E. ■■'■F. parviflora Lam. III. Cultivated land, StanmerPark! 1899; T. H. New to v.-c. 14. Nasturtium 2)aJustre DC. '■'■Y. Berwick; E.E. Arahis hir.'iuta Scop. III. Plentiful on Race-hill, Brighton ; H. H. Henfield ; H. H. IV. Near Stanmer Park and Upper Pit, Offham ; H. H. — Var. qJahrata Syme. V. Downs south of Ber- wick ; E. E. Cardamine amara L. V. Stream between Lower Beech Farm and the Workhouse, Battle, 1895 ; E. S. S. C. iDipatiensL. II. Warnham;E.E. III. Southwater; E.E. (?. bulbifera R. Br. II. Near Faygate, 1892. \Alyssumincanumli. IV. Berwick; E.E. \A. cahjcinumjj. -HI. Shipley; E.E. Eropldla braehycarpa Jord. (pracox DC). '''III. Aldrington beach ! 1897 ; T. H. -IV. Downs near Telscombe ! 1898 ; T. H. E. virescens Jord. IV. Downs above Lewes, 1900. " I think best imdevvirescens'' ; E. S. Marshall. iHesperis matronalis L. III. A considerable quantity on a bank by the roadside near Bolney ! 1892 ; T. H. ■'•\Eriica sativa Lam. III. Casual from cornmill w^aste. South- wick ! 1896 ; T. H. Sisi/nibrium Sophia L. V. Shingles, Eastbourne ; E. E. *t5. Cohumm Jacq. III. Introduced with cornmill waste. South- wick Cliff ! 1891 ; T. H. ■'\S. pannouicum .Jacq. VII. Track in meadow near Hammer Pond, Three Bridges, 1893. Erysimum cheirantJwides L. -IV. Berwick ; E. E. Twice by 406 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Ouse beyond Lewes, casual ; H. H. No personal authority for Sussex E. in Top. Bot. iE. perfoliatum Crautz {orieutale R. Br.). III. Casual, Somp- ting! 1892; T. H. ■'j;E. repandum L. III. On cornmill waste, Fisliersgate ! 1894 ; T. H. \Camelinasatiru Gi^?i\\\iZ. -=IV. Berwick; E.E. Y.Eastbourne! 1885 ; A. J. C. Brassica oleracea L. V. Omit the Pevensey Sluice record ; R. '^'\Bunias orientalis L. III. Sandpits between Hassocks Station and London Road, apparently well established ! 1896-7 ; T. H. ■''\NesUa panicidata Desv. III. Sandpits, Hassocks ! 1898, and Aldrington Quay ! 1895 ; T. H. Coronojnis didymiis Sra. "II. Arundel, 1899; A. J. C. & C. E. S. Lepidium. ruderale L. =''I. By the watermill, Birdhara, abundant, 1897-8 ; T. H. -III. Southwick ; H. H. Fishersgate ; T. H. -V. Plentiful near Gas-works, Bexhill, 1894. Omit the Eastbourne record ; R. fL. Draba L. -III. Rottingdean ! 1894-1900 ; T. H. -fL. perfoliatum L. III. Casual, Aldrington Quay ! 1894 ; T. H. "fL. virginimm L. III. Mill waste, Southwick ! 1894 ; T. H. Thlaspi arvcme L. -VI. Ore (Andrews) ; E. N. B. in litt. to W. B. H., 1881. Iberis amara L. V. Abundant on the shingles about two miles east of Eastbourne ! 1895 ; T. H. Teesdalia mtdicaidis R. Br. -IV. Balcombe ; W. B. H, ilsatis tinctoria L. -III. Hollingbury Hill, casual with clover, from 1893-5 ! T. H. Crambe maritima L. V. Shingle between Bexhill and Pevensey Sluice, 1895 ; E. S. S. ■'\Bapistruni rngomm. All. III. Cultivated land on road to the Dyke, Brighton ! 1895 ; T. H. V. Eastbourne ! 1885 ; A. J. C. -■f ^. orieutale DC. III. Casual, bank by the Adur Inn, Shoreham Road ! 1897 ; T. H. Aldrington and Ditchling ; E. E. ■'■Baphaiius maritimus Sm. III. By Canal near Southwick; H. H. Unrecorded for v.-c. 13 in Top. Bot. Viola palustris L. VII. Cut and Lie Wood, near Copthorne, 1900; H. Groves & C. E. S. V. hirta X odorata. -III. Clayton ! 1897 ; T. H. V. silvestris Reich. -III. Abundant on north edge of Downs near Brighton ; H. H. V. Common in the Battle district, 1895 ; E. S. S.— f. -■■•leucantha G. Beck. III. Saddlescombe ! 1899; T.H. -F. Biiini'ina x eiicetoruni. VII. Pot Common, Copthorne, 1896. V. lactea Sm. -IV. Chailey Common, 1900 ; T. H. & C. E. S. VII. Crowborough ! 1895 ; A. J. C. Copthorne Common, 1891. -F. ericetonim X lactea. VII. Crowborough! 1895; A. J. C. Copthorne Common, 1892. F. tricolor L. ^V. Near Lunsford Cross; E. S. S. Great Park Farm, Battle, and in a field near Netherfield, 1895 ; E. S. S. VI. Field between Westfield and Beauport Park, 1895 ; E. S. S. Old Mill Farm, near Mayfield, 1892. NOTES ON THK FLORA OF SUSSEX 407 PoJijijala o.n/ptera Reichb. 'HI. Downs between Hodshrove and Bevendean'! 1900; T.H. IV. Plumpton ; E. E. VI. Petley Wood, 1894. -■=P. efl/crt/frt F. Schultz. III. Piecombe ; H. H. This is in West Sussex, v.-c. 13, where it is unrecorded in Top. Bot. Dianihits deltoides L. "III. Hassocks, East Sussex, 1899; T.H. ■'^\Saponarin Vuvcaria L. V. Great Park Farm, Battle, 1895 ; E. S. S. Silene Ciicnbalufi Wibel. var. ■'puberuJa Syme. III. Brighton, 1884 ; A. J. C. -S. conica L. IV. Telscombe, v.-c. 14. 1888-9 ; T. H. S.cmgiicah. -IV. Telscombe! 1897; T.H. VII. Tilgate; E.E. S. noctifiora L. III. Between Patcham and Saddlescombe, 1895 ; A. J. C. An interesting record, showing the survival of the plant in the same locality as Hemsley notes in his "Outlines" — " Seedlescombe, near Poynings, 1814 ; Herb. Borrer. Not reported since." Cerastium qiiaterneUum Fenzl. *IV. Berwick Common ; E. E. V. Willingdon Hill; E. E. C. arveme L. III. Road in Patcham parish leading from Lon- don Road to Ditchling Road; A. J. C. "IV. Field near Ashcombe, plentiful ; H. H. Hills west of Alfriston ; E. E. Stellaria aquatica Sco'p. IV. New Barbcombe ; H. H. In very dry gravel at Berwick Rectory; E. E. "V. Cuckmere down to Arlington ; E. E. S. media Cyr. var. ■'Boraana (Jord.). III. By the Canal, Fishersgate ! v.-c. 13, 1895 ; T. H. S. palustris Retz. IV. Near Hayward's Heath, near Ouse Viaduct; H. H. Arenaria tenuifoUa h. 111. Downs, Stanmer ! E.M.Day. ScKjlna ciliata Fr. III. Downs near Bevendean ! 1896 ; T. H. *VII. Roadside near Ashurst Wood, East Griustead, 1894. ■]■ CI aytoiiia perful lata Donu. -lY. Plumpton; E.E. Muntia fontana L. III. Ditchling Common ; H. H. — Var. ■•'repens Pers. IV. Top of Firle Beacon; E. E. Chailey Common, 1900.— Var. erecta Pers. ^'IV. Berwick Common ; E. E. Elatinc hexandra DC. IV. Great Pond, Piltdown! 1900; T. H. Hypericum Androsamum'L. III. Near Hayward's Heath; H. H. IV. Near Chailey Common ; H. H. Between Balcombe Station and Whitehouse Farm, 1896. V. Near Ashburnham Park and Catsfield, frequent, 1895 ; E. S. S. H. dubium Leers. IV. Chailey Bog ; E.E. ^-VI. Heathfield and north of Frant ; E. E. "VII. Near Felbridge and about East Grinstead, frequent, 1895. H. elodes L. III. Pond on Ditchling Common ; H. H. '^j;Mali'a borealis Wall. "HI. Waste places between Patcham and Standean! 1899; T.H. Broadmere Common, Henfield ! 1894; T. H. Shipley; E. E. *IV. Plumpton and Berwick; E. E. V. Waste ground near Horeham Road Station, 1892. Previously un- recorded for West Sussex. 408 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Tilia cordata Mill. "IV. Between Balcombe and Ardingly, 1893 ; A. J. C. Badiola Unoides Eotli. V. Between Little Common and the sea, 1895. VI. Bridge and Heatlifield ; E. E. Linum au(/usti folium Huds. "II. Rasper ; E. E. III. Near Eoedean, near Rottingdean ; J. L. Warren in litt. to W. B. H., 1874. VI. Mayfield; E. E. ] Geranium phmim L. III. Known for years in a dry ditch by the entrance to Wiston Park ! 1883 ; T. H. G. prutense L. III. Railway embankment north of Hassocks Station, East Sussex ; T. H. IV. Marshes above Lewes ; E. E. G. pi/rew(irum Burm. fil. -"HI. Chalk monnds, Pangdean ; T. H. Henfield, abundant ; perhaps escaped, with G. lucidum, from Borrer's old garden ; H. H. NearPatcham; H.H. IV. Railway- near Lewes ; E. E. "VII. Near Three Bridges Station, 1898. ■•'] G. Totundifulium Ij. IV. Casual, Seaford ; E. E. G. columhinum h. II. Washington Common; E. E. III. Path to Ovingdean and Race Hill, Brighton ; H. H. IV. Bnxted; E. E. G. lucidum L. III. Side of London Road, Hassocks ; perhaps originally an escape, but spreading gradually on a bank near Station; H.H. "IV. Uckfield ; E.^E. "VII. Sandy bank. East Grinstead, 1895. Erodiu)ii cicutarium L'Herit. var. *cJurrophi/Uum (Cav.). IV. Newmarket Hill, Brighton ! 1899 ; T. H. ^Hlmjmtieus parvijln-a DC. III. Henfield! 1893; T. H. IV. Uckfield, roadside ; T. H. Bhamnus catharticu^ L. 11. Copse on Downs near Amberley, 1899; A.J. C. & C. E. S. 'm'rifioneUa ccEvulca. III. Fishersgate ! 1892; T. H. ^^^Xledicaqo falcata L. III. Near Custom House, Kingston-by-Sea! and on cliff, Fishersgate! 1890; T. H. IV. Bishopstone Tide- mills; E. E. M. denticulata Willd. III. Kingston Beach ; H. H. IV. Sea- ford ! 1845 ; Herb. R. Pryor. jMelilotus arvmsis Wallr. III. Aldrington and Kingston Light- house; H.H. "IV. Seaford and Telscombe ; E. E. V. Pits near the gas-works, Bexhill, 1894. "ii¥. indica All. III. Aldrington Beach ! 1894, and cultivated land, Saddlescombe ! 1899 ; T. H. Trifolium squamosum L. IV. Plumpton ; E. E. V. Cuckmere Haven ; E. E. T. striatum L. IV. Berwick Common ; E. E. T. scabrum L. V. Hills south of Berwick ; E. E. T. glomeratum L. VI. Near Camber Castle ! 1897 ; T. H. *tT. resupvnatum L. III. Abundant by the road near the Station at Henfield ! 1894 ; also, as a casual, near the Custom House, Kingston-by-Sea! 1889; T. H. T. filiforme L. III. Hassocks and Henfield; H. H. IV. Plump- ton ; E. E. AnthyUis Yuhieraria L. var. coccinea L. IV. Downs at Tels- combe ! and near Hervey's Cross ! 1900 ; T. H. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF SUSSEX 409 Lotiifi tenuis \y. & K. III. Ditchling Common ; H. H. Between Shoreliam and Worthing ; J. L. Warren in litt. to W. B. H., 1874. IV. Levels towards Iford ; H. H. V. Chiddingly ; E. E. Astragalus fjlyci/phi/llos L. I. Bury Hill ; T. H. Oinithopus perpudllus L. IV. Berwick Common; E. E. V. Great Park Farm, Battle, abundant, 1895 ; E. S. S. Vicia fjeuiella Crantz, var. ■''tenuissima Druce. V. Near Battle, 1895. "-•=F. ijracUk Loisel. III. Tliakebam ! 1876; A. J. C. Jender'ti Farm, Shipley I 1888 ; E. E. Additional to v.-c. 13. F. lathip'oidrs L. VI. Camber! E. N. B. in litt. to W. B. H., 1882. ■\V, bithyniva L. III. Cultivated land near Stanmer ! 1898-9; T. H. *fr. punnonica Jacq. and V. pereyrina. III. Cultivated land, Staumer Park ! 1899-1900 ; T. H. Lathyrus Nissolia L. III. North of Hassocks, near Railway ; T. H. Shipley ; E. E. Roadside between Coneyhursl and Bil- lingshurst, 1899 ; A. J. C. IV. Roadside between Coneyburrows and Chailey ; H. H. V. Border of wood between Mountfield and Battle, 1894. VI. Maylield ; E. E. Rye, 1900. VII. Between Crawley and Ifield, 1897. =^'fL. hirsutus L. III. Cultivated land near Stanmer ! East Sussex, 1898-9 ; T. H. L. sylvestris L. II. Between Bury and Houghton, 1899 ; A. J. C. & C. E. S. L, maritinuis Bigel. III. One plant found pulled up and thrown down again in 1892 near Kingston Lighthouse ; H. H. \Frunus cluiuesticaLi. III. Near Bramber Station ; H. H. liubus ithms L. '■'III. Abundant above Bevendean, also at Wol- stonbury ; H. H. IV. Downs between Falmer and Plumpton; H. H. R. plicatus W. & N. -IV. By Newick Station ; T. H. — Var. hemistemon (P. J. MuelL). IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F. ~ Var. "^Ber- tramii G. Braun. II. Wiggenholt Common ! 1900 ; T. H. E. holerythros Focke. IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F. VII. Ashdown Forest, near Wychcross ; T. H. R. carpiidfoiius W. & N. -IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F. -it. Lindleiamis Lees. IV. Uckfield, East Sussex, v.-c. 14 ; E. H. F. R. pulclierriiuus Neum. II. Storrington ; T. H. IV. W^ivels- field; T. H. Uckfield; E. H. F. R. dumnoniensis Bab. III. Hollingbury Camp ! 1900 ; T. H. IV. Downs, Seaford ; T. H. V. Hurstmonceux Park ; T. H. R. mercicus Bagnall, var. bt-acteatus Bagnall. IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F. -^t'. yratus Focke. IV. Uckfield, v.-c. 14 ; E. H. F. R. urgentatus P. J. Muell. III. Stanmer Park and hedge, Wiston ; T. H. IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F. Roadside near Chailey ! 1900 ; T. H. R. pubescent Weihe, var. mb'uieiiuis Rogers. IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F. 410 I'HE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Jrl. mai;rophijUus var. ScJdechtendalii (Weilie). IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F. R. micans G. & G. | -R. hirtifolius M. & W. IV. Uckfield; E. H. F. R. pyramidalis Kalt. ) R. leiicostachi/s Schleich. III. Stanmer Park ; T. H. R. Gelertii Frider. III. Staumer Park and ou the Downs above Pangdean ; T. H. IV. Woods by Newick Station ; T. H. R. anqiosaxonicm Gelert. III. Wiston ; T. H. IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F.' jR. ecJiiiiatus Liudl. III. Race-bill, Brighton ; T. H. R. Bahingtonii Bell Salt. IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F. VI. By ditch between Rye and Winchelsea, 1900 ; T. H. & C. E. S. R. ericdorum Lefv. IV. Novington Lane, Plumpton ! 1900 ; T. H. " I think a shade-grown form of it "' ; W. M. R. R. fiisciis W. & N. ) R. serpens Weihe. |-IV. Uckfield ; E. H. F. R. britannicus Rogers.) R. Balfourianus Blox. IV. Wivelsfield and near Chailey Sta- tion ; T. H. Potentilla argentea L. II. Roadside between Washington and Storrington, abundant ; T. H. ='111. Kingston Lighthouse, seen since 1892, but now (1899) lost ; H. H. F.palustrisSco^. -IV. Chailey Bog ; E.E. Alchemilla vulgaris L. IV. Near Horstead Keynes Station; E.E. VII. Near Turner's Hill ; R. Near Dunning's Mill, East Grinstead, 1895.— Var. alpestris (Schmidt). IV. The " Heudle Wood" plant (of Arnold's Sussex Flora) is pronounced to be this form by the Rev. E. F. Linton. — Var. ''Jilicaulis (Buser). 11. St. Leonards Forest ! 1866 ; W. B. H. Recorded here in the Sussex Flora under the aggregate name. Aqriuuma udoratu Mill. "II. Road from Storrington to Thake- ham! 1898; T. H. Rusper ; E. E. III. Shipley; E. E. IV. Plumpton ; E. E. V. East Hoathly ; E. E. Between Catsfield Green and Marlpits, N infield, 1895 ; E. S. S. Rosa tomentosa Sm. III. Newtimber ! 1893 ; T. H. R. canina L. var. frondosa (Steven). ■•TIL Newtimber Hill ! 1896 ; T. H. — Var. dumetorum (Thuill.). =: III. Partridge Green ! 1898; T.H. jR. glauca Vill. var. ■'•coriifolia (Fr.). III. Road from Cowdown to Newtimber ! 1894 ; T. H.^ Pyrus torminalis Ehrh. III. Hedgerow, parish of Thakeham, 1899; A. J. C. -VII. Near Ifield (Ellman); E. N. B. in litt. to W. B. H., 1882. P. Aria Ehrh. III. Wolstoubury and near Clayton Holt; H. H. IV. Lewes and Alciston ; E.E. P. communis L. III. One tree beyond Patcham ; H. H. Ship- ley ; E. E. -v. South of Alfriston; E. E.— Var. -'Achras (Gaert.). III. Chalk-mounds, Pangdean! 1894; T.H. Near *' Blue Idol," Thakeham, 1899. Seen there thirty years ; A. J. C. P. Mains L. III. Clayton Bridge and towards Hassocks by NOTES ON THE FLORA OF SUSShX 411 path. Near Ditchling Common. Between Burgess Hill and Cuck- field. Between Ashurst and Steyning. Henfield ; all H. H. — Var. '^'acerba DC. VII. Wood near Hammerwood, Forest Row, 1898. ''']■ P. Acanthus. V. Above Wilmington ; E.E. P. fjermanica Hook. fil. III. Hedgerow, parish of Thakeham, 1899; A. J. C. V. Crowlmrst, 1895; E. S. S. VI. Mayfield ; E. E. ■•'\Saxifra(ia Geum L. V. Plantation at Batton ! 1879 ; R. Chri/fsosplcniain oppositifoliuni L. V. Abundant in the Battle and Catsfield neighbourhood, 1895 ; E. S. S. Ribcs Grosmlaria L. '''III. Clayton ; H. H, R. rubrum L. var. isatirum (Reiclib.). "^III. One bush near Dyke stream ; H. H. Shipley; E. E. -IV. Plumpton ; E. E. — Var. '■'•'ipetraum (Sm.). VII. Amongst shrubs, near a stream, in a hollow near Crowborough ! 1895 ; E. H. F. & T. H. Fi. nigrum L. III. One bush in Clayton Holt, now gone ; H. H. Shipley; E.E. -IV. Plumpton; E.E. VII. Forest north of Pease Pottage, 1879 (Ellman) ; E. N. B. in litt. to W. B. H., 1882. ■•'\Se(hn}i rupcstre L. III. Estabhshed outside Borrer's old garden at Henfield ; H. H. Dro.sera intermedia Hayne. VII. Copthorne Common, 1891. Hippuris vulgaris L. II. Between Amberley and the Ferry, 1899; A. J. C. &C.E.S. MgriophyllumalternijiorutuBC. lY. Plumpton; E.E. -VII. Pond, Colman's Hatch, 1896. Callitriche hamulata Kuetz. -IV. Chailey Common ! 1900 ; T. H. — Var. pedumulata (DC). -IV. Great Pond, Piltdown ! 1900 ; T. H. A form only, evidently ; long- stalked and sessile fruits occur on the same plant. PepUn Portula L. -IV. Chailey Common ; H. H. Epilobium angustifolium L. II. Camp Hill, near Amberley, 1899; A. J. C. and C. E. S. III. Clayton Holt; H. H. VII. Railway banks about Rowfant, also near Felbridge, 1895. E. roseum Schreb. -II. West Chiltington and Horsham ; E. E. IV. Plumpton; E.E. PJ. obscuruni Schveh. IV. Roadside near Newick ! 1900; T.H. Coniim maculatum L. III. Henfield ; H. H. Smyrnium Olusatrum L. IV. Frequent by roadsides from Southerham to Glynde pit ; H. H. Bupleiirum rotundifolium L. -ill. Shoreham! 1863; ex herb. W. B. H. B. tenuissimuiii L. IV. Near Newhaven ! herb. R. Barrington. V. South of Berwick Common ; E. E. Apium nodijiorum Reichb. fil. var. ^■'ocreatum Bab. IV. Chailey Common ! T. H. ■'\Ammi majus L. V. Casual, Eastbourne ; E. E. Carum segetum B. & H. IV. Southease. V. Hooe Levels, abundant, 1894. \C.CaruLjj. -II. Lower Seeding ; E.E. -IV. Seaford; E.E. Simn latifoliimh. IV. Laughton Levels ; E E. 412 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY S. eratuiii Huds. III. Claytou and Old Shoreham ; H. H. jEfjopodlum Podatjrarla L. III. Near Steyning ; H. H. IV. Near Hayward's Heath ; H. H. Flinpinella major Huds. V. Wilmington Holt, east of Folking- ton; E.E. Anthriscns ntlf/ari.s Bernh. '''VI. Camber Sands ; T. H. Fcenk-ulum cuhjare Mill. HI. Cliffs near Soutliwick, and near the 'Pad Inn,' Old Shoreham ; H. H. Crithmiwi uniritiiinim L, V. Shingles, Eastbourne ; E. E. (Enanthe pimpineiloidcs L. VI. Winchelsea ! ex herb. W. B. H. (E. Larhenalii C. Gmel. IV. Inland near Alciston ; E. E. CE. Phellandrluiii IjQ.m. •'II. Amberley Wild Brooks and ditches by the Arun, Pulborough, 1899 ; A. J. C. & C. E. S. V. Wartling Wood, near Hurstmouceux Castle ; roadside between Ninfield and Boreham Street; Hooe Level, 1895; E. S. S. VII. Ifield Mill- pond, 1898. ■''■Peuceihuuon paliistre Moench. V. Marsh, Hurstmonceux Park, abundant ! 1899 ; G. C. Druce & T. H. See Bot. Ex. Club Eep. 1899, p. 606. '•'\CoriaHdraiii sativtun h. V. Eastbourne; E.E. ■'■']■ Cauealis lati folia L. and \daacoi(les L. III. Near Custom House, Kiugston-by-Sea ! 1900 ; T. H. C. an-ensis Huds. III. Roadside between Southwick and Ports- lade-on-Land ; H. H. C. nodosa Scop. IV. Hamsey ; H. H. V. Peveusey Level to Bexhill, abundant, 1894. Sainbncus nujra L. var. iaciniata L. lY. Berwick, doubtfully native; E. E. S. Ebidiis L. IV. Under Firle Beacon, Blatchington ; E. E. *Lnnicera Xyiosteum L. V. Wilmington Holt ; E. E. This plant is an addition to East Sussex v.-c. 14 ; Borrer's old records for it, near Amberley, are in West Sussex, where it still exists in several copses where it might well be native. This East Sussex locality would seem to be also a station of a similar character. Galiuiii erect am YLwdi^. "IV. Cultivated land, Wivelsfield! 1895, and pit near Seaford ! 1900 ; T. H. -V. Foot of the Downs at the west end of Motcombe Lane, west of the workhouse, Eastbourne ! 1888; R. -VI. In a meadow, Fairliglit ! 1876; E. N. B. (The plants recorded in Arnold's Smsex Flora from Districts V. & VI. are but molliujo forms.) G.MoIlngo X veruin {uchroleucuin Syme). '''IV. West of Alfris- son; E. E. -G. sylvestre Poll. III. Clayton ! Sussex West, 1893 ; H. H. An interesting record of a plant found in Surrey, but absent appa- rently from the adjoining counties of Kent and Hampshire. G. uligiiiosumh. III. Near pond, Clayton ; E. Sussex; H.H. "(t. aiujlicnni Huds. IV. In two localities, some way apart, on fallow land, and a steep hillside, to the west of Alfriston ! E. E. A new plant to Sussex. G. trkorne Stokes. III. Corn-field near Billingshurst, 1899 ; A. J.C. IV. Hamsey; H.H. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF SUSSEX 413 ■'Valeriana Mikanii Syme. II. Copse on Amberley Mount, West Sussex, 1899; A. J. C. & C. E. S. V. sambucifoUa Willd. -III. Henfield Levels ! 1891 ; H. H. \Centrantlms ruber DC. "III. Abundant on chalk cliffs by Lon- don Koad Railway Station, Brighton ; H. H. Old brick-kiln near liroadmere, Henfield ; H. H. ^'^V. Eastbourne ; R. Vahrianella dentata Poll. ''VII. Field near Grange Road Sta- tion, 1895.— Var. -mixta Dufr. III. Stanmer Park ! 1895 ; T. 11. IV. Near Newick Station ! 1891 ; T. H. Dipsacus 1)1108118 L. -''III. West Grinstead ; E. E. ■HD.fidlonuui Mill. IV. Berwick ; E. E. Eriijeron acre L. IV. Near Falmer ; H. H. Filago spathiilata Presl. III. Given for this district, with no further localization, in Arnold's Siisnex Flora. The label on the specimen in the Brighton Museum runs — "Broadwater Common, near Worthing, 1873." F. minima Fr. III. Hassocks ; lost by building, but may turn up near; H. H. IV. Above Piddinghoe ; E. E. VII. Tilgate ; E. E. Gnaphalimi uliainosiun L. Omitted by mistake from Arnold's Sussex Flora; reported from all the districts in Hemsley's *' Out- lines." G. si/lvaticum L. V. Abbots Wood ; E. E. Farthing Woods, 1895 ; E. S. S. VI. Heath near Cade Street, and on Old Mill Farm near Mayfield, 1892. VIL Near Felbridge, 1895. \Inula Uelcninm L. III. Side of lane in Thakeham parish, 1889 ; A. J. C. IV. Berwick; E.E. -VL Heathfield ; E. E. I. crithmoides L. I. Near Prinstead ! 1881 ; F. H. Arnold. PuUcaria vulgaris Gaertn. '''II. Near Parham ; E. E. ■'''\Xantliium spiyiosum.Jj. III. South of Custom House, Kingston- by-Sea! 1900; T. H. Bidens tripartita L. III. Ditchling Common and Broadmere, Henfield ; H. H. IV. Ditches near Southover Priory, and at Bar- combe ; H. H. Achillea Ptarmica L. III. Roadsides, Thakeham ; A. J. C. IV. Chailey Common ; H. H. Anthemis arvensis L. IH. Withdean ; H. H. Chrysanthemum segetum L. IV. Ouse near Lewes (casual here) ; H. H. i C. Parthenium Pers. III. Near Steyning, 1884 ; H. H. '■'• \ Matricaria discoidea h. IV. Lewes; E.E. Tanacetum vulgare L. III. Patch by Ockley Lane, Keymer ; H. H. '^■\A))tbrosia artemisi folia L. III. Fishersgate ! 1900 ; T. H. Petasites officinalis Moench. "IV. Firle ; E. E. Senecio sylvaticus L. III. Hassocks ; H. H. IV. Hayward's Heath Common ; H. H. S. riscosus L. "V. Shingles, Eastbourne ; E.E. S. aquaticus nnds. III. Henfield ; H. H. "VI. Mayfield; E.E. -VIL Ifield; E.E. Arctium intermedium Lange. -HI. Near Roedean, near Rot- tingdean ; J. L. Warren in litt. to W. H. B., 1874. Journal of Botany. — Vol. 39. [Dec. 1901.] 2 h 414 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Carduus pycyiocephaliis L. 'lY. Near Alciston Pit ; E. E. C. crispus X nutans. '''IV. Aslicombe ! 1900 ; T. H. Cniciis pratensis Willd. III. Henfield and Ditcliling Commons ; H. H. IV. Near Oase Railway Viaduct beyond Hayward's Heath, and on Chailey Common; H. H. VI. Heatbfield ; E. E. VII. Ashdown Forest and on Copthorne Common, 1895. Onopordon Acanthium L. "IV. Telscombe ; T. H. \Mariana lacteaHiW. III. Hove, near nursery-grounds, 1899 ; H. H. Serratida tinctoria L. II. Near Faygate, 1892. III. Ditch- ling Common ; H. H. "VII. Between Grange Road Station and Hedge Court Mill, also near East Grinstead and about Three Bridges, 1895. \Centaurea Jacea L. III. Abundant in a paddock between Has- socks and Hurstpierpoint ! Doubtfully native, 1900 ; T. H. C. Cijaniis L. V. Great Park Farm, Battle, 1895 ; E. S. S. C. Calcitrapali. IV. Blatcliington ; E. E. fC. sohtitialis L. III. White-hawk Down and Eoedean ; T. H. V. West Dean and between Seaford and Alfriston ; E. E. Cichorium Intijhus L. III. Hassocks (not seen recently) and Kingston Lighthouse ; H. H. V. Great Park Farm, Battle, 1895 ; E. S. S. Crepis fcetida L. '''IV. Fallow^ land in two places between Sea- ford and Berwick ! 1900 ; T. H. Newhaven ; E. E. C. tar axaci folia Thuill. "III. Cultivated land, Old Shoreham Road, Hove! 1897; T. H. "IV. Nearlsfield! 1900; T. H. Sea- ford; E.E. *tC'. setosa Hall fil. VI. Mayfield, East Sussex ; E. E. C. biennis L. "VII. Field 'west of Furnace Wood, 1896. Hieiacium nnironnii L. III. Clayton ! 1893 ; H. H. '■"H. sciaphiliimlJechtviiz. III. Chalk mounds, Paugdean! 1899; T. H. IV. Roadside near Horsted Keynes ! 1899 ; T. H. H.rifjiduw RMtm. IV. Isfield!1899; T.H.—Y^v. tridentatum Fries. "^=111. Race-hill, Brighton ! 1897 ; T. H. "IV. Copse near Chailey! 1895; E.H.F. H. horeale Fr. III. Hassocks ! 1899 ; T. H. H. umhellatum L. III. Hassocks ! 1898 ; T. H. Lactuca virosa L. I. Arundel! 1866; W. B. H. *IL Amber- ley, 1899 ; A. J. C. & C. E. S.— L. Scariola L. is a very doubtful Sussex plant. L. miiralis Fresen. II. Amberley, 1899 ; A. J. C. & C. E. S. \Tra(jopogon porrijolius L. "VI. Cliffs on the south side of Rye. (Henry Taylor ; specimen) H. C. Watson in litt. to W. B. H. ■■-\Campamda rapuncidoides L. III. Slope between Dyke Road and Preston Station ! 1893 (now destroyed by building) ; H. H. Specidaria hybrida DC. "11. Near Amberley Mount, 1899 ; A. J. C. & C. E. S. Hypopitys Monotropa Crantz. "IV. Lewes ! 1843 ; herb. R. Pryor. Hottonia pahistr is Jj. III. Shipley; E.E. V. Berwick; E.E. Frimula acaidis L. var. caidesccm (Koch). III. Wiston ; T. H. IV. Isfield and West Chiltington ; T. H. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF SUSSEX 415 P. acaulis x veris. II. Stream-side between Faygate and Kings- fold, 1892. This, when fairly intermediate, differs considerably from the umbellate form of acaulis ; in Arnold's Sussex Flora the two are seemingly confused. Anagallis ccerulea Schreb. "III. Near Saddlescombe, 1895 ; A. J. C. Shipley; E. E. -IV. Berwick; E. E. -V. Hailsham ; E.E. Samolus Vahrandl L. V. About Pevensey Sluice, 1895. Vinca minor L. VII, Eoadside near East Grinstead, abundant, 1896. ErythrcBa pulchella Fr. V. St. Leonards! herb. R. Harrington. "VI. Abundant in a meadow between Westfield House and West- field, 1895; E. S. S. E. capitata var. splicBrocephala Towns. IV. Eottingdean, 1891 ; T.H. Gentiana P neumonanthe L. VII. Between Chelwood Gate and Wych Cross, 1898. G, campestris L. V. Hills south of Berwick ; E. E. Menyanthes trifoliata L. -''VII. Near Colman's Hatch, Ashdown Forest ; B. B. Gough. Limnanthemum peltatum S. P. Gmel. IV. Laughton Levels ; E. E. -VI. Mountfield, introduced, 1895 ; E. S. S. \Anchusa sempervirens L. '''II. Eoadside between West Chilting- ton and Pulborough, 1883 ; A. J. C. Lycopsis arvensis L. "V. Common in sandy fields about Cats- field, 1895 ; E. S. S. Myosotis arvensis Lam. var. umbrosa Bab. "III. Wood near Ditchhng ! 1896 ; T. H. Litliospermum otficinale L. V. Darvel's Hole (Vores) ; E. N. B. in litt. to W. B. HT, 1882. L. arvense L. 11. Between Bury and Houghton, 1899 ; A. J.C. & C.E.S. ■''\EcJiinospermum lappula Lehm. III. Near Devil's Dyke; E. E. IV. Near the Harbour, Newhaven ! 1900; T. H. Cuscuta europaah. IV. Berwick; E.E. tC TrifoHi Bab. VI. Abundant in one field of clover at Guest- ling ; E. N. B. in litt. to W. B. H., 1881. [Verhascum Lychnitis L. Omit the record in District V. in Arnold's Sussex Flora. 1 '■'iLinaria purpurea L. V. Found by Mr. Hailstone on the shingle at Eastbourne, 1834, sp. Dr. Bromtield MSS. H. C. Watson in litt. to W. B. H. L. viscida Moench. II. Between Amberley Mount and Camp Hill, 1899 ; A. J. C. & C. E. S. Sibtliorpia europcea L. V. Hurstmonceux Park ! 1899 ; T. H. Near Ashburnham ; E . E . Veronica scutellata L. "II. Amberley Wild Brooks, 1899 ; A. J.C. & C.E.S. '■'Euphrasia Rostkoviana Hayne. II. Washington Common ! 1899- T. H. III. Stanmer Down ! 1898 ; T. H. IV. West Chiltington Common ! 1897, and Piltdown ! 1900 ; T. H. New to East Sussex. 2 H 2 416 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY -£•. Keineri Wettst. III. Stanmer Park ! 1900 ; T. H, This is in v.-c. 14. -E. nemorosa H. Mart. I. Arundel ! 1900 ; T. H. III. Wool- stenbury! 1899, and Dyke Hills, Brighton! 1900; T. H. IV. Balmer ! 1898, and Downs, Seaford ! 1900 ; T. H. New to East Sussex. F. gracilis Fr. *IV. Lane End Common ! 1898 ; T. H. Bartsia Ot/o7z^/fS. inundatum Wsivnst. {S. subsecundum varr. contortum k ohesum k.\XQi. ex parte). Duff's Loch and Mark Hill. — S. cymhifolium Warnst. (S. cymhifoliwn Elirli. ex parte) var. e/Iauco-pallens Warnst. Mark Hill. — S. papillosum Lindb. var. normale Warnst. Duff's Loch and Mark Hill.— Var. suhlceve Limpr. Screel. Andreaa Rothii W. & M. Screel. Catharinea undulata W. & M. Screel. ^ Polijtrichum nannm Neck. RockcHff. — P. aloides Hedw. Dense bright green patches on small bare places on hill-sides ; barren and probably young plants.— P. piliferum Schreb. Common.— P. juni- perinum Willd. Frequent.— P. commune L. Screel, &c. Ceratodon purpureas Brid. — (7. co)iicus Lindb. Hestan Island. DicraneUa Iieteromalla Schimp. Blindia acuta B. & S. Screel. Dicranoweissia cirrata Lindb. In both dull and bright green forms. Campijlopus atrovirens De Not, Screel. Dicranum Bonjeani De Not. Resembling D. majus in habit. Leaves secund, but strongly undulate. Duff's Loch. Another form has leaves normal in direction, bluntly serrate, and cuspidate tips to the branches. Kippford,— D. scojmrium. Hedw. Common. Light yellowish interrupted form with straight glossy leaves. Meikle Hill. A similar plant, deep green. Hestan Island. Leaves in successive distant comal tufts on an apparently elongated stem due to innovation. Stream-side near Screel. Leucohryum (jlaucum. Schimp. Fissideiis bryoides Hedw. Hestan Island.— F. osmundioides Hedw. Duff's Loch, Rough Island, and Screel.— i^". adiantoides ILediW. Grimmia^ apocarpa Hedw.— 6^. maritima Turn.— (7. pulvinata Sm. — G. trichophyl/a Grev. Wiacomitrium aciculare Brid. — /?. prutensum Braun. Screel. R. hfterostichum Brid. var. gracilescens B. & S. Screel.— ft. lanugi- nosum Brid. Mark Hill and Screel. Ptychomitrium imlyphyllum Fiirnr. Screel. Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh. Abundant on rocks and walls. Tortula m,uralis Hedw. var. rupestris Wils. Locheud. Barbula revoluta Bvid. Dafl'sLoch.—B. convoluta Reihy. Rock- cliffe. — B. unguiculata Hedw. Weissia viridula Hedw.— IF. verticiUata Brid. Hestan Island. Trichostomum mutabile Bruch. Hestan Island and Rough Island. Ulota Bruchii Hornsch. Glen Island. Orthotrichum ajine Schrad. Glen Island. Funaria ericetorum Dixon. Hill-side, Kippford. — F. hmro- metrica ^ihil-i. -^"^ AuJacomnium palustre Schw. 424 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Philonotis fontana Brid. A remarkable form occurred in a cavity over a well, exceedingly slender, the stems long drawn out, and with all the appearance of a pleurocarpous moss. It was mixed with E, Swartzii. Breutelia arcuata Schimp. Screel. Bnjum indinatum Bland. Kippford. — B. pseudotriquetnim Schw. Male plants. Kippford. — B. ccespiticium, L. — B. capillare L. and var. macrocarpum Hiibn. — B. alpinum Huds. Abundant in con- spicuous handsome tufts from just above sea-level. — B. argentewn L. Milium rostratum Schrad. — M. undulatum L. — M. honiuni L. — ■ M. punctatiim L. Forotrichum alopecurum Mitt. Stream near Screel. Heterocladium heteroptenim B. & S. Screel. Tkuidium tamariscinum B. & S. Isothecium myuriim Brid. Screel. Pleuropus sericeus Dixon. Hestan Island. Brachythecium rutahulum B. & S. — B. populeiim B. & S. Kippford. — B. purum Dixon. Earhynchinmprcelongum B. & S. var. Stokesil Brid. Lochend. — E. Swartzii Curnow. An extremely delicate form occurred in the mouth of an old copper-mine on Hestan Island. — E. tenellum Milde. Hestan Island. — E. myosuroides Schimp. Glen Island and Lochend. — E. rusciforine Milde. Playiothecium denticidatum B. & S. Hypnum stellatum Schreb. — H. Jiiiitans L. Near Ya>v. fahatuni Schimp. ; reddish in colour. Screel, on the ground. — Var. Holtii,-' or a form very near to it. Screel, in deep water. — H. exanuhitum Glimb. var. hrachydictyon Ken. Duff's Loch. — H. uncinatum Hedw. Lochend. — H. revolvens Swartz. Eockcliffe. — H. cupressiforme L. var. filiforme. — H. scorpioides L. Mark Hill. — H. sanmntosum Wahl. Screel. — H. cuspidatum L. A slender form near var. pungens Schimp. Lochend. — H. Schreberi Willd. Hylocomium splendens B. & S. — H. loreutn B. & S. — H. squarrosum B. & S.— ZJ. triquetrum B. & S. REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1900. By George Murray, F.R.S. Of the additions to the collection by purchase, the most notable acquisitions were the herbarium of exotic Mosses and of Hepatics of M. Emil Bescherelle, of Paris, containing nearly 16,000 specimens. Its chief value consists in the types of many new species desci'ibed by M. Bescherelle, and in the large number of specimens collected in the French Colonies, and hitherto poorly represented in the Museum. It also contains collections made in the islands of Amsterdam and St. Paul, Brazil, Paraguay, Tahiti, Japan, Mexico, * Since the above was written the form has been named by Mens. Eenauld var. aiiglicum forma Holtii. REPORT OF DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM, 1900 425 and the Marquise Islands, which were described by M. Bescherelle, and many authentic specimens from older French botanists and explorers. There were also acquired a complete set of Ellis and Everhart's valuable North American Fungi, consisting of 8600 specimens. A notable event has been the completion of the great series of drawings of British Basidiomycetes by Mr. Worthington G. Smith, now exhibited in the Public Gallery. The additions to the collections by presentation have consisted of: — 513 plants from India and Malaya, from Sir George King; 670 specimens, including 47 ferns from Guatemala, from Capt. John Donnell Smith ; 125 phanerogams and 24 cryptogams from Klondike, from J. B. Tyrrell, Esq. ; 139 specimens, including 4 cryptogams from Canary Islands, collected by the Kev. R. P. Murray, from Government Grant Committee ; 3 specimens from Ehodesia, from R. Doley, Esq. ; 60 specimens of flowering plants and 1 fern from Transcaucasia, from W. Rickmers, Esq. ; 134 specimens from the Chinese Provinces Shansi, Shensi, and Honan, from W. H. Shockley, Esq. ; 22 specimens from various countries, from Dr. A. B. Rendle ; 15 specimens from various countries, from Arthur Bennett, Esq. ; 179 specimens from Australia, from J. H. Maiden, Esq. ; 2 specimens of orchids, from Mons. Barbey ; 210 specimens, including 1 fern from East Tropical Africa, from Dr. Donaldson Smith ; 63 specimens from France, from Mons. E. Malinvaud; 4 fruits, 5 ferns, and 7 algse from India, from Dr. David Prain ; 102 marine phanerogams and algae from India, from Edgar Thurston, Esq. ; 5 specimens from British Guiana, from G. Jenmau, Esq. ; 5 specimens of cultivated orchids, from Messrs. Hugh Low & Co. ; 4 specimens of cultivated orchids and 1 fern, from J. T. Bennett Poe, Esq. ; 30 specimens of cultivated orchids, from Sir Trevor Lawrence ; 3 specimens from Portugal, from the Rev. E. Armitage ; 2 specimens, from J. Sparkes, Esq. ; 9 specimens of cultivated orchids, &c., from Messrs. Veitch & Sons; 3 specimens of cultivated orchids, from Messrs. Sander; 3 specimens of cultivated orchids, from Sir F. Wigan ; 3 specimens of cultivated orchids, from F. V. Moore, Esq. ; 291 archegoniate plants from India, from J. F. Duthie, Esq. ; 2 cryptogams from Minorca, from Mr. Oldfield Thomas ; some specimens of Isaria on pupse of Cicada from Mexico, from Lt.-Col. F. G. L. Mainwaring ; some specimens of Halimeda from Funafuti, from Dr. Edgeworth David; 3 West Indian CharacecB, from Messrs. H. & J. Groves ; 9 micro-fungi, from E. S. Salmon, Esq. ; part of a type-specimen of Turbinaria, from Major Reinbold; 85 ferns of Jamaica, from William Fawcett, Esq. ; and single speci- mens by J. Cosmo Melvill, Esq. ; Mrs. E. A. Barclay ; Prof. Schinz ; Dr. A. Zahlbruckner ; Geo. Gibson, Esq. ; Prof. Bureau ; Mons. Barratte ; Mrs. A. G. Stennett ; C. B. Clarke, Esq. ; Prof. Tre- lease ; H. T. Pitt, Esq. ; Dr. W. Hume ; A. H. Smee, Esq. ; Dr. T. Cooke; Capt. Stanley Flower; F. C. Kitto, Esq.; Prof. Borbas; A. B. Percival, Esq. ; and W. Warpur, Esq. The following additions have been made by presentation to the British Herbarium: — 203 specimens from Rev. E. S. Marshall; 426 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY 4 specimens from E. Potts, Esq. ; 12 specimens from G. C. Druce, Esq.; 15 specimens, including 1 Chara, from C. E. Salmon, Esq. ; 3 specimens from Arthur Bennett, Esq. ; 3 specimens and 1 rubbing from Wm. Whitwell, Esq. ; 163 bepatics from West Scotland, by Symers M. Macvicar, Esq. ; 10 micro-fungi from Ayrshire, by D. A. Boyd, Esq. ; a new British moss, with descriptive pamphlet, by W. E. Nicholson, Esq. ; specimens of fungi, with descriptive pamphlets, by Charles Crossland, Esq. ; 2 photographs of diseased plum-fruits, by the Kev. E. N. Bloomfield ; 8 hepatics from Nor- folk, by H. N. Dixon, Esq. ; specimens of diseased cherry-trees, by A. 0. Walker, Esq.; and single specimens by James Groves, Esq.; Rev. J. Harry Bloom ; A. Craig Christie, Esq. ; Rev. E. Gepp ; M. Teesdale, Esq.; Prof. D. Oliver; N. Colgan, Esq. ; Rev. H. P. Reader ; C. P. Andrews, Esq. ; and Malcolm Bell, Esq. The following additions have been made by exchange of dupli- cates: — 138 specimens from South Africa, from J. Medley Wood, Esq. ; 27 specimens of Najus from Russia and Central Asia, from the Botanical Museum, St. Petersburg ; 916 specimens, including 130 cryptogams, from the Royal Botanical Museum, Berlin ; 42 specimens of American TJmheHiferiB, from Prof. Coville ; 114 speci- mens, including 9 ferns, chiefly South African, from Prof. Hans Schinz ; 372 specimens, including 5 ferns, from North Africa, Transylvania, and Mexico, from Mons. G. Barratte ; 200 crypto- gams, from the K.K. Naturhist. Hofmuscum, Vienna ; 67 marine algiC, from Dr. Perceval Wright; a portion of Wilson's British moss-herbarium, containing 437 additional specimens, from War- rington Museum. The following specimens have been acquired by purchase : — 1011 specimens, including 85 ferns, from Porto Rico, 268 from S. Domingo, and 703 from Tibet, by various collectors, from J. F. Hamilton ; 160 specimens of Carices, &c., by Kneucker ; 148 specimens from Syria, by Dr. Post; 254 phanerogams and 6 crypto- gams from Mexico, by C. G. Pringle ; 100 phanerogams from Poland, by Dr. Woloszczak ; 648 phanerogams and 87 cryptogams from Cliina, by Father Hugh ; 794 phanerogams and 37 cryptogams, from Baram District, Borneo, by C. Hose ; 451 phanerogams and 22 ferns from Natal, by F. Wilms; 134 phanerogams (Herb. Dendrologicum), by E. Koehne ; 600 phanerogams and 1'25 cryptogams from Colorado, by C. F. Baker; 505 phanerogams and 14 ferns from Costa Rica, by Adolfo Tonduz ; 100 European plants (Herb. Normale), by Schultz ; 200 Fungi (Mycotheca Italica), by D. Saccardo ; 50 mosses from the Malay Archipelago, by Max Fleischer ; 150 North American algae, by Collins, Holden, and Setchell ; the fern-herbarium of the late Sir Rawsou W. Rawson, containing 2000 specimens ; 238 European Sphagna, by Warnstorf; 100 American algse, by Tilden; 100 Bohemian mosses, by Bauer; 50 parasitic fungi, by Briosi and Cavara ; 50 micro-fungi, by Vestergren ; 100 micro-fungi, by Sydow; 100 Russian fungi, by Jaczewski, Komarov, and Tranzschel ; 143 South American hepatics, by Dusen ; 50 micro-fungi, by Rehm ; 60 Japanese alg«, by Okamura ; 50 economic fungi from North America, by Seymour and Earle ; 2 water-colour drawings and SHORT NOTES 427 41 diagrams, by K. Morgan; 20 photographs of trees and 16 of tree-stems, by Henry Irving ; 7 botanical diagrams, by Miss M. 0. Mitchell ; 17 water-colour drawings of cryptogams and other plants^ by Highley ; 4 sheets of water-colour drawings of fun^i, by W g' Smith. o J • . The following additions have been made by purchase to the British Herbarium :— 40 North EngUsh lichens, by Johnson; 54 hchen-types, by Crombie ; 60 CharacecB, by Groves ; 314 slides of fresh-water alg^, by West ; 250 Irish hepatics, by McArdle • 25 algae, by Holmes. SHORT NOTES. New Variety of Fontinalis antipyretica L. — During the drought of the summer of 1900, when the little river Ouse about a mile and a half above Lewes was running very low, I noticed several long floating masses of a Fontinalh growing on the hard chalk forming the bed of the river, which has been diverted into an artificial channel at this point. The short rather distant concave leaves suggested a robust form of F. squamosa, but the slightly triquetrous points of the growing shoots and general habit Indi- cated it as a form of F. antipyretica L. I was, however, unable to identify it with any of the described varieties. On my referrino- the matter to Mr. H. N. Dixon, he told me that he had found the same form growing in a canal near Northampton; and M. J. Car- dot, to whom I also referred it, said that he had in his herbarium an identical form from the Thames. The latter also kindly referred me to his Monorjrajjhie ties Fontinalacees, p. 52, where he speaks of the Thames plant as "a specimen of the forma ^////)/sa " ; but he adds m his letter that a distinct variety might be made of the present plant, "characterized by the soft, shortly oval scarcely carinate leaves with shorter cells"; and I gather from his letter that by these characters the present plant may be distinguished not only from the type, but from the ordinary forms of M. Cardot's forma diffusa and the var. laxa Milde, to which he is inclined to refer his forma diffusa. The description of the var. laxa Milde given by Limpricht {Die Laubmoose, p. 655) must relate to a very different form from the present plant, as he speaks of it as a smaller more slender form with widely decurrent leaves, which are orange' alono- the base, and have numerous auricular cells— features which are bv no means characteristic of the present plant. Fontinalis antipyretica L. var. nov. cymbifolia. Robust with long floating stems, blackish below, hardly shining, with the tri- quetrous arrangement of the leaves of the type very indistinct, and only visible m the tips of the growing shoots. Leaves soft, rather distant, shorter than in the type, oval, concave, not or very fainthi carinate, usually distinctly serrate at the obtuse points, with no distinguishable auricles, margins erect ; cells wider (to 0-025 mm ) and much shorter than in the type, only three to four times as lon'o- as broad m the upper part of the leaf, where they are rhomboidal 428 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY in shape, rather more elongate below, but never so long as in the type. Fruit unknown. Hab. Thames near Kew, F. J. Brocas, Herb. Cardot. Canal near Northampton, and Ouse at Hemingford Grey, Huntingdon- shire, H. N. Dixon. Ouse near Lewes, Sussex, W. E. Nicholson. — W. E. Nicholson. MoENCHiA QUATERNELLA Ehrh. — In Mr. Williams's interesting account of the above plant (p. 365), he mentions that it has not been recorded from Huntingdon. In the Cardiff Museum Herbarium there are specimens from Miss Payne, gathered " near St. Ives, Hunts. 6. 87." In addition to the vice-counties given in Top. Bot. ed. 2, may be named — 4. Devon north, Eecord Club Eeport, 1881-2; and 8. Wilts north, W. A. Clarke in litt. It seems a plant not often gathered, perhaps from its early flowering and quick decay. — Arthur Bennett. Lobelia urens on Dartmoor. — You may be interested to hear that, growing abundantly in a locality on Dartmoor, I have found Lobelia uresis. It occurred in three spots, a few hundred yards apart, on a barren limestone soil, surrounded by bracken, whortleberry, etc. The locality has not been cultivated at all for many years, and the greater part of it has probably never been so. The plants are in remarkably thriving condition ; in one part they grow so thickly that they might conveniently be cut with a scythe, and the ground is as blue with them as it might be with hyacinths. — W. K. Martin. Orobanche amethystea Thuill. — In the spring of this year we introduced into the hospital garden at Walton Prison some roots of the Canterbury-bell {Campanula medium) from Lowestoft. Subse- quently about a dozen specimens of Orobanche amethystea Thuill. appeared, parasitical on their roots. Mr. Arthur Bennett kindly determined a fresh specimen, and remarked : "I have no record of it on Campamila, but it occurs on Plantago Coronopus, Daucus Carota, Ononis arvensis, and Enjngium maritimum.'' I carefully traced its attachment to the Campanula roots, and have a dried specimen in situ. — J. A. Wheldon. Glyceria Borreri Bab. at Shoreham. — I recently found a speci- men of this grass in the herbarium of Miss E. Foulkes Jones, now of Chester, with the interesting label, ** Coast near the Norfolk bridge, Shoreham. Coll. J. Leicester Warren, June-July, 1871 : — 25 of these.'' The late Eev. F. H. Arnold, in his Flora of Sussex, though it was not published till 1887, gives only the record (pro- bably for the same locality), " By the seaside between Shoreham and Worthing, 1848, Herb. lateH. Collins." Whether Mr. Warren (Lord de Tabley) reported his collection of the species anywhere, I do not know. — William Whitwell. The late William Mathews. — To his contributions to botanical literature, named on p. 352, should certainly be added the excellent little Flora of the Clent and Lickey Hills, 1881, and his very valuable "History of the County Botany of Worcester," which ran through the pnges of the Midland Naturalist from April, 1887, to July, 1893. PRODROMUS FLOR/E BRITANNIC^: 429 This last-named work is not only most interesting in itself, but must prove of the utmost value to the future writer of the Flora of the county — a task which at one time it was hoped Mr. Mathews would himself have undertaken, and for which his intimate know- ledge of the county and its plants so eminently fitted him, until his long illness showed such a work to be impossible. No notice of Mr. Mathews would be complete without some mention of the willing and valuable help that he accorded to those less informed than himself. For such help, as well as for many kindnesses, I was often indebted to him, and notably for the assistance he gave in furnishing careful translations from continental writers when such were likely to be useful. — R. F. Towndrow. [Mrs. Mathews informs us that her late husband's botanical and geological interests began in his boyhood. His botanical collections were sent to Kew shortly before his death, the Worcestershire plants being transferred thence to Worcester. Mathews's geological collections were presented in 1899 to Mason College, Birmingham ; the statement that he sent plants to Queen's College is erroneous. — Ed. Journ. Bot.] NOTICE OF BOOK, Prodromiis Flone Biitannkce. Part 2. By F. N. Williams. Price 2s. 2d. post free, from the author, 181, High Street, Brent- ford. Nov. 1901. British botanists will welcome the second part of this new flora, which is just ready ; they will rejoice to find that Mr. Williams is proceeding apace with his useful and important work. It con- tains 79 species of Compodtcc belonging to 29 genera, and occupies 58 large octavo pages. While following the plan exhibited in the first (or specimen) part, there is here a fuller amount of detail, and, where necessary, more attention has been paid to the synonymy of the species ; thus the average space devoted to each plant is con- siderably more, and on the scale of the two parts, taken together, the descriptions, &c., of all the British flowerng plants seem hkely to require about 1260 pages, of which 74 pages, or about one- seventeenth of the whole, are now done. On the inner pages of the wrapper Mr. Williams refers to and discusses the difficulty or inexpediency of separating in local floras native plants from those long naturalized. "In British floras generally, only those species are considered naturalized whose date of appearance in these islands can be approximately fixed. On the other hand, those who especially devote their attention to aliens, colonists, and denizens, would go so far as to exclude not only the species commonly met with on cultivated ground, but also those usually found on the borders of fields and by road-sides, and would even remove from the category of natives such a common species as Lainium album. In the present contribution to British botany, the plants whose names are italicized in the last edition of the London Catalof/iie are to a great extent not included." Journal of Botany. — Vol. 39. [Dec. 1901.] 2 i 430 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY In addition to the species admitted into tbe flora, great care has been taken in the treatment of varieties, and of the more con- spicuous forms ; critical botanists will value these details, which show deep research and some originality. CompositcB is a family which offers a good deal of difficulty in the due limitation of its numerous genera, and the thistles form an instance of such diffi- culty ; our author, however, is probably right in following the best authorities, and in separating geuerically the species which possess pappus with plumose setae from those with scabrid setae ; the former set, with eight British species, being referred to Cirsiiun, and the latter, with four species, to Cardmis. Of course, the Carline thistle and the cotton thistle are, as usual, referred to Carlina and Ono- pordum respectively. The meadow thistle, familiar to English botanists under the name of Carduus pratemh Huds., is given on page 49 as "Cirsium britannicum Scop. Iter Gorizense, in Ann. ii. Hist. Nat. p. 60 (1769)": there is, however, sufficient reason to question the correctness of this name for the species. Scopoli in his book. Annus 11. Historico-Xaturalis, pp. 60, 61, Iter Tyrolense (1769), established Cirsium Britannicum ; he described the plant (and a variety), and stated that it was the Cirsium Britannicum Clusii rcpcns I. of Bauhin, the Cirsium II. of Clusius, and the Cirsium singuUri capitulo squcuuato of C. Bauhin. Both the description and all the references point rather to Cirsium heteropJiyilum Hill than to Cardials pratensis Huds. ; the variety is the form with more than oue flower- head on the stem. He also quoted a plant, with characteristic figure, of Haller (Enum. Meth. Stirp. Helvet. p. 688, tab. xxi.), which belongs to Cirsium hetcrophijilum Hill ; he further added that without doubt his plant was the Carduus foliis lanceolatis dentatis amplexicaulibus spinulis inaqualibus ciliatls caule iuermi of Linnaeus. The Linnean plant is Carduus helenioides L. Sp. PI. ed. i. p. 825, n. 20, which is now considered synonymous with Cirsium heterophyllum Hill, and is not Carduus pratensis Huds. It seems therefore that Cirsium britannicum Scop, is a synonym of C. heteroplnjUum Hill. It is not certain whether Cirsium canum All. (1785) is the same species as Carduus pratensis Huds., but it would be safe to use Cirsium anylicum Cand. El. France, iv. p. 118 (1805) for the meadow thistle. There is no adequate reason to deny that Carduus dissectus L. Sp. PI. ed. i. p. 822, n. 8, is the same species as C. pratensis Huds., although from the time of Lightfoot (1777) to the present day the identity has been disputed ; no type-specimen seems to exist, but all the references given by Linnaeus agree. Mr. WilHams is, no doubt, correct (page 60) in his use of the name Cirsium acaule Scop., but the earliest reference should be to Scopoli's Annus II, Hist.-Xat. above cited, p. 62. Excellent examples of careful detail are afforded in the account of Crejjis rirens h., with its varieties and forms, and in the treat- ment of Centaurea Jacea, in which the author arrives at conclusions different from those hitherto usually accepted by British botanists. The appreciation of such wealth of information will induce bota- nists to look forward with pleasant anticipation to the continuation ^^' ^^^ ^^°^'^- W. P. HiERN. 481 ARTICLES IN JOURNALS.* AnnaU of Botany (Sept.). — M. C. Ferguson, ' Development of Egg and Fertilization in Pinus Strohus ' (8 pi.). — A. H. Church, 'Note on Phyllotaxis.' — E. Dale, 'Origin, Development, and morphological nature of tubers in Diosrorea sativa ' (1 pi.). — W. H. Lang, 'Apospory in Anthoceros' (1 pi.). — M. Dawson, 'Economic importance of ' Nitrogin.' ' — L. Lewton Brain, ' Corchjceps ophio- fjlossoides ' (1 pi.). — F. F. Blackman & G. L. C. Matthaei, ' Reaction of leaves to traumatic stimulation ' (1 pi.). — W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, ' Morphological Notes.' Botanical Gazette (24 Sept. &21 Oct.). — F. L. Stevens, 'Gameto- genesis and fertilization in Albugo ' (concL). — W. L. Bray, ' Vege- tation of Western Texas ' (concl.). — (Sept.). F. M. Lyon, ' Sporangia and gametophytes of Selaijinella ' (concl.). — (Oct.) J. B. Dandeno, 'Application of normal solutions to biological problems.' — B. E. Livingston, 'Physiology of polymorphism in Green Algae.' — J. Schneck, ^ Aqiiilef/ia canadensis & A. vuh/aris.' Botanical Magazine (Tokyo) (20 Aug. & 20 Sept.). T. Makino, 'Observations on the Flora of Japan' (cont.). — (20 Aug.). J. Matsumara, ' Cerasi japonicae duae species novae.' — (20 Sept.). J. Matsumara, 'New LeguminoHm from the Island of Yezo' (Astra- galus & Oxytropis). Bot. Notiser (haft 5; 1 Nov.). — S. Murbeck, ^Ranunculus auricomus x siilphureus, nov. hybr.' (1 pi.). — T. Hedlund, ' Om fj aliens byggnad ocli deras forhallande till klyfoppningarne hos en del Bromeliaceen.' — A. Nilsson, ' Om strafvenefter enhot i den vaxtgeografiska nomenklaturen.' — F. R. Aulin, ' Glyceria reptans.' Bot. Zeitung (15 Oct.). — W. Ruhlaud, ' Zur Kenntniss der intracellularen Karyogamie bei den Basidiomyceten ' (1 pi.). Bull, de VHerh. Boissier (30 Sept. & 31 Oct.). — F. Stephani, ' Species Hepaticarum ' (cont.). — G. Hegl, ' Das Obere Toesstal ' (cont.). — (80 Sept.). 0. & F. Fedtschenko, ' Materiaux pour la Flore du Caucase' (cont.). — H. Schinz, 'Beitrage zur Kenntnis der afrikanischen Flora' (concl.). — W. Schmidle, ' Rhodoplax Schmidle & Wellheim,' gen. nov. (Algae; 1 pi.). — H. Christ, ' Filices Fauri- au£e.' — (Oct. 31). H. de Boissieu, ' Les Viola de Chine.' — K. Fritsch, ' Zur Flora von Angola.' — H. Christ, Aspidium Miuichii, sp. n. Bull. Soc. Bot. France (xlviii, 3-4 ; Sept.). — V. Payot & — . Harmaud, ' Lichens du Mont Blanc' . Du Colombier, 'Lichens des environs d" Orleans.' — E. Heckel, ' Une variete alimentaire de Dioscorea pentaphylla.' — D. Bois, Plectrantlius Coppini. — E. Boudier, • The dates assigned to the numbers are those which appear on their covers or title-pages, but it must not always be inferred that this is the actual date of publication. 432 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY Cercosporella ]S!arcissi & Scopularia Clerciona, spp. nil. (1 pi.). — L. Legie, 'Pierre Beloii ' (1517-64). — Antoine Constantin, 'Max Cornu'' (portr.).— (xlviii, 5-6 ; Oct. (received 14 Nov.) ). — P. Fliche, Sorbus hybrides dans le Jura.' — P. Husnot, Melica caricina d'Urv. & Phalaris crypsoides d'Urv. — D. Clos, ' Les genres des Graminees au xviii siecle.' — F. Gagnepain, 'Revision des genres Mantida & Cilobba de I'Herbier du Museum.' — J. P. Hoschede, ' Notes sur quelques hybrides.' Bull. Torrey But. Club (30 Sept.). — E. W. Berry, 'Origin of Stipules in Liriodendruu ' (2 pi.). — P. A. Rydberg, 'Rocky Mountain Flora.' — E. P. Bicknell, ' Further notes on the Agrimonies.' — (26 Oct.). 0. F. Cook, ' Palms of Puerto Rico ' (6 pi.) : Thmiconui, Thringis, Aeria, Acrista, Ciwuna, Cocops, genn. now. — E. P. Bicknell, ' Studies in Sisyrinchium ' (cont.). Gardeners' Chronicle (12 Oct.). — Cotyledon nanu N.E.Br., Stapelia maculosoides N. E. Br. ; (26 Oct.). Ceropegia Lugardi N. E. Br. ; (2 Nov.). Semperrivuni velutinum N. E. Br. Journal de Botanique (" Juillet," received 2 Oct.). — L. Guignard, ' La double fecondation dans Xaias major.' — F. Pechoutre, ' L'ovule et la graine du Geum urbanum.'' — P. Parmentier, ' Sur le pollen des Dialypetales.' — C. Sauvageau, 'Les Sphacelariacees.' — ("Aout," received 9 Nov., & " Septembre," received Nov. 20). A. Lemaire, ' Sur le gaine de quelques Schizophycees.' — F. Guegnen, ' Anatomie du style et du stigmate des Phanerogames.' Malpighia (xv, fasc. 2-3 : received 11 Nov.). — G. Cecconi, ' Galle della Foresta di Vallombrosa.' — A. Noelli, Aecidium haiidis. — C. Massalongo, ' Sopra alcune Milbogalle ' (4 pL). — 0. Penzig, Antonio Piccone (1844-1901). Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschrift (Sept. & Oct.). — F. Vierhapper, ' Zur systematischen Stellung des Dianthus ccesius.' — E. Hackel, * Neue Graser' (cont.). — J. Freyn, ' Plantfe Karoanae ' (cont.; 1 pi.). — R. Wagner, Erythrina. — K. Ronniger, ' Gentiana Villarsii und deren Kreuzungen mit G. lutea.' PJiodora (Sept.-Nov,).— M. A. Day, 'Herbaria of New England.' — (Sept. & Oct.). G. E. Davenport, ' Notes on New England Ferns.' (Sept. 16). M. L. Fernald, ' New Stations for J uncus subtilis.' — L. R. Jones, ^ Lathyrus tuberosus in Vermont.' — (Oct. 5). A. L. Andrews, ' Habenaria lacera X H. psychodes.' — M. L. Fernald, ' Scirjnts supinus and allies.' — (Nov.). W. Deane, ' Albino fruits of Vacciniums.' — B. L. Robinson, ' N. American Euphrasias.' — M. L. Fernald, Lycopodium complanatum. Trans. Linn. Soc. (Bot. vi, 2 ; Sept.).— W. C. Worsdell, ' Com- parative Anatomy of Cycadacea ' (2 pi.). 438 BOOK-NOTBJS, NEWS, trict around Tutbury and Burton, by Edwin Brown, in Mosley's Nat. Hist, of Tutbury (1863). i?/w.— Rev. W. Bree in Purtou's Midland Flora (1817-21). CarUv, 1889. — Magazine of Natural History, 1839, pp. 72-76. Doiujias. — Li >t of Stafford plants sent to Watson, 1851 (see Top. Bot. ed. 2, 5^3). Eraser, .John, M.D. — MS. Notes on the Flora of Staffordshire. Gam. — Robert Garner, F.L.S. Natural History of Staffordshire (1841-60). Moore. — In Reports of North Staffordshire Natural History Society (dates various). N. S. S. Rep. — Reports of North Staffordshire Nat. Hist. Society. Painter, Rev. W. H. — "Plants seen within six miles of Biddulph Church," &c., in Reports of North Staffordshire Nat. Hi«t. Society (dates various). Power. — MS. Notes and specimens, by the favour of C. E. Salmon, F.L.S. Piirchas, Rev. W. H., of Alstonlield Vicarage. — Notes, &c. Hay, Syn. — Ray, Synopsis, ed. iii. (172-1). Pleader, Rev. H. P., of Hawkesyard Priory, Rugeley, — Notes, &c. Shaw. — Natural History of Staffordshire, List of Plants, by Rev. S. Dickenson, vol. i. pp. 97-115, vol. ii. p. 5 ; Riley, vol. ii. p. 7 ; VVainwright, vol. ii. p. 6 (1798-1801). Stokes. — In Withering's Natural Arrangement of British plants, ed. ii. (1787). With. — Withering in ditto, ed. iv. edited by William Withering, jun. (1801). THK FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRK. Ranunculace^. Clematis Vitalba L. (3) Between Dudley and Wolverhamp- ton ; Four Ashes ; on trees in Shugborough Grounds ; Yoxall Lodges, Gam. 881 ; near Stafford, Moore. (4) Compton Holloway, Eraser ; railway banks, Arley. Thalictrum flavum L. (3) Hamstall-Ridware, Wainwrif^ht, Shaw, ii. 7 ; Burton ; Perry Barr ! Gam. 880 ; near Stafford, Doufflas; near Milford, iim^/^/- ; by the Tame near Walsall; Newton Road ; Hamstead. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 114 ; north side of Aqua- late, Gam. 380; Wightwich, Fraser ; TrysuU ; Compton, Trescott. Adonis autumnalis L. (2) Tutbury, Brown, 284. Anemone nemorosa L. Frequent. A. RANUNcuLoiDEs L. (3) Growing plentifully on the lawn at Stappenhall Vicarage, Brown, 284. Myosurus minimus L. 1 8| In a meadow at Elford, E. Bourne, Shaw,\\.l ', Hamstall-Ridware Hill, iS7m«', ii. 7; Barton, Dashicood; Burton; Harbourue Reservoir, Gam. 863; Tamworth, J. Power. Ranunculus circinatus Sibth. (2) In the Dove, Uttoxeter. (3) Wergs, Fraser; near Stfifford, Douglas; Copmere Pool, N.S.S. Rep. 92; Elford; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Perton Reservoir; stream, TrysuU. R. fluitans Lam. (1) In the Dane, Rushton. (2) Dovedale; in the Dove, Uto\et ^r : in the Churn^^t, Alt>n. (8) Neir Stafford! Vanillas; in the Trent, Colwicli ; Armitai^e; Alrewas ; inth^'Bmhe throughout its cour.se ; in the Tame. Perry B i.rr ; Fazlev ; Tam- worth ; canal, Milford ; Gailey. (4) In the Severn, Arley; canal near Trescott. Var. Bachii (Wirgt.). (4) In the Severn, Seckley, Fraser. Var. pseudo -fluitans Bab., Hiern. (3) In the Trent, Armitage, Reader ; stream near Harbourne. (4) Severn near Arley. R. trichophyllus Chaix. (8) Brook near Wergs, Fraser. (4) Canal near Shelmore Wood. R. Drouetii Godr. (3) Pool, Little Bosses, Stonnall ; pool near Codsall. (4) Small pool, Oulton, near Gnosall. b. Godroni Gren. (3) Wrottesley, Fraser. R. peltatus, Schrank. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. (3) Knypersley Reservoir, Painter ; Rough Hill, W^olverhampton. b. truncatvs Hiern. (3) Hopton Pools, Ingestre. (4) Pool, Oulton, near Gnosall. c. floiibimdns ]3ab. (3) Hopton Pool, uear Ingestre. (4) Oulton. R. Lenormandi F. Schultz. (1) Near Flash. (2) Morridge Top, near Leek ; near Ramshorn. (3) Kuypersley V-dvk, Fainter; Chartley, Brown, 234 ; Norton Bog, Fraser ; near Stone, Bostock ; Great Barr ; Queslet. (4) Bishops Wood, N. S. S. Rep. 1891 ; Oul- ton, near Gnosall. R. hederaceus L. Frequent. R. sceleratus L. Frequent. 6 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. R. Flammula L. Common. Var. f3. (1) At Beluiont, Gam. 381. R. Lingua L. Local. (3) Kingstone, Pool! Stokes, With. 618; High Onn ; Eccleshall ! Gam. 381 ; in the parish of Church-Eaton, Shaw, 112; near Stafford, DoutjJas. (4) Li a ditch, north side of Aqualate ! Gam. 381 : Norbm-y Big Moss ; Shelmore Wood ; marshy field, 0 niton. R. auricomus L. (2) Ham! Fraser; near Alstonfield. (3) Near Stafford, Dour/las ; Doxey, Moore ; near Walsall ; Sandwell. (4) Baggeridge Wood ! Fraser ; Weston-under Lizard ; Blymhill, Shaw, 112; Arley. R. acris L. Common, meadows and waysides. Gam. 382. R. repens L. Common, Gam. 382. R. bulbosus L. Common in fields. ( 3) Double-flowered form in Burton meadows, Gam. 381. R. sardous Crantz. B. hirsutus Curt. (3) Cornfields, Stretton, Brown, 234 ; Newcastle ; Stafford ! Burton, Gam. 382 ; Dippers, near Codsall, Fraser ! (4) High Offley ; Tettenhall Wood ; Perton. R. parviflorus L. (2) Tutbury, Gam. 382. (3) Near Stone, Gam. ; cornfield by the Oiitwood Hill, Brown, 234 ; near Four Ashes, J. Power ; Codsall ; Wrottesley. (4) Near Enville, J. Power-, Blymhill, Shaw, 112. R. arvensis L. (3) Horninglow; Tatenhill ! Brown, 234; Kings Bromley ! Moore ; Armitage, Beader ; near Langley ; Wal- sall ; Great Barr. (4) Trysull. R. Ficaria L. Ditches, &c., common. Caltha palustris L. Canals ! pools, &c., common. Var. b. Guerangerii Boreau. Rare (3) near Alrewas. Trollius europaeus L. (2) Longnor, near Throwley, Gam, 382; woods at Belmont, Shaw, 114. Helleborus viridis L. Rare. (1) Biddulph Castle, Gam. ; not there now. Painter. (2 ) By the Manyfold under Castern ; by the Dove below Thorpe, Gam. 380. (3) Shady spots at Braunston, Brown, ^M. H. FCETiDTjs L. (2) Moorlands, Belmont Woods, Shau\ Eranthis HYEMALis Sahs. NaturaHzed, Cotton Hall, and at Vicarage Grounds, Stappenhall, Brown, 234. Aquilegia vulgaris L. (3) Meadow north of Yoxall ; Ashley Heath, Gam. 38U ; Needwood Forest, SJiaw, ii. 6; at Cable Park and at Foremark, Brown, 235. (4) Bishop's Wood, .V. S. S. Bep. 91 ; Seckley Wood ; near Arley. Delphinium ajacis Reichb. Alien. Needwood Forest, Hewgill, Gam. 380. AcoNiTUM Napellus L. (2) Banks of Churnet two miles below Cheddleton, Gam. 380. Berberide^. Berberis vulgaris L. (2) Really wild in the'/valley of the Hamps below Waterhouses ! Gam. 863. (3) Near Knypersley THK FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 7 Hall, Painter ; Branstone, Brown, 234 ; abundant, Colton ; near Colwich ; near Great Haywood ; Farley ; Kings Vale, near Barr Beacon. (4) TrysuU Dingle, abundant, 1898. Nymph^ace.e. Nymphgea lutea L. (2) Manyfold, 11am. (3) Trent at Stoke, Gam. 380 ; Knypersley Hall, Painter ; near Lichfield ; Milford ; Sandwell ; frequent in the Blithe ; river Sowe near Stafford ; Black Brook, near Shenstone. (4) Aqualate Mere! Shaw, 110; Dimmings Dale, near Trysull, &c. Castalia speciosa Salisb. (1) Boggy pit near Betley, Shaiv, 101. (2) Alton ! Shaw. {3) Bnvhiston, Shaw ; Trent near Burton! Gam. 380 ; Trent near Walton ! Lily Pits, Branston, Brown, 238 ; near Stafford ! Douglas ; pool by railway, Milford, Reader. (4) Aqualate Meer ! Shaw, 101 ; Snowdon Pool, Patshull, Gam. 380. Papaverace^. Papaver sowniferum L. (2) Tutbury Castle, Gam. 379. (3) Kingswood Common, Codsall. P. Rhoeas L. Bare in the north of the county, Gam. 379. (3) Near Stafford, Douglas ; Great Barr, Oscott, &c. (4) Wight- wick ; Lower Penn ; Trysull. Var. strigosum Boenn. (4) Near Wolverhampton, Fraser. P. dubium L. Common. Var. Lecoqii Lam. (2) Mill Dale, Alstonfield, Purchas ! P. Argemone L. Frequent. Chelidonium majus L. Frequent near villages throughout the county. Fumariace-e. Neckera lutea Scop. Frequent on walls near houses, Gam. 397. (3) Naturalized on wall, Walton Hall, Brown, 236 ; Salt. N. bulbosa N. E. Brown. Alien. (3) Grove near the Rectory, Muxton, Shaiv, 392 ; at Perry Hall, in a meadow near the house and river ; at Blithfield House, Bagot, With. 606. (4) Near the Rectory, Muccleston, Shaw, 105 ; Trysull. N. claviculata N. E. Br. (1) Craddocks Moss, Fraser. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. (3) Hawkesyard Park, i?^^^/^';- ; near Stafford, Douglas; Fryer Park and near Walsall. (4) Weston- under-Lizard, Shaw, 105. Fumaria capreolata L. Frequent? Gam.-, Shobnall, Brown, 396. Probably a rampant form of F. officinalis J. E. B. F. muralis Sonder. (3) Hawkesyard Priory, Reader ! F. officinalis L. Common. F. Vaillantii Lois.? (2) Tutbury Castle, Brown, 396. Crucifer^. Cheiranthus Cheiri L. (3) Burton Abbey walls. Gam. 398 ; ruins of Rugeley Old Church, Gam. 390 ; (on the ruins of Dudley Castle ! ) Gam. 390. 8 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRK. Nasturtium officinale R. Br. Common ! Gam, 389. N. sylvestre R. Br. (8) Tamworth ; Burton, Gam. 389 ; Wet- more, Broun, 236. (4) Blyrahill, Shaw, 114; Arley. N. palustre DC. (2) Kudyard Reservoir, I'dint'^r ; Calton ; Dimmiiigs Dale. (3) btoke, Gam. 389; Knypersley, Painter \ Kings Bromley; Sliirleywich, Stowe, Pottall, &c. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 114; Penn, Sedgeley, Perton, Arley, &c. N. amphibium R. Br. (2) Alton ; Burton -on -Trent, Shaw, 114; near Stoke! Weston-on-Trent ! Barton; Tamworth! Garn. 389 ; Armitage ! Reader ; Kingston Pool; Hamstead, &c. (4) Perton Pool, Oulton, Aqualate, &c. Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. Common. B. PR-Ecox R. Br. (3) Near Stoke, introduced, Gam. 389; garden weed, Calke, Ihown, 236. Arabis hirsuta Scop. On limestone everywhere ? (2) Tut- bury, on sandstone, Gam. 389 ; Manyfold and Welton Valleys ; Ecton ; Dovedale. A. perfoliata Lam. (3) Lichfield; Tamworth; Burton, Gam. 389 ; hedgebanks, Woodville, Brown, 236. (4) Wetton-under- Lizard ; Himley Park wall ; between Kinver and Enville ! Shaw, 114 ; Patshull, near Pattingham. Cardamine amara L. (1) Congleton Edge, Painter. (2) Leek, Dr. Parsons; near Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. (3) Trent-side, Bur- ton Meadows, Brown, 237; Knypersley Park, Painter; Hawkesyard, Reader; Bhthfield Park ; Blithford; near Stafford ; Hamstead; Great Barr; Shenstone, &c. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 100; Trysull; Compton. C. pratense L. Common. (4) With double flowers at Trysull, F7'((ser. C. hirsuta L. Very common. C. flexuosa With. (2) Dimmings Dale, illton. (3) Abundant at Knypersley, Painter. (4) Blymhill Marsh, Shair, 100. Abundant throughout the county. C. impatiens L. (2) Dovedale, on limestone shales, Shaw, 100; Hamps Valley; Ecton Hill, Garn. 389; Manyfold Valley ; 11am. (3) Between Lichfield and Freeford, J. Power; Barrow Hill; Rowley Regis ; Sedgeley, Shaw, ii. 26 ; Whittington Common ; Upper Arley. C. bulbifera R. Br. (3) Grove by the churchyard, Blithfield ; Pendeford; Needwood Forest, Gam. 388. Alyssum calycinum L. (4) Lower Penn, Fraser. Draba muralis L. (2) Manyfold Valley ; Ecton Tor, Fraser ; Ham ; Dovedale. (3) Walls of Lichfield Close, Shaw, 100. D. incana L. (2) Limestone rocks by Thor's Cave, Gam. 388; Dovedale. Erophila vulgaris DC. (1) On the top of Mow Cop, Gam. 388. (2) Dovedale. (3) Castle Hill ; Staflbrd, Moore ; with sub- falcate pods, Hawkesyard, Reader ; lugestre ; Tixall. (4) Himley ; Trysull. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 9 CocHLEARiA Armoracia L. (3) Near Kuvpersley Hall, "remains," Painter; Wolverhampton, Fraser; by the Ti-ent, Amiitage, Rmder -, Tixall Heath ; Iiigestre ; Blithbury ; Stone ; Rugeley ; Great Barr. (4) Pertoii ; Hmiley. Hesperis matronalis L. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (4) Wightwick, Frastr. Sisymbrium officinale Scop. Common. S. Thalianum J. Gay. Common. S. Sophia L. (2) Tutbiu-y Castle, Shaw, 114 ; Cotontield, Gar7i. 391. (3) Burton, Gani. 391 ; Walton Lane Bridge, Brown, 237 ; between Hanging Bridge and Matchfield, Shaw, ii. 7 ; near Stafford, Doufflas. S. Alliaria Scop. Common. Erysimum cheiranthoides L. (2) Roadside near Mayfield, Gam. 391. (3) Fradley Heath, J. Power; between Hanging Bridge and Matchfield, Shaw, ii. 7 ; railway banks near Wolver- hampton; Wergs, Fraser; Kings Bromley, Moore. (4) Caledonia, near Stourbridge, Gam. 390 ; TrysuU. Camelina sativa Crantz. (2) Several times in Cheddleton Park, Gam. 388. (4) Blymhill, Shaw ; Orton, Fraser; Wombourne ; field at Per ton. Brassica Napus L. Common in cornfields ? Gam. 390. B. Rutabaga DC. Common on cultivated land. B. Rapa L. Frequent remains. b. sijlvestris H. C. Wats. (2) Horton, Painter. B. sinapioides Roth. (2) Tutbury, Shaw, 100. (3) Common about Stafford ; Barton, Gam. 390 ; road from Knypersley to Leek, Painter; Hardwick ; Sandwell. (4) Upper Arley. B. Sinapistrum Boiss. Very common, Gam. 390. B. alba Boiss. (3) Field by Barnhurst Brook, Fraser; Sand- well ; near West Bromwich ; Hardwick Heath ; frequent in the northern portion of county. Diplotaxis tenuifolia DC. (2) Lichfield Close, Bay, Svn. 297, 772. (4) Kinver Edge. ' " Bursa Bursa-pastoris Weber. Very common. Coronopus didymus Sm. (3) Yoxall Lodge, C. Babinqton; Shobnall, Brown, 239. (4) Enville, Fraser. C. Ruellii All. (2) Uttoxeter! Gam. 390. (3) Between Stafford and Kingston Pool ! Gam. (4) Near Cradley For^e, Gam. LepidiUxM ruderale L. (3) Roadside from Kings Bromley to Sudbury. L. sativum L. Codsall, Fraser. L. campestre R. Br. (2) Near Alton. (3) Kings Bromley ! Moore; Shobnall ; Needwood Forest, Brown, 288 ; near Haughton. (4) TrysuU; Upper Arley, frequent. L. hirtum Sm. (1) Leycett; Betley, Gam. 388. (3) Tettensor; Swinnertou ! Gam. 888 ; Shobnall, Brown, 238 ; Whitaker, Fraser, 10 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDRHIRE. (4) Maer; Willowbridge, (Tarn. 388; Lower Penn, Fraaer ; near Baggeridge Wood ; near Chase Pool Lodge ; Smestow ; Swindon. Thlaspi arvense L. (3) Stone, Baij, Syn. 305; Burton; Barton-under-Needwood, Brown, 238; Kings Bromley, Moore; near Colwich, abundant ; (4:) Try suW, Fraser; Enville ; near Chase Pool Lodge; Smestow; Swindon. Iberis amara L. (2) Near Leek, Rev. W. Wood, Bot. Guide ; by the roadside on a common between Cheadle and Oakamore, Sha)r,llS. Teesdalia nudicaulis B. Br. (1) Betley. Gam. 388. (3) Shooters Hill; near Teitensor; Swinnerton ; Lichfield! Gam.; Catholme Gate, Brown, 238; on a sandy bank in lane leading from Greenliill Church to Freeford ; also on Burton Hill, J. Foiver ; Perry Barr Common, L}i.vford, 1838; roadside near Barr Wood. (4) Blymhill, Gam. 388 ; Kinver. Hutchinsia petrsea E. Br. (2) Berresford ; Wetton Mill ; Waver Hill; Beeston Tor; Dovedale, Gam. 388. Raphanus Raphanistrum L. Frequent in cornfields, Gam. 391. (3) Garden weed near Statibrd, Moore ; Rugeley, Reader ; Can- nock, Fraser ; Four Ashes ; near West Bromwich ; near Tettenhall. Resedace^e. Reseda lutea L. (3) Hayhead. (4) Between Wren's Nest and Tipton ; Wren's Nest. R. Luteola L. (1) Leycett ; Heyley Castle, Gam. 374. (2) Tutbury Castle ! Brown, 239. (8) Between Forton and Sutton, Shaw, 112; Dudley Castle, Shaw, ii. 7; Burton, Bnnvn, 239; near Stafford, Gam. 374 ; Hayhead. (4) Barrow Hill, Gam. ; Himley Wood ; Gornal ; Hinksford ; Coldridge Wood ; Stewponey. CiSTINEAC. Helianthemum Chamaecistus Mill. (2) Moorlands ; Thor's Cave, Pitt Shaw, 102; valleys of Manyfold and Dove, Fraser; Wever Hill ! Broivn, 239 ; Longnor, N. S. S. Rep. 91. Violarie.e. Viola palustris L. (2) Near Coton and Whiston, Carter, 1839 ; Morridge Top, near Leek; Dimmings Dale ; Alton. (3) NearKny- persley Pool, Painter ; Norton Bog, Fraser ; Hawkesyard Park, Reader; Sherbrook Valley; near Cannock Terrace and Chase Town ; Trickley Coppice. (4) Norbury Big Moss. V. odorata L. (1) Heyley Castle ; Betley ; Croxden, Gam. 857 ; RoUestoii, Brown, 239 ; near Cheadle, Carter, 1839 ; Alton Hanbury; Draycote-in-Clay. (3) On the coal strata south of Wolverhampton ; road from Knypersley to Leek, Painter ; Wergs, Tettenhall, Oaken, Fraser; near Stafford, Moo ?-^; Wichnor Lane to Park, Brown, 239; Blithbury ; Chartley. (4) Blymhill, Weston- under-Lizard, Shaw, 115; Trescott, Trysull, Fraser; Arley ; Cold- ridge Wood. Var. alba B. (2) Small Park, Eolleston, Brown, 239 ; Sea- bridge ; Blithe Marsh, Gar?!. 356; Milwich. (4) Penn; Trysull. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 11 V. hirta L. (2) Dovedale, Pnrt. i. 744 ; Ecton and Wetton Valleys, Gam. 355 ; near Beeston Tor ; Manyfold Valley, Fraser. V. silvestris Reichenb. (2) Draycott-in-Clay ; near Uttoxeter. (3) Hoare Cross, abundant. (4) Sbatterford; Lower Gornal; Arley and Coldridge Woods. V. Riviniana Reicbenb. Banks, &c., frequent. V. ericetorum Scbrad. V. flavicumis Garn. (2) Draycote, Gam. 356. (3) Cannock Cbase ! Gam. 356 ; near Stafford, Douglas ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Near Enville ! Fraser; Kinver Edge. V. tricolor L. (2) Alton, Dr. Parsons. (3) Between Rugeley and Wolseley Bridge ! J. Power; Biddulpb, Prt/«^^/- ; Tettenball ! Fraser; Tixall Heatb ; near Kingston Pool; wall, lane near Sben- stone. (4) Arley. V. arvensis Murr. Common, Gam. 356. V. lutea Huds. (1) Higblands, Switbamley. (2) Butterton ; Wetton ! Alstonfield ! Tbrowley ; Wever Hill ! Grindon Longnor ; Leek, Gam. 356 ; Warslow. Var. amcena (Symons). Dovedale, Gam. 356. POLYGALE^. Polygala vulgaris L. (2) Star Wood, Oakamore. (3) Kings Bromley; Fradley, Moore. (4) Sedgeley Old Quarry, Fraser; Oulton, near Gnosall. P. serpyllacea Weihe. (1) Hilly land, Switbamley. (2) Wever Hill. (3) Biddulpb road to Knypersley, Painter ; Wbitmore, Fraser ; Cannock Cbase ; Sberbrook Valley ; Norton Bog. (4) Seckley Wood ; Arley. Cakyophylle^. Dianthus Armeria L. (3) Licbfield, Miss Jackson; Mony Hills, near Yoxall, Shaw, ii. 11. D. deltoides L. (2) Longnor, V. S. S. Rep. 91, 4; TrysuU and Swindon, Waimvriijht, Shaw, ii. 6. Saponaria OFFICINALIS L. (3) Nortb-westem extremity of Ham- stall-Ridware, Pdleij, Shaw, ii. 8 ; roadside near Hixon ; Marvesyn Ridware ; Hednesford ; Burton, Garn. 370; near Croxall, J. Power. (4) Blymbill, Shaw, 212; Upper Arley. Silene Cucubalus Wibel. (2) DimmingsDale; Alton; Calton. (3) Hawkesyard Park, Pieader; Colwicb ; Sbirleywicb ; Weston- on-Trent, &c. (4) Hinksford ; Trysull. S. anglica L. (3) Railway cutting, Streetley. (4) Cornfield at Upper Arley, Garn. 371 ; Enville, Fraser. S. nutans L. (2) Dove Dale ! Bree, Part. i. 733 ; about Tbor's Cave, Gam. 371 ; Alstonfield. S. noctiflora L. (3) Near Licbfield, Miss Jackson, Garn. 370 ; abundant, Breacb Farm, Brown, 240. Lychnis alba Mill. Frequent. 12 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. L. dioica L. Common. L. Flos-cuculi L. Common. L. Githago Lam. (3) Arable land near Wickerstone Rocks, Painter; King's Bvomley, Moore ; Weston-on-Trent ; Great Barr ; Hamstead. Cerastium quaternellum Fenzl. (3) Sandy commons, Bar- laston ; Lichfield, Genu, 373 ; Blackbrook Reservoir, Broun, 242 ; Slierbrook and Abraham Valleys, Cannock Chase. (4) Pond Green, Seckley, Fraser. C. tetrandrum Curtis. (3) Stafford, Mr. Spark. C. semidecandrum L. (3) Aldershaw, Lichfield, J. Power ; Brown Hills, Highgate, Fraser; Breedon, Brown, 242. (4) Trescott. C. glomerata Thuill. Common ! Gam, 373. C. triviale Link. Common, Gam. C. arvense L. Rare, occasionally on limestone, (ram. 373. (4) Kinver Edge. Stellaria aquatica Scop. (2) Uttoxeter; Marchington. (3) Stoke, Gam. S13; Kingston Fool, Fraser; Stretton and Braunston, Brown, 242; Chartley ; Stowe ; Weston-on-Trent; Sandweil, &c. (4) Compton ; Stewponey; Stourton. S. nemorum L. (2) Abundant by the Churnet, Oakamore. S. media With. Very common. b. luf/lertum \Yeihe. (2) Draycote in-Clay ; Uttoxeter; Mar- chington Woodlands. (3) Elmhurst ; Colton. S. Holostea L. Very common. S. palustre Retz. Local. (3) Marvesyn Ridware, J. Power; Walton Lane ; Cathohne, Uev. W. Hind. (4) Compton, Fraser ; Wightwick ; Kinver Edge. S. graminea L. Common. S. uliginosa Murr. Frequent. Arenaria verna L. (2) Dovedale; Ecton Hill, Gam. 371. A. tenuifolia L. (2) Wever Hill ! Gam. 371. A. trinervia L. Common. A. serpyllifolia L. Walls, frequent. Var. le/itoclados Gnss. (3) Near Kingswood Common, Codsall. (4) Old quarry, Coldrick Wood; Arley Wood. Sagina apetala L. (2) Wall near Rudyard railway. Painter; near Aidridge ; Little Aston. (4) Walls, Arley. S. ciliata Fr. (3) Brereton, Reader. (4) Seckley Dingle, FraS'-r ; Kinver Edge. S. procumbens L. Common. S. subulata Presl. (2) Wever Hill. (3) Tetteusor, Gam. 373. S. nodosa Fenzl. (2) Oakamore, Gam. ; nearEndon, N. S. 8. Rep. 93. (3) Cannock Chase, Gam. 373 ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Offley Hay, Gam. THE FLORA OF aXAFFORDSHlRE. 18 Spergula arvense L. a. vulaan's Boenn. (1) Bididuli^h, Painter. (8) Stafford, Moor^ ; Mihvich ; frequent in county. b. mti va Bocnn. (3) Sandon ; Great Barr ; Little Aston, &c. (4) Arley. Frequent, but not sufficiently studied. Buda rubra Dum. Frequent — footways, heaths, &c. B. marina Dum. (3) Salt-marsh, near Kingston Pool ; Rickerscote, Gam. 372 ; Shirley wich, Stokes, With. 414. PORTULACE^. Claytonia sibirica L. (3) Naturalized. (8) Penkridge, Gam.; grounds, Knypersley Hall ; Greenway Bank, Painter. C. PERFOLiATA Douu. (3) Abundant in field at Perry. Montia font ana L. a. reptm Pers. (2) Dovedale. (3) Near Walsall ; Cannock Chase; Hednesford ; Norton Bog ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Himley; Trysull. /?. crecta Pers. (2) Harracks Mill, Horton, Painter. (3) Can- nock Chase ; Sherbrook. (4) Himley ; Trysull. Elatine^. Elatine Hydropiper L. Abundant, Pottall Reservoir, 1895. HyPERICINEJE. Hypericum Androssemum L. (3) Needwood Forest, Shaw, ii. 7 ; Pendeford, Pitt, Shaw, 105; Broadwell Wood ; Woodroffe Cliff, Hopwas, Leycett, Gam. 396 ; Seckley ; Enville. H. perforatum L. Frequent. b. aiujmtifolium, Gaud. (4) Coldridge Wood ; Arley. H. dubium Leers. (3) Burton, Gam. 396; Stretton Grove, Shaw, 105 ; Rugeley, Reader ; Anglesea Coppice, near Chartley ; Hamstead canal-bank. (4) Wren's Nest, Fraser. H. quadratum Stokes. (Si Moddershall, near Stone, With. 867; near Knypersley, Painter; Kings Bromley, il/oor^ ; Kingston Pool ; Great Barr, &c. (4) Compton ; Trysull ! Phraser. H. humifusum L. (1) Biddulph Moor, and lane to Gillow Hill, Painter. (2) Wever Hill; Ramshorn. (3) Lask Edge, Painter ; Codsall, Fraser ; Maer Village, N. S. S. Pep. 88 ; Hawkes- ysLvd, Reader ; In^festre ; Fradley. (4) Blymhill, /S//^/jr, 105. (4) Compton ; Penn Fields ! Fraser ; Coldridge Wood ; Seckley. H. pulchrum L. Common on heaths ! Gam. 396. Frequent throughout the county. H. hirsutum L. (2) Tutbury, Shaw ; Rocester ! Fraser. (3) Bury Ring, Stafford, ilfoore ; woods near Hanbury. (4) Marston, Fraser. H. montanum L. (3) Burton, Gam. 896. H. elodes Huds. In all our bogs and marshes ? Gam, 896, (8) Needwood Forest, Shaw, ii. 7; Chartley Moss! Brown, 248. (4) Weston-under-Lizard, Shaw, 105. 14 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Malvace^. Malva moschata L. (2) Near Sudbury. (3) Needwood Forest ! Blakelaw ! Brown, 212 ; Kings Bromley, Moore ; Billbrook ! Eraser ; Westoii-oii-Treut ; Blitbbury ; Tixall ; Chartley ; Hopwas Wood, &c. (4) Blymhill, Shaw. M. sylvestris L. (3) Stafford, Moore ; Hamstall Eidware ; Hixon, Droiiiton, &c. (4) Trysull. M. rotundifolia L. (1) Biddulph, Painter. (2) Uttoxeter. (3) Near Brewood, Shaw, 107 ; Mavesyn Ridware, Header ; Or- greaves, Moore; near Stafford, Dou(jlas\ Drointon; Hixou; Queslet ; Perry Barr ; Milwich, &c. (4) Trysull ! Eraser. TlLIACE^. Tilia VULGARIS Hayiie. In every district throughout the county ; planted. T. cordata Mill. (3) Frequent in Needwood Forest ! Gam. 379. (4) Oaken, Eraser. LlNE^. Radiola linoides Roth. (3) Barlaston Common. (4) Offley Hay, Gam. 350. Linum catharticum L. Common in the county. L. perenne L. Casual. (3) Aldridge. (4) Whittington Heath, Eraser, L. angustifolium L. (3) Burton (Mr. Brown), Gam. 362. L. usiTATissiMUM L. Casual. (1) Brome ; field between Betley and Madeley, Gam. 362. (3j Once near Stoke, Gam. ; Codsall, Eraser. (4) Blymhill, Gam. GERANIACEiE. Geranium ph.eum L. Alien. (3) Yoxall Lodge, J. Power. (4) Rowley Hills towards Cradley, Gam. 391. G. sylvaticum L. (3) Burton, Gam. 391, doubtful. G. pratense L. (2) Tutbury, Eraser ; near Cheadle, Carter, 1839; Wever Hill. (3) Stoke! &c., Gam. mi \ Stone! Croxden Abbey, Shaw^ 105 ; Stafford ! Moore ; Milton ; Barlaston. (4) Upper Arley. A variety with nearly white flowers, Ham, Gam. 391. O. pyreiiaicum Biirm. (3) Walton, near'Btone ; Stramshall ; Lichheid; Barton-u.nder-Needwood, Gam. 391'; Hill Ridware, Reader. (4) Enville, 6ra>«. 391. G. molle L. Common. G. pusillum Burm. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Shobaall, ii/-ow/i, 249; Hawkesyard, iit^^tt/er. (4) Trescott, Fras^r. ". Var. p. (3) Roadsides, Burton, Gam. 392. G. dissectum L. Common I Gam. .392. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 16 G. columbinum L. (2) Wetton ; Thor's Cave ; Beeston Tor; Dovedale! Gam. 892; Wever Hill. (3) Near the entrance to Barr Beacon from Birmingham, With. 796; Lichfield, Gam. 392; Barrow Hill, Shaw, ii. 7. (4) TrysuU. G. lucidum L. (2) Longnor, N. S. S. Rpp. 88 ; Valleys of the Maiiyfold and Dove ! Fram- near Cheadle, Ca,te>\ 1839; Alton Towers. (3) Coppenhall, near Stafiord, Moore \ Croxden Abbey, Shaw, 105; near Walsall ; near Aldridge. (4) Stonewalls, Rowley, Shaw, ii. 7. G. Robertianum L. Common. (1> With white flowers at Madeley, Gam. 391. Erodium cicutarium L'Herit. (2) Dovedale, Brown, 244; Wever Hill. (3) Hopton ! Moore; Hawkesyard, Header-, betwixt Lichfield and Freeford, J. Power ; lane near Walsall ; Hayhead. (4) Blymhill in the Pye fields, Shaw, 105 ; Wightwick ; Bratch, Eraser ; TrysuU; Kin ver Edge. E. MoscHATUM L'Herit. Rare. (4) Bishops Wood, .V. 6'. 6'. Rep. 1891 ; Rowley, Shaw, ii. 7; Dudley, Garu. 391. E. maritimum L'Herit. (3) Lichfield, Gam. 391; near Bugeley, Dr. Parsons. (4) Wombourne ; Orton, Shaw, ii. 6; Kinver ! Part. i. 317; Seckley Wood; High Heath, Enville, Fraser. Oxalis Acetosella L. Frequent in woods. (2) Dripping rocks, Alton Castle, Shaw, 110; Dimmings Dale; Marchington. (3) Stafford, Moore ; Milwicli, Great Barr, Handsworth, &c. (4) Seckley Wood, Arley Wood, &c. Var. siibpurpurascens DC. (1) Lion's Paw Wood, Painter. Ilicine^. Ilex Aquifolium L. Frequent. Celastrine^. Euonymus europseus L. (2) Plentiful in Dovedale! and Wetton Valley, Gam. 355. (3) Drakeford, Brown, 245 ; Stretton, Shaw, 105. (4) North side of Aqualate, Fraser. EHAMNACEiE. Rhamnus catharticus L. (2) Dovedale, &c., Gam. 355- near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Kings Bromley, Moore ; Walton, Brown, 245; Codsall ! Fraser; Upper Stonnall. (4) Near the Bratch between Wombourne and TrysuU! Fraser. R. Frangula L. (1) Craddocks Moss, Fraser. (2) Bagnall ; Oakamoor. (3) Wet thickets, Chartley Moss ! Maer ! Garu. 855; Hedges, Pendeford, With. 254 ; Dippers Codsall, Fraser ; Kingston Pool; Boulton's Park; Handsworth Wood. (4) Willow Brido-e Shaw, 112 ; wood at Smethwick, Stokes, With. 254. ° ' SAPINDACEiE. Acer Pseudo-platanus L. Frequent. A. campestris L. Frequent throughout the county* 16 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Leguminos^. Genista anglica L. (2) Arcbford Moor; Grendon Moor, Gam. 393; near Cheadle, Carter, 1839; Cheddieton, X.S.S.Bep. 93. (3) Needwood Fore>t, Brown, 245 ; Fenton Park ; Lichfield, Gam. 393. (4) Blymliill, Shaw, 105. G. tinctoria L. (2) Tutbury, Brown, 218; Cheadle, Carter, 1839 ; Ramshorii. (3) Near Stafford, Dow/las; Droiuton ; Auglesea Coppice ; Hixon. (1) Seckley, Frailer ; Oiilton. Ulex europaeus L. Common ! Gam. 392. U. Gallii Planch. (2) Dovedale ! Gam. 393. (3) Near Lich- field ! Needwood ! Gam. ; near Stafford, Duwjlas ; Hawkesyard, Beader ; road from Biddulph Grange to Knypersley Hall, Painter ; Sandon ; lanes about Stonnall ; Little Aston ; Barr Beacon. (4) Kinver ! Gam. ; near Hiailey ; Trysiill ; Chase Pool. Cytisus scoparius Link. Frequent. Ononis repens L. Frequent ! Gam. 893. O. spinosa L. Common ? Gam. 393. (2) RoUeston, Brown, 246. I have not seen this in Staffordshire. Medicago sativa L. Alien. (2) Cheadle, Gam. 395. (3) Bur- ton, Gam. ; occasionally on the Trent Valley Railway ; Barr ; Hamstead, Saudwell ; Little Aston. (4) Dudley Castle, Gam. ; Kinver ! Fraser. M. lupulina L. Frequent ! Gam. 395. M. denticulata Willd. (3) Wightwick, Fraser. [M. falcata L. About Stafford ; Yarlet Hill, Gam. 395 ; probably a n error.] Melilotus officinalis Lam. (2) Tutbury, Dickinson in Shaw, 114 ; Yarlet Hill ; Uttoxeter, Gam. 394 ; near Cheddieton ; near Stockton Brook ; Milton ; Battersley Junction ; Fenton Moor. (3) Between Chartley and Longdon, Shaw,ii. 7; Stoke, Gam. 394 ; about Stafford Castle, Fraser ; near Stafford, Douglas ; railway banks near Walsall. M. alba Desr. (8) Waste ground, Rugeley ! Reader. (4) Wight- wick, Ftaser. M. arvensis Wallr. (3) Near Albion Station, Fraser; Tet- tenhall. M. iNDicA All. (3) Near Wolverhampton, Fraser. Trifolium pratense L. Common ! Gam. T. medium L. (1) Near Biddulph Grange, Painter. (3) Brot- ley and Kingston Park, Brown, 246 ; Armitage, Reader ; Hydas Lee, Moore; Hamstead; Wittou. (4) Blymliill, Shaw, 114; Wren's Nest, &c. [T. ocHROLEUcoN Huds. ? (3) Goscott, near Walsall ? Shaw.] T. iNCARNATUM L. Not British, but occasionally among corn. (3) Barlaston, Gam. 394. THE FLORA Ok fciTAFFORDSHIKK. 17 T. arvense L. (2) Betley ; Alton. (3) Lichfield, Gam. 895 ; Cannock Station; Wichnor, Ftaaer; railway slopes, Branstone, Brown, 216; Weeping Cross towards Stafford, Moore; near Stafford, Doiu/las ; Salt ; lanes near Witton. (4) Kiuver ! Gam. T. striatum L. (3) Fields about Stafford, Shaw, 114 ; near Shirleywich; Lichfield, Gam. 395; dry banks, Hawkesyard, Reader, T. HYBRiDUM L. (1) Cultivated ground, Biddulph, Painter; field-borders, occasionally. (2) Alton. (8) Near Colwich. (4) Arley. T. repens L. Common. T. procumbens L. Frequent. T. dubium Sibth. Common. T. filiforme L. Kare. (3) Barton, Broivn, 247. (4) Envillel Fraser. Anthyllis Vulneraria L. Common on limestone? Gar7i. 393. (2) Dovedale ! Valley of Manyfold, Fraser ; Longnor, A' . 8. S. Rep. 93. Lotus corniculatus L. Common ! Gam. 395. L. tenuis Widdst. & Kit. (2) Dovedale, Gam. 395. (3) Hawkes- yard, Reader. (4) Willow Bridge, Gam. ; Oulton, near Gnosall. L. uliginosus Schkuhr. Frequent in moist places, Gam. ! 395. Astragalus glycyphyllus L. (3) In a field between King's Bromley and the Trent, Shaw, ii. 7 ; in the bushes at the top of Coton Field, Stafford, Gam. 394 ; between Stafford and Penkridge, Shaw, 106; near Stafford, Dour/las. (4) Aqualate, both sides! Fraser. Ornithopus perpusillus L. (3) Trentham ! Gam. 894; Weepmg Cross, Moore; Wichnor! Brown; near Stafford, Douq/as; near Barr Beacon; Aldridge ; Stonnall ; Pottall Reservoir; Great Barr ; Little Aston ; Streetley. (4) Kiuver ! Pnrt. i. 350 ; Orton ; Whitaker Heath ; Chase Pool, Swindon. Hippocrepis comosa L. Very rare. (2) On a rock in th Wetton Valley, Gam. 394. Onobrychis vicisefolia Scop. Very rare. (3) Codsall, Fr^s^r. Vicia hirsuta Gray. Common ! Gam. 394. V. gemella Crantz. (2) RoUeston, Brown, 247. (3) Walton, Brown; near Drayton, Lichfield! Burton, Gam.; near Stafford! Douglas; near Kingston Pool ; Tixall. (4) Trysull. V. Cracca L. Common in hedges ! Gimi. 394. V. sylvatica L. (1) Madeley Rectory, Yates, (2) Dovedale, Garn. 394 ; Wetton Valley, plentiful ; Fraser. (3) About Stone and Oulton, frequently with white flowers ; Tittensor ; Moddershall; Tarn worth, (jarfi. (4) Arley. V. sepium L. Common. V. sativa L. Frequent. V. angustifolia L. Frequent. /? Bobartii Koch. (3) Pipe Marsh; near Chase Town; near Stafford. (4) Kinver ! Fraser; Oulton, near Gnosall. V. lathyroides L. (3) Near Stafford. Doiujlas. (4) KinvrrEdge. Journal of Botany, April, 1901." c 18 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Lathyrus Aphaca L. (4) Whittington Heath, Eraser ! L. Nissolia L. (2) Woods at Belmont, Pitt, With. 618. (3) Barton- under-Needwood, Gam. 394 ; Coton Fields, Stafford, Shaw, 107. L. sylvestris L. (3) Red Hill, Stone Park, Foster, Shaw, 107; Tattenhill, Gam. 394 ; Sliobnall ; Aston Quarry, Broun, 248. L. pratensis L. Common. L. montanus Bernh. (2) Wever Hill ; Marchington. (3) Knypersley, Fai7iter; near Walsall. (4) Trysull, Eraser \ Seckley; Arley ; Oulton, near Gnosall. Var. /m?<^7b^ms Reich. (2) Wever Hill. (4) Seckley; Oulton, near Gnosall. ROSACE/E. Prunus spinosa L. Common. P. insititia Hiids. (3) Trent Meadows, &c.. Gam. 374; Langley, Eraser. (4) Near Arley. P. Avium L. Frequent. P. Cerasus L. '' Frequently wild in woods," Gam. 374. P. Padus L. (1) Biddulph Valley, Painter', Gillow Heath, abundant, Moore. (2) Doveilale, Bree, Part. 725 ; Leek ; Riims- horn. (3) Pendeford, Pitt, With. 446 ; near Chesterfield ; Knowles, near Lichfield, J. Power ; Tamworth ; Little Aston. Spir^a salicifolia L. Needwood, Miss Jackson; thickets on Cannock Cliase, Dashwood, Gam. 376. S. Ulmaria L. Common. S. Filipendula L. (1) Gradbatch Hill, Gam. 376. (2) Wever Hill ! Gam. (3) Railway embankment, Armitage, Moore ; field near Barr Farm. Rubus Idseus L. Frequent, (1) Flash. (2) Near Alton. (3) Clayton, with white fruit, Gam. 377 ; Kiug's Bromley ; Han- bury ; SandoD ; Stone, Salt, Shenstone, &c. (4) Arley Wood ; Seckley; Trysull. R. fissus Lindl. (1) Rushton Spencer, 1000 ft., Painter. (2) Lask Edge, J. W. White ; Rudyard Reservoir, Purchas ; Dimmings Dale, near Alton; Alton Towers. (8) Chartley Moss; Trickley Coppice ; Handsworth Wood. R. suberectus Anders. (3) Whitmore; Chartley Moss; Ravens Hill ; Riigeley ; near Streetley. (4) Cranmore Wood, Eraser, R. plicatus W. & N. Biddulph district, Paiyiter. (2) Rud- yard district. Painter. (3) Wood by Streetley railway. R. nitidus W. & N. var. hamulosus Lev. & Muell. (3) Roadside near Streetley railway-cutting. R. carpinifolius W. & N. (1) Biddulph, Painter. (2) Rud- yard Reservoir, Paintn", Longnor, Purchas \ (3) Ingestre; Tixall; Salt; Fradley ; Kingston Pool; Cannock Chase; Stonuall; Hatherton; Streetley ; near Walsall. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 19 R. incurvatus Bab. (3) Hopton. (4) Lane by Smestow Mill, confiniied by Ilev. ]V. Moyle Honers, R. Lindleianus Lees. Frequent. (1) Rusbton, Baihj/; near Flasli. (2) Near Hortoii Clinrcb, Painter ; Kusbley, near Ham, Piirchas. (8) Mavesyn Rid ware ; Sandon ; Milwicb ; Weston ; Saresdon ; Rugeley ; Hopton; Drointon; Gailey, Hatberton; Cod- sail. (4) Pattingbam, Baggeridge Wood. R. erythrinus Genev. Very local. (3) Hatberton ; near Little Aston ; Aldridge Road, Perry Barr. (4) Himley. R. rhamnifolius W. & N. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter; Alton Common ; Forest Banks, Marcbington. (3) Kingston ; Blitbfield ; Bagots Wood ; Stonnall ; Hints ; Wall ; Brown Hills ; near Walsall ; Tixall Heatb. (4) Baggeridge Wood ; Pattingbam; Rainsford: Spittle Mill. Var. Bakeri F. A. Lees. (3) Pottall ; Hints ; Drayton ; Wee- ford. (4) Spittle Brook ; Rainsford. R. nemoralis P. J. Muell. Apparently rare. (3) Cbartley. b. (jla''ratus Bab. Local. (3) Tixall; Codsall ; L'ttle Bosses, Stonnall ; Stowe, near Cbartley ; Fradley. (4) Near Hinksford. R. pulcherrimus Neum. Frequent. (1) Near Haymill, Bid- dulpb ; Lask Edge, Painter. (2) Sudbury ; Forest Banks. (3) Hopton ; Stowe ; Weston-on-Trent ; Drointon ; Kingston ; Salt ; Ingestre ; Milwicb ; Plaistow ; Hints ; Sandwell ; Perry ; Ham- stead, &c. (4) Stourton ; Himley; Oulton. R. Lindebergii P. J. Muell. (1) Near Haymill Farm, Bid- dulpb. Painter. (2) Reap's Moor ; Arcbford Moor ; near Alston- field, Purchas. (3) Lane between Henburst and Tattenhill, T. Gibbs. (4) Blockley, near Trysull. R. villicaulis Koebl. (2) Mill Hayes Lane, Rudyard Hotel, Painter ; Sudbury. (3) Fradswell, Eians ; Streetley ; Fradley. (4) Trysull Dingle. Var. /? Sehneri Lindeb. (1) Frequent near Biddulph Hall, Painter. (2) Alton. (3) Stowe, Evans \ near Alrewas ! Gibbs; Fradley; Pipe Hill; Little Hay; Weeford; Hardwick, near Stone; Norton Bog ; Bassetts Pole ; Codsall ; Gailey ; Pottall ; &c. (4) Near Rainsford ; Himley. d. caU-atus Blox. Rare. (1) Near Biddnlpb Hall, Painter. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter ; Harracles Mill, Horton, J. G. Baker. (3) Drointon; Hopton; Tixall; Ingestre; Salt; Streetley; Trickley. (4) Perton. R. gratus Focke. (2) Heatby Wood, Rudyard, Purchas. I have not seen tbis in Staffordsbire. R. argentatus b. robustus (P. J. Muell.). (3) Stowe, near Cbartley. R. rusticanus Merc. Common and general. A variety with very narrow leaves abundant at (4) Wombourn. R. pubescens Weibe. (2) Alton Common. (3) Fradley. b. subinermis Rogers. (4) Seckley ; Arley Wood. So namepl by Rev. W. Moyle Rogers. c 2 ZU THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE, R. thyrsoideus Wimm. (4) Severn-banks, Seckley, and Seckley Coppice. R. lentiginosus Lees. Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. R. macrophyllus W. & N. (3) Near Salt ; near Stone ; Daffo- dilly, near Barr Beacon ; Gailey ; Tixall. (4) Shelmore Wood ; Norbnry Park ; Seckley Wood ; Pattingham ; Stewponey. Var. Schlechtendalii Weihe. (2) Hardwick, near Stone. Var. amplijicatus Lees. (2) Sudbury, near Forest Banks ; Dimmings Dale, Alton. (3) Near Gornal Wood ; Stonnall ; Little Aston ; Hints ; Weeford ; Fradley ; Salt ; Ingestre ; Chartley ; Gailey; Hatherton, (4) Stourton; Perton; Pattingham; Oulton. R. Sprengelii Weihe. (1) Riishton, Bailey, Forest Wood, near Gradbach. (2) Near Warslow, Purchas ; Horton, Carr ; Rud- yard, Bailey ; Ramshorne ; Dimmings Dale ; Wever Hill. (3) Streetley ; Fradley ; Chartley ; Kingston ; Gailey, Hatherton, &c. R. micans Gren. & Godr. Very rare. Trickley Coppice, near Middleton. R. hirtifolius Muell. & Wirtg. (1 ) Bemerton ; Lask Edge. (3) Norton-in-the-Moors; Norton, Painter; near Bassetts Pole near Drayton. R. pyramidalis Kalt. (1) Old Biddulph Hall, White\ Lask Edge, Painter ; Rudyard Reservoir, Painter ; Hopton ; Tixall ; Newborough, Fradley, Aldridge, Streetley ; Hatherton, &c. (4) Seckley Wood, " eglandular form," W. M. Rogers. R. leucostachys Schleich. (1) Clamps Wood, Purc/ias; Rush- ton Spencer, Pamper ; near Ludschurch. (2) Alton Towers; Dim- mings Dale ; Wever Hill ; Sudbury ; Hanbury. (3) Knypersley, Painter ; near Codsall, Eraser ; Teddesley ; Brewood ; Salt ; Mil- wich ; Newborough, Rugeley. (4) Oulton, near Gnosall ; Seckley Wood. R. Borseanus Genev. Rare. (3) Near Milwich ; Tixall Heath. (4) Foucher's Pool, near Hinksford. R. nmcronatus Blox. (2) Between Longnor Road and Brund Mill ; near Overhurst Farm, Purchas ; Cheadle Road from Alton ; Dimmings Dale. (3) Chartley Moss ; Kingston ; Grindley ; lanes about Codsall and Codsall Wood ; Gailey ; Canwell ; Aldridge ; Hayhead ; Daffodilly. (4) Near Hinksford; Oulton, near Gnosall, R. criniger Linton. (2) Near Rudyard Hotel, Painter ; Alton Common. (3) Fradswell, Evayis ; Outwoods Burton ! Gibbs ; Chartley ; Kingston ; Gailey ; near Pottall Reservoir ; near Hop- ton ; by Barr Park ; Queslet ; Pipe Marsh ; Aldridge ; Stonnall. (4) Hatherton. R, anglosaxonicus Gelert. (2) By the Churuet, Alton ; near Marchington ; Oakamore. (3) Near Streetley ; Stonnall ; Little Hay ; lane from Salt to Stafford ; near Milwich ; Codsall. (4) Stourton ; Prestwood House ; Swindon. Subsp. curvidens A. Ley. (3) Hardwick Heath, near Stone. (4^ Secklev Wood, THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 21 Subsp. raihdovhs Rogers. (1) Near the Brirle Stones, Biddulph ; near Woodside Colliery ; Lask Edge, 900 ft., Painter. R. infestus Weihe. (1) Near Rusliton, Baileii. (2) Rudyard, Baiey. (3) Near Chavtley Moss ; Dioiuton ; Tixall Heath ; Blaclc- heath Wood; near Drayton Lodge, road to Watling Street; near Barr Beacon; near Stonnall. (4) Lane from Foucher's Pool to Swindon ; near Chase Pool Lodge. R. Leyanus Rogers. (2) Alton Towers, Pnrcha^. (3) Lane by Codsall Wood ; road from Bassett's Pole to Watling Street. R. radula Weihe. (1) Rushton, Bailei/; near the Bride Stones, Lask Edge, Painter. (2) Near Rudyard, Bailej/ ; near Cold Eaton Bridge, Purcha^ ; by the river Dove, Dovedale ! Rogers ; Alton Towers ; Marchiugton. (3) Codsall ; Teddesley ; Salt ; Milwich ; Sandon ; Weston-on-Trent ; Rugeley ; Armitage ; Streetley. (4) Wombourne ; Arley. Var. anglicanus Rogers. (3) Road from Pottall to Stafford ; Codsall ; Milwich ; Salt ; Fradley ; Weeford ; Hints ; Streetley. (4) Smestow Mill ; Pattingham. R. podophyllus P. J. Muell. (1) Lask Edge, Painter. (2) Hoxiou, Painter \ Rudyard Lake, C'arr ; Alton Common. (3) Near Colton ; Kingston ; Bagots Wood ; Abbots Bromley ; Shenstone ; near Barr Beacon. R. echinatus Lindl. (2) Road from Sudbury to Forest Banks. (3) Salt ; Sandon ; Milwich ; Coton ; Fradswell ; Hints ; Stonnall ; Perry ; Sandwell ; Codsall ; Teddesley. (4) Smestow ; Patting- ham ; near Prestwood House. R. oigoclados Muell. & Lefv. Rare. (3) Trickley Coppice, near Middleton. R. Newbouldii Bab. (3) Milwich ; Kings Bromley ; lanes about Hatherton ; Calf Heath ; lane by Gailey Reservoir. (4) Trysull Dingle ; lane to Smestow Mill ; Dimmings Dale, near Trysull. R. Bloxamianus Coleman. (3) Prevailing bramble at Hatherton. R. Babingtonii Bell Salt. (3) Lane to Walsall from Streetley. (4) Shelmore Wood, near Gnosall ; near Stewponey ; Baggeridge Wood ; Himley ; Seckley Wood. R. Lejeunii W. & N. var. ericetorum. Lefv. (4) Seckley Wood, abundant ; Shelmore Wood, near Gnosall ; canal-side, Oulton. R. Bloxamii Lees, (2) Dimmings Dale, near Alton ; road from Alton to Cheadle. (3) Stow ; Sandon ; Newborough ; Frad- ley ; Weeford ; Hints ; Wall ; Stonnall ; Alrewas ; Little Hay ; Sandwell ; Streetley. (4) Seckley Wood ; Arley. R. scaber W. & N. (2) Rudyard, P^z^f^r. (3) Codsall ; lane, Armitage to Coton ; Collingswood ; Needwood Forest ; near Streetley. (4) Baggeridge Wood ; Seckley Wood. R. fuscus W. & N. (3) Near Knypersley, Painter ; Trickley Coppice ; hedge near Hints Hall ; Drayton Bassett ; Great Barr ; Streetley. 22 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Var. nutans Eogers. (3) Sutton road to Walsall ; Trickley Coppice ; Watling Street. R. pallidus W. & N. (2) Hanbury. (4) Oulton, near Gnosall. R. foliosus W. & N. (3) County lane, Codsall. (4) Sbelmore Wood; wood near Aqueduct, Oulton; Norbury Park; Seckley Coppice. R. rosaceus W. & N. (2) Dimmings Dale, near Alton. (3) Codsall Wood ; County lane, Codsall. (4) Pattingham ; Seckley AVood, abundant. b. hi/strix W. & N. (1) Between Lask Edge and Rushton Spencer, Painter. (2) Forest Banks ; Marchington ; Hanbury. (3) Sandon; Hamstall-Piidware, Salt; Stowe ; Drointon; Fradley; Henhurst Wood, near Burton ; Pipe Wood ; Great Barr ; Perry Wood; Handswortb Wood ; Tixall;' Codsall. (4) Norbury Wood; Seckley Wood; Pattingham. e. infecundus Rogers. (2) Churnet Valley, near Alton. (3) Drointon ; Hard wick ; Sandon ; near Kings wood Common. (4) Baggeridge Wood ; Seckley Wood. R. adornatus P. J. Muell. (3) Near Queslet. (4) Baggeridge Wood. R. Koehleri W. & N. Rare. (3) Rakes End, near Rugeley. (4) Near Trysnll ; Pattingham. Subvar. distracius Muell. & Wirt. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. Subsp. damiihijllm Rogers. Pi. pahidus Bab. Frequent. (1) Biddulph, P?s ; near Stowe ! Gibbs ; Fradley ; Rugeley ; Newborough ; Alrewas ; Hints ; Codsall ; Tixall Heath ; Aldridge. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 23 Var. diversifoHus (Lindl.). (2) Frog Hall ; Alton ; Sudbury ; Hanbury. (3) Codsall ; Pottall ; Tixall Heath ; Wall; Chester- field; Shenstone; Kugeley; Droiuton; Shirley VVich ; Great Hey- wood, Salt, &c. (4) Swindon ; Stourton. Var. tuherciilatns Bab. (1) Rushton. (2) Rudyard, BaUei/. (3) Near Wolverhampton, Fraser ; near Codsall; near Pottall; Sandon ; Weeford ; Queslet ; Hayhead ; Drayton Manor ; Shen- stone; Featherley. (4) Oulton. Var. conrinnus Warren. Near Alstonfield, Purchns ; EUaston ; Wever Hill ; Ranishorn ; Alton. (3) Colton ; Drointon ; We^ton- on-Trent ; Hatherton, &c. (4) Hinksford. Var. /asciV^/rtius P. J. Muell. (2) Mill, Hays Lane, Painter; Ramshorn ; Sudbury; Wever Hill. (3) Elford ; Ruijeley; In- gestre; Shirley Wicb ; Newborough, Great Barr, &c. (4) Oalton. R. corylifolius var. siihlustrls Lees. (1) Rushton Speneer, Painter. (2)Longnor; near Wetton Mill ; Alstonfield, P/^rc/ia? ; Alton ; Wever Hill. (3) Salt ; Ingestre ; Brocton ; Codsall ; Teddesley ; Milford ; Great Heywood ; Wall ; Hamstead, &c. (4) Swindon. Var. c;/clophyllits Lindeb. (3) Near Shenstone. R. Balfourianus Blox. (2) Hanbury; near Marchinf?ton. (3) Milford ; Stowe, Chartley ; Milwich ; Kings Bromley ; Cum- borough ; Fradley ; Lichfield ; Wall ; Stonnall. (4) Arley. R. cgesius L. a aguatkus W. & N. (1) Between Biddulph and Congleton Edge, Painter. (3) Weston-on-Trent; Drointon; Perry; Mill Green, Little Aston. (4) Norbury ; Oulton. /? tenuis Bell Salt. (2) Alstonfield, Piinhas. (3) Rugeley Junction. (4) Hinksford; Arley. R. saxatilis L. (2) Broken limestone in the vallevs of the Hamps and Manyfold, Gam. 377; Ape's Tor, Alstonfield,' P/^rcAas. Geum urbanum L. Frequent. G. rivale L. Very local. (2) Rare, 11am, Shaw, 105 ; Cress- well, Carter ; Morridge, Gam. 378 ; near Waterhouses ; near Ipstone ; Dovedale ; Onecote. (3) In a meadow at Aldridge, Pitt, With. 469; Chesterfield, near UcMeU, J. Poiiur ; banks of Trent and canal feeder below Knvpersley, Paint, r; between Walsall and Aldridge, Ruford, Part. i. 242 ; Strettoii Hall Grove, Shaw, 105 ; Staftbrd, Fra>n. 359. (3) Tattenhall, L'roiv^, 256 ; near Walsall ; Hayhead. (4) Old quarry, Sedgeley ; very local throughout county. Heracleum Sphondylium L. Common ! Gam. 359. Daucus Carota L. Common ! Gam. 359. Caucalis arvensis Huds. (1) Betley, Gam. 359. (2) Uttox- eter ! Gam. (3) Not uncommon near Burton, Brown, 256 ; near Stafford, Poi/^/as ; OXdhuxy, Gam. (4) High Offley ; Perton. C, Anthriscus Huds. Common ! Gam. 359. C. nodosa Scop. (2) Tutbury Castle Hill ; rocks in Dovedale, Gam. 360. (4) High Offley, Gam. ; Trysull. Araliace^. Hedera Helix L. Common ! Gam. 357. Cornace^. Cornus sanguinea L. (2) Coton; Uttoxeter; Tutbury; Han- bury, abundant. (3) Moss Pits, Stafford, ilioo/^; Fr^idley; Milwich; Burton ; Cudborough ; Sandwell ; Codsall, &c. (4) Trysull ; Arley ; Seckley ; Pattingham, &c. 82 the flora of staffordshire. Caprifoliace^. Adoxa Moschatellina L. (1) Drive from Biddulph to Kny- persley Hall, Painter. (2) Abundant near Cheadle ! Carter, 1839. (3) Shobnall ; Anslow, Carter, 1839 ; Doxey and Burton, Moore ; near Stafford, Douglas ; near Westbromwicb ; near Stone ; Hard- wich ; Sandon ; Dawhead ; Handsworth. (4) Lane at TrysuU ; woods, Enville. Sambucus nigra L. Common I Gam. 361. S. Ebulus L. (2) Tutbury Castle, Pitt. With. 311; Fauld, near Tutbury, N. S. S. Rep. 92. (3) Rare in Staffordshire, Bran- ston, and Burton, Shaw, 112 ; near Newcastle, Gam. 361 ; Tam- worth Castle towards the river. With. 311 (this, I think, is a Warwickshire station, J. E. B.) ; betwixt Rugeiey and Wolsey Bridge, a quarter of a mile from the church, J. Power ; near the mill, Marvesyn-Ridware, Reader. Viburnum Opulus L. " Common in hedges near water," Gam. 361. (1) Drive from Biddulph to Knypersley Hall, Painter, (2) Rudyard, Painter ; Cheadle, Carter, 1839 ; Coton ; Calton. (3) Near Stafford, Douglas; Kings Bromley ! Moore; Gnosall; Weston- on-Trent ; Milwich ; Sandon ; Milford ; Cannock ; Handsworth. (4) Arley ; Seckley ; Norbury ; Oulton. Lonicera Periclymenum L. Couimon in woods and hedges ! Gam. 355. L. Xylosteum L. (3) Sinai Park, Brown, 258 ; Needwood Forest, Dr. Hewgill, Gam. 855 ; Knypersley Hall, Painter. (4) Try- suU Dingle, Fraser. RUBIACE^. Galium Cruciata Scop. Common ! Gam. 348. G. verum L. Common ! Gam. 348. G. erectum Huds. Doubtful. (3) Swynfeu, near Lichfield, Miss Jackson ; Burton, Gam. 348. G. Mollugo L. Rare in the north of the county, Gam 348. (2) Forest Banks, near Marchington. (3) Rowley, Gam. ; Sand- well. (4) Wombourne, Phaser ; near Stewponey ; Dudley, near Gornall Wood ; Seckley ; Arley ; Coldridge Wood ; Kinver. G. saxatile L. Common in heathy places ! Gam. 348. G. sylvestre Poll. G. Parisiense. Frequent on walls and rocks ?? Gam. (2) Apes Tor and near Alstonfield. (3) Winshill, Shobnall, Brown, 258. G. palustre L. Common ! Gam. 348. Var. elongatum (Presl.). (1) Near Rushton, C. Bailey. (2) Near Rudyard, C. Bailey. (4) Oulton, near Gnosall. Var. Witheringii Sm. (3) On high but boggy parts of Hands- worth Heath ! With. 200. This locality is now built upon ; Hard- wick Heath, near Stone. (4) Oulton ; Arley Wood. G. uliginosum L. Common? Gam. 348. (4) Blymhill; Forton Wood, Shaw, 104. I have never seen this plant in the county. J, E. B. THK FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRK. 33 G. Aparine L. Common ! (jrarn. 848. Asperula odorata L. Common in woods! 6rrt/?/. (1) Swith- amley Valley. (2) Near Cheadle ! Carter, 1839 ; Rocester ! Eraser \ Oakamore ; Marchington Forest Banks. (8) Trentham ! Gam. ; Bury Ring, near Stafford, Moore ; Chartley ; Stone ; Hardwick ; Sandon ; Barr Beacon ; Little Perry. (4) TrysuU ; Arley. Sherardia arvensis L. Common in light soils ! Gam. 348. Valeriane^. Valeriana dioica L. Common? Gam. 342. (1) Drive from Biddulph Grange to Knypersley, rainter. (2) Dimmings Dale, Alton. (3) Kings Bromley ! Moore ; Blithfield Park ! Reader ; near Stafford, Doarjlas ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Seckley. V. Mikanii Syme. Rare. (1) Rushton, C. Bailey. (2) Rud- yard, 0 Bailey ; Star Wood, Oakamore. V. sambucifolia Willd. Frequent. V. PYRENAicA L. Rare. (2) In a ravine near Oakamore (Star Wood), Carter \ 1839. There in abundance in 1897, J. E. B. Centranthus ruber DC. , " Old walls, Burton, but perhaps not truly wild." Gam. 342. Valerianella Olitoria Poll. (2) Wetton Valley ; Ecton Hill; Beeston Tor, Gam. 342 ; near Cheadle ! Carter, 1839. (3) Lich- field, (jrarn. ; on a wall, Colton, Reader ; fallow field near Colwich ; Buryfields, Stafford, Moore. (4) Fair Oak. V. dentata Poll. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Corn- fields, Wootton, Gam. 342 ; Shobnall, Brown, 249 ; near Stafford, Douglas', cornfields, Armitage, Reader', allotments near Colwich. Nd^v. fi mixta I>\\h. (2) Beeston Tor, 6^rt?7i. 343. (3) Shirley- wich, Gam. (Var. eriocarpa Desv. (2) Dovedale '? Cheadle ? Gam. 343 ; near Lichfield ? Gam.) DlPSACE^. Dipsacus sylvestris L. (2) Eaton Woods, near Uttoxeter ; Houndshill, Tutbury, Gar^i. 347; near Sudbury. (3) Chartley Castle; Tixall; Hopwas; Barton Green; Great Bridgeford. (j^r/*. ; near Stafford ! Douglas ; Shobnall, Brown, 259 ; Hayhead ; Elford ; Pipe Hill. (4) Blymhill, Gam. ; Arley. D. pilosus L. (2) Eaton Woods, near Uttoxeter, Gam. 348; Alton ! Carter, 1839. (3) Hopwas, Gam. ; Curborough Lane, J. Power; Shobnall, Brown, 259 ; Castle Ring, Gam. ; near Stafford, Douglas. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 103 ; Arley Wood ; Cold- ridge Wood. Scabiosa arvensis L. (1) Rushton Spencer, Painter. (2) Rudyard, Painter. (3) Frequent in cornfields! with white flowers, Cotonfield, Stafford, Gam. 348 ; Needwood Forest, Brown, 259. (4) Kinver, &c. S. Columbaria L. Common? but seldom oft' limestone. Gam. 848. (2) Manyfold Valley ; Dovedale 1 Eraser ; Wever Hill ! Brown, 260. •Journal of Botany, June, 1901.1 d 34 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. S. Succisa L. Comnaon in pastures ! Gam. 348. (3) King« Bromley! Moore; Needwood Forest, Brown, 259. (4) Lower Penn Fraser. Composite. Eupatorium cannabinum L. Wet places and limestone hills, frequent! Gam. 400. (2) Abundant in Churnet Valley. (3) In one spot in Knypersley, Painter ; Kings Bromley ! Moore ; Tixall ; Hatlierton ; Weeford ; Drayton Bassett ; Haybead ; Little Perry. (4) Oulton ; Norbury ; Stourton. Solidago Virgaurea L. Common on rocky ground, Gam, 401. (2) Dingle Cotton Hall! Alton; Warslow, Painter', Oaka- more. (3) Burnt Wood, Shaiv, 114 ; Knypersley and Lion's Paw Wood, Painter ; near Walsall ; Rufford in Piirt. ; Weston ; Bait ; Hayliead; Streetley. (4) Trysull ; Seckley. Bellis perennis L. Common I Gam. 341. Aster Tripolium L. (3) Hollow meadows at Braunstone, Shaiv, ii. 7 ; Tixall, Shaiv, i. 99 ; in a meadow between the Trent and the canal Stoke ; in a salt-marsh near Shirleywich, With. 711 ; salt-marsh near Ingestre, J. Power. Erigeron canadense L. Ashwood, Wainwri(fht, Shaw, ii. 6. E. acre L. (2) Tutbury Castle, Gam. 401. (3) Stretton Bridge, on the Watling Streetway, Shaiv, 103 ; Lichfield, Gam. ; Great Barr Canal-bank. (4) Dudley Castle ; sandy ground near Kinver, Gam. Filago germanica L. Common ! Gam. 400. F. minima Fr. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Tittensor, Gam. 400. (4) Weston-under-Lizard, Shaw, 105; pool near Him- ley AVood. Gnaphalium sylvaticum L. (3) Lanes about Moddershall, With. 698 ; Hawkesyard Park, Reader. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 105 ; Kinver. G. uliginosum L. Common ! Gam. 400. Antennaria dioica R. Br. (2) Limestone hills, Wetton Valley, Gam. 400. Anaphalis margaritacea Benth. & Hook. fil. (3) In a meadow at Longdon, Mr. Salt, Bot. Guide, 535. Inula Heleninm L. (1) Biddulph Castle, Gam. 400. (4) Himley Wood, Bree, Part. i. 410. I. Conyza DC. (4) Wombourne, Gam. 401 ; roadside near Dudley Castle, Waiimrif/ht, Shaw, ii.Q; Baggeridge Wood ! Fraser; near Himley Wood, abundant ; Coldridge Wood, near Arley, abun- dant. Pulicaria dysenterica Gaertn. Common in wet places ! Gam. 401. il) Biddulph Grange, Painter. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. (3) Near Stafford, Douglas ; Armitage ; Rakes End ; Newborough, &c. (4) Lower Penn ; Arley. Bidens cernua L. Frequent 1 Gam. 400. (3) Canal, Hands- acre, Moore ; canal, Armitage, Reader ; Great Heywood ; Drointon ; THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 35 Farley; Shirleywich ; Weston-on-Trent ; Kingston Pool. (4) Cotou- in-tlie-Elms, Brown, 260. Var. radiata Sond. (3) In a splashy rivulet at the bottom of Tittensor Common, Stokes, With. 690. B. tripartita L. (2) Kolleston, Brown, 260. (3) Wolstanton Marsh, Spark, (ram. 400; Knypersley Reservoir, Prt^nit;/- ; Canal, Armitage, Header ; Horninglow ; Shobnall, Brown ; Drointon ; Farley ; Hamstall-Ridware ; Harbourne Reservoir. (4) Perton Pool ! Fraser ; pool by Himley Wood. Achillea Millefolium L. Common! Gam. 402. With rose- colom-ed flowers at (3) Tixall; Fradley. (4) Oulton. A. Ptarmica L. Common ? Gam. 402. (3) Needwood Forest ! Brown, 260; Walsall! Wednesbury, Fraser; King's Bromley ! Moore; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Shelmore Wood ; Oulton. Anthemis Cotula L. Frequent ! Gam. 402. • A. arvensis L. Common ! Gam. 402. A. nobilis L. Not common ! Gam. 402. (3) Cannock Chase. Brown, 241 ; on the road from Hednesford to Stafford, Pitt, With. 723; Longdon Green, /if a(/e/-; Lichfield, (?«/•;/. 402. (4) On Blym- hill Lawn, in great abundance, Shaw, 99. Chrysanthemum segetum L. (1) Hayhill Farm, Biddulph, Painter. (2) Ramshorn. (3) Outwood Hills, Brown, 261 ; King's Bromley, Moore ; near Newton Road ! Fraser ; Stoke-upon-Trent, 6^an/.402; Weston-on-Trent; Fradley; Rakes End. (4) Wom- bonrne. C. Leucanthemum L. Common in fields, &c. I Gam. 402. C. PartheniuNi Pers. Common in waste places? Gam. 402. I have never seen this in the county, except as an outcast from gardens. Matricaria inodora L. Common ! Gam. 402. M. Chamomilla L. Common in cornfields! Gam. 402; rayless form near Burton-on-Trent, Dr. Parsons ! Tanacetum vulgare L. Common in hedges ? Gam. 400. (2) Near Tutbury, Brown, 260; Forest Banks; near Sudbury! (3) Tattenhill ; Beamwood, near Burton, Brown, 260 ; King's Bromley, Moore; Brereton, Bender; Shirleywich; Hopton ; Fradley; A-lrewas ; Little Aston, &c. (4) Lower Penn ! Fraser; Stourfcon. ' Artemisia Absinthium L. (3) Between Rickerscote and Coppenhall, Gam. 400. (4) Willowbridge Lodge, Gam. ; near Kinver, Fraser ; Sedgeley Old Quarry. A. vulgaris L. In hedges and waste places. Common ! Gam 400. Var. coarctata Forcell. Local. (3) Mill Green; Stonnall; Tixall ; Tixall Heath. (4) Banks near Patsull ; Perton. Tussilago Farfara L. Common on clay and land too much ploughed ! Gam. 401. Petasites officinalis Moench. (1) Biddulph, Painter. (2) Churnet Valley ; Draycote-in-Clay ; Marchington ; Hanbury. (3) d 2 36 THE FLOKA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Moddersall, near Stone, With. 704; Brown Edge, near River Trent, Painter; Baswich ; Kingston Pool; Blithl&eld ; Abbots Bromley; Sandon ; Weston ; Salt ; Sbenstone, Farley ; Little Aston. (4) Compton ! Sedgeley! Fraser; Swindon; Stewpouey, Wigbtwicb,&c. P. ALBus Gaertn. (2) Near Cbeadle. (3) Butterton, Bostock, N.S.S. Rep. 91. DoRONicuM Pardalianches L. (2) Dimsdale, Spark, Gam. 401 ; near Ramshorn, abundant. (3) Abnals, Lichfield, J. Power. Senecio vulgaris L. Common I Gam. 4:01. S. sylvaticus L. (2) Bagnall; Uttoxeter ! Gam. 401. (3) Stafford; Lichfield, Gam.; Cannock! Fraser; Knypersley, Painter; Weeping Cross, Moore ; Tixall Heath ; Hopton ; Stowe ; Ingestre ; Rake's End ; Fradley ; Pipe Hill ; Barr ; Oscott ; Hints ; near Walsall. S. visGOSUS L. Common? Gam. 401. (3) Stoke, Gam. I have not seen this in Stafl:"ordshire, J. E. B. S. erucifolius L. Gam. 401. (Ij Madeley, Gam. (2) Ut- toxeter ! Gam. (3) Near Newborough ; Tixall Heath ; Hints. (4) Motty Meadows, Blymhill, Shaw, 113 ; Arley. S. Jacobsea L. Common! Gam. 401. S. aquaticus Huds. Common! Gam. A.01. S. SARRACENicus L. (3) Near Compton Mill ; Bradwell ; Need- wood Forest, Gam. 401. Carlina vulgaris L. Hilly pastures, abundant on limestone, Gam. 400. (2) Manyfold Valley, Fraser ; Wever Hill. (3) Hay- head. (4) Sandy fields at Kinver ! Enville, Gam. ; Wren's Nest. Arctium majus Bernh. (3) Kingston, near Uttoxeter. (4) Wren's Nest. A. nemorosum Lej. (1) Rushton, C. Bailey. (2) Rudyard, C. Bailey; Hanbury. (3) Salt; near Gailey Reservoir; Queslet. (4) Near Foucher's Pool ; Coldridge Wood, near Arley. A. minus Bernh. (1) Biddulph, Painter. (2) Hanbury. (3) King's Bromley, Muore ; Gnosall ; near Bagot's Wood, Sandon ; near Stonnall ; Weeford. (4) Wren's Nest ! Fraser ; Stourton ; Himley ; Norton ; Arley ; Coldridge Wood. A. intermedium Lange. (3) Lane from Bagot's Wood to Kingston ; Showls Wood, Kingston. (4) Arley. Carduus nutans L. Frequent, but not general. Gam. (2) Dovedale ; Wever Hill ; Hanbury. (3) Near Staftbrd ! Douglas ; King's Bromley ! Sandon ; Shirleywich ; Lichfield ; Sheustone ; Drayton Bassett; Streetley ; Little Aston, &c. (4) blymhill, Shaw, 101; Trysull! Fraser. C. crispus L. (2) Dovedale ; Wever Hill. (3) Near Chartley Castle ; near Burton-on-Trent, Shaw, 101 ; Stafford, Gam. 399 ; Stone; Weston-on-Trent ; Fradley; near Pipe Marsh. (4) Kinver, Gam. C. lanceolatus Willd. Common ! Gam. 399. Ysiv. jiore alho. (3) Rake's End. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 87 C. eriophorus Roth. (3) Barrow Hill, Gam. 399 ; roadside between Wednesbury and Bilston, Shaw, 101 ; Hayhead. (4) Wren's Nest ! Sedgeley Lime Works ! Gam. ; near Burlington, in the parish of Sherrif Hales, S/iaiv, 101. C. palustris Willd. Common ! Gam. 399. C. pratensis Willd. (2) Hanbury ; Sudbury, Gam. 399. (3) Needwood Forest, Gam. ; near Barr Beacon ; Shenstone, Chester- field. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 101 ; Willow Bridge ; Aqualate, Gam. C. heterophyllus Willd. (2) Mixon ; Lougnor, Warslow ; Hamps Valley, Gam. 399; Ecton Hill, Fraser ; Beresford Dale, Dr. Parsons I Dovedale. C. arvensis Hoffm. Common, Gam. 399. Onopordon Acanthium L. (4) Aqualate, in the park ; Broome, Gam. 399. Mariana lactea Hill. (2) Alton, Gam. 399. (3) Near Stone, Burton, Gam. ; Walton ; Shobnall, Brown, 263 ; railway cutting near Rugeley, apparently self-set, 1897. Serratula tinctoria L. Common in woods ? Gam. (2) Rol- leston ; Henhurst, Brown, 262 ; Ecton Hill, Fraser. (3) Great Hey wood; Bishop's Hill, Newborough. (4) Seckley Wood. Centaurea nigra L. Common ! Gam. 402 ; with rayed flowers at Trysull. C. Jacea L. (4) Cradley Park, Gam. 402. C. Scabiosa L. (2) Near Tutbury, Shaw, 399 ; Wever Hill. (3) Near Stafford, Gam. 402 ; sand-pits, West Bromwich ; Wall ; Stonnall ; Little Aston ; Barr Beacon ; Great Barr : Hayhead! (4) Kinver ! Gam. ; Nurton ; Pattingham, Fraser. C. Cyanus L. (1) Betley, Gam. 402. (2) Bamshorn. (3) Maer; Batchacre ; along the railway, Walsall, (ram. ; Hamstead ; Witton ; King's Bromley. Cichorium Intybus L. (3) Knight's lands {Dr. Hewqill), Tamworth Castle ; between Lichfield and Burton, Gam. 399 ; Stafford, Doio/las ; Haughton ; King's Bromley, Moore. Lapsana communis L. Common ! Gam. 398. Picris hieracioides L. (2) About Tutbury, Ecton Hill ; Dove- dale, Gam. 397 ; Rolleston, Brown, 264. (4) Sedgeley Beacon. Crepis virens L. Common ! Gam. 397. C. paludosa Moench. (1) On the banks of a rivulet, Biddulph, Shaw. (2) Lion's Paw Wood ; Cliff Wood, Painter. (3) Between Whitmore and Acton, X.S.S.Bep. 89. Hieracium Pilosella L. Common ! Gam. 398. H. murorum L. Common on limestone rocks ? Gam. 398. (2) Dovedale, rare. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 105. H. anglicum Fr. (2) Dovedale, sparingly. H. vulgatum Fr. (1) Rushton ; Biddulph, Painter. (3) Knypersley Park, Prti^j^f^r ; Bury Ring, near Stafford, Moore; walls, Hawkesyard, Reader. (4) Weston-under-Lizard. 38 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. H. maculatum Sm. (? 3) Old walls, Codsall, Frawr. H. sciaphilum Uechtr. (1) Tower Hill, Mow Cop, Painter. H. tridentatum Fr. (2) Alton. (3) Slierbrook Valley ; Can- nock Chase ; Great Barr. ('l) Trysail. H. boreale Fr. {H. sabandum Sm.). Shaw. (1) Gutter Lane, near Biddiilph, Painter. (2) Near Kolleston, Brown, 265. (3) Woodside Colliery, near Biddulpli, Painter ; between Wolverhamp- ton and Bilston, Eraser ; King's Bromley, Moore ; Needwood Forest, Brown; Hamstead ; Queslet ; Ingestie. (4) Blymhill, Shaiv, 105. H. umbellatum L. (1) Gutter Lane, between Biddulpli and Trent Valley, 700 ft.. Painter. (8) Woodside Colliery, near Kny- persley, Painter ; Newton ! Fraser ; quarry, Ingestre ; Stonnall ; Queslet; Little Aston; Hamstead. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 105; near Pattingham, Fraser. [Hypoch^ris glabra L. " Gravelly places," Gai-n. 398. I have searched for this without success in all the more likely districts, J. E. B.] H. radicata L. Common ! Gam. 398. Leontodon hirtus L. (1) The drive to Biddulph Grange, Painter. (2) Ramshorn, &c., "common"; Bagnall. (3) Bar- laston Common, Wolstanton Marsh, Gam. 398 ; near Hawkesyard Park, Beader ; Hamstead, &c. (4) Near Himley ; Swindon. L. hispidus L. Common, meadows and footways ! Gam. 398. L. autumnalis L. Common ! Gam. 398. Taraxacum officinale Web. a. Dens-leonis Desf. Common ! Gam. Sll. b. enjthrospennum (Andr.). (2) Uttoxeter. (3) Brereton, Beader; Drayton ; Hamstall-Ridware ; Colton ; Queslet ; Draycote. (4) Trysull, Fraser ; Gornal Wood. c. palustre DC. (2) Horton, Painter. (3) Knypersley Mill, Painter ; Hawkesyard Park, Beader ; Sherbrook Valley ; near Milford ; Alrewas. (4) Penn Common, Eraser ; Seckley Wood. d. udum Jord. (3) Hawkesyard Park, Beader. Lactuca virosa L. (2) Common about Tutbury, Gam. 397. (3) Hamstall-Ridware ; by the roadside between Tatenhall and Brannston, Slinw, ii. 7 ; near Chartley Castle, Shaw, 105. "I once found it near Walton Railway, Station," Brown, 264. L. muralis Fres. Common and general? Gam. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter; Winshill, Tutbury, Brown, 264; Alton; Oaka- more ; Fort ; Coton-in-Clay. (3) Near Knypersley Pools and Tower, Painter', Longdon, Beader; Milwich ; Weston-on-Trent; Hayhead; Queslet ; Barr Park ; Gnosall. (4) Himley. Sonchus oleraceus L. Common ! Gam. 397. S. asper Hoffm. Common, S. arvensis L. Common. [S. palustrish. About Stafford, Gam. 397. This is probably THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. B9 the large marsh form of S. arvense abundant at Kingston Pool, J, E. B.] Tragopogon pratense L. (r. major Garn.), (2) Lime-kilns near Caldon Place, &c.. Gam. 397. (3) Near Stafford, Donglas. (4) Sedgeley, old quarry. b. mmus (Mill.). Common ! Gam. 397. T. poRRiFOLiuM L. (2) RoUeston, Sh- 0. Mosleij. (3) Tamworth, Reader. (4) Weston-under-Lizard, Gam. 397. Campanulace^. Jasione montana L. Common ? Gam. 354. (1) Biddulph ; Rushton Spencer, Painter. (2) Rudyard, Painter ; near Clieadle, Carter, 1839 ; Longnor, N. S. S. Rep. 91. (3) Near Knypersley Hall, Painter ; near Westbromwich ; near Newton. (4) Seckley Wood. Wahlenbergia hederacea Reichenb. (3) Near Lichfield, Miss Jackson, Garn. 355 ; Rugeley and Beaudesert, J. Power ; in wet places, Cannock Chase, Brown, 266. Campanula Trachelium L. (2) Marchington, Brown, 266 ; Houndshill ; abundant in the Hamps Valley, Garn. 354. (3) Row- ley, Shaiv ; Barton ; Burton ; Perry Barr ! Gam. ; Yoxall, Moore ; Blithfield Park ; near Chartley Moss ; Great Barr. (4) Sedgeley, Fraser ; Wood-Eaton, Shaiv, ii. 6. C. latifolia L. (2) Near Croxden Abbey, Shaw, 101 ; Uttoxeter, Dr. Parsons\ near Cheadle Castle, Carter, 1839; Ham; Oakamore; Ellaston. (3) Rowley, Shaw, ii. 6 ; Stoke ; Darlaston ; Barton ; Lichfield ; Woodford, Gam. 354 ; Shobuall ; Needwood Forest, Brown ; Hop was Wood ! J. Power ; one mile south of Stafford, With. 239 ; Stafford Castle, Fraser; Blithfield Park ; near Canwell Hall. Var. /ore aJbo. (3) At Darlaston near Stone, Foster, Shaw, 101. C. rotundifolia L. Common, Gam. 354. Var. alba. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. Var. lancifolia Mert. & Koch. (3) Sutton Road, near Barr Beacon. C. rapunculoides L. (3) Hedge near Tamworth, Dr. Parsons ! C. Rapunculus L. (3) Railway cutting, Tamworth, N. S. S. Rep. 1893 ; Priestwood. (4) Enville, Stolm, With. 238 ; Blymhill, near the parsonage ; Dudley, Gam. 354. C. patula L. (3) Between Lichfield and Shenstone, J. Power ; near the bath, Lichfield, Woodward; Burton, Garn. ^6^. (4) About Enville, Purt. i. 119; near Trysull. Specularia hybrida A. DC. (3) In a turnip-field, Kingston Hill, near Stafford, Garn. 354 ; Hamstead railway cutting, 1868. Vacciniace^. Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea L. (1) Trough Stone and Wicker- stone Rock, Painter. (2) Belmont, Shaw, 115 ; Rudyard, Painter; near Cheadle, Carter, 1839 ; Oakamore, Brown, 266 ; The Roaches, 40 THE FLORA OF .STAFFORDSHIRE. near Leek ! Br. Parsons. (3) Cannock Wood, Put ford, Piirt. i. 731 ; Cannock Heath ! Dr. Stokes ; Cliartley Moss ; Norton Bog ; near Hednesford ; Pipe Marsh. (4) Maer ! Shaw, 115. V. Myrtillus L. Frequent on grit or sandstone ; rare on lime- stone, Gam. 867. In all the districts. V. Myrtillus X V. Vitis-Id.ea (V. intermedium Riithe). (3) Cannock Chase, Gam. ; Norton Bog, abundantly in flower, 1898. (4) Maer Wood, Gam. Schollera Occycoccus Roth. (1) Near Wickerston Rocks, Fainter. (2) Near Endon, .Y. .S'. S. Fiep. 103; near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Cannock Chase ! Moore ; Chartley Moss ; Sherbrook Valley; Norton Bog. (4) Bishop's Wood, near Eccleshall, Wit/i. 366 ; Norbury Big Moss, abundant, 1897. Ericace^. Andromeda Polifolia L. (1) Congleton Moss ; Craddocks Moss, N. S. S. Rep. 86. (3) Chartley Moss, Mr. Baqot, With. 389 (there in 1886) ; Whitmore, .Y. S. S. Hep. 86. Calluna Erica DC. Common on heaths ! Gam. 367. Var. incana Auct. (3) Abundant, Sherbrook ; Pipe Marsh ; Cannock Chase, &c. Erica Tetralix L. Common on moist heaths ! Gam. 363. (1) Lask Edge ; Biddulph Moor ! Painter. (2) Rudyard ! Painter. (3) Knypersley Park, Painter ; Cannock ; Norton Bog ; Hard wick Heath, &c. E. cinerea L. Common on stony heaths ! Gam. 366. Pyrola rotundifolia L. (2) Wood near Cotton Hall, Dickenson , Belmont, Sneyd, Shaw, 111. (3) Chartley Moss, Barjot, With. 391 (there in 1886) ; near Stafford, Douglas. P. media Sw. (4) Cradley Park, near Stourbridge, Scott, Purt. iii. 35. P. minor L. (2) Near Cheadle ; Oakamore, Carter, 1839 ; Cotton Hall ; Belmont ; Basford, Gam. 369. MONOTROPE^. Hypopitys Monotropa Crantz. (4) Lord Stamford's Wood at Enville, With. 389 ; formerly at Gospel End, Wainwright, Gam. 369. Primulace^e. Hottonia palustris L. (3) Between Braunston and Burton, Shaw, ii. 7 ; roadside from Lichfield to Barton, Pitt, With. 232 ; Tamworth, Bree ; Walsall, Ruford, Purt. i. 123 ; Newcastle, Spark ; Elford, Barton, Dr. Hewgill, Gam. 352 ; in a ditch near Navigation Bridge, Fazley, and near Salter's Bridge, J. Power. (4) South side of the Aqualate, Shaw, 105. Primula acaulis L. Common on banks and in woods ! Gai-n. 352. Var. b. caidescens Koch. P. elatior Garn. 352. (2) Croxden ; Hollington ; Oakamore ! Gam. ; Wever Hill, Carter, 1839. (3) THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 41 Pyre Hill, near Stone, Moore ; Chesterfield, -7. rower. (4) Blym- hill, Shaw, 111 ; near Patsull. P. veris L. Common in fields ! Gam. 352. Lysimachia vulgaris L. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter, (3) Marshes, Trentham ! Clayton; Lichfield, Gam. 351; near Drayton Bassett. (4) Blymhill, in the Motty Meadows, Shaw, 101. L. Nummularia L. (2) Alton ; Ramshorn. (3) Eccleshall • Buttermilk Hill, Burton, Curbro Woods, Gam.; near Wallsall ;' Hayhead ; Aldridge ; Wolsey Bridge, near Rugeley ; Hamstall- Ridware. (4) Oulton ; near Arley. L. nemorum L. Common in shady places. Gam. 351. (2) Hanbury Woods. (3) Near Hayhead, Little Aston; Cannock Chase. (4) Cowhay Wood; Weston-under-Lizard, Shaw, 107- Hmiley ; Bagger idge ; Arley Wood. Glaux maritima L. (3) Salt-marsh near Ingestre, With. 263 • salt-marsh near Tixall, Shaw, 105. Probably both these records are from the same locality, J. E. B. Anagallis arvensis L. Common in cornfields ! Gam. 351. A. cserulea Schreb. (3) Burton, but rare, Brown, 276. A. tenella L. (3) Tettensor Hills ; Upper Pool at Soho i Needwood Forest, With. 235 ; Burton ; Lichfield, Gam. 351 • Chartley Moss, Carter, 1839 ; Cannock Chase ; Sherbrook Valley (4) Offley Hay, Gam. 351. ^ Centunculus minimus L. (3) Blithfield, Bagot, With. 196. Samolus Valerandi L. (4) Aqualate Mere, south side, Fra^^er^ Mott's Well, near Smallwood Manor, Brown, 276. Oleace^. Fraxinus excelsior L. Common, Gam. 341. Ligustrum vulgare L. "Wild in the Hamps Valley," Gam. 340. (2) Forest Banks, Marchington. (3) Great Heywood Weston-on-Trent ; near Stafford. Doubtful as a native. Apocynace^. ViNCA major L. Frequent, Gam. 354. (3) Tipton, Wain- Wright, Shaw, ii. 6. (4) Brook-bank, Kinver, Fraser. V. minor L. (1) By the rivulet below Biddulph Castle, Gam. 354. (2) Rolleston, Brown, 267; Uttoxeter, Gam. (3) Walton, Brown; Holloway, Gossbrook, Gam. ; Newcastle road to Longton,' L. Grove, Shaw, 95; near Codsall ; Barr Beacon. (4) Enville'. Gentiane^. Blackstonia perfoliata Huds. (2) Apedale, Gam. 365 ; with white flowers, Heyley Castle, Wainwright, Shaw, ii. 1. (3) Lime Hills, near Dudley Castle, W. in Shaw; near Lichfield, Gam • Ranton Abbey, With. 363 ; Tillets Rough, near Walsall ; Hayhead • California. (4) Maer Heath. Gam. ; Oulton ; Arley Wood, abun- dant. 42 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Erythrgea Centaurium Pers. (1) Biddulph Grange and New Pool, Fainter. (2) Alton; Wever Hill. (3) Shobnall, Broivn; Hoar Cross ; Weeping Cross ! Moore ; Tillets Bough ; Armitage ; Col ton ; Hamstall-Ridware ; Blithbury ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Trysull ; Wombourne, Fraser ; Arley and Coldridge Wood. Gentiana Amarella L. Common in all hilly pastures? Gam. 357. (2) Near Oakamore, Brown, 267. (4) Sedgeley, Fraser. G. campestris L. Frequent with Amarella? Garn. 357. (2) Near Wever Hill. Carter, 1839. (3) Burfield, near Wolsey field, Shaiv, 105. Menyanthes trifoliata L. (1) Biddulph Hall, planted. Painter. (2) Cotton, J. Power] Whiston, Carter, 1839; Endon, N. S. S. Fiep. 93. (3) Fradley ; Onslow ; and near Burton, Broivn^ 268 ; abundant in pits, Ranton Abbey, With. 232 ; Chartley Moss ; Sherbrook Valley ; Norton Bog. (4) Near Stourbridge, Part. ; Blymhill, in marl-pits, Pitt, Shaw, 107 ; Bishop's Wood, X. S. S. Rep. 92. POLEMONIACE^. Polemonium cseruleum L. (2) Wetton Valley, Carter, 1839; about Thor's Cave ; Cavershall Meadows ; Ecton Hill ; Dovedale, Gam. 354. (3) Wood Eaves, Need wood Forest, Gam. ; near Drakesford Farm, Brown, 268. (4) Blakemere Pool, near Norbury. BORAGINE^. Cynoglossum officinale L. (1) Frequent on coal-pits. Bet- ley ; Madeley, Gam. 351. (3) Oiitwood Hills, Tattenhall, Brown, 468. (4) Wren's Nest. Symphytum officinale L. (2) Marchington, Gam. 350. (3) Near Stafford, Doiu/las; Burton, Shaiv, 114; Lichfield; Perry Hall, Garn. ; near Stowe ; Fradley ; Westbromwich ; Hamstead ; Little Aston. (4) Wombourne, CTarn. ; Stourton ; Trysull. S. tuberosum L. (2) Longnor ; Wetton Valley. (3) Lich- field, Gam. 351. BoRAGO OFFICINALIS L. (2) Cheadlc, Gaim. 351. (3) Need- wood ; Lichfield ; Burton, Gam. ; garden weed at Barton, Broivn, 268. Anchusa sempervirens L. (3) Acton, Moore ; near Four Oaks, Sandwell Park. Lycopsis arvensis L. Common amongst corn ! Gam. 351. PuLMONARiA OFFICINALIS L. Needwood Forest, Dr. Hewgill, Gam. 350. Myosotis caespitosa F. Schultz. Common ! Garn. 351. M. palustris Relh. (2) Dovedale. (3) Near Stafford, Doif^Z^s; Weston-on-Trent ; Kingston Pool ; Tixall ; Great Heywood, &c. (4) Arley Wood ; Perton ; Gornall. b. strigiilosa Mert. & Koch. (1) Lask Edge, Biddulph, Painter, 900 ft. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. (4) Trysull. M. repens G. Don. (1) Overton Edge, 1000 ft. ; Biddulph THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRK. 48 Moor, Painter. (2) Horton, Painter. (3) Hawkesyard Park, Eeader ; Cannock Chase ; Sherbrook Valley. M. sylvatica Hoffm. Common in our woods? Gam. 351. (2) Many fold Valley; Yarlet, Fraser; Warslow, Dr. Parsons; Rolleston, Brown, 269. (3) Near Stafford, Dom/las. (2) With white flowers at Ramshorn, Gam. The plant 1 saw at Ramshorn was var. vmhrosa of arvensis. "M.. arvensis Lam. Common ! Gam. 351. b. unibrosa Bab. Abundant in places. (2) Ramshorn ; Oaka- more ; Hanbury ; near Sudbury. (3) Gnosall ; Weston -on-Trent ; Salt ; Chartley. (4) Oulton ; Arley and Coldridge Woods ; Kinver. M. collina Hoffm. Not rare on limestone, Gam. 351. (2) Wever Hill ! Brown, 269. (4) Trysull, Fraser ; Kinver ; Swindon. M. versicolor Reichenb. (1) Rushton Dingle. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. (3) Knypersley Pool, Painter ; near Barr Beacon. (4) Seckley Wood. Lithospermum officinale L. (2) Tutbury Castle, Shaw, 107 ; on the walls of Alton Castle, Gam. 350 ; near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Croxden Abbey; Burton, Gam. ; Hormngslow, Brown, 269. (4) Wren's Nest. L. arvense L. Common, Gemi. 350. (3) Wrottesley ; Orton, Fraser ; Chesterfield ; Shenstone. Echium vulgare L. (3) Sta^Hovd, Shaw, lOS; LicMeld, Gam. 350 ; King's Bromley, Moore ; Fradley Heath ; near Colwich ; Dudley Castle, Shaw, ii. 6. (4) Weston-under-Lizard, Shaw, lOS; south of Wombourne ; Kinver ! Gam. 350 ; Trescott. CONVOLVULACE^. Volvulus sepium Junger. Common in hedges ! Gain. 353. Convolvulus arvensis L. Common in hedges, &c. ! Gam. 353. Cuscuta europsea L. Rare, but occurring occasionally; para- sitical on nettles, flax, clover, Gam. 357. C. Trifolii Bab. (3) King's Bromley, Moore. SOLANACE^. Solanum Dulcamara L. Common ! Gam. 353. S. nigrum L. (1) Betley, Gam. 353. (3) A weed at Hawkes- yard, Eeader; Lichfield; Burton, Gam. Atropa Belladonna L. (2) Alton Castle Grounds, Shaw, 100 ; Alton Castle fosse, seen there by Mr. Kennade, 1896 ; Tutbury Castle, Brown, 270. (3) Barrow Hill, Gam. 353 ; near Lichfield, J. Power ; banks of Dudley Castle ! With. ; there 1899. (4) Wren's Nest. Datura Stramonium L. (3) Appears as a garden weed at Burton ; Hawkesyard Priory, Reader. Hyoscyamus niger L. (2) Waste places, Tutbury Castle, Gam. 353. (3) Near Tamworth, one mile on the Lichfield Road ; Four Crosses ; Streetway, Lichfield, Gam. ; near Stafford, Douglas] Can well, Moore ; Shobnall marl-pits. Brown, 270. 44 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. SCROPHULARINE.E . Verbascum Thapsus L. (2) Dovedale ! Brown, 270 ; Many- fold Valley, F)'asey ! near Alton ; near Ramshorn. (3) Sinai Park, Brown, 270 ; Acton, Moore ; near Stafford, Douglas ; Hawkesyard, Reader; Stowe ; Blitlibury ; Haughton ; Gnosall; Tettensor ; Sand- well ; Little Perry. (4) TrysuU, Fraser ; Arley Wood, V. Lychnitis L. (3) Burton, Gam. 353. (4) Common on hedge-banks at Wombourne, Shaw, ii. G ; Kinfare, near the rock houses! Stakes, With. 24:d : Whittington Common ! Fraser; Arley Wood ; near Enville. V. nigrum L. (3) Betwixt Hamstead and Birmingham, With. 249; Perry Barr, Gam. 353. (4) Wombourne, Gam. V. Blattaria L. (3) Hill Ridware, Shaw, 115, (4) Durnsley and Kinver, Scott, Part. i. 127. Linaria Cymbalaria Mill. (1) Gutter Lane, Prtt^^^'/'. (2) On old walls, Mayfield, Gam. 386; Longnor, N. S. S. Eep. 91 ; Cotton; Oakamore ; DimmiDgs Dale. (3) Burton, Brown, 270; ruins of Shugborough Old Hall ; Lapley, Gam. ; old walls, Stafford, Moore ; Dudley Castle. (4) Sedgeley ; Arley. L. repens Mill. (3) Great Hey wood, Jioor<^; Hamstead railway cutting. L. vulgaris Mill. Common in fields and hedges ! Gam. 386. L. viscida Moench. (3) Perry Barr canal-bank. (4) Amongst the wheat in the pit-down, Blymhill, Gam. 386. Antirrhinum majus L. (3) On the walls of Rushall Castle, Shaw, 99 ; on Burton Abbey walls. Gam. 386. A. Orontium L. (B) Burton, Gam. 386 ; Himley, Bree, Purt. i. 737. Scrophularia aquatica L. Frequent. (2) Near Alton. (8) Tettenhall, F/VY.SO-; King's Bromley, 3/oo7-^; near Stafford, Domjlas; near Walsall, &c. (4) Enville. S. UMBROSA Dum. Stafford, Top. Bot. 295. S. nodosa Dum. Common. MiMULUs Langsdorfii Donn. (2) Ramshorn; WeverHill; Star Wood, Oakamore. (3) Brook, Cannock, J. Power; boggy stream on Cannock Chase, near Rugeley, Br. Parsons ; abundant, Oxhill Lane, Sandwell. Limosella aquatica L. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Pi/rcA^s. (3) Knypersley Reservoir, Painter; Stowe Pool, near Lichfield, J. Power; Harbourn Reservoir ; Pottall Reservoir ; Hayhead. Digitalis purpurea L. Common ! seldom found on limestone ! Gam. 386 ; with (2) white flowers at Bagnall, Gam. Veronica hedergefolia L. Common! Gam. Sil. V. polita Fr. Rare. (2) Near Alton Towers. (3) Cultivated field. Burton, Broim, 272 ; Newborough. V. agrestis L. Common ! Gam. 340, THK FLOKA OF STAFFOKDSHIKK. 45 V. Tournefortii C. Gmel. (2) Near Rudyard Railway Station, Painter \ Haiibniy ; Marchiwgton. (3) Near Burton, 7J;o?rH, 272 ; Knypersley Hall, Painter ; Codsall ; Ingestre ; Hixon ; Hamstall- Ridware ; Armitage, Gnosall, &c. (4) Trysull, Fra^er] Oulton. V. arvensio L. Common ! (ram. 341. V. serpyllifolia L. Common ! Gam. 341. V, officinalis L. Common ! (Tarn. 340. V. Chamaedrys L. Common on banks ! Gam. 340. V. montana L. (2) Near Clieadle, (Jarter, 1889 ; Ramshorn ; Oakamore; Alton. (3) Blithfield Park; Blichbury ; Blithfield ; Tixall; Ingestre. (4) Weston-imder-Lizard, Shaiv, 115; Baggeridge Wood ; Arley Wood ; Seckley Wood. V. scutellata L. (2) Nortli end of Rudyard Reservoir, Painter ; near Cbeadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Endon ; Calf Heatb ; Whitmore; Licbfield, Gam. 340; Wliittington Heath, J.Power; Needwood Forest, Brown, 271 ; ditches about Tamworth, With. 15 ; Blithfield Park ! Armitage, Pieader ; Hopton Pool, Ingestre ; Sherbrook ; Drayton Bassett ; Hints. (4) Weston-under-Lizard, Gam. 340; Oulton ; Shelmore Wood. V. Anagallis-aquatica L. Rather frequent. V. Beccabunga L. Common! (Jam. 340. Euphrasia officinalis L. (1) Swithamley Valley. (2) Wars- low ; Alton. (3) King's Bromley, Moore \ Streetley, Cannock Chase, &c. (4) Arley Wood, Onlton, &c. Bartsia Odontites Huds. Common, Gam. 385. Var. b. serotina Reichenb. Rather rare. (2) Road to Sudbury. (3) Chartley ; near Weston-on-Trent. (4) Oulton, near Gnosall. Pedicularis palustris L. (1) Betley, Gam. 387. (2) Near Alton. (3) Stoke Meadows ; Kingsley, (rrt/-;<. ; Lichheld, J. Power; Chartley Moss ! N. S. S. Pep. 86. (4) Oulton. P. sylvatica L. Common on heathy places, Gam. 386. (2) Ramshorn. (3) Needwood Forest, Brown, 271 ; Walsall, Cannock, &c. (4) Enville. Rhinanthus Crista-galli Huds. Common ! Gam. 385. R. major Ehrh. Not uncommon on peaty soils ? Gam. 385. (2) Wetley ; Ashley, Gam. 385. (3) Near Stafford, Ihnfjla.'^ (Top. Bot. 292). ^ Melampyrum pratense L. Common in woods and on heaths ! Gam.SSQ. (1) Swithamley. (2) Oakamore. &c. (3) Showls Wood, Kingston ; Bagots Wood. (4) Arley and Coldridge Woods ; Seckley. Var. montanum. (1) Congieton Edge; Wickerstone Rocks, Pami^r. Orobanchace^. Orobanche major L. (1) Heyley Castle. Gam. 387. (2) On gorse and broom near Cheadle, N. S. 6'. Pep. 91. (3) Near Stafford, Duufjla.'^. (4) Bishop's Wood, .V. S. S. Pep. 91 ; Blymhill, in the • Pye Hill Lane, .S7m?(', 110. O. elatior Sutton. (2) Near Cheadle, (Jarter, 1839. 46 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Lathrsea Squamaria L. (2) Woods below Castern, on both sides of the river ; Caldon Lane, Carter ; Manyfold Valley, Fraser ; near Cheadle, on elder roots, .V. S. S. Rep. 90. (3) By the side of Yoxall Brook, Shaiv, ii. 7 ; Langley Meadows ; King's Bromley ; Woodford, Gam. 386 ; Dadley Dingle, near Walsall ; Dudley Castle, on the elm. Rev. F. J. Clark. (4) Arley, E. Lees. Lentibularie^e. Utricularia vulgaris L. (1) Betley ; Craddock Moss, Oarn. 841. (2) Woodford, near Uttoxeter, Broicn, 270. (3) Whitmore, Gam. ; Catholme Meadows, Brown, 278; Huddersfield, near Lich- field, J. Power \ (4) Blymhill ; Aqualate, Gam. U. neglecta Lehm. (4) Shelmore Wood, near Norbiiry. U. minor L. (1) Craddock's Moss, Gam. 341; Betley, Mrs. Aclami, Purt. iii. 5. (3) Chartley Moss; and Norton Bog, Mr. Bagot, With. 19. Pinguicula vulgaris L. (2) At the foot of Axe Edge, Gam. 341. (3) Whittmgton Heath, J. Poift'/-; Cannock; Swanmington, Brown, 275. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 101. Verbenace^. Verbena officinalis L. (2) About Tutbury Castle, Gam. 387; Stowe, Lichfield, Gam.; near Stafford, Douglas; Tattenhill and Winshill, Brown, 275 ; Hopton, abundant. Labiate. Mentha longifolia Huds. (3) By a ditch, Longdon, Reader. Yar. 2. villosa. (2) Cheadle, Shaw, 109. M. acutifolia. (2) Side of river, Oakamore, Carter, 1839. M. viridis L. Common, but introduced, Gam. 383. (1) Under Heyley Castle bank. Gam. M. piperita L. (3) Roadside at Boothen Clayton, &c., Gam. 383. (3) Broctou. (4) Oaken, Fraser. M. hirsuta Huds. Very common ! Gam. 383. b. siibglabra Baker. (3) Sherbrook Valley, &c. c. citrata Ehrh. (3) Bartou-under-Needwood, R. Kirhg Trimmer; Treot-side, Wichnor, Brown, 272. M. sativa L. In woods, occasionally. (2) Hortou, Painter. (4) Seckley and Arley Woods. M. rubra Sm. Occasional in rivers and wet places. (2) One- cote, Gam. 383. (4) Pool by Himley Wood ; Severn banks by Seckley Wood. M. arvensis L. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 107 ; common in corn- fields! Gam. 383. M. Pulegium L. (1) Craddock's Moss. Gam. 388. (4) Blym- hill, Shaw, 107. Lycopus europaeus L. (2) Marchington. (3) Knypersley, Painter ; King's Bromley ! Moore ; Drointou ; Farley ; Stowe. (4) Lower Penn, Fraser ; Oulton ; Trysull. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 47 Origanum vulgare L. (1) Heyley Castle, Oani. 101. (2) Croxden Abbey, Gam. ; near Cheadle, Carter, 1839 ; Dovedale ! Eraser; Tutbiu-y Castle, Gam.; Cauldon Moor Lane to Ham, Shaw, 101 ; Wever Hill. Thymus Serpyllum Fr. Common, particularly on limestone, Gam. 383. (2) Wever Hill. (3) Ingestre ; Sberbrook Valley. (4) Coldridge and Arley Woods. Calamintha Clinopodium Spenn. (3) Near Stafford ! Douglas; Hixon ; Drointon ; Cbartley ; Sbirleywicb, Hints, &c. (4) Wren's Nest ! Fraser ; Trysull, Arley, Oulton, &c. C. arvensis L. " Common on limestone in the south of the county," Gam. 385. (2) Manyfold Valley; Dovedale! Fraser; Longnor, .Y. S. S. Hep. 91. (3) Near Stafford, Dour/las. (4) Whit- tington Common. Var. Jiore-albo. (2) Longnor, Yates, N. S. S. Rep. 91. (4) Kinver, Gam. C. officinalis :\Ioench. (1) Heyley, Gam. (2) Tutbury Castle, Gar)i. (3) Lichfield, Gam. ; near Wolsey Bridge. Shaw, 107; near Stafford, Dow/las; Hopton. (4) Dudley, Gam.; Dudley Castle ! Shaw, ii. 6. Salvia Verbenaca L. (2) Amongst the ruins of Tutbury Castle, Shaiv, 112. (4) About Kinfare, plentiful, Bmnton, With. 20. Nepeta Cataria L. (1) Heyley Castle, Gam. 384. (2) Tut- bury, Brown, 274: ; near Stafford, Domjlas ; Lichfield ; Perry Barr ! Gam. N. Glechoma Benth. Common ! Gam. 385. Var. hirsuta R. (2) Uttoxeter ; Marchington. Scutellaria galericulata L. Common, Gam. (1) Flash. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. (3) King's Bromley ! Moore ; Knypersley, Painter; Fradley ; Shirleywich, &c. (4) Trysull, Fraser; Oulton, &c. S. minor Huds. (3) Near Swinnerton ; Lichfield, Gam. 385 ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Seckley Wood. Prunella vulgaris L. Common ! Gam. 385. Marruhium vuUjareli. (3) Near Lichfield, 3//.s.s J"rtc/V.so;i. "1 never saw it wild," Gam. 385. Stachys Betonica Benth. Common ! Gam. (1) The drive from Biddulph Hall, Painter. (2) Near Alton ; Rolleston, Brown, 274. (3) King's Bromley! Moore; Chartley ; Gnosall, &c. (4) Trysull ! Fraser ; Oulton ; Arley ; Arley W^ood. S. palustris L. (2) Oakamore. (3) Shobnal, Brown, 274 ; King's Bromley ! .Voo?-^; Shirleywich; Weston-on-Trent; Dravton; Great Barr ; Pipe-Ridware, &c. (4 ) Coldridge and Arley Woods, &c. S. sylvatica L. Common! Gam. 384. S. arvensis L. Common! Gam. 384. (2) Rolleston, Brown, 272. (3) King's Bromley ! Moore; Blymhill, 67« air, ii. 7, &c. S. annua L. Rare. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. 48 THE FLOKA OF STAFFORDSHIKK. Galeopsis Ladanum L. (2) Rocks in Dovedale, Mr. Spark. (3) In a bean-field between Stone and Stafford, 1839 and 1841, Gam. 384. G. versicolor Curt. (2) Draycote, Carter, 1839. (3) Burton, Broivn, 274 ; Fradley Heath, J. Power ; near Stafford, Douqlas. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 101. G. Tetrahit L. Common ! Gam. 384. Leonurus Cardiaca L. (3) A narrow shady lane at the back of Barr Park, Ick, Gam. (4) Gornal Wood, Shaw, ii. 6. Lamium amplexicaule L. (1) Betley, Gam. 384. (3) Coton- field, Stafford, Moore ; Burton, Brown, 274 ; near Colwich. (4) Kinver, Gam. L. hybridum Vill. (3) Stoke, Gam. 384 ; near Stafford, Dow lias. L. purpureum L. Common, Gam. 384. L. maculatiDiih. (1) Rushton Spencer, Painter. (3) Naturalized in shrubberies, Burton, Brown, 274 ; Perry Barr. L. album L. Common ! Gam. 384. L. Galeobdolon Crantz. (1) Biddulph, Painter. (2) Alton. (3) Near Stafford, Doui/las ; Chartley ; Colton ; Tixall ; Gnosall ; Fradley ; Lichfield, &c. (4) Stewponey ; Kinver, &c. \£LV. Ji ore alio. (3) Near Salt. Teucrium Scorodonia L. Common ! (jam. 383. Ajuga reptans L. Common ! Gar}i. 383. PLANTAGINEiE. Plantago major L. Common, Gam. 349. b. inter}nedia Gilib. (2) Rudyard. (3) Knypersley, Painter. P. media L. Common '? on marl or limestone, (lam. 349. (2) Foxt, near Froghall ; Manyfold Valley ; Walton ; Wever Hill. (3) Staftbrd, Douglas ; Pyre Hill, Stone, Moore ; Hayhead. (4) Sedgeley. P. lanceolata L. Common, Gam. 349. b. Timhali Reichenb. (3) Churchyard, Rugeley, Dreader. P. Coronopus L. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839 ; Ramshorn. (3) Trentham, Gani. 349 ; Branston and Barton ; Walton Lane, Brown, 276 ; Cannock. (4) Near Swindon. Littorella juncea Berg. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Gam. 406. (3) Trentham Pool ! Calf Heath ; Hednesford Pool, Gam. ; Kny- persley Reservoir, Painter ; Cannock Chase ! Brown, 276 ; Gailey Reservoir. Illecebrace^. [Illecebruni verticil latimi L. (3) On the roadside between Elnal and Ranton Abbey, With. 263. Error?] Scleranthus annuus L. General ? Cra;;L 370. (1) Biddulph, P'ainter. (3) Cornfields, Rugeley ; and Armitage, Header ; Tixall Heath; Cannock Chase. (4) Swindon. THE FLORA OF STAKFORD«HIRt;. 49 CHENOPODIAOEffi. Chenopodium polyspermum L. (3) Auslow, Brown, '111. (4) Waste land by Himley Wood. b. cijmomm, Moq. (4) Waste land by Himley Wood. C. Vulvaria L. (3) Between Burton and Branston, Brown, 276. C. album L. Common ! Gam. 360. C. rubrum L. (4) Waste land, Himley ; Gonial Wood. C. urbicum var. intermedium Moq. (3) By the road at Bran- ston near Burton, Gam. 360. (4) Blymhill Churchyard, Shaw, 102. C. Bonus-Henricus L. (2) Rndyard, Painter; Tutbury. (3) Branston, Broim, 211', Stoke-on-Trent, Gam. 360; Castle Woods, Stafford, Moore ; Marvesyn-Ridware, Reader ; near King- ston. (4) Wightwick ; Perton. Atriplex patula L. Common ! Gam. 406. c. anijustifolia Sm. (3) Near Knypersley Hall, Painter. A. hastata L. (1) Common cinderbank, Childer Play, Painter, yd) Burton, Brown, 211 ; near Lichfield. POLYGONACE/E. Polygonum Convolvulus L. Common ! Gam. 368. P. aviculare L. Common ! Gam. 368. Q. arenastnimBov. (3) Queslet. (4) Gonial Wood; Swindon; Himley. P. Hydropiper L. Common ! Garn. P. minus Huds. (3) Wolstanton, Gam. ; Burton ; Walton End, Ingleby, Brown, 278 ; Branston, Nowers, 91. P. Persicaria L. Common ! Gam. 368. P. lapathifolium L. Common ! Gam. p. maculatum Trim. & Dyer. Rare. (3) Near Colwich. P. Bistorta L. Local. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Yoxall Park, Riley, Shaw, ii. 7 ; near Bentley Brook, Cannock. P. amphibium L. Rather frequent. b. terrestre Leers. Rare or overlooked. (3) Hayhead. (4) Perton Pool and Reservoir. Fafjopijrum esculentum Moench. Escape. (2) Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Hints. Rumex conglomeratus Murr. Common ! Gam. 365. R. sanguineus L. Not rare ? Gam. 365. (2) Cheadle, Shaw, 112. b.i'imiis Sibth. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Prti>i^^r. (3) Knypersley Park, Painter. R. maritimus L. (3) Near Stafford, Doiu/las; Poole Hall, Fraser; Hopton Pool, Dam of Kingston Pool ! Gam. 365 ; Horning- \ow. Brown, 211; near Branston, xVofr^/.s ; Tettenhall. (4) Snowdon Pool ; Foucher's Pool, Swindon. Journal of Botany, Aug. 1901.] e 50 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. R. pulcher L. (2) Near Cheadle, Shmv, 112. (3) Near Stafford Douglas; Stoke-upon-Trent, Gcuii. 365. R. limosus Thuill. (3) Stafford ; Burton, Gam. 365. R. obtusifolius L. Common ! Gam. 365. b. sylvestris Wallr. (2i Rolleston, Bloxam. R. crispus L. Common ! Gam. 365. R. Hydrolapathum Huds. Common! Gam.^Qb. (2) Near Oakamore. (3) Knypersley Hall, Painter ; Wichnor, Shaw ; King- ston, Fraser ; Stafford, Douglas ; widely distributed over Trent basin. (4) Oulton ; Himley, &c. R. ALPiNUS L. (2) Near Harracles Mill, Budyard, alien, Painter \ between Leek and Longton, millstone grit, Dr. Parsons ! R. Acetosa L. Common ! Gam. 865. R. Acetosella L. Common ! Gam. 365. Thymel.eace^. Daphne' Mezereum L. (2) Thickets, Dovedale, and near Byrkley Lodge, Brown, 278. (3) Needwood Forest, Pitt, With. 370. D. Laureola L. (2) Near Uttoxeter, Gam. 368 ; Marchiugton Cliff's ; Beaumanor, Brown, 278. (3) Needwood Forest, Pitt, With. 371 ; there in 1893, N. S. S. Rep. 93 ; near Stafford. A variety with variegated leaves is recorded by Pitt from Need- wood Forest, With. 371. LOEANTHACE^. Viscum album L. (2) Rolleston Gardens, introduced, Brown, 287. (3) Needwood, Dr. Hewgill. (4) On the apple or thorn about Upper Arley, Gam. 414. EUPHORBIACE^. Euphorbia Helioscopia L. Common ! Gam. 404. E. amygdaloides L. (2) Abundant near Forest Church, Need- wood, Gam. ; Star Wood, Oakamore ; road to Sudbury. (3) Need- wood Forest, Carter, 1839; BagotsPark! King's Standing; Burton, Gam. 405 ; Hoar Cross and Yoxall. (4) Seckley Wood ; Coldridge Wood, &c. E. Characias L. '* What I think is this, in a hedge between (3) Newborough and Forest Church ; Heywood Park, Ray ; Need- wood," English Flora, iv. 29. E. Cyparissias L. (4) Enville, With. 443. E. Peplis L. Common ! Gam. 404. E. exigua L. Common 1 Gam. Buxus sempervirens L. (1) Biddulph Hall, Painter. Occasional as an escape in several places. Mercurialis perennis L. Common 1 Gam. 415. Urtioace^. Ulmus montana Stokes. Common ! Gam. 360. U. surculosa Stokes. Common ! Gam 361. THK. FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRK. 61 Humulus Lupulus L. Frequent ! Gam. 414. (2) Near Alton; (8) Near Rugeley I Header; King's Bromley! Moore; frequent in the Trent Valley. (4) Lower Penn! Perton! Fraser, &c. Urtica dioica L. Common ! Gam. 407. U. urens L. Common, Gar7i. 407. (3) Netherton, near Rugeley. (4) Wombourne; Penn; Chase Pool; Smestow; Swindon. Parietaria officinalis L. (2) Croxden Abbey ; Tutbury I Gam. 349. (3) Burton-on-Trent, on the Abbey-walls, Shaiv, 110; Lichfield Minster, J. Power, 1815 ; old walls, Lichfield ; Stowe ; Hints ; Canwell, &c. (4) Old walls, Upper Arley, abundant. Myricace^e. Myrica Gale L. (4) Forton; Aqualate Mere ! Moreton Moors, abundant, Shaw, 107 ; abundant, Norbury Big Moss and moorlands near Norbury. CUPULIFER^. Betula verrucosa Ehrh. (1) Trough Stones. (3) NearKny- persley Pools, Painter ; Gailey, &c. B. pubescens Ehrh. (1) Road to Lask Edge ; Rushton, Painter. (3) Gailey ; Little Aston ; Four Ashes. Both species frequent, but not properly discriminated. Alnus glutinosa Medic. Common about rivers, &c. ! Gam. 407. Carpinus Betulus L. (2) Barlaston Common, Fraser. (3) Stone, Moore ; Armitage, Beader ; some fine trees at Bagnall, Gam. 411 ; Blithfield ; Shugborough ; Barr Park, &c. Corylus Avellana L. Common ! Gam. 411. Quercus Robur L. a. pedunculata Ehrh. Common. b. intermedia D. Don. (4) Seckley, Fraser. c. sessili^fiora Salisb. (1) Spring Coppice and other places, Bid- dulph, Painter; Sandon ; Swinnerton ! Garii. 410 ; near Stafford, Douglas; Great Barr; Sandwell. (4) Himley; Kingswinford ! Gam. Castanea'' sativa Mill. Common, planted ? Gam. 411. Abundant, apparently self-set, in Pottal Slade near Teddesley, &c. Fagus sylvatica L. Common. Salicine^. Sallx triandra L. (3) Peudeford ! Fraser ; in osier-beds below Stoke-on-Trent, Gam. 411 ; Burton, Brown, 281 ; near Colton. b. Hoffmanniana Sm. Pendeford Mill ; Bilbrook ! Fraser ; near King's Bromley. + alba [undiilata Ehrh.). (3) Near Knypersley Pools, Painter ; Trysull Mill, Fraser ! S. pentandra L. (1) Lask Edge, 800 ft. (3) Below Kny- persley Mill, Painter ; abundant, moorlands, Handford Bridge, Gam. 411 ; near the East Gate, Staftbrd, Stokes ; plantations at Mr. Bolton's, Soho ! With. 46 ; Kingston Pool, near Little Aston ; Baswich ; Bilbrook. 52 thp: flora of Staffordshire. S. undulata Ehrh. (4) Trysull, Fraser. S. fragilis L. (3) Trent Valley, above Stoke, Gam. 411 ; Kingston Pool ; near Lichfield ; Cannock ; Milwich ; Fradswell. (4) Arley. b. britannica F. B. White {S. RusseUiana auct.). (1) Biddulph, Painter. (8) Stoke meadows. Gam. 411 ; Bilbrook ! Fraser ; Abbott's Bromley. (4) Near Norbury Park; Himley Wood. S. alba L. (2) Uttoxeter, Gam. 413; Coton-in-Clay ; near Sudbury. (3) Sandwell. (4) Himley ; Upper Arley. b. vitellina L. (1) Biddulph Hall, planted, Painter. (3) Tetten- hall, Fraser ! near Hamstall-Ridware ; near Armitage, Milwich. + fragilis {viridis Fries). (4) Near Norbury Park. S. purpurea L. (2) North end of Rudyard Reservoir, Pai^iter ; near Cotonin-Clay. (3) Bilbrook, Fraser; Little Aston Mill. f. Wooh/ariana (Borr.). (4) Snowdon Pool, PatsuU, Fraser', Trysull. f. Lambertiana (Sm.). (3) Little Aston Mill Pool. 4- {viminalis) rubra Huds. (3) Bilbrook, Fraser. f. Forbyana (Sm.). (3) Codsall, Fraser. S. viminalis L. (2) Near north end of Rudyard Reservoir, Painter ; Alton Towers ; Coton. (3) Handford, Gam. 413 ; near Knypersley Pool, Painter. + Caprea {Smithiana) Willd. (3) Bilbrook, Fraser ; Kingston Pool ; Mill Pool, Lichfield ; Blithbury. S. rugosa Leefe. (3) Knypersley, Painter. (4) Stewponey, Fraser. + ^MiTmrnk'} acuminata Sm. (1) Madeley, Gam. (2) Coton- in-Clay. (3) Tettenhall, Fraser; Pendeford. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 112; Trysull, Fraser. 8. sericans / Tausch. Near Knypersley Pools, Pairiter. S. Caprea L. Common in hedges ! Gam. 413. S. aurita L. (2) Road to Sudbury, lane by Forest Banks. (3) Needwood, Broivn ; Codsall ; Pendeford, Fraser ; Grindley ; Stonnall ; Wall ; Little Aston. -f cinerea {lutescens) A. Kern. Near Wickerstone Rocks, Painter. S. cinerea L. (3) Frequent, Trent meadows! Gam. 413; Trentham; Armitage; Abbot's Bromley ; Bhthbury ; Little Aston. b. aquatica Sm. (3) Common about the Trent! Gam. 318; Armitage ; Grindley. Var. oleifolia. (3) Little Aston ; Armitage. + phylicifolia (laurina) Sm. (4) Trysull Dingle, Fraser. S. repens L. (2) Footway from Bishop's Hill to Sudbury. (3) Sherbrook Valley, &c. Populus alba L. (1) Betley, Gam. 414. (3) Knypersley Reservoir, Painter ; Stowe (near Lichfield) ; Stafford, Gam. ; Teddesley ; Sandwell; Hamstead ; Barr. (4) Wightwich. P. canescens Sm. (8) Handford Bridge, Gam. 414 ; Pende- ford ; Stonnall ; Hoare Cross. (4) Hinksford. THK FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 53 P. tremula L. Common in the moorlands ! (jrarn. (1) Bid- dulpli, Painter. (3) Congleton Edge, Knypersley, Painter \ Hints; Weeford ; Norton, &c. (4) TrysuU ! Fraser. P. nigra L. Common ? Lram. 415. (2) North end of Rud- yard, Painter. (3) Splendid trees at Gay ton. (4) Near Wood Eaves ; near Himley. Empetrace^. Empetrum nigrum L. (1) Craddock's Moss, Fraser ; near Ludschurch. (2) Riidyard, Painter ; near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Cannock Chase ! Shaw, 103 ! Chartley Moss ! \\ S. S. Bep. 86; Sberbrook Valley ; Norton Bog and Reservoir, Hednesford. Ceratophylle.e. Ceratophyllum demersum L. Common in all our streams and pools ?? Gam. iOl. (1) Betley ; near Stafford, DougJas', pool near Fradlev; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Perton Pool and Reservoir; Trysull. Conifers. Juniperus communis L. Old trees, frequent about old houses, Gam. 405. Taxus baccata L. (2) Wild on limestone rocks near Dove- dale. (3) Tixall ! Caverswall. (4) Himley ! Gam. 415. Pinus sylvestris L. Frequent ! flourishes well in bogs, Gam, 411. Hydrocharide^. Elodea canadensis Michx. Common. Pools, streams, and canal. Hydrocharis Morsus-ranae L. (1) Balterley, Gam. 415 ! marsh near Madeley, Fraser. (4) Aqualate, Gam. Stratiotes aloides L. (1) Field near Madeley, Fraser ! Orchide^. Neottia Nidus-avis Rich. (2) Manyfold Valley. (4) Sedge- ley ; Penn, Fraser. Listera ovata R. Br. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Hamstall-Ridware, Shaw, ii. 7 ; Chartley ! N. S. S. Bep. 86 ; King's Bromley, Moore ; Tixall ; Gnosall ; Hayhead, &c. (4) Blymhill, Shaiv, 110 ; Norbury. Spiranthes autumnalis Rich. (4) Meadows at Kingswin- ford, Bree, Piirt. iii. 378. Cephalanthera ensifolia Rich. (4) Moors near Moreton, Shaw, 113. Epipactis latifolia All. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Barlaston, Shaw, 113 ; Pipe Marsh, Shaiv, ii. 7 ; Stafford Castle ; Somerford, Fraser ; Knypersley Park, Painter ; Tillet's Rough, near Walsall. (4) Weston-under-Lizard, Shaw, 113. E. palustris Crantz. (3) Meadows at the foot of Barr Beacon, Ick, Analyst. (4) Moors near Moreton, Shaw, 113 ; Fair Oak, Gam, 404. 54 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Orchis pyramidalis L. (2) Manyfold Valley, Fraser; planta- tions near Uttoxeter ; Catliolin Lane. (3) Barton, Dr. Hewgill, Gain. 403. O. ustulata L. (4) Kingswinford, Bree, Piirt. iii. 378. O. Morio L. (8) Chesterfield, J. Power; Barr Park. (4) Near Coldridge Wood ! Fraser ; Arley ; Oulton ; Shelmore Wood. O. mascula L. (1) Biddulph, Painter. [2] Near Cheadle, Carter. Marchington Woodlands, Oakamore. (3) Hayhead. (4) Dudley Castle. O. latifolia L. (2) Froghall, Gam. ; near Cheadle, Carter, 1889. (8) Between Hamington and Shobnall, Brown, 284 ; Kny- persley Park, Painter ; Barlaston ; Kingston Pool ! Blazing Star, Gam. ; Chartley ! y. S. S. Pep. 86. (4) Compton. O. maculataL. Common! Gam. 408. (2) Oakamore; March- ington. (3) King's Bromley, Moore-, Cannock, Sherbrook Valley, &c. Ophrys apifera Huds. (3) Yoxall Lodge. (4) Wren's Nest, Rev. F. F. Clark. Habenaria conopsea Benth. (2) Griudon ; Caldon ; Water- houses, Gam. 408 ; near Calton, Shaw, 110 ; near Cheadle, Carter, 1889. (8) Farley; Bsirr Be-Acon, Gam.; near Barr Beacon, IFoo^^ ; Tillet's Rough, near Walsall. (4) Cradley Park, Scott, Part. i. 473. H. viridis R. Br. (1) Swithamley, Gam. 404. (2) Wetley ; Froghall ; Longnor ; Cheadle, Gam. ; near Wall Grange, A^ S. S. Pep. 91. (8) " Moddershall ; Barlaston; Needwood, Gam. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 112; Willowbridge, Gam. ; Kingswinford, Bree. H. alhida R. Br. (4) ? Cradley Park, Gam. 404. H. bifolia R. Br. (2) Wever Hills, J. Gibson, Shaw, 114; near Cheadle, Carter, 1889 ; near Wall Grange, .Y. S. S. Pep. 93. (3) Darlaston, near Stone, Forster, Shaw, 114 ; Tillet's Rough, near Walsall. (4) Blymhill, J. Gibson, Shaw, 114 ; woods at Enville, With. 21. H. chloroleuca Ridley. (1) Drive from Biddulph Grange. (2) Near Rudyard Reservoir, Painter ; Manyfold Valley, Fraser. (3) Lichfield, ? Miss Jackson, Gam. Iride^. Iris Pseudacorus L. Common in wet places ! Gam. 342. Crocus vernus All. Occasionally in Trent meadows near Bur- ton, Brown, 285. C. NUDiFLORus Sm. (3) Shut End, Bree, Part. iii. 7 ; abundant in a field at Wolstanton and two other fields near. Gam. 348 ; Biddulph, Painter. Amaryllide^. Narcissus Pseudo-Narcissus L. (1) Biddulph, Pamtcr. (2) Hill Chorlton ; Eaves Lane ; Bagnall, Gam. ; near Cheddleton, N. S. S. Pep. 93. (3) Abundant, Stoke meadows ; Stanley ; Hill Chorlton ; Ashley ; Lichfield ; Burton, Gam. ; between Farewell and Longdon, J. Power ; King's Bromley ! Moore. (4) Abundant, Willowbridge ; Muccleston, Shaw, 109. THE FLORA OF STAFFORUSHIRt;. 65 ^J. BiFJLoKus Ourcib. {'6} is ear Oroxail, J. t^ower. N. poETicus L. (3) Near Loiigdon Hall, J. Power ; near Sand- borough, (jrarn. 363. Galanthus nivalis L. ('2) Checkley ; Casteni. (3) Norton ; Eaves Lane, Garn. 363 ; near Lichfield, -/. Poicer ; formerly at Shobnall plantation ; Burton meadows, Brown, 285 ; Oaken meadows, Fraser. DiOSCORE/E. Tamus communis L. Common, Gam. 414. LiLIACE.E. Polygonatum multiflorum All. (2) Belmont, Snei/d, Shaw, 102. (3) Needwood Forest, Shaw, ii. 7. Convallaria majalis L. (2) Woods at Belmont, Sneijd, Shaw, 102 ; Dovedale ; Wetton Valley, Gam. 364. (3) Curborough Wood, near Lichfield ; Needwood Forest, Gibson, Shaw, 102 ; Rough Park Wood ; Yoxall, Gam. ; Chartley, X. S. S. Rep. 86 ; Showles Wood. Allium vineale L. (2) On limestone rocks at Wetton Mill and Beeston Tor, Gam. 364. A. oleraceum L. (2) On a rock, Wetton Valley. (3) In St. Chad's Churchyard, Lichfield, Gam. 364. A. ursinum L. Common about rivers, brooks, and in woods. Scilla festalis Salisb. Common ! Gam. 364. Fritillaria Meleagris L. (2) Uttoxeter, Gam. 364. (3) In a meadow from Wolsey Bridge to Stafford, Shaw, 105 ; Wheaton Aston, Gam. (4) In a meadow near Blymhill, Dickenson, With. TuLiPA sYLVESTRis L. Near Statfold Hall, Gam. 364. Colchicum autumnalis L. (3) Burton ; Weston Park ; Marston ; Barr, Shaw ; Stoke-on-Trent, Gam. 365 ; field near Walsall ; Handsworth Church fields. (4) Blymhill, Dudley Old Park ; Foremark, SJuvw ; Lower Penn, Fraser. Narthecium Ossifragum Huds. (1) Flash. (2) Cotton and Whiston, Carter, 1839 ; Leek and Warlow ! Fraser. (3) Ashley ; Lichfield, Gam. SQi; bogs, Cannock Chase ! Brown, 287; Chartley Moss ! Sherbrook Valley ; Norton Bog. (4) Willowbridge, Gam. Paris quadrifolia L. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Darlaston, near Stone, Forster ; Pendeford, Shaw, 110; near the pumping engine, Lichfield ; wood near Fisherwick, J. Power ; Chartley ! .Y. S. S. Rep. 86. (4) Lord Bradford's Park, Weston- under-Lizard, Forster ; near Gospel Oak End, Shaw, ii. 6 ; Bag- geridge Woods ! Fraser ; Enville. JUNCACE/E. Juncus bufonius L. Common, Gam. 364. J, squarrosus L. On all our heaths, &c. ! Gam. 365. J. Gerardi Loisel. Kingston Pool, Gam. ; not there in 1897; canal-bank, Shobnall ; between Tutbury and Burton ; Braunston, near the Trent, Brown, 287. 56" THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. J. glaucus Leers. Common ! Gam, 364. J. effusus L. Common ! Gam. J. conglomeratus L. Common ! Gam. J. supinus Moench. Common ! Gam. J. obtusifolius Ebrb. (3) Burton ; Scropton, Brown, 287. J. lamprocarpus Ebrb. Common ! Gam. 384. J. acutifolius Ebrb. Common ! Gam. 364. Luzula Forsteri DC. (2) Dimmings Dale, Dr. Hewyill; "I have looked for it tbere in vain ! " Gam. 365. L. vernalis DC. Common in woods ! Gam. L. maxima DC. (1) Biddulpb, Eraser. (2) Star Wood, Oaka- more. (8) Coton Hall; Burnt Wood, Shaw, 106; Dingle near Knypersley Pools, Painter ; Oulton Mill, near Stone ; Kingston Wood. (4) Arley and Coldridge Woods. L. campestris DC. Common ! Gam. 365. L. erecta Desv. Frequent. (2) Star Wood, Oakamore. (3) Pipe Marsb. (4) Norbury Big Moss. Var. concfesta. Frequent. (2) Oakamore. (3) Knypersley, Painter. (4) Norbury Big Moss. Typhace^. Typha latifolia L. Common ! (ram. 405. (1) Pond near Moor House, Biddulpb, Painter. (2) Oakamore. (3) Kingston Pool! Fraser; Little Aston; Fradley ; Haybead. (4) Himley Wood, &c. T. angustifolia L. (1) Betley ; Balterley, Gam. (2) Pool near RoUeston. (3) Copmere Pool; Wbitmore ; Kingston Pool! Gam.; near Stafford, Douglas; near Licbfield, J. Power; pool near Cbartley House, Baijot, With. 112 ; Needwood Forest, Brown, 289 ; Little Bosses ; Sbirleywicb. (4) Aqualate ! Gam. ; Lower Penn, Fraser ; Oulton ; Sbelmore Wood ; Himley. Sparganium ramosum Huds. Common in ditcbes ! two varieties ! Gam. (1) Biddulpb, Painter. (2) Rudyard, Painter. (4) Bisbop's Wood and Kidmore Green, Shaw, 114. Var. b. microcarpon Neuman. (2) Near Harracles Mill, 0. Bailey. S. neglectum Beeby. (1) Rusbtou. (2) Rudyard, Bailey; Alton. (3) Pool near Kingston ; pool near Ingestre ; Haybead. (4) Norbury Park. S. simplex Huds. (2) Near Alton. (3) linyi^ersley , Painter ; Blitbbury ; Kingston; Little Bosses. (4) Pitmore Pool ; Weston- under-Lizard, Shaw, 114 ; Oulton. S. affine Scbnizl. (3) Lime-pits, Wbitmore, Gam. 405 ; near Mortiboy's field, Codsall, Fraser. (4) Nortb side of Aqualate, Shaw, 114. S. minimum Fr. (3) Ditcbes, Bagot's Park, Brown, 289 ; Enville Common, Fraser. the kloka of staffordshire. 57 Aroide.e. Arum maculatum L. Common in groves and hedges ! Oani. 4:08. AcoRus Calamus L. (1) Betley. (8) Longtou ; Tamwortli, Gani. 364 ; near Lichfield, in a pond, in fruit, J. Power ; Burton, Brown, 289 ; Maer Pool, Yates, N.S.S. Rep. 88. Lemnace^. Lemna trisulca L. Common ! Gam. 341. (2) Alton Towers. (3) Near Stafford, Dow/las ; near Burton, Brown, 289 ; Tixall ; Hopton Pool ; Bherbrook ; Great Heywood, &c. (4) Wolver- hampton and TrysuU, Fraser. L. minor L, Common ! Gam. L. gibba L. Common ? Gam. (3) Copmere, Gam. ; near Stafford, Douglas ; near Hopwas, in a ditch, J. Bower ; ponds near Arnlitage, Reader ; Tixall Pool ; Gailey Reservoir. (4) Pool, Blymhill Lawn, Shaw, 107. L. polyrrhiza L. (3) Copmere, Gam. ; Brewood, Shaw, 107; near Stafford, Douglas ; Tixall Pool ; Hopton Pool ; pool near Mil- wich. (4) Between Kidmore Green and Bishop's Wood, Shaw, 107. Alismaceze. Alisma Plantago-aquaticaL. Common in ditches ! Gam.BQQ. b. lanceolata Afz. (3) Parkfield, Fraser ; pool at Teddesley ; Gailey Reservoir ; Hopton Wood and Pool. (4) Swindon ; near Himley Wood. A. ranunculoides L. (3) Marl-pits at Fradley, J. Power ; Cannock Chase, Brown, 288 ; Burton, Gam. 366 ; Knightley Common, Forster. (4) Motty meadows, Blymhill, Shaw, 99; Aqua- late, Forton, Gam. Sagittaria sagittifolia L. (2) Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Burton-on-Trent, Shaw, 112 ; near Stafford, Douglas ; Newcastle, Trent and Caldon canals near Stoke-upon-Trent; Foul Hay Brook; Tamworth, Gam. 407 ; near Weston-ou-Trent ; Shirleywich ; Mil- ford, &c. (4) Canal near Stourton. Butomus umbellatus L. (3) Rickerscote, near Stafford ! Shaw, 100 ; Tamworth, With. 386 ; near Stoke ; Trentham Pools ! Bridgeford ; Burton; Repton ; Needwood ; Lichfield; Stretton, Gam. 369 ; Trent near Armitage ! Reader ; King's Bromley ! Br. Parsons ; Shirley ; Milford ; Great Heywood ; Colwich. Naiadace^. Triglochin palustre L. Common in wet places ? Gam. 365. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Tamworth, With. 352 ; Hill Ridware, Reader. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 114; Aqualate ! Phraser; marshy field, Oulton. T. maritimum L. (3) Salt-marsh at Tixall, Mr. Woheley, Shaw, 114 ; marsh near Ingestre, Stokes, With. 352 ; Branston meadows, Broun, 288. Journal of Botany, Sept. 1901.] / 58 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRP:. Potamogeton natans L. Common ! Gam. 349. (1) Bid- dulpli Common, 900 ft., Painter. (3) Knypersley Park, Painter ; Cliillingtou, Fraser ; Gnosall ; Hopton Pool ; Hayhead, &c. (4) Foucher's Pool ; Perton Reservoir, &c. P. polygonifolius Pourr. (2) Small pool near Oakamore. (3) Cannock Chase ! Brown, 284 ; Codsall ! Stafford ! Hopton Pool ; Canwell. P. alpinus Balb. (1) Pond, Biddulph Valley, Painter. (3) Canal-feeder below Knypersley Mill, Painter. (4) Trysull, Fraser. P. heterophyllus Schreb. (4) Forton Pool, Gam. 350. P. lucens L. Common ! Gam. 349. (3) Near Stafford, Dour/las ; common in the Trent ! Brown, 289 ; canal, Fradley ; Trent, near Armitage. (4) Pool Hill Pool, Fraser ; Perton Reservoir. P. prselongus Wulf. (3) Near Burton, Brown, 290 ; near Stafford, Douglas sp. Top. Bot. 418. P. perfoliatus L. Common ! Gam. 349. Common, canals and River Trent. P. crispus L. (3) Canals at Stoke ; Trentham Pool ! Gam. 350 ; near Stafford, Douglas ; canals, Fradley ; Cohvich, lugestre ; frequent in Trent ; Gailey, &c. (4) Near Swindon ; Foucher's Pool, &c. b. serratus Huds. (3) Near Croxall ; near Alrewas. P. densus L. Common ? Gam. 349. (2) Near Mayfield (the only locality in which I have seen it). P. zosteraefolius Schum. P. compressum L. (3) Canals at Stoke, Gam. 349 ; Trent at Barton, Brown, 290 ; near Stafford, Douglas ; canal, Fradley ; reservoir, Gailey ; streams near Barton Railway- station. (4) Blymhill Lawn, in the second pool, Shaw, ii. 11. P. obtusifoliusMert.&Koch. (3) Knypersley Pools, Pamffe-/-, 95. P. Friesii Rupr. (3) Canal, Fradley. P. pusillus L. (2) Rolleston Ponds, Brown, 290. (3) Kny- persley Pool, Miss Thompson ; near Wolverhampton ; Rough Hill, Fraser ; canal, Gnosall ; canal, Fradley. P. trichoides Cham. (3) Pendeford ? Fraser. P. pectinatus L. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. (3) In canals, Stoke, Gam. 349; linyi:)evsley Fool, Miss Thompson; canals, Weston ; Milford, Colwich ; Fradley ; Great Barr, &c. (4) Forton Moors, Shaw, 111. P. interruptus Kit. (3) Stafford, Fraser ; Trent at Burton, Brown, 290 ; canals, Great Hey wood ; Weston-on-Stour; Hayhead. (4) Near Stewponey I Fraser. P. filiformis Nolte. (3) Copmere Pool, N. S. S. Rep. 94. Zannichellia palustris L. (3) On the stream at Stretton, and in the river at Tamworth, Gam. 405; near Stafford! Douglas; near Burton, Brown. (4) Staffordshire canals near the Stone bridge at Ketley ; near Kingswinford, F. A. Lees. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 59 CyPERACE^. Eleocharis acicularis R. Br. Commou ? Gatn. 343. (3) Sherbrook Valley. I have never met with this elsewhere in the county. E. palustris E. Br. Common ! Gam. E. muiticaulis Sm. Common ? Gam. (3) Betwixt Shng- borough and Brocton, J. Power ! I have not seen this in the county. Scirpus pauciflorus Lightf. (3) Chartley Bog, Brown, 271. S. caespitosus L. Common ? Gam. MZ. (1) Wickerstone rocks, Painter. (3) Cannock Chase ! Brown, 291 ; Norton Bog and Norton Common ; probably abundant on the moorlands in the north. S. fluitans L. Common? (1) Craddock's Moss, &c., Gam. 343. (3) Cannock Chase ; Norton Bog ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) White Sitch Pool, Weston-under-Lizard, Shaw, 113. S. setaceus L. Common ! Gam. 343. (3) Kingston Pool ! Fraser ; King's Bromley ! Moore ; Little Aston ; Little Bosses ; Stonnall, &c. (4) Perton Canal and Reservoir ; Oulton. S. lacustris L. Common, Gam. ! 343. S. Tabernsemontani Gmel. (3) Shirleywich, Gam. 343 ; Branston, J. G. Wells. (4) Oulton, abundant. S. maritimus L. (3) Shirleywich, near Stafford, Stokes, With. 77 ; Branston meadows. Brown, 291 ; salt-marsh near Kingston ; near Kingston Pool, Fraser. No trace of it at Kingston Pool, 1897, J. E. B. S. carinatus Sm. (4) Chickhill Pool, Enville, and at Himley, Scott, Purt. iii. " is probably an error, through mistaking ;S'. sylvaticus for this."— Wats. Top. Bot. 440. S. sylvaticus L. (2) Rudyard ; Harracles Mill, Painter; near Alton ; and Churnet Valley. (3) Brook near Pipe Hill, J. Power ; Stoke Meadows, Gam. 343. (4) Weston-under-Lizard, Shaw, 113; Lower Penn, Fraser ; Trysull. Eriophorum vaginatum L. (1) Wickerstone Rocks, Painter. (2) Wetley Moor, Gam. 344 ; near Cheadle ! Carter, 1839. (3) Whitmore, Gam. ; near Stafford ! Douglas ; between Shugborough and Brocton! J. Power; King's Bromley, Moore; Norton Pool and Bog ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Aqualate Mere and Pitmore Pool, Shaw, 103 ; Seckley ; Upper Arley. E. angustifolium Roth. (1) Rickerstone Rocks, between Lask Edge and Rushton Spencer, Painter. (2) Wetley Moor, Gam. (3) Norton Bog and Common ; Chartley Moss ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Aqualate Mere! covering several acres, With. 72 ; Willowbridge, Gam. ; Penn Common. Rynchospora alba Vahl. (1) Craddock's Moss. (3) Chartley Moss ; Whitmore, Gam. 343. fiO THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Schoenus nigricans Lange. (3) Norton Bog, Frasrr. (4) Moreton Moors, Shaw, 103. Cladium jamaicense Crantz. (3) Chartley Moss; Tamworth, Gam. 342. (4) Moors near Moreton, Shaw, 113. Carex dioica L. (3) Chartley ! Brown, 292 ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Weston-under-Lizard, Shaw. 101. C. pulicaris L. (3) Chartley! Garn.iOB; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Aqualate, Fraser ; Blymhill. Shaw, 113 ; Seckley Wood. C. disticha Huds. (3) Hornmglow, Brown, 292. (4) Blym- Hill, Shaw, 121 ; Trescote, Fraser ; marsh near Oulton. C. teretiuscula Good. Common? Gam. 406. (4) Marsh near Oulton. I have seen this in no other locality, J. E. B. C. paniculata L. Common, Gam. (2) Harracles Mill, Painter. [3) Trentham Pool, Gam.; near Stafford! Poui/lafi; canal, Brereton, Header ; canal, Milford ; Norton Bog ; Little Bosses ; Stonnall ; Sandwell, &c. (4) Lower Penn ! Fraser ; Oulton. C. vulpina L. Common ! Gam. 406. C. muricata L. (2) Churnet Valley. (3) Hawkesyard Park, Reader ; Rugeley ; Streetley ; Great Barr ; Sandwell, &c. (4) Willowbridge, Gam. 406 ; Lower Penn ! Fraser. C. divulsa Good. Very local. (3) Colton; Blithbury; Ham- stall-Ridware. C. echinata Murr. (1) Biddul^h, Painter. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 18'dd. (3) hich^eld, J. Power; Cannock Chase; Sherbrook Valley; Chartley; Norton Bog. (4) Blymhill, 5//rnr, 113; Enville, Fraser ; Trysull. C. remota L. (1) Swithamley. (2) Anslow ; Bolleston, ?jrown, 292; Star Wood, Oakamore ; Ramshorn ; Alton. (3) Whitmore, common on the limestone! 6^a/-;?.406; near Knypersley Reservoir, Painter ; Hawkesyard, Header ; Streetley ; Stonnall, Codsall, &c. C. curta Good. (2) Wetley Moor, Gam. ; near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Big Hill Rough, near Brewood, Shaw, 101 ; between Brindley Ford and New Chapel, Painter ; Stoke Meadows, Gam. 405 ; Norton Bog ; pool near Chase Town ; Chartley Moss ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Aqualate Marsh ; Pitmoor Pool ; Weston- under-Lizard, Shaw, 101. C. ovalis Good. Frequent in all the districts. C. Hudsonii A. Bennett. (2) Grange Wood, Anslow, Brown, 292. (4) Pitmoor Pool, Weston-under-Lizard, Shaw, 101 ; Shel- more Wood, abundant. C. acuta L. (3) Stoke Meadows, Gam. 406 ; Sandwell ; Hamstead; Norton Bog. (4) Seckley Wood ! Fraser. C. Goodenowii J. Gay. Common ! Gam. 406. h.jiincella T. M. Fries. (3) Tixall Heath. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHTRK . fil C. flacca Schreb. Common ! Gam. 406. C. limosa L. (3) Wichbiiry Hill, Gam. 406. (4) Moreton Moor; bogs at Pitmoor, Weston-uncler-Lizard, Shaw, 101. Pro- bably a variety of C. fiacca, J. E. 13. C. pilulifera L. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839 ; near Rudyard Reservoir, Painter. (3) Needwood Forest, Broirn, 293. Hawkes- yard Park, deader ; Norton Bog ; Sherbrook Valley ; Cannock Chase. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 101 ; Wliitaker ; Kinver, Fraser. C. verna Cliaix. Common! Gam. (2) Wever Hill, Gam. 406 ; Knypersley Pool ; Brown Edge, Painter ; Cannock Chase ; Seckley Valley ; Norton Bog. (4) Penn Common ! Fraser. C. pallescens L. (2) Wetley Moor, Gam. 406. (3) Need- wood Forest ! Prown,294:; Crow Lane, Lichfield, J. Poim- ; Blith- field Park ! Hawkesyard Park, Eeader. (4) Aqimlate ; Seckley Wood. *' C. panicea L. Common ! Gam. 406. C. pendula Huds. (1) Belmont and Madeley Woods, Gam • The Clongh, Biddulph, Painter. (2) Cheadle, Carter, 1839 (3)' Brewood, Gam.; near Tamworth ; near Aldridge ; Hamstead. (4) beckley Wood ! Fraser. C. strigosa Huds. Not rare? Gam. (2) Near Cheadle Carter; Anslow, Brown, 292. (3) Tattenhill, Brown. (4) Arlev Wood ! Fraser. ^ ' ^ ioo?"^?;^7.^*^^^^^'''^'- ^^^ Belmont, 6V^m. (2) Cheadle, C«7t.;-, 1839 ; Wetton, Garn. ; Star Wood, Oakamore. (3) Hamstead Wood. (4) Baggeridge Wood ! Fraser ; Seckley Wood. C. laevigata Sm. Not rare, Gam.? 406. C. binervis Sm. d) Wood on Congleton Edge, Pr/m^.r. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839 ; Wetley Moor, Gam. ; Wever Hill (3) Cannock Chase ; Sherbrook Valley ; Norton Boff U) Penn Common, Oulton. ^ ^ C.distansL. (2) Near the summit of Wever Hill, (4) and near Blymhill, Shaw, 101 ; more probably C. binercis. G. fulva Good. (2) V/etley Common, Gam. 406. (4) Penn Common, Fraser. ' C. extensa Good. Moreton Marsh, Shaw, 101 ? C. flava L. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter, 1839; Anslow &c Brown, 293 (3) Bo-s at Whitmore, Garn. 406; KnypersIey'Pooi' Arnzi,,. ; Sherbrook Valley. (4) Penn Common, Fraser; marshy neld, Oulton. ^ C. (Ederi Retz. (3) Tixall Heath. (4) Marshy field, Oulton. C. filiformis L. d) Madeley, Gam. 406. Q. 1^' ^j''^? ^' ^V> <^0"gle^«n Edge, Fainter. (3) Common in Stoke Meadows Gam. 406 ; Cannock Chase ; Sherbrook Valley (4) Shelmore Wood. ^' C. Pseudo-cyperus L. (3) Whitmore, Ashley, Gam. 406- Kmg s Bromley, Moore ; near Stafford, Boxujlas ; Showles Wood! 62 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Kingston, near Uttoxeter ; pool near Rantou ; Little Bosses ; Stonnall. (4) Wombonrne, Fms^^/- ; marshy field, Oulton. C. acutiformis. (2) Harracles Mill ; Eudyard, Painter ; near Cheadle ! Carter, 1839. (3) Trent near Burton ! Brown, 294 ; Tixall Heath ; Great Heywood ; Kingston Pool ; Stonnall, &c. ; Sandwell. (4) Marshy field, Oulton. C. riparia Curtis. (2) Near Cheadle, Carter. (3) King's Bromley! Power; Colwich ; Tixall; Norton Pool; Little Aston, Pendeford, &c. (4) Shelmore Wood. C. rostrata Stokes. (2) Belmont, Gam. 406. (3) Stoke Meadows, Garn. ; Braunston, Brown, 293 ; between Biddulphs Ford and New Chapel, Painter ; Stonnall ; Little Bosses ; Norton Bog. (4) Marshy field, Oulton ; canal near Penu. C. vesicaria L. (2) Belmont, Garn. 406 ; Pool Hall Pool, Eraser. (3) Trent near Burton, Brown, 293 ; Stoke, Garn. ; near Armitage ; Rakes End ; Croxall. (4) Moreton Moor ; Aqualate, Shaw, 101 ; canal near Penn, Fraser ; Pitmoor, Gam. ; Dimmings Dale, near Trysull. Gramixe.e. Setaria viridis Beauv. (3) Weed at Hawkesyard, Header. Phalaris canariensis L. Frequent, but not wild ! Gam. 844. (3) Near Burton, Brown ; near Wolverhampton, Fraser; Hamstead Canal, &c. P. arundinacea L. (1) Rushton Dingle, Painter. (2) Alton, Oakamore. (3) Knypersley Pools, Painter; Weston-on-Trent ! Gam. 344 ; Col ton ;' Sandwell. &c. (4) Lower Penn, Fraser ; Himiey Wood ; Seckley Wood, &c. Anthoxanthum odoratum L. Common. A. PuELii Lecoq & Lamotte. (3) Hawkesyard, Header. (4) Whittington, Fraser ! Alopecurus myosuroides Huds. i3) Marvesyn-Ridware, Shaw, 97 ; abundant about Stone ! and Stafibrd, Garn. 344 ; Hamstead. A. fulvus Sm. (3) Knypersley Reservoir, J. W. White ; near the railway-station, Burton, Brown, Garn. 344. A. geniculatus L. Common ! Gam. 344. A. pratensis L. Common ! Garn. 344. b. pronus Mitt. (3) Near Armitage, Header. Milium effusum L. (2) Star Wood, Oakamore. (3) Trent- ham Woods ! Gam. 344 ; Dowles Wood, Kingston ; Newton Road ; Handsworth Wood. (4) Perton ! Yarlet, Fraser. Phleum pratense L. Common ! Gam. 344. Agrostis canina L. Common? Gam. 34:4: . (3) Hawkesyard, Header; Sherbrook Valley ; Handsworth Wood. (4) Blymhill, Shaw. A. palustris Huds. Common ! Garn. 342. Var. b. stolonifera L. (4) In a close called the Far West Croft at Blymhill, Dickenson, With. 131. THE FLORA OF STAFFOKDSHIRE. 63 A. vulgaris With. Common ! (Tarn. 344. A. nigra With. In marly, chiyey, or other wet soils, Dickenson, With. 131. (2) Ohurnet Valley. (3) Armitage, Reader; near Colton ; Milwich, Perry, &c. (4) Upper Arley. Calamagrostis epigeios Roth. (3) Cotton, near Lichfield, J. Power ; between Codsall and Codsall Wood ! Fraser ; Colling- wood, Brown, 294 ; Kingston Pool. (4) Aqiialate, Shaw, 99 ; Blymhill, Gam. 344. C. lanceolata Roth. (3) Kingston Pool. (4) Aqualate Pool, Shaw, 99 ; Pensnett, Gam. 344. Aira caryophyllea L. (3) Ashley ; Tittensor ! Whitmore ; Lichfield, Gam. 345 ; Cannock Chase ! Brown, 295 ; Hawkes- ya,i'd, Reader ; Pottall. (4) Kinver ; BlymhiW, Gam.; Swindon; Arley. A. prsecox L. (3) Trentham ! Gam. 345 ; Hawkesyard, Reader; Brocton; Tixall; Ingestre; Pottall. (4) Weston-imder- Lizard, Shaw, 99 ; Kinver. Deschampsia caespitosa Beanv. Common ! Gam. 345. D. flexuosa Trin. Abundant in heathy places ! Gam. Holcus mollis L. Common in pastures, &c. ! Gam. H. lanatus L. Common in fields and woods ! Gam. Trisetum pratense Pers. Common, Gam. 347. Avena pubescens Huds. Common on limestone hills. Gam. 347. (2) Wever Hill. (3) Burton, Brown, 295 ; Shenstone ; Witton ; Great Barr, &c. (4) Upper Arley. A. pratensis L. (2) Near Calton, on limestone, Garn. 346. (3) By the canal, Armitage, Reader ; Hayhead Lime-works. A. fatua L. (3) Near Stoke, but it is not common, Gam. 346; Hardwick Heath ; near Westbromwich. A. stri(josa Schreb. (3) Field, Burton, Brown, 295. Arrhenatherum avenaceum Beauv. In every hedge and cornfield ! Gam. 345. b. nodosum Reichb. (1) Gallow Heath ; Wickerstoue Rocks. (3) Norton-in-the-Moors, Painter. Sieglingia decumbens Bernh. (1) Biddulph ; Mow Cop; Cat's Edge, Gam. 346. (2) Horton, Painter. (3) Oiitwood Hill, Needwood, Brown, 295; Hawkesyard, Reader; Hardwick; Gailey; Cannock Chase ; Stonnall ; Streetley, &c. Phragmites communis Trin. Common in pools ! Gam. (1) Betley, Gam. (2) Sudbury, &c. (3) Kingston Pool ; Weston-on- Trent ; Shirley wich, &c. (4) Perton Pool! Fraser; Norbury Big Moss. Cynosurus cristatus L. Common ! Gam. Koeleria cristata Pers. (2) Limestone rocks, Dovedale ; Wetton, Gam. 348. 04 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. Molinia varia Scbrank. (1) Near Mow Cop ; Wickerstone Rocks, Fainter. (2) Near Oakamore. (3) Lask Edge, Fainter; Wliitmore; Maer, X. S. S. Ftep. dl; Hawkesyard, /uvtt^^';- ; Cannock Chase ! Brown, 296 ; Chartley Moss ; Kingston ; Bagot's Wood ; Gailey, Tixall ; Sherbrook ; Norton Bog, &c. Catabrosa aquatica Beauv. (3) Needwood Forest, Bruioi, 297 ; Ranton ; Stafford ; Colwicli ; Ingestre ; Tixall ; Sheustone ; Perry, &c. Melica nutans L. (2) Abundant on broken limestone in the valleys of the Hamps and Manyfold, Oarn. 345. M. uniflora Retz. Frequent in shady woods, as at Trentham ! Gam. ; throughout the county. Dactylis glomerata L. Common ! Gam. 346. Briza media L. In meadows and pastures ! Gam. 346. (2) Froghall. (3) Near Knypersley Hall, Fainter ; Hamstead ; Pipe Marsh, &c. (4) Norbury Park ; Arley Wood, &c. Poa annua L. Common ! Gam. 345. P. nemoralis L. (2) Belmont, Shaw, 101 ; Rolleston Grange Wood, Brown, 296. (3) Brewood, Shaw, 110 ; Hawkesyard, Reader ; Hamstead ; Handsworth Wood. P. compressa L. (3) Abbey-walls, Brown, 296 ; footways near Bhthfield. P. pratensis L. Common, Gam. 345. b. mbcarulea Sm. (3) Weston-on-Trent ; Ranton ; Ingestre ; Norton. P. trivialis L. Common ! Gam. 345. Glyceria fiuitans R. Br. Common ! Gam. 345. G. plicata Fr. (2) Rudyard Reservoir, J. W. White. (3) Near Stafford, Douglas ; between Armitage and Lyndon, Reader ; large pool, Sandwell. b. /j^rficfZ/airt (Townsend). (2) North end of Rudyard Reservoir, Fainter ; Dovedale. (3) Colwich, Blackbrook, Shenstone ; Newton Road. (4) Upper Arley. G. aquatica Sm. Common in wet places ! Trent side ! &c., (yani. 345. (3) Gailey; Ranton; Stoke; Armitage; Shenstone; Great Barr ; Alrewas, &c. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 99 ; Perton Reservoir ; TrysuU, &c. Festuca rigida Kunth. (2) Tutbury Castle walls, &c. (3) Oak plantations, Shobnall, Brown, 296; Marvesyn-Ridware, Reader. F. Myuros L. Common ? Gam. (3) Norton Common. (4) Blymhill to Burlington Brook, Shaic, 104. F. sciuroides Roth. Common ! Gam. 346. F. ovina L. Common on limestone, G^^n^i. 346. (1) Switham- ley Hill. (2) Wever Hill. (3) Hardwick; Cannock Chase; Norton Bog ; Barr Beacon. (4) Oulton ; Norbury. b. capillata Hockel. (3) Norton Bog, Barr Beacon. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRK. 65 F. rubra L. (1) Biddulpli, Painter. (3) Barr Beacon; Perry Barr, &c. (4) Eestlaw Meadows, Blymhill, Dickenson, With. 154 ; walls of Dudley Castle, With. 154. F. sylvcttica Vill. Blymhill, Sliaw, 103 ; occasional in woods, Gam. ; most probably an error. F. elatior L. (3) Burton, Ih-ouii ; bushy places by the Trent at Stoke, (hnn. 346. (4) Seckley Wood. c. pratensis Huds. Common in the county. F. ELATIOR X LoLiuM PERENNE. (3) Mcadows, Trent, Armitage, Reader ; fields near Newton ; Perry Barr. Bromus giganteus L. Frequent. (2) Tutbury ! Fraser ; Alton Towers, &c. (3) Stoke, Gam. 346 ; Lion's Paw Wood, Painter ; Armitage, Reader ; Sandon, Milwich, &c. (4) Upper Arley, &c. B. ramosus Huds. Frequent throughout county. B. sterilis L. Common throughout county. B. SECALiNus L. (3) In cornfields, PenkhuU, Gam, 436; Burton, Brown, 297. I have not seen this in the county. B. racemosus L. Common? Brown, 'l^S. (2) Dovedale. (3) Hamstall-Eidware, Shaw, ii. 7 ; Pipe-Eidware ; Stonnall. B. commutatus Schreb. Common? Brown, 298. (3) Near Stafford ! Douglas ; fields, Sandwell ; Streetley. (4) Shelmore Wood ; Oulton. B. mollis L, Very common ! Gam. 346. Brachypodium gracile Beauv. Common in all districts. B. pinnatum Beauv. Hamstall-Eidware? Shaw, ii. 7. I think this is a misnomer. Lolium perenne L. Common. e. italicwm Braun. (3) Knypersley, Painter ; Newton ; Oscott ; Queslet. L. temulentum b. arvense With. Hamstall-Eidware. Shaw, ii. 7. Agropyron caninum Beauv. Common ? Gam. 347. (3) Canal embankment by Armitage Church, Reader ; Sandwell ; Can- well ; Tixall ; Chartley, Kingston Pool, &c. (4) Himley. A. repens Beauv. Common. Nardus stricta L. (1) Biddulph, Painter. (2) Wetley, Gam. 244 ; Cannock Chase ! Moore ; Needwood Forest ! Brown, 295 ; Chartley Park ! Gam. ; Hawkesyard ; Beaudesert ! Reader ; Hard- wick ; Gailey ; Norton Bog ; JPipe Marsh ; Sherbrook Valley ; Hints, &c. (4) Norbury Big Moss ; Oulton. Hordeum secalinum Schreb. (2) Uttoxeter ! Gam. 347. (3) Stone ; Stafford, Gam. ; King's Bromley, Moore. H. murinum L. Waste places, but rare in the north, Gam. 347. (2) Tutbury Castle. (3) Branston, Broivn, 208 ; Lichfield Close ! Gam. ; Great Bridgeford ; Hints ; Aire was ; Great Barr ; Cannock, &c. (4) Stewponey ; Gornal Wood. Journal of Botany, Oct. 1901.] .;oi(;u, 301 ; liiiwkesy Sird, Reader; Stafford, Doi;///«s; Knypersley, Painter; Castle Hill, Richard; near Hayhead. (4) Blymhill, Dickenso7i, With. 989 ; Sedgeley, Phraser. Botrychium Lunaria Sw. (1) Axe Edge ; Mow Cop, Gam. 419. (2) Wootton ; Cheadle Common, Dilhorn, Carter, 1839 ; woods at Belmont, SJiaw, 110 ; Whiston, Gam. (3) Maer, Pinder; Hawkesyard, Reader. (4) Enville, Fraser ; Kinver. Equisetace^. Equisetum maximum Lam. Common ? Gam. (3) Kny- persley Park, Painter ; banks of canal near Wood Eaves ; Tixall ; Tixall Heath. (4) Penn, near the church. 68 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. E. arvense L. Common ! Gar7i. 420. E. sylvaticum L. (2) Cotton Hall, Shaw, 103 ; near Leek ! Fraser ; Star Wood, Oakamore. (3) Beaudesert, Reader ; Trickley Coppice, near Cliartley, Pickard. E. palustre L. Common ! Gam. 420. c. niidum'^evfm. (3) Hopton Pools; Norton Bog; near Hints. E. limosum Sm. Common, Gam. 420. b. fluviatile (L.). (2) Near Harracles Mill, Painter. (3) Kny- persley Pool, Painter ; Hopton Pool ; Wood Eaves ; Canwell Hall, Hayliead. E. hyemale L. (2) Kolleston Hall, Broum, 299. (3) On Prestwood Farm, Wednesfield, Pitt, Shaw, 103 ; Lichfield, Gam. 420. Lycopodiace^. Lycopodium Selago L. (3) Needwood Forest, With. 742. (4) Maer Heath, Gam. 420 ; Offley Hay, Gam. L. inundatum L. (2) Dimmings Dale, near Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Norton Bog; Cannock AVood, Baijot, With. 742. (4) Offley Hay, Gam. L. clavatum L. (1) Mow Cop, Gar7i. 420. (2) Whiston, Gar7i. ; Cheadle, Carter, 1839. (3) Cannock Heath ! With. 750 ; Sherbrook Valley ; Barr. (4) Swindon Heath, Shaw, ii. 6. ; Enville, Fraser. Marsiliace^. Pilularia globulifera L. (3) Hatherton. (4) Offley, Gar^i. 420. Charage^. Chara fragilis Desv. (3) Knypersley Pools, Miss Thompson ; near Gnosall. (4) Near Oulton. d. Hedwigii Kiietz. (3) Canal, Wall Lane ; pool. Bed House, Great Barr. C. hispida L. (1) Betley, Gam. 434. (3) At the bottom of a spring in a meadow at Gayton, Stokes, With. 3. (4) Forton Moss ; Aqualate, Shaw, 101. C. vulgaris L. (2) Near Mayfield. (3) Pool near Little Hay. (4) Gravel-pit at Blymhill, Shaw, 101 ; Spittle Brook Mill, abundant. C. tomentosa L. (3) Needwood, Shaw, ii. 7. Nitella translucens Agardh. (3) Deep pools at Hatherton, Garn. 434 ; pit at Tipton. N. fiexilis Agardh. (3) Near Fradley Marl-pits, J. Power ; near Milwich and Fradwell, abundant. (4) Blymhill, Shaw, 101. N. opaca Agardh. (3) Fradley, H, d J. Groves ; pool in Sherbrook Valley, abundant. the flora of staffordshirk. 69 Summary. Mr. Hewett C. Watson in his Compendium of the Ci/bele Britannica lias for convenience grouped our British plants into 'certain leading '' Types of Distribution." These groups are primarily six, to which two others are subordinate ; they may be briefly stated thus : 1. British Type. Species widely spread throughout South, Middle, and North Britain. 2. English Type. Species chiefly seen in South or South- Middle Britain. 3. Scottish Type. Species chiefly seen in North and North- Middle Britain. Intermediate Type. Species chiefly seen in Middle Britain. 4. Highland Type. Species chiefly seen about mountains. 5. Germanic Type. Species chiefly seen in East England. 6. Atlantic Type. Species chiefly seen in West England. Local species restricted to single or few provinces. The following is an analysis of the Staffordshire Flora, based on the above, with a full analysis of the British Flora for com- parison : — Types. Staffordshire. Great Britain. British 514 532 English 274 409 Scottish 33 Ql Intermediate 15 37 Highland 4 '120 Germanic 28 127 Atlantic 11 7q Local 3 49 882 1425 An analysis of the Flora according to Watson's divisions of British plants into various degrees of citizenship, would result as follows : — Native 865 Denizen 35 Colonist 27 Alien 70 Casuals 9 Ambiguities 8 Varieties 150 1164 Botanical Investigation in Staffordshire. Of the older botanists, John Eay (1623-1704-5) appears to have been the first to publish any records of Staffordshire botany • but although this distinguished naturalist lived for some six years at Middleton Hall, on the confines of Staffordshire, he seems to have paid but little attention to its flora. He noted Campanula lati/olia 70 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. " in the mountainous parts of Staffordshire," and Emjyetrum nigrum "in montibus udus Staffordientibus," and records Diplotaxis tenui- folia from Lichfield Close, and Thlaspi arvense from " many places at Stone." William Withering (1741-1799) was born at Wellington in Shropshire, where his father practised as apothecary and surgeon. He received his early education from the Rev. Henry Wood, of Ercall ; afterwards he studied at Edinburgh, where he took his degree of M.D. in 1766. He first practised as physician to the infirmary at Stafford, and from the country around seems to have obtained much of his botanical knowledge. In 1786 Dr. Withering went to live at Edgbaston Hall, near Birmingham, and from the grounds and the neighbouring woodlands obtained much interesting matter for his Systematic Arraiu/emeiit of British Plants, a classical work on the British Flora, and an advance on all works on descriptive botany that had yet been published. That it was appreciated is seen by the fact that three editions were published within twenty years — the first in two volumes in 1776, the second in three volumes in 1787, and the third in four volumes in 1796 ; these were published during his lifetime. Withering died at The Larches in 1799, and was buried in the old church at Edgbaston. He records in his third edition thirty-two plants new to Stafford- shire ; the more rare are — Lathyrus Nissolia, Pyrus torminalis, Hip'puris/'^ Galium Withenngii, Schollera, Andromeda, Hypouitys, Atropa, Scirpus maritimus, Agrostis nigra, OpJtioglossum, Osmmida, Lycopodium Selago, L. inundatum. Jonathan Stokes (1755-1831) was born at Chesterfield, and studied and took his degree as Doctor of Medicine at Edinburgh University. Stokes appears to have been on terms of close friend- ship with Withering, and it seems probable that he lived for a time in Birmingham. It is evident that he had free access to Withering's extensive botanical library for the purpose of obtaining the new and valuable set of references mentioned in the preface to the second edition of the Systematic Arrangement, which preface was given in the subsequent editions. A schedule is still in existence showing that Withering lent Stokes one hundred and forty-five botanical works, ranging from the earliest botanical writers to those of the then most recent times. These Stokes took with him first to Shrewsbury, and afterwards to Kidderminster, and retained them for more than three years. It seems to have been due to Stokes's refusing to return them that he and Withering ceased to be on friendly terms ; ultimately by resorting to lep-al aid Withering regained his botanical library. In the third and following editions, Stokes's name was omitted from the title-page, but his references were retained. Stokes seems to have done little botanical work in Staffordshire, nearly all his rarer records being from near Stafford or near Birmingham ; some seem to have been found in company with Withering, the abbreviated names of both — *' St.," " With." — * When only one species of a genus is known to be British, the generic name only is given. THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 71 following the record. In 1812 Stokes published A Botanical Materia Medica in four volumes, which, like the second edition of Withering, is useful on account of the extensive synonymy and the copious references to the figures given by the earlier writers. In 1790 Stokes was elected an associate of the Linnean Society. Some years later he returned to Chesterfield, where he died in 1831, aged seventy-six. The following are his more important Stafford- shire records : — Ranunculus Linr/ua, Viola lutea, Buda marina, Flhaimms Franyula, Cicuta virosa, Pimpinella major, Campanula Txapunculus. Hon. William Bagot (1773-1856) recorded several plants in the third edition of Withering, his notes being mainly from Blith- field, where he lived, and the surrounding district. In October, 1798, he succeeded his father as second Baron of Bagots Bromley in the county of Stafford. He was a Fellow of the Linnean Society and of the Society of Antiquarians, and was well versed in natural history studies. He died in 1856, aged eighty-three. He recorded Pyrola rotundifolia, Utricularia minor, &c. ; but his most interesting record is that of Centimculus minimus from Blithfield, its only known locality in Staffordshire. Stebbing Shaw in his great work on The Antiquities of Sta(ford- shire (1798-1801) published long lists of plants compiled by the Rev. S. Dickenson and other Staffordshire botanists. Very many of these are first records, the more interesting being Trollius, Helle- horusfoetidus, Dianthus Armeria, Hypericum Elodes, Lathyrus sylvestris, Cotyledon, Drosera intermedia, Crepis paludosa, Fritillaria, Brachy- Ijodiuui pinnatum, Hymeiwpliyllum unilaterale, &c. To the Rev. Samuel Dickenson (1730-1823) the greater portion of the record is due, his investigations having been made in the rich woods, bogs, and moorlands in the country around Blymhill, of which parish he was rector for many years. He died in 1823, and was buried in Blymhill churchyard. Rev. Thomas Gisborne, B.A., F.L.S. (1758-1846), eldest son of John Gisborne, of Yoxall Lodge, took high honours at Cambridge in 1780, was Sixth Wrangler and first Chancellor's Medalist, and wrote a number of works on philosophy. Paid special attention to the W^ever Hill district, and was so enamoured of it as to have a written a poem The Vales of Wever, in which some of its special plants are mentioned. John Sneyd (fl. 1797), of Belmont Hall, recorded many plants from the Hamps and Manifold to Shaw, such as Tubes alpinum, Convallaria majalis, &c. Richard Forster (fl. 1797), surgeon and naturalist at Stone, "helped," says Shaw, "and greatly faciUtated my botanical and other researches in the neighbourhood of Stone." He records llabenaria bifolia, Alis)iia ranunculoides, &c. Edward Bourne, M.D. (fl. 1797), of Cheadle, recorded several plants to Shaw; afterwards removed to Atherstone in Warwickshire, 1801, and botanized the neighbouring Staffordshire district, from which he records Myosurus minimus. Rev. R. Wolseley (1772-1815) recorded plants from Wolseley and district ; Gentiaua campestris, Glaux, &c ; Shaw spells his name incorrectly " Wolsey." R. Wainwright (fl. 1797) contributed to Shaw a long list of records, 72 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. including Blackstonia. He was a surgeon of Dudley, and an enthusiastic botanist. Mr. Riley (fl. 1797), of Hamstall-Ridware, also sent a list of plants to vol. ii. of Shaw's Stafordshire. W. Pitt (1749-1823), author of Agricultural Survey of Staffordshire, 1794, Topographical History of Staffordshire, 1817, sent notes to Wither- ing's third edition, and to Shaw. He lived at Pendeford, Stafford- shire, but afterwards removed to Edgbaston ; died 1823, and was buried at Tettenhall. John Power (flourished 1778-1831). My only knowledge of this botanist is that obtained from his many notes in a copy I have of the Botanisfs Guide, 1805, which formerly belonged to him. From one of these I learn that he had resided at Market Bosworth, Leicestershire, and later at Polesworth, Warwickshire, and lastly at Atherstone in that county, and also that he had attentively studied the flowering plants of Warwickshire, Staffordshire, Lei- cestershire, and incidently those of Derbyshire ; and had also paid attention to the lichens of these counties and those of Derbyshire. He seems to have been the author of the Calendar Flora of Market Bosicorth. His herbarium, which bears dates from 1778 to 1833, was presented years ago to the Holmesdale Natural History Club, Reigate, many specimens of which I have, by the courtesy of Mr. C. E. Salmon, seen ; and find the writing and records identical with the records in my copy of the New Botanist's Guide. His records are numerous, the more rare being Teesdalia, SteUaria palustris, Potentilla argentca, Dorouicum Pardalianches, Limosella, Utricularia vulgaris, Acorus, Nitella ffe.vilis. Rev. William Thomas Bree (1787-1863), Rector of Allesley, was born at Coleshill, Warwickshire, in 1787. Made occasional visits to Dovedale and other Staffordshire localities, his records being given in Purton's Midland Flora: these include Silene nutans, Prunus Padus, Pyrus Aria, Inula Helenium, Antirrhinum Orontiwn, Spiranthes autumnaJis, Crocus nudijiorus, Polystichwn lohatum. He died at Allesley Rectory, 1863. Thomas Purton (1768-1833) was born at Endon Burnell, Shrop- shire, and in 1818-20 published his valuable Midland Flora. Although he gave his more especial attention to Warwickshire, seems to have made occasional visits to that portion of Stafford- shire nearest his native home, as Himley and Enville, whence he records five Staffordshire plants : — Ornithopus, Campanula patula, Pyrola media, Orchis ustulata, and Scirpus carinatus, the last being probably an error. James Carter in 1839 published in the Magazine of Natural History (n. s. vol. iii. 72) a paper on the plants growing near Cheadle. This contains twenty- three additional Staffordshire plants, many of which I have seen in that locality quite recently, the more rare being Geranium pusillum, Saxifraga hypnoides, Pyrola minor, Oro- hanche elatior, Carex strigosa, Phegopteris calcarea. I am unable to find any records of this botanist. Robert Garner, M.D. (1808-1890), was born at Longton, Staffordshire, 1808, and from his youth upwards evinced a great love for natural history pursuits ; this led to his choice of the THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. 73 medical professiou. His early medical training was received in the pottery district, partly at the North Staffordshire Infirmary, under Mr. Spark, who was also a botanist ; afterwards he became a student under Sir Charles Bell, at the New London University. On attaining his medical degree Garner commenced practice in London, but a few years later removed to Stoke, where he passed most of his life. He was a man of varied talents, genial and unassuming, and had a large circle of friends ; was an industrious writer, and a devoted student of natural history, and many pamphlets were published by him bearing on that study. His great work is The Natural History of the County of Stafford, printed in 1844, and in this he gives evidence of a very wide knowledge of natural science, botany, geology, mineralogy, and the allied science archeology. He was the founder of the North Staffordshire Natural History Field Club and Archaeological Society, of which he was more than once president, and to whose meetings he contributed many papers on a very varied range of subjects, and this society sustained a great loss in his death in 1890. His excellent work contains an almost complete Flora of Staffordshire, over four hundred and seventy plants being for the first time recorded for that county, the more interesting being Clematis, Ranunculus sardous, Helleborus viridis, Silene anglica, Hutchinsia, Silene noctiflora, Ceras- tium arvense, Arenaria verna, Sagina subulata, Lotus tenuis, Smyrnium, Silaus Jlavescens, Galium erectum, G. sylvestre, Onopordon, Picris, Solanum nigrum, Hydrocharis, Alopecurus J'ulvus, Melica nutans, LastrcBa Thelypteris, Pilularia, Nitella transluceyis. Edwin Brown (fl. 1818-1876) published in Mosley's Natural History of Tuthury a Flora of the District around Tutbury and Burton. He was, I believe, manager of the Union Bank at Burton-on- Trent, and a careful and enthusiastic botanist. His list includes records from the neighbouring counties of Leicester and Derby ; of his Staffordshire records twenty-one are additions. The less common are Pumunculus Lenormandi, Coronopus didyma, Trifolium filiforme, Chenopodium polyspermum, Scirpus pauciflorus, and Poa compressa. Eev. Robert C. Douglas sent to the late Hewett C. Watson in 1851 a list of plants seen within three miles of Stafford ; these are mostly recorded in Topographical Botany, and among these are seven plants not previously recorded : — Ranunculus circinatus, R. fluitans, Calamintha Clinopodium, Lamium Galeobdolon, Potamogeton prcelongus, Glyceria plicata, Bromus commutatus. John Fraser, M.D., of Wolverhampton, has for many years made a special study of the Staffordshire Flora, and made a valu- able collection of the rarer plants of the county ; the notes given are records of some of the more special plants in his herbarium ; of these many are first records, the more especial being Ranuncidus Bachii, Sagiyia ciliata, Lathyrus Aphaca, Pyrus rupicola, Hieracium maculatum, Salix Woolgariana, S. purpurea, S. Forbyana, S. Smithi- ana, Stratiotes, Neottia Nidus-avis, Lastrcea cristata, Phegopteris polypodioides. At various times the Rev. William Hunt Painter has done 74 THE FLORA OF STAFFORDSHIRE. most useful work ; he has pubUshecl in the reports of the North Staffordshire Natural History Society papers on the botany of Biddulph and other Staffordshire localities, in which the following are new records : — Rubus leucostachys, B. hirtifolius, R. pyramidalis, R. criniger, Rosa sphcerica, Cuscuta Trifolii, Salix serica7is, Chara frcKjilis. Other valuable work has been done by the Kev. W. H. PuRCHAs, who would fittingly have undertaken the present Flora ; the Rev. H. P. Reader ; by many of the members of the North Staffordshn-e Natural History Society, which will be found re- corded in due sequence. My own time has been more especially given to the Rubi and Roscb of the county ; but much has still to be done among these plants. Errata. Page 1, Une 33 from top, for " East" read " West." 5, ,, 4 ,, ,, "Lodges " read " Lodge." 6, ,, 3 ,, ,, " Kingstone " read " Kingston." 0, ,, 36 ,, ,, " Shippenhall " read " Slappenhill." 6, ,, 39 ,. omit " Foremark." 7, ,, 29 ,, for "397" read "392." 8, ,, 16 ,, ,, " Welton " read " Wetton " 8, ,, 19 ,, ,, " Wetton " read " Weston." 12, ,, 12 ,, omit " Breedon." 28, ,, 13 ,, for ^^alternifoliiiui" read ^' alteniijiorum.'' 30, last line ,, ,, " Onecoat " read " Onecote." 43, line 19 ,, "(3)" should follow Croxden Abbey. 48, under line 22, insert " Ballota nigra L. Common in dry places ! Gam. 384." New York Botanical Garden Librarv 3 5185 00265 0420